Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences"

See other formats


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    TUK 


AMER'ICAN    ACADEMY 


OF 


ARTS    AND    SCIENCES. 


VOL.    VIII. 


FROM   MAY,    1868,    TO   MAY,    1873. 


SELECTED    FROM    THE    RECORDS. 


BOSTON   AND   CAMBRIDGE: 
WELCH,   BIGELOW,   AND    COMPANY. 

1873. 


2*^7 


PROCEEDINGS 


OP    THE 


AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


OF 


ARTS    AND    SCIENCES 


SELECTED    FROM    THE    RECORDS. 


VOL.     VIII. 


Five  hundred   and  ninety-fifth  Meeting. 

May  26, 1868.  —  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

It  was  voted  that  this  meeting  be  adjourned  at  its  close  to 
tfie  second  Tuesday  in  June,  to  receive  the  Council's  Report 
and  for  other  business. 

The  Treasurer's  report  was  received  and  referred  to  the 
Auditing  Committee. 

At  the  close  of  his  report  the  Treasurer  declined  to  be  a  can- 
didate for  re-election. 

Professor  Lovering  presented  the  report  of  the  Committee 
of  Publication.     This  report  was  accepted. 

Professor  Lovering  presented  the  report  of  the  Rumford 
Committee,  which  was  accepted,  and  a  recommendation  to  ap- 
propriate $  1,000  from  the  Rumford  Fund  for  beginning  the 
publication  of  Count  Rumford's  works  was  referred  to  the 
adjourned  meeting. 

Professor  Lovering  declined  to  be  a  candidate  for  re-election 
to  the  Rumford  Committee  and  to  the  Council,  on  account  of 
a  proposed  absence  from  the  country. 

VOL.  VIII.  1 


2  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Professor  Henck  as  chairman  of  the  Library  Committee 
presented  their  report,  which  was  accepted. 

The  following  appropriations  were  made  for  the  ensuing 
year :  — 

For  General  Expenses,  from  the  General  Fund  $  2,200. 

"  "  "     RumfordFund        200. 

For  Publication     .         .         .         .         .         .        800. 

For  the  Library  .......   500. 

Professor  Rogers,  as  chairman  of  the  committee  appointed  to 
consider  and  report  on  Chapter  VII.,  Section  2,  of  the  Statutes, 
reported  that  no  change  in  the  Statute  was  desirable.  The 
subject  of  this  report  was  referred  back  to  the  committee. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy  :  — 

Samuel  H.  Scudder,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

•  John  L.  Hayes,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  1. 

Professor  W.  J.  Clark,  President  of  the  Massachusetts 
Agricultural  College,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  I., 
Section  3. 

Andrew  D.  White,  President  of  Cornell  University,  Ithaca, 
New  York,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  2. 

James  B.  Angell,  President  of  the  University  of  Vermont, 
to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  4. 

Hon.  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  Albany,  New  York,  to  be  an 
Associate  Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  2. 

Professor  T.  C.  Bluntschli,  of  Heidelberg,  to  be  a  Foreign 
Honorary  Member  in  Class  III.,  Section  1,  in  the  place  of  the 
late  Professor  Mittermaier. 

Professor  Ritschl,  of  Bonn,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Mem- 
ber in  Class  III.,  Section  2,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Professor 
Boeckh. 

Professor  Lassen,  of  Bonn,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Mem- 
ber in  Class  III.,  Section  2,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Professor 
Bopp. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     MAY   26,  1868.  3 

Henry  Longueville  Mansel,  LL.  D.,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honor- 
ary Member  in  Class  III.,  Section  1,  in  the  place  of  the  late 
Victor  Cousin. 

The  annual  election  resulted  in  the  choice  of  the  following 
officers  for  the  ensuing  year  :  — 

Asa  Gray,  President. 
George  T.  Bigelow,  Vice-President. 
William  B.  Rogers,  Corresponding  Secretary. 
■  Chauncey  Wright,  Recording  Secretary. 
Theodore  Lyman,  Treasurer. 
Frank  H.  Storer,  Librarian. 

Council. 

Thomas  Hill, 

Josiah  P.  Cooke,  y  of    lass  I. 

John  B.  Hence, 

Louis  Agassiz, 

Jeffries  Wyman,        y  of  Class  II. 

Charles  Pickering, 

Robert  C.  Winthrop, 

George  E.  Ellis,         y  of  Class  III. 

Andrew  P.  Peabody, 

Rumford  Committee. 

James  B.  Francis,  Joseph  Winlock, 

Morrill  Wyman,  Wolcott  Gibbs, 

William  B.  Rogers,  Josiah  P.  Cooke, 

Frank  H.  Storer. 

Committee  of  Finance. 
Asa  Gray, 


,  ex  officio,  by  statute. 
Theodore  Lyman,  ) 

Thomas  T.  Bouve,  by  election. 

The  other   Standing  Committees  were  appointed   on   the 
nomination  of  the  President,  as  follows  :  — 


4  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Committee  of  Publication. 

Joseph  Lovering,  Jeffries  Wyman, 

Francis  J.  Child. 

Committee  on  the  Library. 

Francis  Parkman,  Charles  Pickering, 

John  Bacon. 

Committee  to  audit  the   Treasurer's  Accounts. 
Charles  E.  Ware,  Charles  J.  Sprague. 

Professor  Agassiz  presented  the  following  communica- 
tions :  — 

I.  A  report,  dated  Key  West,  April  24,  from  Mr.  Henry 
Mitchell,  to  Professor  B.  Peirce,  Supt.  U.  S.  Coast  Survey. 

1.  We  have  stretched  profiles  across  Nicolas  Channel,  Santaren  Chan- 
nel, and  Gulf  Stream  from  Coffins'  Patches  to  Elbow  Key  Light.  To 
mention  the  most  interesting  item  first :  we  traced  a  great  plateau  from 
Coffins'  almost  across,  and  in  a  central  portion  of  the  Straits  made  rich 
hauls  of  coral,  living  and  agglomerated.  Mr.  Pourtales  and  myself  are 
satisfied  that  the  reef  is  growing  out  there  in  200  fathoms  of  water. 

2.  We  anchored  boat  in  the  axis  of  the  Gulf  Stream  (as  laid  down 
on  the  Coast  Survey  chart)  and  quietly  observed  the  current,  — 
scarcely  a  mile  per  hour. 

Our  sounding  at  that  point  was  about  550  fathoms  ;  no  variation  of 
velocity  with  depth  of  75  fathoms.  We  expected  to  find  an  increase 
not  far  below  the  surface,  but  not  an  inch  was  found.  We  also 
anchored  to  the  westward  of  the  middle  of  the  Straits,  and  found 
greater  velocity  than  in  the  axis,  (so  miscalled  because  warmer.) 

3.  Our  study  of  Salt  Key  Bank  and  its  marginal  islands  will  interest 
you. 

4.  Nicolas  and  Santaren  Channels  are  motionless  masses  of  water, 
flat  bottom,  300  to  500  fathoms,  —  very  steep  banks,  say  30°  to  40°. 
The  Bahamas  and  Salt  Key  Bank  are  plateaux  raised  above  the  level 
floor  of  the  ocean  abruptly. 

5.  In  the  motionless  masses  of  water  in  Nicolas  and  Santaren 
Channels  (where  we  made  four  current  stations  at  anchor  in  300  and 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY   26,  1868.  5 

500  fathoms)  the  decline  of  temperature  from  79°  (surface)  to  41° 
(334  fathoms)  is  thoroughly  determined.  So,  then,  low  temperatures 
have  nothing  to  do  with  polar  currents  (which  do  not  exist)  or  Gulf 
Stream. 

Tempei*ature  observations  are  wanted  in  the  Gulf  of  Providence, 
in  this  connection. 

II.  A  report,  dated  Key  West,  May  10,  from  Mr.  L.  F. 
Pourtales,  to  the  Supt.  U.  S.  Coast  Survey. 

You  have  no  doubt  heard  from  Mr.  Mitchell  of  the  results  of  our 
cruise  around  the  Salt  Key  Bank.  In  my  line  the  results  presented 
nothing  of  very  great  or  novel  interest,  except  a  few  dredgings  on  ap- 
proaching the  Florida  reef  on  our  return. 

Since  Mr.  Mitchell's  departure  we  have  been  engaged  in  running 
lines  of  soundings  from  the  reef  to  deep  water,  combined  with  dredg- 
ings. At  first  we  sounded  and  dredged  on  alternate- days,  but  by 
working  two  lines,  one  on  the  drum  and  the  other  on  the  reel  of  the 
donkey  engine,  we  find  no  difficulty  in  sounding  and  dredging  at  the 
same  time,  thus  making  the  most  of  the  fine  weather  with  which  we 
have  of  late  been  favored. 

Thus  far  we  have  run  four  such  lines  and  part  of  a  fifth,  and  shall 
run  two  or  three  more.  The  results  are  very  interesting  and  pretty 
accordant  on  the  different  lines.  Beginning  at  the  reef,  the  bottom  ap- 
pears to  be  composed  of  calcareous  sand  or  mud,  rather  barren,  un- 
til we  reach  near  the  vicinity  of  the  100  fathoms'  line,  when  the  descent 
becomes  less  rapid  or  almost  ceases,  indicating  a  rocky  plateau,  the 
material  of  which  is  a  highly  fossiliferous  recent  limestone  (in  fact  in 
process  of  formation)  in  larger  or  smaller  masses,  or  sometimes  in 
ledges  on  which  the  dredge  is  in  great  danger  of  being  held  fast.  This 
bottom  is  quite  rich  in  animal  life,  particularly  Terebratula,  (my  T. 
cubensis  very  abundant,  and  another  new  species  a  little  less  so), 
Cidaris,  Comatula,  and  Annelids.  Several  species  of  corals  occur  also, 
nearly  all  different  from  those  found  on  the  coast  of  Cuba,  though  of 
the  same  or  allied  genera  (Stylaster,  2  sp.,  Distichopora,  Heliopora  ? 
and  several  forms  of  the  family  of  Turbinolians).  The  Stylaster  forms 
sometimes  considerable  masses.  But,  as  I  find  it  nearer  shore,  the  oc- 
currence of  corals  appears  to  be  very  capricious  ;  you  may  get  a  dredge 
full  of  one  species  in  one  place,  and  not  find  a  trace  of  them  in  many 
subsequent  oasts  in  the  same  neighborhood. 


6  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

After  we  get  in  about  300  or  400  fathoms,  which  is  reached  by  quite 
a  rapid  falling  off  at  the  end  of  the  plateau  or  gently  inclined  plane, 
we  find  the  fine  sand  or  mud  composed  of  Foraminifera  which  has  so 
great  an  extension  in  deep  water.  This  we  make  the  end  of  our  lines 
at  present.  The  dredge  brings  up  little  from  that  bottom,  but  that 
little  often  of  great  interest.  Thus  I  have  from  it  a  very  fine  Isis 
from  517  fathoms,  and  yesterday  on  the  same  bottom  but  less  depth  1 
obtained  several  specimens  of  a  small  crinoid  which  I  have  no  means 
to  determine,  but  which  I  believe  to  be  neither  a  Pentacrinus  nor  a 
young  Comatula.  I  hope  to  be  able  to  dredge  more  over  that  kind  of 
bottom  on  our  passage  home. 

I  have  thus  dwelt  on  the  results  of  the  last  two  weeks'  work,  because 
I  believe  them  to  be  more  important  than  what  I  did  during  the  four 
preceding  months,  during  which  time  I  have  gathered  a  good  deal  of 
information  more  or  less  new  or  useful,  but  which  did  not  admit  of  a 
very  connected  report.     I  hope  to  make  use  of  it  in  proper  time. 

At  the  suggestion  of  Professor  Agassiz  we  have  laid  a  wire  strung 
with  large  conch  shells  from  the  reef  at  the  Samboes  to  10  fathoms, 
and  are  going  to  extend  it  to  20  fathoms,  with  the  intention  of  ex- 
amining it  in  a  year  or  two  and  noting  the  corals  which  may  have 
grown  on  the  shejls,  and  their  increase  of  size  in  a  given  time.  I  had 
ordered  tiles  for  the  purpose  before  leaving  Washington,  but  they  were 
never  sent,  and  at  Mr.  Mitchell's  suggestion  we  took  shells.  I  wish 
we  had  a  greater  variety  of  materials  at  our  command,  on  account  of 
what  I  mentioned  before  as  the  capriciousness  of  corals. 


Five  hundred   and   ninety-sixth    Meeting. 

June  9, 1868.  — Adjourned  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  relative  to  ex- 
changes, and  a  letter  from  Mr.  Theodore  Lyman,  declining 
the  office  of  Treasurer  to  which  he  was  elected  at  the  previous 
meeting. 

Professor  Lovering  called  up  the  recommendation  of  the 
Rumford  Committee  which  had  been  referred  to  this  meeting, 
and,  in  accordance  with  the  recommendation,  $  1,000  were  ap- 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  7 

propriated  from  the  Rumford  Fund  for  beginning  the  publi- 
cation of  Count  Rurnford's  works. 

Mr.  Charles  J.  Sprague  was  elected  Treasurer. 

The  Treasurer's  report  was  received  from  the  Auditing 
Committee  and  ordered  to  be  entered  on  the  Records. 

On  the  motion  of  Professor  Rogers  it  was  voted,  "  That  the 
thanks  of  the  Academy  be  presented  to  Mr.  John  C.  Lee,  for 
the  care  and  fidelity  with  which  he  has  discharged  the  duties 
of  Treasurer  of  the  Academy." 

The  President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the 
recent  decease  of  Hon.  Levi  Lincoln  and  Dr.  George  R.  Noyes 
of  the  Resident  Fellows. 

Nominations  for  election  into  the  Academy  were  read. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  portion  of  the  follow- 
ing Report  of  the  Council  upon  the  changes  which  had  oc- 
curred in  the  Academy  during  the  past  year,  and  the  reading 
of  the  remainder  was  postponed  to  an  adjourned  meeting  to 
be  held  on  the  fourth  Tuesday  in  June. 

During  the  year  just  elapsed,  death  has  removed  from  the  ranks  of 
the  Academy  seventeen  members,  of  whom  four  were  Resident  Fel- 
lows, six  Associate  Fellows,  and  seven  Foreign  Honorary  Members. 
This  loss,  great  as  it  is  numerically,  is  even  more  memorable  from  the 
number  of  distinguished  names  which  it  embraces. 

Besides  the  Home  and  Associate  Members  whose  services  to  science, 
letters,  and  public  affairs  we  shall  have  occasion  to  commemorate,  our 
obituary  list  includes  the  names  of  Faraday,  Bopp,  Brewster,  Mitter- 
maier,  Boeckh,  Lawrence,  and  Rayer  of  our  foreign  academicians,  — 
names  which  in  various  degrees  have  been  familiar  to  the  world  of 
science  and  letters  for  nearly  half  a  century,  and  of  which  more  than 
one  has  been  illustrated  by  researches  of  transcendent  importance, 
marking  eras  in  progress  and  laying  the  foundations  of  new  sciences. 

Of  the  entire  list  of  members  deceased  within  the  year,  it  is  perhaps 
worthy  of  note  that  all  except  three,  Professor  Jewett,  Dr.  Warren, 
and  Francis  Peabody,  had  reached  quite  an  advanced  age.  Two  of 
the  number,  Dr.  James  Jackson  and  President  Day,  had  attained  re- 
spectively to  ninety  and  ninety-four  years  ;  five,  viz.  Brewster,  Mitter- 
maier,  Boeckh,  Lawrence,  and  Dewey,  had  reached  or  passed  beyond 


8  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

their  eightieth  anniversary ;  and  the  remaining  six,  Loring,  Smyth, 
Lord,  Bopp,  and  Faraday,  had  each  transcended  the  limit  of  three- 
score and  ten  years. 

Of  the  home  members  whose  services  we  desire  to  commemorate,  we 
may  appropriately  begin  our  record  with  a  notice  of  the  venerable  as- 
sociate and  friend  whose  professional  skill  and  wisdom  we  have  so  long 
ranked  among  our  social  blessings,  and  whose  gentle  benignity  wins  us 
even  now  as  if  he  were  still  among  us. 

Dr.  James  Jackson,  for  many  years  an  eminent  physician  and  the 
acknowledged  head  of  the  medical  profession  in  Boston,  has  died  during 
the  last  year  at  the  advanced  age  of  nearly  ninety  years.  He  was 
born  in  Newburyport  in  1777,  and  was  graduated  at  Harvard  College 
in  1796.  He  was  one  of  the  chief  founders  of  the  Massachusetts 
General  Hospital,  and  was  the  first  and  for  a  number  of  years  the  only 
physician  of  this  institution.  His  clinical  lectures  in  the  hospital 
were  continued  for  many  years  in  connection  with  his  other  duties  in 
the  medical  school  as  Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medi- 
cine in  Harvard  University.  He  was  for  seven  years  President  of  the 
Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  and  on  the  decease  of  Dr.  Bowditch 
he  was  elected  President  of  the  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  in 
1838,  which  office  he  accepted  with  the  condition  that  he  should  retire 
from  it  on  the  following  year. 

The  intellect  of  Dr.  Jackson  was  capacious,  logical,  exact,  and  un- 
wavering in  its  loyalty  to  honesty  and  truth.  His  social  traits  were 
genial,  impulsive,  and  sanguine.  Coming  in  his  early  life  from  the 
schools  of  European  erudition,  he  brought  with  him  a  deep  respect  for  the 
labor  and  learning,  the  authority  and  conventional  prestige,  of  the  then 
accepted  luminaries  of  medical  science.  His  methods  of  practice 
were  in  a  high  degree  energetic  and  decisive.  He  believed,  in  common 
with  many  others  of  that  day,  that  most  diseases  were  susceptible  of 
control,  if  not  of  removal,  by  the  modes  of  artificial  interference  then 
generally  in  use.  These  opinions  and  habits  were  greatly  modified,  if 
not  subdued,  in  the  latter  half  of  his  long  and  observing  life,  so  that 
although  he  never  lost  his  professional  fondness  for  the  forms  and 
implements  of  his  art,  and  sometimes  carried  their  use  to  a  scrupulous 
degree  of  exactness,  yet  he  became  more  tolerant  of  nature,  more 
humble  in  his  expectations  from  art,  and  more  distrustful  of  reckless 
interference,  whenever  certain  harm  was  to  be  balanced  against  doubt- 
ful good. 


OF   AKTS   AND    SCIENCES,   JUNE   9,  1868.  9 

Dr.  Jackson  continued  the  active  practice  of  his  profession,  especially 
as  a  consulting  physician,  and  also  attended  annual  meetings  of  societies 
to  which  he  had  been  attached,  for  some  time  after  he  had  attained  the 
age  of  fourscore  years.  In  the  few  last  years  of  his  life,  under  the 
joint  influence  of  physical  and  mental  decadence,  he  retired  from  public 
view.  Yet  he  died  remembered,  honored,  and  regretted,  leaving  among 
his  numerous  acquaintance  an  appreciative  freshness  of  memory  which 
time  had  not  been  able  to  change  or  obscure. 

Charles  Greely  Loring,  son  of  Caleb  and  Ann  (Greely) 
Loring,  was  born  in  Boston  on  the  2d  of  May,  1794.  His  ancestors 
on  his  father's  side  were  among  the  earliest  settlers  of  the  colony  of 
Plymouth.  Some  of  the  prominent  traits  of  his  character  indicated 
his  Puritan  origin.  From  his  mother,  the  daughter  of  a  naval  hero  of 
the  Revolution,  he  inherited  an  ardent  spirit  of  patriotism  and  love  of 
liberty. 

His  school-days  were  passed  in  Boston.  Having  completed  his 
preparation  for  college  at  the  Public  Latin  School,  where  he  received 
a  Franklin  medal  for  industry  and  good  scholarship,  he  entered  the 
University  in  advanced  standing  in  the  year  1809,  and  was  graduated 
with  high  honors  in  1812.  Immediately  after  leaving  college,  he  became 
a  member  of  the  Law  School  at  Litchfield,  Connecticut,  which,  under 
the  charge  of  Judges  Reeve  and  Gould,  was  then  the  leading  institu- 
tion for  legal  instruction  in  the  United  States.  He  finished  his  prepar- 
atory studies  for  the  bar  in  the  office  of  the  Hon.  Samuel  Hubbai'd  in 
Boston,  and  was  admitted  a  member  of  the  Suffolk  bar  in  the  autumn 
of  1815.  From  that  time,  for  nearly  forty  years,  Mr.  Loring  con- 
tinued in  the  active  and  successful  practice  of  his  profession  as  a 
lawyer  and  advocate,  rising  to  be  one  of  the  acknowledged  leaders  of 
the  bar,  until  in  the  year  1854,  becoming  somewhat  weary  of  the  con- 
flicts of  the  forum  and  of  the  constant  and  pressing  cares  and  labors 
necessarily  attendant  on  faithful  service  and  devotion  to  the  interests 
of  his  clients,  which  had  in  some  degree  impaired  a  constitution  never 
very  robust,  he  accepted  the  office  of  Actuary  of  the  "  Massachusetts 
Hospital  Life  Insurance  Company."  He  continued  in  the  discharge  of 
the  duties  of  this  important  trust  until  his  death,  which  took  place  at 
his  summer  residence  in  Beverly  on  the  8th  of  October,  1867. 

By  his  first  wife,  Miss  Ann  Pierce  Brace,  of  Litchfield,  to  whom  he 
was   married  in  1818,  Mr.  Loring   had  four  children,  two  sons  and 
two  daughters,  who  survive  him. 
VOL.  VIII.  2 


10  PROCEEDINGS   OP  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

This  short  and  simple  narrative  comprises  all  the  leading  events  in 
the  life  of  our  deceased  associate,  —  so  true  is  it,  that  a  faithful  and 
exclusive  devotion  of  time  and  talent  to  practice  at  the  bar  in  this 
country,  while  it  is  pretty  sure  to  win  great  professional  success,  is 
quite  consistent  with  a  quiet  and  uneventful  life.  It  does  not  neces- 
sarily lead,  as  in  England,  to  wide-spread  distinction.  A  lawyer,  who 
resolutely  eschews  active  participation  in  politics  and  refuses  to  hold 
official  stations,  rarely  reaches  an  extended  public  fame.  Nevertheless, 
the  qualities  of  mind  and  character  which  are  requisite  to  forensic  skill, 
and  to  the  attainment  of  a  high  position  as  a  lawyer  and  advocate,  are 
in  many  respects  the  same  as,  and  in  none  inferior  to,  those  which  dis- 
tinguish the  successful  politician  and  statesman,  although  they  are  exer- 
cised and  displayed  on  a  more  narrow  and  less  public  arena.  Intel- 
lectual capacity,  trained  and  disciplined,  so  that  it  may  at  all  times 
be  ready  for  vigorous  and  efficient  action,  legal  learning  and  wide 
general  culture,  courage,  good  temper  and  knowledge  of  mankind,  are 
essential  characteristics,  without  which  the  conflicts  of  the  forum  can- 
not be  successfully  carried  on,  or  its  triumphs  surely  won.  All  these 
qualities  Mr.  Loring  possessed  in  an  eminent  degree.  Endowed  with 
good  natural  powers,  he  had  cultivated  them  by  long  and  assiduous 
study.  His  learning  in  all  branches  of  the  profession  was  affluent.  He 
was  especially  distinguished  for  his  thorough  knowledge  of  the  rules 
and  principles  of  the  commercial  code.  These  he  illustrated  and  ap- 
plied to  new  cases  with  singular  force,  felicity,  and  success.  The  re- 
ports of  cases  argued  and  adjudged  in  the  Supreme  Judicial  Court  of 
Massachusetts  and  in  the  Circuit  Court  of  the  United  States,  for  the 
first  circuit  during  the  thirty  years  from  1825  to  1855,  furnish  ample 
evidence  of  the  fulness  and  extent  of  his  learning,  and  of  the  impor- 
tant part  he  bore  in  laying  the  foundations  and  giving  shape  and  sym- 
metry to  that  branch  of  American  jurisprudence  which  embraces  the 
rights  and  duties  of  parties  under  mercantile  and  maritime  contracts 
and  transactions. 

It  was  not  solely  as  a  sound  and  learned  lawyer  that  Mr.  Loring  was 
distinguished  at  the  bar.  He  was  also  an  eloquent  and  persuasive 
advocate.  His  eloquence  and  power  of  persuasion  did  not  consist 
merely  in  a  strict  observance  of  the  rules  of  rhetoric,  or  in  well- 
rounded  periods,  or  special  beauty  of  diction.  He  was  master  of  a 
higher  and  more  effective  order  of  advocacy.  Strictly  conscientious, 
and  governed  in   the  performance  of  his  professional  duty  by  a  rigid 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  11 

adherence  to  principle,  he  did  not  undertake  the  conduct  of  causes  in 
the  justice  of  which  he  did  not  fully  believe.  He  always  felt  that  the 
case  of  his  client  was  a  sacred  trust  committed  to  his  hands.  He  es- 
poused it  with  all  the  zeal  and  enthusiasm  of  his  nature.  He  spoke  in 
its  behalf  with  an  earnestness,  sincerity,  and  persuasive  force  which 
flowed  from  conviction.  This  was  the  main  source  of  his  power  as  an 
advocate.  His  keen  sense  of  justice  enabled  him  to  see  and  expose  with 
cogency  and  clearness  the  injustice  which  others  attempted  to  perpetrate 
under  the  forms  of  law  ;  a  hater  of  oppression,  chicanery,  and  fraud,  he 
never  failed  to  detect  them  and  to  hold  them  up  to  abhorrence  and 
scorn,  with  a  power  of  speech  which  made  even  those  who  sought 
to  profit  by  such  base  arts  ashamed  of  their  own  wickedness ;  with 
strong  and  active  sympathies,  which  led  him  to  identify  himself  with 
the  cause  which  he  pleaded,  he  was  always  sure  to  gain  the  shortest 
and  surest  way  to  the  minds  and  hearts  of  those  whom  he  addressed. 
We  speak  of  Mr.  Loring's  characteristics  as  they  were  developed  in 
the  maturity  of  his  powers,  after  he  had  attained  a  foremost  rank  as  a 
lawyer  and  advocate  among  such  men  as  Webster,  Mason,  and  Choate, 
—  great  luminaries  of  the  bar  of  this  Commonwealth  of  a  generation 
that  has  now  passed  away.  It  would,  however,  convey  an  erroneous 
impression,  if  it  was  supposed  that  this  professional  success  was  gained 
without  effort.  He  himself  was  wont  to  attribute  it  to  a  fixed  and 
constant  habit  of  industry ;  and  certainly  it  is  true  that  he  was  an  in- 
defatigable worker  in  the  field  of  trained  human  labor  which  he  had 
chosen.  But  it  was  not  the  mere  love  of  work  or  the  desire  of  success 
or  a  wish  for  fame  which  prompted  this  labor.  It  had  its  origin  and 
motive  in  an  ever-present,  conscientious  sense  of  duty.  It  was  this 
great  and  controlling  moral  quality  of  his  nature  which  gave  fulness 
and  completeness  to  his  character,  and  secured  for  him  an  ascendency 
over  his  equals  in  talent  and  learning.  The  "  hai'd  uses  "  of  the  pro- 
fession during  a  period  of  nearly  forty  years  did  not  tarnish  or  impair 
it.  He  was  always  pure,  single-hearted,  of  spotless  integrity,  and  of 
unwavering  fidelity  to  every  trust.  He  trod  no  path  but  that  of 
duty.  His  character  and  life  afford  signal  proof  that  the  profession  of 
the  law  is  as  consistent  with  the  purest  moral  culture  as  it  is  with  the 
highest  intellectual  attainments. 

It  was  to  the  labors  of  his  profession  that  Mr.  Loring  gave  the 
larger  portion  of  his  active  life.  He  declined  to  enter  into  politi- 
cal contests  or  to  accept  public  office.     There  was  no  lack  of  opportu- 


12  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

nities  if  he  had  desired  high  station.  The  office  of  Justice  of  the 
Supreme  Judicial  Court  was  offered  for  his  acceptance.  Twice  he  de- 
clined an  appointment  to  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  ;  once  on  the 
resignation  of  Mr.  Webster  in  the  year  1849,  and  again  in  place  of 
Mr.  Everett  in  1853.  He  was  sincerely  diffident  of  his  capability 
for  efficient  public  service.  He  feared  lest  his  long  and  exclusive  de- 
votion to  practice  at  the  bar  had  unfitted  him'  for  the  varied  duties  and 
labors  of  political  life.  Once  only,  after  he  had  retired  from  the  active 
pursuit  of  his  profession,  was  he  induced  by  a  peculiar  public  exigency 
to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  Senate  of  Massachusetts.  Those  who 
were  cognizant  of  his  eminent  usefulness  during  this  brief  term  of 
service  know  how  great  would  have  been  the  gain  to  the  public  if 
he  had  been  willing  to  give  more  of  his  time  and  talents  to  similar 
labors. 

But  although  he  elected  the  walk  of  private  life,  and  expended  the 
strength  of  his  mature  years  in  the  zealous  and  faithful  performance  of 
professional  duty,  he  was  not  regardless  or  neglectful  of  the  claims 
which  the  community  in  which  he  lived  had  on  that  portion  of  his  time 
and  talents,  which  would  be  spared  from  the  pressing  cares  and  labors 
of  his  regular  pursuits.  To  the  cause  of  education,  to  the  institutions 
of  religion,  to  public  chai'ities,  to  private  benevolence,  to  social 
culture  and  intercourse,  to  the  offices  of  friendship,  he  never  failed 
to  contribute  his  full  share  of  whatever  of  duty  or  service  or  bene- 
faction it  was  in  his  power  to  render.  He  served  for  nearly  twenty 
years,  during  the  busiest  portions  of  his  life,  as  one  of  the  Fellows  of 
Harvard  College.  For  many  years  he  was  superintendent  of  the 
Sunday-school  connected  with  the  religious  society  to  which  he  be- 
longed, and  always  prepared  himself  with  scrupulous  fidelity  to  give 
instruction  to  a  class  of  pupils  under  his  special  care.  He  never 
failed  to  give  largely  in  proportion  to  his  means  to  every  object  which 
seemed  worthy  of  encouragement  and  support.  In  the  social  circle  his 
frank  and  kindly  nature,  his  quick  and  warm  sympathies,  and  his 
charming  conversational  powers,  made  him  always  the  welcome  guest 
as  well  as  the  genial  and  generous  host.  It  is  not  strange  that  a  man 
in  whose  character  and  life  so  many  admirable  qualities  were  blended 
should  have  gained  a  wide  and  commanding  influence  in  the  community 
in  which  he  lived.  If  anything  had  been  wanting  to  make  him  the  one 
to  whom  all  persons  turned  with  abiding  confidence,  reverence,  and 
love,  it  would  have  been  supplied  by  the  noble  enthusiasm  with  which 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  13 

he  espoused  the  cause  of  the  Union  and  the  Constitution  in  the  late  civil 
war.  Although  then  approaching  to  the  allotted  age  of  man,  his  ardor, 
energy,  and  zeal  in  the  cause  of  his  country,  showed  that  patriotism 
and  love  of  liberty  had  not  abated  one  jot  or  tittle  of  their  original 
vigor  and  fire  within  his  breast.  With  true  civic  courage,  in  the  ear- 
lier days  of  Southern  aggression,  when  resistance  to  the  demands  and 
the  power  of  slavery  was  not  calculated  to  enlist  popular  favor,  he  had 
stood  forth  as  an  earnest  opponent  of  measures  designed  to  abridge 
the  constitutional  rights  of  the  North,  and  to  consolidate  the  power 
of  the  national  government  in  support  and  defence  of  slavery.  By 
speech  and  pen  he  resisted  the  annexation  of  Texas,  the  invasion  of 
Kansas,  and  the  enforcement  of  the  laws  for  the  surrender  of  fugitive 
slaves.  "When  the  aggressive  acts  of  the  South  culminated  in  treason, 
he  did  not  hesitate  to  accept  the  issue.  Abhorrent  to  his  kindly  nature 
as  were  the  horrors  of  a  civil  war,  he  felt  that  they  were  to  be 
encountered  fearlessly  rather  than  to  submit  to  a  sacrifice  of  the  rights 
which  constitutional  liberty  had  secured  to  the  people  of  the  whole 
country.  From  the  breaking  out  of  the  war  to  its  close,  he  was  un- 
tiring in  his  efforts,  both  public  and  private,  to  aid  the  cause  of  the 
nation.  Especially  by  his  writings  in  1862,  on  the  subject  of  the  re- 
lations of  England  and  the  United  States  growing  out  of  the  civil  war ; 
in  1863,  on  the  rights  and  duties  of  belligerents  and  neutrals  with 
special  reference  to  the  course  pursued  by  England  towards  the  United 
States;  and  in  1865,  in  his  views  on  reconstruction,  —  he  contributed 
largely  to  a  correct  understanding  of  the  topics  on  which  he  treated, 
and  afforded  striking  proof  of  his  ability  to  discuss  grave  questions  of 
international  and  constitutional  law  with  originality,  learning,  and 
vigor. 

It  was  Mr.  Loring's  supreme  satisfaction  to  live  to  see  the  war 
ended,  slavery  abolished,  peace  restored,  and  the  reconstruction  of  the 
Union  in  a  fair  way  of  being  accomplished.  It  was  also  his  grateful 
privilege  to  obey  the  call  of  his  Alma  Mater  in  the  summer  of  1865,  and 
to  preside  over  the  commemorative  festival  of  her  sons  in  honor  of 
those  who  had  given  their  lives  as  a  sacrifice  for  their  country,  and  to 
welcome  back  those  who  had  returned  after  brave  and  successful  service 
in  the  field.  The  grace  and  dignity  and  tenderness  with  which  this 
duty  was  performed  by  him  will  long  live  in  the  memory  of  those 
whose  privilege  it  was  to  participate  in  the  interesting  services  of  that 
occasion. 


14  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

The  universal  sorrow  occasioned  by  Mr.  Loring's  death  found  ex- 
pression from  the  bar,  the  pulpit,  the  bench,  and  the  various  associa- 
tions with  which  he  had  been  connected.  "  Midtis  ille  flebilis  occidit." 
It  rarely  happens  that  the  death  of  a  private  citizen  is  regarded  as  a 
public  loss.  Such  was  the  feeling  which  waited  on  his  obsequies,  and 
no  higher  tribute  could  have  been  paid  to  his  life  and  character. 

Charles  Coffin  Jewett,  the  son  of  Rev.  Paul  Jewett,  was  born  at 
Lebanon,  Maine,  in  1816.  He  was  graduated  at  Brown  University  in 
1835.  Immediately  or  shortly  after  taking  his  degree,  he  became  a 
member  of  the  Theological  Seminary  at  Andover,  and  completed  the 
course  of  study  there,  yet  without  entering  on  the  active  duties  of  the 
clerical  profession.  While  at  Andover  he  commenced  his  bibliographi- 
cal labors  by  preparing  a  catalogue  of  the  excellent  Library  of  that 
institution.  The  rare  merit  of  this  work  attracted  the  attention  of  the 
few  men  capable  of  an  intelligent  judgment  in  a  department  of  litera- 
ture then  much  less  cultivated  than  now,  and  led  to  the  appointment 
which  determined  his  subsequent  course  of  life.  In  1842  he  was 
chosen  Librarian  of  Brown  University,  and  held  the  office  for  four 
years,  combining  with  it  for  most  of  the  time  that  of  Professor  of 
Modern  Languages  and  Literature,  to  which  he  brought  the  prepara- 
tion, not  only  of  diligent  and  faithful  study,  but  of  prolonged  travel 
and  residence  on  the  continent  of  Europe.  He  left  Providence  to 
accept  an  appointment  as  Assistant  Librarian  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  of  which  he  very  soon  was  made  Chief  Librarian.  Here 
he  distinguished  himself,  not  only  by  his  enterprise  and  skill  in 
endeavoring  to  lay  the  foundation  of  a  great  national  library,  but 
equally  by  his  polemic  ability  in  advocating  the  policy  by  which  he 
hoped  that  the  Smithsonian  fund  would  be  devoted  primarily  to  that  end. 
Professor  Jewett  resigned  this  office  in  1855,  and  his  services  were 
immediately  engaged  in  the  initial  measures  for  the  establishment  of 
the  Boston  Public  Library,  of  which,  on  the  completion  of  its  organiza- 
tion in  1858,  he  was  chosen  first  Superintendent.  For  thirteen  years  he 
has  been  soul,  heart,  brain,  and  hands  of  this  institution,  systematizing 
and  energizing  every  branch  of  its  administration,  inspiring  its  Board 
of  Direction  with  his  own  zeal,  and  stimulating  its  benefactors  to  gen- 
erous gifts  by  the  assurance  that  the  custody,  arrangement,  cataloguing 
and  use  of  the  contents  of  the  library,  would  be  provided  for  with 
equal  wisdom  and  fidelity.  In  this  charge  he  labored  with  an  industry 
too  strenuous,  and   with   too  little  regard  to  the  hygienic  laws  which 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE   9,  1868.  15 

should  have  set  limits  to  his  exhausting  toils,  till  the  8th  of  January- 
last,  when  he  was  suddenly  stricken  with  apoplexy  while  engaged  in 
his  duties  at  the  Library,  soon  became  entirely  unconscious,  and  died  at 
his  residence  in  Braintree  early  the  next  morning. 

Professor  Jewett,  as  a  bibliographical  scholar,  and  as  a  librarian  both 
learned  and  judicious,  has  left  in  this  country  no  superior,  few  equals. 
The  catalogues  prepared  under  his  auspices  bear  ample  witness  to  his 
ability  and  his  attainments.  Few,  indeed,  may  be  able  to  criticise  the 
details  of  a  work  of  this  class  ;  but  there  is  no  man  who  uses  a  library, 
whose  revenue  from  it  does  not  depend  to  a  very  great  degree  on  its 
catalogue.  An  ill-made  catalogue  robs  a  library  of  half  its  practical 
worth  and  beneficent  power.  The  citizens  of  Boston  can  hai'dly  esti- 
mate, and  cannot  by  any  possibility  overestimate,  the  reasons  they 
have  for  holding  our  late  associate  in  reverent  and  grateful  remem- 
brance. When  we  consider  how  large  a  part  of  what  the  Public 
Library  is,  and  of  what  it  accomplishes,  is  due  to  him,  we  might  not 
unaptly  plagiarize  for  him  from  Sir  Christopher  Wren's  tomb  in  St. 
Paul's,  and  inscribe  among  those  alcoves,  "  Si  quasris  monumentum, 
circumspice." 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  Professor  Jewett  was  an  ac- 
complished scholar,  conversant  with  good  letters,  both  classical  and 
modern ;  had  he  not  been  so,  he  could  not  have  been  the  bibli- 
ographer that  he  was.  At  the  same  time  his  mental  gifts  and  endow- 
ments adorned,  and  were  adorned  by,  those  traits  of  domestic  and 
social  excellence,  abounding  courtesy,  kindness  and  generosity,  and 
Christian  piety,  which  won  for  him  the  love  in  life,  and  the  regret  in 
death,  of  all  who  knew  him,  and  most,  of  those  who  knew  him  best. 

Jonathan  Mason  Warren  was  born  in  Boston,  February  5, 1811, 
the  son  of  John  Collins  Warren  and  Susan  Powell  Mason,  his  wife, 
daughter  of  the  late  Hon.  Jonathan  Mason.  His  grandfather  was 
Dr.  John  Warren,  the  younger  brother  of  Dr.  Joseph  Warren, 
whose  heroism  and  martyrdom  have  made  the  name  illustrious  in  our 
history. 

At  the  age  of  nine  he  became  a  member  of  the  Boston  Latin 
School,  then  under  the  late  Benjamin  Apthorp  Gould  as  its  instructor. 
In  1827  he  joined  the  class  which  had  entered  Harvard  -College  the 
preceding  year,  but  was  forced  to  leave  college  after  a  few  months  on 
account  of  his  health. 

Finding  himself  at  length  in  a  condition  to  return  to  his  labors,  he 


16  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

beo-an  the  study  of  medicine  in  the  year  1829  under  the  direction  of 
his  father.  This  was  the  beginning  of  a  life  of  hardly  interrupted  in- 
dustry. Taking  his  medical  degree  in  1832,  he  sailed  for  Europe* 
where  he  remained  for  three  years  diligently  pursuing  his  studies.  On 
his  return  in  1835  he  at  once  entered  upon  the  practice  of  his  profes- 
sion, and,  his  father  leaving  Boston  for  Europe  in  1859,  the  whole  re- 
sponsibility of  a  great  professional  business  was  thrown  upon  him  at 
this  early  period  of  his  career. 

In  1844  he  revisited  Europe,  and  again  in  1854,  partly  with  refer- 
ence to  his  health.  But  he  did  not  receive  the  benefit  he  had  hoped 
from  this  visit,  and  was  so  far  from  well  that  by  the  advice  of  Dr. 
James  Jackson  he  tried  the  experiment  of  passing  a  winter  in  Rome, 
but  without  avail,  and  returned  home  an  invalid,  as  it  seemed  at  the 
time,  with  doubtful  prospects  of  future  health.  He  was  at  length,  how- 
ever, so  far  restored  as  to  resume  practice,  and  in  1857  removed  to  his 
late  father's  house  in  Park  Street,  devoting  himself  mainly  from  this 
time  to  Surgery. 

His  health  was  much  shaken  by  two  successive  attacks  of  dysentery 
in  the  summers  of  1865  and  1866.  The  death  of  his  excellent  brother, 
Mr.  James  Sullivan  Warren,  in  February,  1867,  was  very  depressing 
to  him,  and  almost  from  this  time  his  friends  dated  a  perceptible 
change  in  his  condition.  In  May  it  was  discovered  that  a  tumor  was  de- 
veloping itself  in  the  abdomen.  He  did  not,  however,  mention  the  fact, 
and  kept  at  his  work  until  the  first  of  July,  when  he  went  to  his  sum- 
mer residence  at  Nahant.  A  fortnight  later,  threatening  symptoms  ap- 
peared, and,  after  many  paroxysms  of  pain,  and  gradual  decline  of  all 
the  bodily  powers,  he  died  on  the  19th  of  August. 

Dr.  Mason  Warren  was  the  third  in  the  direct  line  of  descent  of  a 
family  which  has  now  for  more  than  a  century  been  identified  with  the 
practice  of  Surgery  and  of  Medicine  in  this  town  and  city  of  Boston. 
He  maintained  and  extended  the  reputation  which  he  inherited.  For 
twenty-one  years  he  served  as  a  surgeon  at  the  Massachusetts  General 
Hospital,  performing  more  operations  during  this  long  term  than  any 
other  surgeon  had  performed  in  the  institution  during  a  similar  term 
of  duty.  From  the  first  year  of  his  entrance  on  professional  life  to 
the  very  verge  of  the  mortal  illness  which  had  seized  him,  he  was  en- 
gaged in  a  most  laborious  and  extensive  practice.  His  skill,  his  devo- 
tion to  his  patients,  his  kindness,  his  courtesy,  made  him  everywhere 
honored  and  beloved. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  17 

In  the  midst  of  his  busy  days  he  found  time  to  contribute  many 
papers  to  the  medical  journals,  and  in  the  last  year  of  his  life  he  gave 
to  the  world  the  results  of  his  large  and  long  experience  in  an  elabo- 
rately finished  volume  of  more  than  six  hundred  pages,  filled  with  the 
records  of  many  most  interesting,  and  some  extraordinary,  cases. 

Among  the  papers  that  he  published  the  following  may  be  mentioned 
as  of  special  importance  :  — 

Account  of  Rhinoplastic  Operations  performed  by  himself.  Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  1840. 

Taliacotian  Operation  (flap  divided  seventy-two  hours  after  the 
operation).  —  Successful  Result.  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal, 
1843. 

Account  of  a  new  Operation  for  Closure  of  Fissure  in  the  Hard 
Palate.  New  England  Quarterly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery, 
1843. 

Operation  for  Fissures  in  both  Hard  and  Soft  Palate.  American 
Journal  of  Medical  Science,  1843. 

Successful  Ligature  of  both  Carotids  for  Erectile  Tumor  of  Face. 
Ibid.,  1846. 

Lithotrity,  with  the  use  of  Ether  in  these  Operations.     Ibid.,  1849. 

Fissures  of  the  Soft  and  Hard  Palate.  From  Transactions  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  1861. 

On  Neuralgic  Affections  following  Injuries  of  Nerves.  Ibid., 
1864. 

Recent  Progress  in  Surgery.  Annual  Address  before  the  Massa- 
chusetts Medical  Society,  1864. 

Surgical  Observations,  with  Cases,  1867. 

In  1844,  Dr.  "Warren  received  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  from 
Harvard  University,  and  in  the  same  year  he  was  elected  Fellow  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  New  York.  He  was  at  a 
later  period  honored  by  being  chosen  President  of  the  Suffolk  District 
Medical  Society,  and  of  the  Medical  Benevolent  Society. 

Few  men  not  pressed  by  urgent  need  have  toiled  so  assiduously  for 
a  long  course  of  years  as  Dr.  Warren  did  to  the  last,  in  spite  of  all 
his  bodily  hindrances.  His  patients  and  his  friends  remember  him 
wyith  affection  and  gratitude,  and  the  profession  which  he  adorned  will 
long  refer  to  him  as  the  worthy  successor  Of  an  unchartered  inheri- 
tance which  has  outlived  many  royal  dynasties  that  have  been  for  a 
while  its  contemporaries. 

VOL.   VIII.  3 


18  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

Dr.  Warren  married,  in  1839,  Anna  Caspar  Crowninshield,  youngest 
daughter  of  Hon.  Benjamin  Williams  and  Mary  (Boardman)  Crownin- 
shield, who  survives  him.  He  leaves  six  children,  five  daughters  and 
a  son,  John  Collins  Warren,  now  studying  medicine  in  Germany. 

Jeremiah  Day,  the  son  of  a  Congregational  minister  in  New  Pres- 
ton, Litchfield  County,  Connecticut,  was  born  August  3,  1773.  He 
was  graduated  at  Yale  College  in  1795,  and  then  took  charge  of  the 
school  in  Greenfield,  a  parish  of  the  same  State,  which  Dr.  Dwight 
had  set  up,  and  which  he  left  to  succeed  Dr.  Stiles  in  the  Presidency 
of  Yale  College.  Next  Mr.  Day  was  a  tutor  in  Williams  College, 
then  recently  founded,  and  after  two  years  spent  in  this  office  accepted 
a  similar  one  from  his  own  Alma  Mater.  Here,  having  qualified  him- 
self to  preach,  he  exercised  his  gift  in  the  neighborhood  of  New 
Haven,  until  in  1801  he  was  attacked  with  hemorrhage,  and  was  ad- 
vised to  go  to  Bermuda  for  his  health.  Soon  after  his  departure,  in 
the  same  year,  the  President  and  Fellows  of  Yale  College  gave  him 
the  chair  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy.  But  he  returned 
from  the  island  wholly  unfit  to  discharge  any  college  duties,  and,  as  he 
thought,  destined  to  speedy  death.  He  took  refuge  at  his  father's  house, 
feeble,  melancholy,  and  apparently  sinking,  until  a  treatment  of  reduc- 
tion which  had  been  tried  upon  him  was  abandoned,  and  tonics  restored 
him  to  some  degree  of  health.  In  the  summer  of  1803  he  entered 
on  the  duties  of  his  professorship,  not  taking  a  heavy  burden  at  first, 
but  by  degrees  enabled  to  assume  a  due  share  of  labor,  and  to  fill  his 
place  in  the  College  with  efficiency  and  success.  He  was,  however, 
always  what  may  be  called  a  man  of  feeble  health,  always  obliged  to 
take  great  precautions  against  exposure,  and  to  govern  himself  by  the 
strictest  rules  both  as  to  diet  and  amount  of  exertion. 

For  the  development  of  the  man  this  trial  from  bodily  weakness  and 
from  temporary  despondency  was  attended  with  the  happiest  results. 
By  nature  given  to  prudence  and  moderation,  he  grew  in  these  re- 
spects from  his  ailments  ;  he  had  to  study  his  constitution  and  to  exercise 
self-control ;  he  was  obliged  to  be  orderly  and  methodical ;  all  these 
habits,  thus  learned  or  thus  strengthened,  helped  his  intellectual  and 
moral  nature,  and  he  attained  in  this  way  a  degree  of  practical  wisdom 
which  was  one  of  his  striking  characteristics.  The  frail  body,  also,  by 
discipline  resisted  the  causes  of  decay,  so  that  the  man,  of  whose  life  at 
thirty  all  despaired,  lived  beyond  the  age  of  ninety-four  with  full  vig- 
or of  intellect. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  19 

From  1803  until  1817  Professor  Day  filled  the  chair  to  which  he 
was  first  appointed,  and  on  the  death  of  Dr.  Dwight,  with  very  great 
shrinking,  accepted  the  vacant  office  of  President.  The  two  men  were 
in  many  respects  quite  opposite.  The  one  was  impulsive,  rhetori- 
cal, brilliant,  formed  to  command ;  the  other  calm,  philosophical,  with- 
out brilliancy,  unwilling  to  lead.  But  the  choice,  as  the  event  showed, 
was  a  wise  one.  During  the  twenty-nine  years  of  his  presidency  the 
College  grew  steadily  and  surely.  He  had  the  respect  and  esteem  of 
all.  His  success  showed,  we  think,  that  colleges,  which  often  strive  to 
find  brilliant  untried  men  for  their  principal  officers,  men  unused  to 
college  ways  and  ignorant  of  that  queer  thing,  a  college  student,  might 
do  better  sometimes,  if  they  looked  after  a  noiseless  worker,  experienced 
in  his  calling,  honored  by  those  around  him,  who  has  proved  himself 
equal  to  all  the  emergencies  of  discipline  and  of  instruction  in  the 
past. 

At  the  age  of  seventy-three,  President  Day  laid  down  his  office,  not  be- 
cause he  felt  any  peculiar  infirmities  of  old  age  creeping  over  him,  but  be- 
cause he  wished  to  resign  before  infirmities  should  weaken  his  judgment 
and  lead  him  to  outstay  his  time.  Followed  by  the  love  of  all  who 
had  known  him,  —  among  whom  were  all  the  two  thousand  and  \\\e 
hundred  to  whom  he  had  given  a  degree,  —  he  retired  into  private  life, 
yet  he  was  not  wholly  unconnected  with  the  College,  having  been  on  his 
resignation  chosen  into  the  Board  of  Fellows.  In  this  corporation  he 
served  until  just  before  his  death,  and  thus  had  had,  as  an  officer  and 
a  Fellow,  a  share  in  the  government  of  the  College  for  sixty-seven 
years.  His  life  during  his  retirement  was  serene  and  happy,  his  mind 
retained  its  strength  and  its  interest  in  the  affairs  of  the  world  until 
his  last  illness,  and  even  in  those  two  or  three  days  before  his  end, 
the  power  of  expression,  rather  than  that  of  thinking,  gave  way.  He 
closed  his  eyes  in  peace  on  the  22d  of  August,  1867,  when  "he  had 
reached  the  age  of  ninety-four  years  and  nineteen  days. 

Perhaps  the  leading  trait  of  President  Day's  character  was  the  har- 
mony of  his  whole  nature,  in  which  you  could  scarcely  say  wliat  was 
due  to  native  qualities,  what  to  philosophical  training,  and  what  to 
Christian  principle.  His  mind  by  nature  had  certain  very  valuable 
traits  of  the  more  solid  and  unpretending  sort.  Imagination  was  not 
remarkable  among  them,  nor  was  he  in  any  marked  degree  original, 
nor  could  he  be  called  a  deeper  thinker  than  many  men  are.  But  a 
person  familiar  with  him  would  be  struck  with  his  uncommon  clear- 


20  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

ness  and  precision  in  thought  and  expression,  with  his  great  good  sense 
and  the  perfection  of  his  practical  judgment,  with  the  admirable  method 
which  he  showed  in  everything.  In  the  composition  of  his  character,  the 
two  qualities  which  were  nearest  to  the  border-land  of  defects  were  cau- 
tion and  reserve.  The  latter  was  quite  noticeable.  He  never  spoke 
of  himself,  —  neither  of  what  he  had  done  nor  even  of  the  maladies 
which  had  afflicted  him  during  his  later  life.  But  his  reserve,  not 
being  the  effect  of  pride  or  of  timidity,  but  rather  of  humility  and  of 
the  absence  of  selfish  affections,  while  it  rendered  men  somewhat  un- 
familiar with  him,  detracted  nothing  from  his  power  to  inspire  respect 
and  veneration.  So  also  his  caution  was  not  properly  timidity,  but  the 
natural  foundation  of  a  prudence,  which  being  under  the  control  of 
principle,  always  carried  the  judgment  of  others  with  it. 

His  religious  principle  blended  beautifully  with  a  natively  blameless 
character,  so  that  one  could  not  separate  the  two.  It  was  not  put  on,  but 
seemed  as  much  a  part  of  his  life  as  were  his  intellectual  qualities. 
He  never  spoke  of  himself,  he  showed  his  religious  life  by  deeds, 
not  by  words ;  but  there  was  an  impression  conveyed  to  all  who  knew 
him  that  he  was  not  only  a  blameless  but  a  holy  man,  one  who  "  walked 
with  God."  And  a  spirit  of  sweet  peace  accompanied  him  wherever 
he  went,  together  with  a  dignity  which  was  the  shadow  cast  by  his 
pure  and  elevated  life,  which  made  no  claims  and  sought  no  homage, 
but  received  it  as  an  involuntary  tribute. 

As  a  man  of  science  and  of  philosophical  thought,  President  Day 
entered  into  the  two  fields  of  Mathematics  and  Metaphysics.  From  the 
time  of  his  leaving  the  mathematical  chair,  upon  his  election  to  the 
presidency,  he  was  almost  entirely  devoted  to  the  other  branch  of 
study  and  instruction.  During  his  professorship  he  felt  the  want  of 
elementary  treatises  in  the  mathematical  course  which  should  be  fitted 
to  the  peculiar  necessities  of  American  colleges.  He  accordingly  first 
prepared  his  Algebra,  which  was  given  to  the  world  in  1814,  and  from 
that  day  to  this  has  appeared  in  a  multitude  of  editions.  Many  years 
afterwards  he  undertook  a  revision  of  it  with  the  help  of  a  younger 
friend,  which  carried  the  resolution  of  the  higher  equations  and  some 
other  branches  much  beyond  the  limits  of  the  original  work.  Two 
years  after  his  Algebra  appeared  his  treatise  on  Mensuration  and 
Plane  Trigonometry,  and  in  1817  his  Navigation  and  Surveying. 
These  also  have  been  often  reprinted,  but  never  had  the  circulation 
which  was  reached  at  an  early  day  by  the  Algebra.     Of  these  works, 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  21 

especially  of  the  Algebra,  it  may  be  said  that,  while  they  are  element- 
ary in  the  strictest  sense,  and  perhaps  smooth  the  road  too  much  for 
the  learner,  they  have  very  great  merits.  They  are  clear  and  precise 
in  definition,  simple  and  elegant  in  explanation,  proportionate  in  their 
parts ;  they  leave  no  difficulties  behind  to  embarrass  the  learner  ;  they 
make  such  a  selection  from  a  wide  subject  as  his  wants  seem  to  require, 
reserving  the  higher  and  abstruser  parts  of  the  science  for  more  ad- 
vanced students.  In  short,  if  the  American  system  is  a  right  one,  of 
leading  all  the  members  of  the  younger  classes,  with  different  capaci- 
ties and  tastes,  along  the  same  track,  nothing  could  be  better  than  a 
work  constructed  on  the  principles  which  he  followed  in  his  mathe- 
matical works. 

In  the  Department  of  Natural  Philosophy,  which  then  was  assigned 
in  his  College  to  the  Professor  of  Mathematics,  he  was  able  to  under- 
take few  or  no  original  investigations.  Without  good  instruments,- 
with  a  very  imperfect  library  at  his  command,  with  feeble  health,  he 
could  do  little  more  than  satisfy  the  claims  of  the  lecture-room  and  of 
the  instructor's  chair. 

President  Day  brought  to  the  study  of  Metaphysics  and  Morals  a 
well-trained  mathematical  mind  and  sound  common  sense.  In  his  day, 
Locke's  reign  was  almost  undisturbed,  except  so  far  as  the  Scotch 
philosophers  had  modified  Locke's  system.  He  claimed  that  some  of 
Cousin's  strictures  on  Locke  proceeded  from  a  misunderstanding  of  that 
philosopher.  In  the  doctrine  of  the  will  he  mainly  followed  Jonathan 
Edwards,  and  he  published  two  treatises  in  explanation  or  defence  of 
his  views.  The  "  Inquiry  respecting  the  Self-determining  Power  of  the 
Will  or  Contingent  Volition,"  first  published  in  1838,  and  afterwards  in 
an  enlarged  edition  eleven  years  later,  was  suggested  by  a  translation 
of  Cousin's  Psychology,  of  which  he  had  written  a  review  for  the 
Christian  Spectator,  a  journal  published  in  New  Haven.  As  the  re- 
view was  too  long  to  embrace  an  examination  of  Cousin's  theory  of 
the  will,  he  attempts  in  this  work,  which  is  a  kind  of  supplement  to  the 
review,  not  only  to  refute  Cousin's  doctrine,  but  to  set  forth  also  his  own 
opinions  on  that  point  of  metaphysical  speculation. 

The  other  and  larger  work  on  the  will,  published  in  1841,  is  a 
resume  of  the  work  of  Edwards,  made  in  a  lucid,  dispassionate,  truth- 
loving  spirit,  and  not  intended  to  present  the  views  of  the  author  him- 
self, although  he  takes  no  pains  to  conceal  that  he  is  a  follower  of  the 
great  New  England  metaphysician. 


22  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

We  mention  only  one  article  more  which  came  from  his  pen,  —  his 
essay  published  in  the  Biblical  Repository  for  January,  1843,  entitled 
"  Benevolence  and  Selfishness,"  in  which  he  discusses  the  questions  of 
the  ultimate  motives  of  a  finite  being,  and  the  end  of  God  in  the  crea- 
tion of  the  world.  This  essay,  written  partly  in  explanation  and  cor- 
rection of  the  views  of  Jonathan  Edwards  in  his  work  on  the  "  End 
of  the  Creation,"  does  great  honor,  as  we  think,  to  his  metaphysical 
capacity. 

Daniel  Lord  was  born  at  Stonington,  Connecticut,  September  23, 
1795. 

In  his  early  infancy  his  father,  Dr.  Daniel  Lord,  removed  to  the 
city  of  New  York,  where  he  established  himself  as  physician  and 
druggist.  The  subject  of  our  notice,  being  an  only  child,  found  his 
chief  associates  among  his  father's  friends,  men  of  years  and  experience, 
and  sometimes  of  rough  adventure,  —  physicians,  merchant-traders, 
and  sea-captains,  in  whose  conversation  the  observant  child  found  am- 
ple food  for  thought  and  incentives  to  future  action. 

At  school  he  acquired  an  excellent  education,  embracing  the  classical 
languages  and  French,  then  almost  the  only  modern  language  which  was 
recognized  as  an  accomplishment.  At  the  age  of  fifteen  he  entered 
Yale  College,  at  that  time  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  Dvvight,  and  was 
graduated  second  in  his  class  in  1814.  From  College  he  went  to  the 
Law  School  at  Litchfield,  Connecticut^,  whence  he  returned  in  1816 
to  New  York,  and  continued  his  legal  studies  in  the  office  of  the  late 
Mr.  George  Griffin,  then,  and  for  many  years  afterwards,  one  of  the 
most  prominent  lawyers  of  the  State.  He  was  called  to  the  bar  in 
1818,  and  from  that  time  until  within  a  few  weeks  of  his  death,  his  life 
was  exclusively  devoted  to  his  professional  duties. 

Success  came  slowly.  But  no  discouragement  was  permitted  to 
check  his  industrious  pursuit  of  professional  learning,  and  in  those  early 
years  of  patient,  though  often  disheartened,  labor  he  amassed  the  legal 
knowledge  and  secured  the  intellectual  discipline  which  were  the 
guaranty  of  his  ultimate  success. 

The  habits  of  thorough  research  and  faithful  application  thus  ac- 
quired, united  with  his  vigorous  abilities  and  his  commanding  moral 
traits,  obtained  at  length  their  appropriate  reward,  and  placed  him  in 
the  front  rank  of  his  profession,  at  a  time  when  the  Bar  of  New  York 
was  made  illustrious  by  men  whose  names  will  ever  be  conspicuous  in 
the  history  of  American  jurisprudence. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  23 

The  position  thus  won  by  well-directed  effort  was  never  lost  by  in- 
attention or  neglect.  In  his  daily  contests  in  the  courts  he  was  often 
defeated,  but  never  unprepared.  The  singular  uprightness  of  his 
character,  always  keeping  him  from  any  attempt  to  mislead  either 
court  or  jury,  gave  a  weight  to  his  arguments  which  rendered  him  at 
all  times  an  effective  advocate  and  a  formidable  opponent.  No  one 
could  accuse  him  of  ever  having  tried  to  "  make  the  worse  appear  the 
better  reason,"  and  he  reaped  the  reward  of  his  sincerity  in  gaining  the 
entire  confidence  of  those  whom  he  sought  to  influence  by  his  logic. 

His  life  was  a  purely  professional  one.  Once  only  he  was  a  candi- 
date for  a  seat  in  the  New  York  Senate,  and  was  defeated.  Twice, 
however,  he  was  invited  to  a  position  on  the  bench,  each  time  by 
appointment  to  fill  vacancies,  —  once  to  that  of  the  Superior  Court  of 
the  city  of  New  York,  and  once  to  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  the  State. 
On  each  occasion  —  from  no  sordid  motives,  as  all  will  believe  who 
ever  knew  him,  but  from  a  deep-grounded  distrust  of  the  plan  of  an 
elective  judiciary,  then  recently  adopted  in  New  York,  and  from  a  con- 
sequent unwillingness  to  be  connected  with  a  system  which  he  thor- 
oughly disapproved  of — he  declined  the  appointment. 

His  reputation,  therefore,  was  simply  that  of  a  lawyer.  It  borrowed 
nothing  from  the  prestige  of  official  rank  or  authority.  It  was  bravely 
fought  for,  and  fairly  won,  in  an  arena  where  learning  and  skill  could 
alone  secure  the  prize,  and  diligence  and  fidelity  alone  retain  it.  The 
fact,  therefore,  that  his  name  was  so  widely  known,  not  only  among  his 
immediate  associates,  but  throughout  the  land,  is  conclusive  testimony 
to  his  great  ability. 

It  is  not  in  the  nature  of  things  that  any  private  professional  repu- 
tation should  long  survive  in  the  minds  of  men,  but  Mr.  Lord's  influ- 
ence will  long  outlive  his  reputation.  Coming  to  the  bar  at  a  time 
when  American  jurisprudence  was  just  beginning  to  assume  its  present 
independent  position,  he  did  much  towards  establishing  many  of  its 
doctrines,  which,  though  now  admitted  as  forever  fixed,  were  then  un- 
certain and  without  authority.  In  some  departments  he  was  an 
acknowledged  leader,  particularly  in  commercial  and  insurance  law, 
and  the  mercantile  community  will  long  be  governed  in  some  of  its 
most  important  interests  by  principles  and  methods  for  which  it  is  in- 
debted to  him. 

The  uprightness  and  truth  which  illustrated  Mr.  Lord's  character  as 
a  lawyer  and  a  man  were  the  outgrowths  of  a  true  Christian  faith 


24  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

adopted  in  early  manhood,  and  matured  and  ripened  with  the  reflec- 
tion of  advancing  years,  —  a  faith  which  bore  fruit  in  Christian  labors 
and  a  Christian  example ;  which  gave  a  hallowed  tone  to  his  influence 
on  all  around  him,  and  at  the  last  sustained  him  calmly  as  his  end  ap- 
proached. 

"  The  man  who  consecrates  his  hours 
By  vigorous  effort,  and  an  honest  aim, 
At  once  he  draws  the  sting  of  life  and  death." 

Francis  Peabody,  late  President  of  the  Essex  Institute,  was  born 
in  Salem,  December  7,  1801,  and  died  at  his  residence  in  that  city, 
October  31,  1867. 

He  was  son  of  Joseph  Peabody,  an  eminent  merchant  of  Salem  dur- 
ing the  close  of  the  last  and  the  beginning  of  the  present  century.  Soon 
after  leaving  school  he  travelled  in  Russia  and  Northern  Europe,  and 
on  his  return  settled  in  Salem,  where  he  continued  to  reside  until  his 
decease.  In  early  life  he  exhibited  a  taste  for  Chemistry  and  the 
kindred  sciences  and  their  application  to  the  useful  arts,  which  was 
nurtured  and  developed  by  the  literary  and  scientific  activity  of  the 
community  in  which  he  lived,  as  well  as  by  its  commercial  enterprise 
and  the  elevated  and  permanent  character  of  its  society. 

When,  in  the  year  1827,  the  Essex  Lodge  of  Freemasons,  of  which 
he  was  a  member,  and  the  Mechanics  Charitable  Association,  each 
voted  to  provide  courses  of  literary  and  scientific  lectures,  Mr.  Pea- 
body entered  zealously  into  their  plans,  and  delivered  before  both  of 
these  institutions  a  number  of  lectures  on  the  Steam-Engine,  Electri- 
city, Galvanism,  Heat,  and  other  scientific  subjects.  Three  years  later 
he  took  a  leading  part  in  the  organization  of  the  Salem  Lyceum,  was 
one  of  its  first  managers,  and  one  of  the  earliest  of  its  lecturers.  For 
his  zeal  in  promoting  the  efforts  of  his  townsmen  in  this  new  direction 
he  is  to  be  ranked  among  the  prominent  founders  of  that  system  of 
popular  or  lyceum  lectures,  which  has  since  become  so  universal  in  this 
country,  and  which  has  grown  to  be  an  influential,  if  not  a  permanent, 
feature  of  our  social  economy. 

His  taste  for  applied  science  early  led  him  to  engage  in  chemical 
and  other  manufactures,  in  which  and  commercial  pursuits  he  continued 
to  be  interested  until  his  decease. 

Mr.  Peabody  was  the  first  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  fund  given  by  Mr.  George  Peabody,  of  London,  for  the  promo- 
tion of  science  and  useful  knowledge  in  the  county  of  Essex,  which 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  25 

has  recently  been  incorporated  under  the  title  of  the  "  Trustees  of  the 
Peabody  Academy  of  Science."  He  was  also  one  of  the  original  trus- 
tees of  the  Cambridge  Museum  of  Archaeology,  founded  by  the  same 
munificent  hand,  and  was  a  member  of  several  other  scientific  institu- 
tions. 

Mr.  Peabody  was  a  man  of  active  and  vigorous  mind,  reaching  out 
for  knowledge  on  every  side.  With  a  genius  for  scientific  experi- 
ments and  for  mechanical  invention  he  combined  a  disposition,  as  well 
as  ample  means,  to  befriend  the  labors  of  others  in  these  directions. 
While  distinguished  for  the  variety  of  his  knowledge,  he  was  indefati- 
gable in  reducing  it  to  practical  use,  and  was  ever  ready  to  apply  his 
liberal  means  to  advance  the  welfare  of  his  neighbors  by  the  encour- 
agement of  industry  and  the  discovery  of  new  sources  of  profit. 

As  his  life  was  characterized  by  devotion  to  the  studies  and  pursuits 
which  lead  to  the  enduring  prosperity  of  a  country,  so  his  memory  will 
long  be  cherished  for  his  engaging  virtues  as  well  as  for  his  active  zeal 
in  all  worthy  undertakings. 

Professor  Chester  Dewey,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  who  was  elected  into 
this  society  fifty  years  ago,  died  at  Rochester,  New  York,  on  the  15th 
of  December  last.  He  was  born  at  Sheffield,  Massachusetts,  on  the 
25th  of  October,  1784,  and  had  therefore  entered  upon  the  eighty- 
fourth  year  of  his  age.  He  was  .graduated  at  Williams  College  in 
1806,  was  licensed  to  preach  in  1808,  but  was  that  same  year  recalled 
to  his  Alma  Mater  as  tut^r,  and  in  1810  was  appointed  Professor  of 
Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy  (including  Chemistry),  which 
chair  he  occupied  for  seventeen  years,  to  the  great  advantage  of  the 
College.  Here,  and  afterwards  as  Preceptor  of  the  Gymnasium,  a 
high  school  for  boys  which  he  established  at  Pittsfield,  and  carried  on 
for  ten  years,  he  did  excellent  service  and  acquired  abiding  fame  as  an 
educator.  In  1836  he  was  called  to  the  charge  of  a  similar,  but  larger, 
establishment  at  Rochester,  New  York,  which  he  conducted  with  great 
success  until  the  year  1850,  when  he  became  Professor  of  Chemistry 
and  Natural  Philosophy  in  the  newly  founded  University  in  that  city. 
He  actively  performed  the  duties  of  this  chair  for  ten  years  or  more, 
when  his  age  gave  a  just  claim  for  retirement,  although  his  powers 
were  little  impaired,  and  he  gave  occasional  lectures  or  other  services 
until  he  had  reached  the  age  of  fourscore.  His  scientific  contributions, 
which  began  in  the  first  volume  of  Silliman's  Journal  in  1818,  were 
continued  down   to   within  a  year  of  his  death,  extending  therefore 

VOL.    VIII.  4 


26  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

through  nearly  half  a  century.  These  related,  some  of  them  to  Phy- 
sics and  Chemistry,  more  to  Meteorology,  to  which  he  paid  much  at- 
tention, but  most  of  all  to  the  one  department  of  Botany,  with  which  he 
has  inseparably  connected  his  name.  His  only  separate  botanical  work 
was  a  Report  on  the  Herbaceous  Flowering  Plants  of  Massachusetts, 
made  by  him  as  one  of  the  Commissioners  on  the  Zoological  and  Bo- 
tanical Survey  of  the  State,  recommended  by  Governor  Everett,  at  the 
suggestion  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  as  the  comple- 
ment of  the  Geological  Survey  by  the  late  Professor  Hitchcock. 
Although  much  less  important  than  the  Avell-known  reports  of  his  col- 
leagues, Harris,  Gould,  Storer,  and  Emerson,  it  shows  his  predilection 
for  botanical  pursuits.  But,  aware  that  other  duties  must  mainly  fill 
his  working  hours,  Professor  Dewey  wisely  selected  a  special  depart- 
ment upon  which  he  could  concentrate  the  endeavoi's  his  leisure  might 
allow,  and  turn  them  to  permanent  account.  He  chose  the  large  and 
difficult  genus  Carex  for  special  study,  and  in  it  became  a  leading  au- 
thority. His  "  Cartography  "  in  Silliman's  Journal  began  in  the  year 
1824,  and  finished  with  a  general  index  to  the  numerous  articles 
scattered  through  forty-three  years,  in  January,  1867.  There  are  very 
few  of  our  about  two  hundred  North  American  species  with  which  Dr. 
Dewey's  name  is  not  in  some  way  associated,  and  of  many  he  was  the 
original  describer. 

Professor  Dewey  must  have  been  one  of  the  latest  survivors  of 
those  whose  taste  for  natural  history  was  developed  under  the  lectures 
of  Amos  Eaton,  when  that  remarkable  man  commenced  his  career  as  a 
teacher  in  Western  New  England,  and  in  Botany,  having  devoted  him- 
self perseveringly  to  a  particular  department,  he  became  the  most 
distinguished  of  that  school.  As  teacher,  man  of  science,  citizen,  and 
Christian  minister,  he  was  a  specimen  of  the  typical  Western  New- 
Englander,  —  a  peer  among  those  who  have  not  only  made  that  dis- 
trict what  it  is,  but  have  also  in  great  measure  founded  the  institu- 
tions and  determined  the  character  of  the  now  lengthened  line  of 
States  westward  from  the  Hudson  to  beyond  the  Mississippi.  Highly 
esteemed  and  honored  throughout  an  unusually  long  and  useful  life,  in 
his  serene  old  age  he  was  very  greatly  revered. 

Dr.  Samuel  Luther  Dana  died  at  Lowell,  Massachusetts,  March 
11,  1868,  in  the  seventy-third  year  of  his  age,  of  the  effects  of  a  fall 
on  the  ice  some  weeks  before. 

Dr.  Dana  was  a  native  of  Amherst,  New  Hampshire,  fitted  for  col- 


OF   ARTS   AND   SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  27 

lege  at  Phillips  Academy,  Exeter,  and  entered  Harvard  University  at 
the  age  of  fourteen.  Immediately  after  graduation  he  entered  the 
army,  and  continued  in  active  service  as  lieutenant  of  artillery  till  the 
close  of  the  war  of  1812.  He  then  studied  medicine,  and  in  1818  re- 
ceived the  degree  of  M.  D.  from  Harvard  University.  After  practis- 
ing as  a  physician,  first  at  Gloucester,  Massachusetts,  and  afterwards  at 
Waltham,  he  was  led  by  his  special  fondness  for  chemistry  to  give  up 
his  practice  in  order  to  engage  in  the  manufacture  of  oil  of  vitriol  and 
other  chemicals.  Having  continued  to  superintend  the  works  of  the 
Newton  Chemical  Company  for  many  years,  he  was  in  1833  induced 
to  accept  the  position  of  Chemist  of  the  Merrimack  Print  Works  in 
Lowell,  a  position  which  he  held  for  the  rest  of  his  life. 

With  a  breadth  of  view  deserving  of  all  praise,  the  founders  of  the 
Merrimack  Manufacturing  Company  saw  the  importance  of  bringing 
science  to  the  aid  of  art,  and,  from  the  outset,  considered  a  regular 
chemist  as  indispensable  in  their  print-works.  When  the  first  vacancy 
occurred,  they  were  particularly  fortunate  in  securing  the  services  of 
Dr.  Dana.  Having  an  ardent  love  for  science,  rare  aptness  in  tracing 
out  causes,  and  untiring  perseverance  in  applying  principles  to  prac- 
tice, he  thenceforth  devoted  himself  most  industriously  to  matters  con- 
nected with  calico-printing.  The  first  requisite  for  a  good  print  is  the 
thorough  bleaching  of  the  cloth.  Dr.  Dana  made  a  full  study  of  this 
subject,  and  succeeded  in  diminishing  the  number  of  operations  which 
had  before  been  deemed  essential.  His  ideas  were  made  known  to  the 
world  by  a  communication  sent  to  the  Societe  Industrielle  de  Mul- 
house,  and  published,  in  pai-t,  in  their  Bulletin  in  1836.  His  plan  at 
first  met  with  some  opposition,  but  is  now  very  generally  used,  and  is 
commonly  known  as  the  "  American  method  "  of  bleaching. 

One  of  his  earliest  investigations  related  to  the  action  of  cow-dung 
in  clearing  calico  of  the  thickening  used  in  printing  on  the  mordant ; 
and  he  was  thus  naturally  led  to  inquire  into  the  nature  of  manures  in 
general,  and  of  the  products  of  decay,  then  little  understood,  but  after- 
wards more  fully  investigated  by  Maiden  and  others,  and  distinguished 
as  gein,  humin,  and  ulmin.  The  collateral  knowledge  thus  acquired  was 
freely  communicated  to  various  friends,  and  awakened  so  great  an  in- 
terest that  he  was  urgently  requested  by  some  of  his  appreciative  fel- 
low-citizens to  deliver  a  course  of  lectures  on  the  Chemistry  of  Agri- 
culture. The  request  was  complied  with  in  the  winter  of  1839-40. 
The  publication  of  these  lectures  being  solicited  as  likely  to  prove  of 


28  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

great  advantage  to  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  Commonwealth, 
Dr.  Dana  condensed  his  notes  into  a  pithy  treatise,  which  was  issued 
in  1842  under  the  quaint  title  of  "  A  Muck  Manual  for  Farmers,"  — 
a  name  indicative  of  the  prominent  idea  of  the  work.  Five  editions 
of  this  book  have  been  published  in  this  country,  and  it  has  been  re- 
printed in  England.  At  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Warren,  he  also  wrote 
an  Essay  on  Manures,  for  which  a  prize  was  awarded  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts Society  for  promoting  Agriculture.  These  labors  awakened 
in  his  own  mind  such  an  interest  in  the  tillage  of  the  soil,  that  he 
bought  a  farm  near  Lowell  for  the  purpose  of  testing  his  particular 
views,  and  successfully  directed  its  cultivation  for  many  years.  He 
seems  to  have  found  no  occasion  to  modify  the  propositions  which  he 
laid  down  at  first ;  though  he  might  have  seen  fit  to  add  some  limita- 
tions to  one  or  two  of  them,  had  he  tried  the  unctuous  bottom  lands  of 
the  Mississippi  Valley  as  well  as  the  light  soils  of  Middlesex  County. 

In  point  of  time,  originality,  and  ability,  Dr.  Dana  stood  first  among 
scientific  writers  on  Agriculture  in  this  country,  and  his  works  have 
done  great  good.  But  the  agricultural  treatises  by  which  he  has  be- 
come so  well  and  favorably  known  were  but  the  secondary  results  of 
his  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  cow-dung  as  related  to  calico-printing. 
The  primary  object  was  pursued  with  signal  success.  He  found  that 
the  property  of  fixing  mordants  was  owing,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the 
presence  of  phosphates,  and  that  the  cumbrous  and  costly  animal  ex- 
crement might  be  effectually  replaced  by  cheap  soluble  phosphates  pre- 
pared from  bones.  As  the  discovery  came  to  be  rendered  fully  availa- 
ble in  the  regular  routine  of  work,  the  fifty  cows  which  had  been  con- 
stantly kept  by  the  Merrimac  Company  were  sold  off,  and  a  few  bar- 
rels of  burnt  bones  were  occasionally  brought  into  the  Works  under  a 
name  understood  only  by  the  initiated.  Dr.  Dana  as  an  employee  of 
the  Company  was  not  allowed  to  secure  a  patent  for  the  invention,  and 
thus  received  no  personal  benefit  from  it,  though  it  has  effected  an  im- 
mense saving  to  others.  But  another  person,  with  a  full  knowledge  of 
what  had  been  done  at  the  Merrimac  Print  Works,  went  to  England 
and  sought  to  turn  the  discovery  to  account  there ;  and  it  was  then 
found  that  Mercer  had  at  the  same  time  been  making  similar  trials. 
In  fact  the  English  and  the  American  chemist  independently  origi- 
nated the  use  of  dung  substitutes.  But  probably  to  Mercer  must  be 
conceded  the  priority  of  experiments  by  a  few  months,  while  Dana 
was  the  first  to  make  the  substitution  a  complete  success  in  actual  prac- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  29 

tice.  Neither  gained  full  credit  for  the  discovery,  because  in  neither 
case  was  the  matter  made  public  till  Mercer,  finding  himself  not  to  be 
in  exclusive  possession  of  the  idea,  joined  with  others  and  patented  the 
use  of  phosphates  and  arseniates  for  dunging. 

In  1840,  Dr.  Dana,  at  the  request  of  the  city  government  of  Low- 
ell, made  a  careful  examination  of  the  various  well-waters  of  the  city, 
with  reference  to  their  action  on  lead  pipes.  And  his  interest  in  this 
important  sanitary  matter  did  not  end  with  the  presentation  of  his  well- 
digested  report ;  but  for  the  sake  of  making  generally  known  the  in- 
sidious danger  then  so  little  understood  by  physicians  themselves,  he 
supervised  the  translation  and  publication  of  Tanquerel  on  Lead 
Diseases,  with  valuable  annotations,  —  the  work  of  translation  being 
done  chiefly  by  his  daughters. 

In  1851  the  manufacture  of  rosin-oil  was  brought  to  his  notice,  and 
he  contributed  much  to  the  improvement  of  that  branch  of  industry. 

In  1860,  Dr.  Dana  gave  his  library,  containing  many  rare  and  val- 
uable chemical  books,  to  Harvard  and  Amherst  Colleges. 

From  the  excellence  of  what  he  published,  we  might  have  expected  a 
valuable  work  on  general  agricultural  chemistry,  had  he  been  able  to  ful- 
fil the  partial  promise  made  at  the  close  of  his  prize  Essay  on  Manures. 
But  in  later  years  his  time  was  occupied  by  the  daily  duties  of  his  posi- 
tion and  the  management  of  his  farm,  his  health  not  always  allowing 
him  to  labor  as  actively  in  scientific  matters  as  his  ever-lively  interest 
would  prompt.  Dr.  Dana  was  so  quiet  as  well  as  accurate  and 
thorough  in  his  work,  and  so  concise  in  the  expression  of  his  thoughts, 
that  he  could  be  fully  appreciated  by  few.  But  his  earnest  devotion 
to  truth,  the  precision  and  extent  of  his  knowledge,  his  high  sense  of 
honor,  and  his  conspicuous  integrity  of  character,  commanded  the  full- 
est respect  and  confidence  of  all  who  knew  him. 

Professor  William  Sjiyth  was  born  in  Pittston,  Maine,  Feb- 
ruary 2,  1797,  but  in  his  childhood  his  parents  removed  to  Wiscasset, 
which  was  his  home  till  he  entered  college.  The  story  of  his  early 
struggles  to  obtain  a  liberal  education,  of  his  indomitable  perseverance, 
his  self-sacrificing,  independent  spirit,  and  the  success  and  reputation 
of  his  subsequent  life,  furnishes  most  valuable  lessons  for  the  young. 
His  preparatory  course  for  college  he  pursued  alone,  without  regular 
instruction,  at  intervals  of  work  as  a  teacher ;  the  last  two  years  at 
Gorhani,  Maine,  where  he  was  an  assistant  in  the  Academy  with  Rev. 
Reuben   Nason   (Harv.   1802),  an  accomplished  classical  and  mathe- 


30  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

raatical  teacher,  whose  counsel  and  aid  he  always  gratefully  ac- 
knowledged. He  entered  Junior  at  Bowdoin,  September,  1820 ;  and, 
though  from  late  hours  of  preceding  years  over  Greek  and  Latin  he 
was  compelled  to  study  by  another's  eyes  (his  lessons  being  read  to 
him  by  his  chum),  he  graduated,  1822,  with  the  first  honors  of  an  able 
class.  In  1823  he  received  appointment  as  Proctor  and  Instructor  in 
Greek  at  his  own  College,  and,  soon  after,  as  Tutor  in  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Philosophy. 

Thus  called  to  a  new  department  of  instruction,  he  detected  in  him- 
self and  revealed  to  others  the  peculiar  talent  —  it  may  be  said,  original 
power  —  which  has  given  him  so  much  of  a  name,  and  reflected  so  much 
reputation  on  his  Alma  Mater.  The  predilection  of  the  student  had 
been  decidedly  for  Greek.  His  success,  however,  rarely  equalled,  as  a 
teacher  of  Algebra,  excited  quite  an  enthusiasm  in  his  classes,  and  thus 
was  designated  the  eminently  fit  person  to  relieve  Professor  Cleaveland, 
who  had  held  that  department  from  the  opening  of  the  College,  and 
had  added  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy  to  the  list  of  his  multifarious 
duties.  In  1825  he  became  Adjunct  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Philosophy,  and  in  1828  full  Professor. 

With  the  deep  enthusiasm  of  his  nature  he  at  once  gave  himself  to 
the  study  of  the  French  systems  ;  read  the  Mecanique  Celeste,  and 
soon  began  the  work  of  preparing  text-books  for  his  classes.  In  1830 
he  published  an  Algebra,  which  was  among  the  first  in  this  country  in 
which  the  French  method  was  employed.  This  passed  through  several 
editions  and  then  gave  place  to  two  separate  works,  the  Elementary 
and  the  Larger  Algebra.  There  followed,  in  rapid  succession,  Treatises 
on  Plane  Trigonometiy  and  its  Applications,  on  Analytical  Geometry, 
and  the  Calculus,  of  this  last  a  second  edition  appearing  in  1859. 

A  man  of  quick  sensibility  to  questions  of  right  and  wrong,  of  deep 
religious  principle,  and  of  ardent  and  indefatigable  nature,  he  could 
not  be  indifferent  to  any  worthy  object  of  philanthropy  or  of  public  in- 
terest. His  enthusiasm  was  fired  by  the  struggles  of  the  Poles  for 
national  life,  and  then  by  the  Hungarian  Revolution.  He  studied  the 
strategy,  was  familiar  with  every  phase,  political  or  military,  of  those 
movements,  and  with  the  qualities  of  the  leaders.  As  an  earnest 
Christian  man,  he  could  not  but  feel  a  lively  concern  in  the  case  of  the 
Cherokees  in  our  country,  as  a  great  question  involving  national  justice 
and  honor.  He  early  took  decided  position  in  the  slavery  discussion, 
and,  besides  writing  in  the  public  press,  prepared  some  of  the  ablest 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  31 

papers  which  the  antislavery  cause  called  forth.  The  common  schools 
of  Maine  are  more  indebted  to  him  than  any  other  man  for  his  agency 
in  favor  of  the  "graded  system."  He  was  active,  influential,  self- 
denying  in  behalf  of  the  church  and  congregation  with  which  he  was 
associated.  His  decided  mechanical  skill  was  freely  bestowed  in  super- 
intending the  erection  of  the  new  church  edifice  near  the  College  and 
in  the  principal  brick  school-house  of  the  village.  His  last  work  of 
this  sort  was  the  preparation  for  the  Memorial  Hall  to  commemorate 
distinguished  alumni  and  friends  of  the  College,  especially  those  who 
served  with  honor  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion.  All  his  energy  and 
skill  he  threw  into  this  which  he  was  wont  to  regard  as  his  last  work. 
He  was  consulting  with  a  contractor  on  the  grounds,  when  he  was 
seized  with  the  fatal  symptoms  which,  after  a  little  more  than  two 
hours  of  suffering,  terminated  in  death. 

Since  our  last  annual  meeting,  Physical  Science  has  lost,  by  death, 
the  distinguished  services  of  three  of  its  devotees,  —  Faraday,  Brew- 
sterj  and  Foucault.  Of  the  last  two,  one  was  the  veteran  associate  of 
the  French  Academy  of  Sciences,  the  other  the  youngest  member  of 
his  section,  already  great,  however,  in  achievement  as  well  as  in  prom- 
ise ;  and  both  of  them  in  the  fulness  of  their  strength  and  useful- 
ness. 

Michael  Faraday  was  born  September  20,  1791  ;  the  son  of 
a  blacksmith  in  Newington  Butts,  Surrey,  England.  He  died  in  the 
apartments  in  Hampton  Court  Palace,  which  the  Queen  had  assigned 
to  him,  on  August  25,  18G7  :  and  with  him  went  out  the  brightest  light 
which  had  radiated  through  the  chemical  and  physical  sciences  for  forty 
years. 

In  1804,  at  the  age  of  thirteen,  and  with  a  scanty  education,  Fara- 
day  was  sent  to  a  bookbinder,  with  whom  he  served  an  apprenticeship 
of  eight  years.  But  he  was  not  toiling  these  many  years  merely 
upon  the  outside  of  books.  He  felt  through  his  whole  life  his  indebted- 
ness to  the  works  of  Mrs.  Marcet,  and  he  says :  "  Whenever  I  pre- 
sented her  with  a  copy  of  my  memoirs,  I  took  care  to  add  that  I  sent 
them  to  her  as  a  testimony  of  my  gratitude  to  my  first  instructress." 
A  copy  of  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica,  ■  sent  to  be  bound,  riveted 
Faraday's  attention  ;  particularly  the  article  on  Electricity.  Out  of 
an  old  bottle  he  constructed  his  first  electrical  machine,  and  out  of  a 
medicine-phial  a  Leyden  Jar,  and,  thus  equipped,  he  began  to  experi- 
ment.    It  is  to  be  observed,  however,  that  a  great  many  other  boys 


32  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

have  done  the  same  thing  without  growing  up  to  he  Faradays.  But 
with  them  it  was  play,  with  him  it  was  work.  Faraday  himself,  in 
later  years,  attached  considerable  importance  to  the  habit  which  he  ac- 
quired in  early  life  of  repeating,  as  far  as  he  was  able,  the  experiments 
of  which  he  read  in  Chemistry  and  Electricity.  And  when,  after- 
wards, the  brilliant  lecturer  enchanted  both  young  and  old,  he  treated 
his  audiences  as  he  had  treated  himself.  He  did  not  suppose  them  to 
know,  or  require  them  to  believe,  in  any  physical  law,  however  famil- 
iar, unless  he  had  shown  it  to  them  ;  not  even  that  a  stone  would  drop 
to  the  earth,  without  dropping  it  first  before  their  eyes  on  to  the  floor 
of  the  lecture-room. 

In  1812,  Faraday  was  invited  to  the  Royal  Institution,  to  hear  Sir 
Humphry  Davy  lecture.  He  took  notes  at  these  lectures  which 
he  afterwards  sent  to  Davy,  asking  at  the  same  time  his  assistance  to 
escape  from  trade  and  dedicate  himself  to  science.  Davy,  who  was 
then  at  the  zenith  of  his  transcendent  popularity,  had  the  time  and  the 
disposition  to  encourage  the  youthful  aspirant,  and  in  March,  1813, 
Faraday  became  chemical  assistant  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Royal 
Institution.  Mr.  Gilbert  Davies,  who  had  himself  detected  the  genius 
of  Davy  in  the  obscure  home  of  a  Cornish  carver  at  Penzance,  has  said 
of  the  illustrious  Davy,  that  the  greatest  of  all  his  discoveries  was  the 
discovery  of  Faraday.  In  a  few  months  after  Faraday's  installation 
at  the  Royal  Institution,  Davy  started  upon  his  prolonged  visit  to  the 
Continent,  and  Faraday  accompanied  him  as  secretary  and  chemical 
assistant.  His  own  modest  merits  were  not  altogether  overshadowed 
by  the  shining  fame  of  his  companion,  and  he  formed  friendships  in 
Paris,  Geneva,  and  Italy  which  were  only  broken  by  death. 

Faraday  began  his  career  of  original  investigation  in  1816,  with  a 
successful  analysis  of  a  specimen  of  caustic  lime  from  Tuscany.  Since 
that  time,  his  contributions  to  science  flowed  on  in  a  steady  stream, 
so  broad  and  so  deep  that  every  province  in  Chemistry  and  Physics 
has  felt  the  reviving  influence.  In  Acoustics,  we  recall  his  researches 
on  the  sand-figures  and  lycopodium-heaps  of  vibrating  plates,  on  musi- 
cal flames  and  Trevelyan's  experiment  with  a  heated  metal ;  in  Optics, 
we  are  reminded  of  his  papers  on  aerial  perspective,  on  ocular  decep- 
tions produced  by  rotating  wheels,  on  the  relation  of  gold  and  other 
metals  to  light,  on  the  borosilicate  of  lead  or  heavy  glass,  and  of  his 
services  on  the  committee  to  which  he  was  appointed  in  1824,  with 
Herschel  and  Dolland,  by  the  Royal  Society,  to  suggest  improvements 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE   9,  1868.  33 

in  the  manufacture  of  glass  for  telescopes,  and  his  valuable  report 
upon  the  methods  of  manufacturing  glass  ;  in  general  and  molecular 
Physics,  we  remember  his  labors  and  discoveries  on  the  limit  to 
evaporation,  on  the  temperature  of  vapors,  and  their  solidification,  on 
their  passage  through  capillary  tubes,  on  the  pneumatic  paradox  of 
Clement  Desormes,  on  vegetation  ;  in  Practical  Science,  we  are  indebted 
to  him  for  suggestions,  experiments,  inventions,  or  discoveries  on  ven- 
tilation, illumination,  fumigation,  gunnery,  on  india-rubber  and  the  al- 
loys of  steel,  on  the  prevention  of  explosions  in  collieries,  on  the  ex- 
tinguishment of  blazing  houses,  on  sustaining  a  prolonged  breath  in  a 
dangerous  atmosphere,  and  on  the  false  pretensions  of  spirit-rappings 
and  table-turnings. 

This  meagre  enumeration,  in  which  years  of  intellectual  activity  are 
registered  in  as  many  lines,  indicates  the  exceeding  great  versatility  of 
Faraday's  genius.  Nevertheless,  Chemistry  and  Electricity  were  his 
favorite  if  not  his  absorbing  pursuits,  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of 
the  half-century  which  his  discoveries  have  made  so  brilliant.  And  of 
these  two  Chemistry  served  him,  but  Electricity  commanded  hi  in.  It 
is  impossible  in  this  place  to  specify,  much  less  to  analyze,  th.e  varied 
researches  of  Faraday  in  chemistry  and  electricity. 

In  1820  he  described  two  new  compounds  of  chlorine  and  carbon. 
"  The  discovery  of  these  two  compounds,"  says  our  Foreign  Associate, 
De  la  Rive,  "  filled  up  an  important  gap  in  the  history  of  chemistry." 
In  1825,  Faraday  discovered  benzole,  to  which,  says  Hoffman,  "  we 
virtually  owe  our  supply  of  aniline,  with  all  its  magnificent  progeny  of 
colors." 

In  1820,  Oersted  set  up  one  of  those  milestones  which  stand  forever 
in  the  history  of  science,  by  his  inauguration  of  electro-magnetism.  Many 
pressed  into  the  ranks  to  pursue  the  new  discovery  to  its  consequences, 
and  Faraday  among  the  foremost.  He  adapted  the  reaction  between 
the  current  of  electricity  in  the  conductor  and  the  magnet  to  the  pro- 
duction of  a  continuous  revolution,  —  a  stupendous  novelty  then,  without 
a  parallel  in  mechanics  nearer  than  the  heavenly  bodies.  Even  Am- 
pere's sweeping  generalization  of  the  electro-dynamic  action  had  not 
anticipated  such  a  result,  although  it  was  afterwards  able  to  explain  it. 
In  1831  the  scientific  interest  which  had  been  monopolized  by 
electro-magnetism  was  transferred  to  a  younger  sister,  magneto-elec- 
tricity. Magneto-electricity  was  a  corollary  from  Faraday's  new  dis- 
covery of  voltaic  induction,  when  the  latter  was  viewed  in  the  light  of 
VOL.   VIII.  5 


34  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Ampere's  theory  of  magnetism.  Science  had  been  in  possession  of 
voltaic  electricity  for  forty  years,  its  most  powerful  instruments  had 
been  wielded  by  Davy,  Hare,  and  Silliman,  statical  induction  was 
a  familiar  fact ;  but  it  was  reserved  for  Faraday  first  to  see  with  his 
own  eyes  the  external  influence  of  current  electricity.  Henry's  induced 
currents  of  the  higher  orders  ;  Page's  devices  for  exalting  the  inten- 
sity of  induced  currents,  and  their  application  to  therapeutics ;  Ruhm- 
kortf 's  coil,  and  its  various  adaptations  to  blasting,  lighting,  &c,  —  all 
these  had  their  origin  in  Faraday's  discovery  of  voltaic  induction. 

On  the  20th  of  November,  1845,  Faraday  read  to  the  Royal  So- 
ciety of  London  his  startling  discovery  of  the  "  Magnetization  of 
Light  and  the  Illumination  of  Magnetic  Lines  of  Force."  This  dis- 
covery, from  its  delicacy  and  novelty,  deserves  to  take  rank  as  Fai-a- 
day's  greatest,  standing,  as  Tyndall  describes  it,  among  his  other  dis- 
coveries and  overtopping  them  all  like  the  "  Weisshorn  among  moun- 
tains, high,  beautiful,  and  alone." 

It  really  means,  however,  less  than  the  language  in  which  it  was 
announced  would  convey  to  most  minds.  More  than  thirty  years  be- 
fore, Seebeck  and  Brewster  had  succeeded  in  imparting  to  common 
glass,  by  pressure  or  heat,  the  depolarizing  structure  of  crystals.  It 
was  reserved  for  Faraday  to  imitate,  partially,  the  quartz-like  structure 
of  oil  of  turpentine,  and  its  strange  power  of  circular  polarization,  by 
subjecting  his  heavy  glass,  and  even  water,  to  the  influence  of  strong 
magnets.  This  discovery  was  followed  by  others,  in  rapid  succession, 
extending  over  a  period  of  five  years  ;  all  of  which  are  included  in  his 
comprehensive  classification  of  substances  into  Magnetics  and  Diamag- 
netics.  A  compass  needle  made  out  of  a  diamagnetic  would  point 
east  and  west,  where  an  ordinary  compass  needle  would  point  north 
and  south.  As  oxygen  is  powerfully  magnetic,  Faraday  labored  hard 
to  show  that  it  was  superfluous  to  seek  for  the  cause  of  terrestrial  mag- 
netism, or  at  least  of  its  fluctuations,  outside  of  the  earth's  atmosphere. 
The  antagonistic  properties  of  magnetism  and  diamagnetism  are  in- 
fluenced by  crystallization.  Faraday  proved  this  for  bismuth,  anti- 
mony, and  arsenic,  as  Plucker  did  for  the  optical  axes  of  crystals. 
Faraday  could  have  had  little  expectation  in  1825,  when  he  was  melt- 
ing the  borosilicate  of  lead,  that  this  heavy  glass,  which  proved  a  fail- 
ure for  optical  purposes,  on  account  of  its  deep  color,  would,  after 
standing  on  the  shelf  for  thirty  years,  become  the  instrument  of  his 
grandest  discovery. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    9,   1868.  35 

Nor  should  we  forget  how  much  Faraday  did  to  establish  the  iden- 
tity of  electricity,  from  whatever  source  it  is  derived,  to  prove  the  defi- 
niteuess  of  its  action,  to  unveil  the  process  of  electrolysis,  to  bring  under 
one  general  law  conduction  and  insulation,  to  assert  the  dependence 
of  electrical  and  magnetic  induction  on  the  molecular  agency  of  inter- 
vening media,  and  to  deal  a  vigorous  and  mortal  blow  to  the  contact- 
theory  of  galvanism.  Faraday  was  not  destined,  either  by  early  asso- 
ciations, education,  or  mental  constitution,  to  discuss  successfully  high 
themes  of  speculative  philosophy  or  mathematical  science,  such  as  the 
nature  and  conservation  of  force,  or  the  essence  of  matter,  though  he 
has  written  a  few  papers  upon  these  subjects.  Nevertheless,  he  con- 
tributed  more  largely,  perhaps,  than  any  of  his  contemporaries  to  that 
vast  scientific  capital,  from  which  Grove  has  freely  borrowed  in  the  es- 
tablishment of  his  theory  of  the  Correlation  of  the  Physical  Forces, 
and  the  convertibility  of  one  manifestation  of  force  into  another,  as  so 
many  varieties  of  motion. 

In  1854,  as  Faraday  was  approaching  the  close  of  his  long  period 
of  active  service,  he  delivered  a  lecture  at  the  Royal  Institution,  under 
extraordinary  circumstances,  on  Mental  Education.  This  lecture  de- 
serves special  commemoration,  inasmuch  as  Faraday  regarded  the 
views  expressed  in  it  both  as  cause  and  consequence  of  his  own  experi- 
mental life.  We  here  see  that  faith,  humility,  patience,  labor  of 
thought,  mental  discipline,  well-educated  senses,  had  all  conspired  to 
make  him  a  fit  high-priest  of  science.  But  he  says  that  "  this  educa. 
tion  has,  for  its  first  and  its  last  step,  humility." 

After  Faraday  returned  from  his  tour  with  Davy  upon  the  Conti- 
nent, he  pursued  the  even  tenor  of  his  way  at  the  laboratory  of  the 
Royal  Institution  with  little  interruption ;  not  allowing  himself  to  be 
distracted  from  the  chosen  work  of  his  life  by  pleasure  or  profit  or 
applause.  Though  by  following  out  his  researches  to  their  practical 
application  he  might  have  amassed  a  large  fortune,  Faraday  rejected 
the  glittering  bribe  when  it  was  already  within  his  grasp,  saying :  "  I 
felt  I  was  not  sent  into  the  world  for  this  purpose."  If  Faraday  was 
sent  into  the  world  for  the  discovery  of  truth,  then  most  certainly  he 
accomplished  his  destiny.  For  was  he  not  what  Tyndall  calls  him, 
"  the  greatest  experimental  philosopher  the  world  has  ever  'seen  "  ? 
Though  Faraday  would  not  desert  his  high  vocation  for  emolument,  he 
often  did  it  at  the  call  of  his  government,  of  humanity,  of  civilization, 
of  science.     Nothing  could  have  been  more  distasteful  to  him  than  to 


36  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

leave,  even  for  one  hour,  his  quiet  walk  with  Nature,  which  never 
cheated  however  she  might  elude  him,  and  sit  with  table-movers  and 
other  pretended  interpreters  of  her  secrets.  After  describing  the  ap- 
paratus, which,  with  great  experimental  tact,  he  had  devised  for  ex- 
posing the  trickery  or  self-deception  of  his  associates,  he  writes  :  "  I  am 
a  little  ashamed  of  it,  for  I  think,  in  the  present  age,  and  in  this  part 
of  the  world,  it  ought  not  to  have  been  required.  Nevertheless,  I 
hope  it  may  be  useful."  And  again  he  says :  "  I  think  the  system 
of  education  that  could  leave  the  mental  condition  of  the  public  body 
in  the  state  in  which  this  subject  has  found  it  must  have  been  greatly 
deficient  in  some  very  important  principle." 

Many  scientific  men  in  Great  Britain  have  surpassed  Faraday  in 
the  clearness,  elegance,  and  eloquence  of  their  writings.  But  no  one, 
unless  it  were  Davy,  possessed  to  such  a  degree  Faraday's  gift  of  im- 
parting to  others,  in  the  lecture-room,  what  he  had  discovered  for  him- 
self. If,  as  De  la  Rive  said  of  him,  he  was  never  caught  in  a  mistake 
in  his  laboratory,  "  the  hand  marvellously  seconding  the  resolves  of 
the  brain,"  we  may  add  that  he  seldom  disheartened  his  audience  by 
the  miscarriage  of  an  experiment,  destroying  the  spell  by  which  he 
had  hitherto  bound  them.  Though  he  was  less  dramatic,  we  might 
almost  say  less  theatrical,  in  his  style  of  address  than  Davy,  he  never 
failed  to  attract  an  admiring  crowd,  not  only  of  the  thoughtful  and  the 
educated,  but  of  the  gay  and  the  high-born.  He  was  equally  at  home 
with  the  juvenile  audiences  which  listened  to  him  during  the  Christmas 
holidays. 

For  fifty  years,  Davy  and  Faraday  together  have  sustained  the  glory 
of  the  Royal  Institution  as  with  the  brightness  of  a  whole  Academy  ; 
both  of  them  of  unchallenged  greatness,  not  only  as  discoverers  of 
physical  truths,  but  as  expositors  also.  In  Davy  was  found  a  rare  com- 
bination of  poetry  and  science.  Coleridge,  it  was  said,  frequented  his 
lectures  "  to  increase  his  stock  of  metaphors."  Davy  preferred  the 
blazing  battery  of  the  Royal  Institution  to  the  chemist's  balance.  His 
generalizations  were  bold  and  dazzling.  Quality,  and  not  quantity,  ex- 
cited his  mind.  In  ten»years  he  stood  on  the  pinnacle  of  fame.  He 
was  knighted  ;  he  was  courted ;  and  then  his  position  at  the  Royal  In- 
stitution was  almost  honorary.  Faraday  relied  less  on  his  imagination 
and  more  on  his  experiments.  Brilliant  as  were  his  triumphs,  they 
were  won  by  hard  work.  His  whole  scientific  life  was  one  protracted 
campaign,  —  and  that  was  a  war  of  posts,  and  not  a  succession  of  bril- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  37 

Hunt  charges.  He  prized  the  recognition  of  academies  and  universities, 
but  not  the  insignia  of  rank.  Without  leisure  for  fashionable  society, 
he  enjoyed  preaching  to  the  humble  sect  of  Christians  to  which  he  be- 
longed as  much  as  lecturing  before  princes  and  nobles,  either  of  birth 
or  of  intellect,  at  the  Royal  Institution. 

It  is  little  to  say  of  such  a  man  that  he  was  made  a  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  London  in  1824,  a  Corresponding  Member  of  the 
French  Academy  of  Sciences  in  1823,  a  Foreign  Associate  of  this 
Academy  in  1844;  that  his  name  was  eagerly  sought  to  adorn  the  list 
of  honor  of  all  other  Academies  in  Europe  and  America ;  that  he  re- 
ceived from  the  Royal  Society  of  London  the  Rumford,  Copley,  and 
Royal  medals ;  that  his  simple  life  was  made  independent  by  a  pension 
of  £300,  conferred  upon  him  in  1835  ;  that  Napoleon  the  exile  was  in- 
structed by  his  lectures,  and  Napoleon  the  Emperor  acknowledged  the 
obligation  by  naming  him  Commander  of  the  Legion  of  Honor. 

It  is  much  to  say  of  him  that  he  declined  all  honors  and  rewards 
which  were  foreign  to  his  scientific  character ;  that,  when  he  might 
have  amassed  a  fortune  of  £  150,000  by  applying  old  discoveries  to 
commercial  uses,  he  preferred  to  concentrate  his  whole  mind  on  the 
discovery  of  new  truth,  dying  poor,  and  leaving  a  widow  dependent  on 
a  small  pension,  which,  in  noble  imitation  of  his  example,  she  refused 
to  have  increased ;  that  he  ruled  a  strong  nature  so  as  to  be  always 
gentle,  and  only  impatient  of  those  who  unnecessarily  wasted  his  time  ; 
that  he  was  as  much  exalted  above  others  in  modesty  as  in  intellectual 
greatness ;  that  he  made  science  honorable  and  attractive ;  that  he 
ruled  with  an  imperial  sway  the  hearts  no  less  than  the  intellects  of 
his  generation,  and  that  his  final  departure  from  the  laboratory  in  the 
Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain  on  the  20th  of  June,  1862,  was 
followed  by  one  universal  pang  of  grief  throughout  the  world  of 
science. 

Long  and  loudly  and  perseveringly  had  Faraday  knocked  at  the 
secret  gates  of  nature,  and  most  encouraging  were  the  responses  which, 
from  time  to  time,  he  had  received.  Nevertheless,  he  finds  it  in  his 
heart  to  say :  "  I  have  never  seen  anything  incompatible  between  those 
things  of  man  which  can  be  known  by  the  spirit  of  man  which  is 
within  him  and  those  higher  things  concerning  his  future  which  he 
cannot  know  by  that  spirit." 

Faraday,  with  a  wise  precaution,  which  consulted  the  convenience 
of  others  no  less  than  his  own  reputation,  made  a  timely  collection  of 


38  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

his  scattered  publications,  and  placed  them  in  a  compact  and  perma- 
nent form,  suited  to  the  private  library  of  the  student  of  science.  His 
"  Series  of  Experimental  Researches  upon  Electricity  "  amounted  to 
thirty  ;  all  but  one  of  which  are  now  contained  in  three  volumes,  pub- 
lished successively  in  1839,  1844,  and  1855.  These  Researches  are 
illustrated  by  other  papers  upon  the  same  subject,  originally  printed  in 
the  Philosophical  Magazine,  or  in  the  Journal  and  Proceedings  of  the 
Royal  Institution,  as  the  Researches  themselves  were  in  the  Philo- 
sophical Transactions.  Faraday's  "  Experimental  Researches  in  Chem- 
istry and  Physics"  fill  a  fourth  volume  which  appeared  in  1859.  Also, 
under  his  sanction  and  partly  from  his  notes,  have  been  printed,  "  Six 
Lectures  on  the  Non-metallic  Elements,"  in  1852  ;  "  Six  Lectures  on 
the  various  Forces  of  Matter,"  in  1860  ;  and  "  Six  Lectures  on  the 
History  of  a  Candle,"  in  1861. 

The  first  edition  of  the  "  Chemical  Manipulation  "  bears  the  date  of 
1827.  This  was  followed  by  an  American  edition  in  1831,  and  a 
second  English  edition  in  1842. 

Sir  David  Brewster  was  born,  December  11,  1781,  at  Jed- 
burgh, Scotland,  also  the  birthplace  of  the  accomplished  commentator 
upon  Laplace's  Mecanique  Celeste,  Mary  Somerville.  He  died  at 
Allerly  House,  Melrose,  in  Scotland,  February  10,  1868.  Although 
he  had  reached  his  eighty-seventh  year,  we  are  assured,  in  the  circular 
announcing  his  death,  that  "  his  faculties  were  unimpaired  to  the  very 
last,  and  he  died  in  the  full  assurance  of  faith  in  Christ  Jesus." 

What  revolutions  in  old  sciences,  what  brilliant  careers  of  new 
sciences,  are  condensed  into  this  single  lifetime  ?  Born  before  Galvan- 
ism was  even  a  name,  he  lived  to  see  Voltaic  Electricity  give  birth  to 
the  twin  sciences  of  Electro-Magnetism  and  Magneto-Electricity,  throw 
off  its  own  ephemeral  character  in  the  sustaining  batteries  of  Grove 
and  Bunsen,  and  close  a  long  catalogue  of  practical  triumphs  in  chem- 
istry, physics,  and  mechanics  with  the  oceanic  telegraph.  Born  before 
Chladni  had  revived  experimental  acoustics  or  published  Die  Akustik, 
he  lived  to  see  this  beautiful  branch  of  Physics  expand  under  the  cul- 
tivation of  Savart,  Cagniard-de-la-Tour,  Wheatstone,  Faraday,  Lisse- 
jous,  and  Helmholtz,  until,  by  affiliations  more  startling  than  any  which 
Mrs.  Somerville  celebrates  in  her  "  Connection  of  the  Physical 
Sciences,"  the  eye  threatens  to  supplant  the  ear  in  the  investigation 
of  the  laws  of  sound,  quality  appears  to  be  resolved  into  quantity, 
the  vowel    sounds  are  mocked  by  an  orchestra  of  tuning-forks,  and 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:   JUNE   9,  1868.  39 

Brewster's  own  prediction  has  the  promise  of  fulfilment, —  "  I  have  no 
doubt  that,  before  another  century  is  completed,  a  talking  and  a  sing- 
ing machine  will  be  numbered  among  the  conquests  of  science." 
Born  at  a  time  when  the  corpuscular  theory  of  light  compelled  assent, 
from  the  influence  of  Newton's  great  name,  when  Laplace  would  nbt 
tolerate  any  discussion  of  the  opposing  theory  in  the  French  Academy 
of  Science,  when  Lord  Brougham  fiercely  attacked  what  he  after- 
wards cordially  espoused,  he  lived  to  witness  the  complete  triumph 
of  the  undulatory  theory  in  the  hands  of  Young  and  Fresnel,  and  to 
see  what  Lloyd  has  called  "  a  mob  of  hypotheses  "  exchanged  for  what 
Herschel  characterizes  as  "  one  succession  of  felicities."  Though 
neither  himself  nor  Biot  ever  deserted  the  lost  cause,  of  which  they 
were  the  bold  experimental  champions,  Brewster,  in  his  Report  on 
Optics,  prepared  for  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  has  done  ample  justice  to  the  labors  of  Malus  and  others 
who  contributed  to  its  overthrow  ;  and  he  congratulates  mankind  that 
"  even  amid  the  convulsions  and  atrocities  of  that  awful  period 
Science  shot  forth  some  of  her  brightest  radiations,  and,  in  the  moral 
and  religious  darkness  which  prevailed,  her  evening  star  was  the  only 
surviving  emblem  of  heaven." 

Of  nearly  one  hundred  papers  which  Brewster  published  in  scien- 
tific journals  or  in  the  transactions  of  academies,  there  are  very  few 
which  do  not  touch  his  favorite  subject,  viz.,  Optics.  Optical  instru- 
ments ;  polarization,  rectilinear,  circular,  and  elliptical ;  depolarization  ; 
the  optical  character  of  crystals,  and  the  mode  of  producing  crystalline 
structure  artificially  ;  vision,  both  subjective  and  objective  ;  the  action 
of  the  eye  in  man  and  other  animals ;  the  interference,  dispersion,  and 
absorption  of  light ;  the  spectral  lines  in  sunlight,  as  produced  by  the 
sun's  atmosphere,  or  the  earth's  atmosphere,  and  as  multiplied  by 
other  absorbing  media;  —  this  was  the  burden  of  his  long  life  of 
research  and   of  his  voluminous  writings. 

Born  seven  years  after  Biot,  Brewster  died  about  seven  years  later, 
so  that  the  long  and  laborious  lives  of  these  two  eminent  physicists  went 
hand  in  hand  for  more  than  half  a  century.  If  Brewster  did  not 
share  the  great  mathematical  powers  of  Biot,  if  he  was  without  the 
genius  for  vast  and  rapid  generalization  displayed  by  Fresnel  in  optics 
and  by  Ampere  in  electro-magnetism,  nevertheless  he  was  endowed 
with  consummate  skill  in  experiment,  and  deduced  empirical  laws 
where  Malus  and  Arago  had    failed.      We  may  adopt  the  language 


40  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

of  Professor  J.  D.  Forbes,  and  say  :  "  His  scientific  glory  is  different  in 
kind  from  that  of  Young  and  Fresnel ;  but  the  discoverer  of  the  law  of 
polarization,  of  biaxial  crystals,  of  optical  mineralogy,  and  of  double 
refraction  by  compression,  will  always  occupy  a  foremost  rank  in  the 
intellectual  history  of  the  age."  His  theory  of  only  three  primary 
colors,  which  he  proposed  as  a  substitute  for  the  seven  primary  colors 
of  Newton,  though  plausible  and  well  sustained  by  his  experiments, 
has  suffered  more  from  neglect  than  from  criticism,  Helmholtz  alone 
having  seriously  undertaken  to  refute  it.  Outside  of  the  range  of  Op- 
tics, Brewster's  most  important  contribution  to  science  was  a  paper,  pub- 
lished in  1821,  on  the  mean  temperature  of  the  globe  and  the  close  co- 
incidence between  the  poles  of  maximum  cold  and  maximum  magnetic 
dip.  His  first  appearance,  in  1806,  before  the  commonwealth  of  science, 
was  with  a  criticism  upon  the  demonstrations  of  the  lever,  as  furnished 
by  Galileo,  Huyghens,  De  la  Hire,  Newton,  Maclaurin,  Landen,  and 
Hamilton.  The  solution  which  he  himself  gives  of  this  fundamental 
problem  in  statics,  if  not  unexceptionable,  is  certainly  ingenious,  and 
indicates  a  mind  well  adapted  for  mechanical  research. 

Brewster's  scientific  labors  sometimes  assumed  a  practical  turn.  In 
1831  he  published,  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edin- 
burgh, a  memoir  on  the  construction  of  Polyzonal  Lenses  for  Light- 
houses. As  early  as  1748,  Buffbn  had  proposed  a  similar  device 
for  burning-glasses.  The  execution  of  it  was  postponed  for  thirty 
years,  and  then  proved  a  failure  even  in  the  hands  of  Rochon.  Con- 
dorcet,  in  his  eulogy  upon  Buffbn,  pronounced  in  1788,  suggested  a 
modification  of  his  plan,  which  consisted  in  building  the  lens  up  of  sep- 
arate rings.  We  next  hear  of  the  subject  from  Brewster  in  1811. 
But  the  British  government  were  not  ready  to  take  the  hint  from 
their  scientific  advisers  until  after  Fresnel  had  presented  to  the  French 
Academy  of  Sciences,  in  1822,  his  memoir  on  Lighthouses,  and  his 
lamp  and  lens  shot  forth  a  blaze  of  light  from  the  headlands  of  France. 

The  Kaleidoscope,  which  Brewster  invented  in  1817,  delighted  and 
instructed  all  Europe  at  the  time.  Fashion  may  have  dethroned  it, 
though  once  the  ornament  of  the  fair  sex :  but  it  has  not  outgrown  its 
popularity  in  the  nursery,  and  time  never  can  exhaust  the  fertility  of 
this  invention  in  devising  patterns  for  the  manufactory.  No  less  won- 
derful, no  less  charming,  is  the  Stereoscope,  which,  though  invented  by 
Wheatstone,  has  been  remodelled  by  Brewster  in  a  way  which  has 
brought  it  into  the  homes  of  millions,  to  delight,  refine,  and  civilize  all 
ages  and  all  classes. 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  41 

The  literary  labors  of  Brewster  lose  their  importance,  only  in  com- 
parison with  his  scientific  discoveries.  In  1807,  Brewster  became 
editor  of  the  "  Edinburgh  Encyclopaedia,"  which  he  dedicated  to  his  col- 
lege friend,  Lord  Brougham.  To  write  what  he  did  for  it  himself,  and 
marshal  into  order  the  other  one  hundred  and  fifty  contributors  to  its 
eighteen  volumes,  was  his  principal  occupation  for  twenty  years  of  his 
life.  Between  the  years  1819  and  1824  he  edited,  with  Professor 
Jameson,  ten  volumes  of  the  "  Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal  "  ;  be- 
tween the  years  1824  and  1829  he  edited,  single-handed,  ten  volumes  of 
the  "  Edinburgh  Journal  of  Science."  From  1832  to  the  time  of  his 
death  he  was  one  of  the  editors  of  the  "  London  and  Edinburgh  Philo- 
sophical Magazine  and  Journal  of  Science."  In  1811  he  edited  a 
new  edition  of  Ferguson's  Astronomy,  and  in  1837  he  published  a 
Treatise  on  Magnetism,  which  he  had  written  for  the  seventh  edition 
of  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica.  Add  to  these  labors  his  little  work 
on  the  Stereoscope,  and  the  two  editions  of  another  little  work  on 
the  Kaleidoscope,  his  Treatise  on  New  Philosophical  Instruments, 
a  Treatise  on  the  Microscope,  a  volume  on  Optics  which  was  pub- 
lished in  Lardner's  Cyclopaedia,  his  Letters  on  Natural  Magic,  his 
Martyrs  of  Science,  his  Essay  on  the  Plurality  of  Worlds,  his 
Life  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  published  in  the  Family  Library,  to  say 
nothing  of  his  numerous  contributions  to  the  Edinburgh  Quarterly 
and  North  British  Reviews,  and  the  wonder  is  that  he  found  any 
leisure  for  his  scientific  pursuits. 

The  reflections  cast  upon  Newton  by  the  astronomer  Baily,  in  his 
Life  of  Flamsteed,  reanimated  the  spirit  of  Brewster,  never  too  ready 
to  succumb  to  his  antagonists.  He  obtained  valuable  manuscript  ma- 
terials from  Lord  Portsmouth,  brooded  over  the  subject  for  more  than 
twenty  years,  and  in  1855  published  a  greatly  enlarged  work,  in  two 
volumes,  under  the  new  title  of  "  Memoirs  of  the  Life,  Writings,  and 
Discoveries  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton."  Of  which  a  critic,  none  too 
friendly,  in  the  London  Athenaeum,  has  said  :  "  This  work,  with  all  its 
faults,  is  a  noble  monument  to  Newton's  memory  and  a  pillar  of  fame 
to  the  writer."  And  in  the  recent  struggle  to  divide  with  Pascal  the 
honors  of  the  discoverer  of  universal  gravitation,  who  can  doubt  which 
side  Brewster  took,  or  be  surprised  that  the  venerable  survivor  of 
many  hard-fought  battles  entered  into  the  conflict  with  all  the  vigor 
of  youth  ? 

The  title  of  one  of  Brewster's  recent  publications,  "  More  Worlds 

VOL.  VIII.  6 


42  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

than  One,  the  Creed  of  the  Philosopher  and  the  Hope  of  the  Chris- 
tian," is  characteristic  of  his  general  tone  of  thought  and  argument,  and 
reminds  us  that  he  was  originally  destined  for  the  Christian  ministry, 
and  had  been  licensed  to  preach  in  the  Church  of  Scotland.  At  the 
University  of  Edinburgh,  from  which  he  received  the  honorary  degree 
of  A.  M.  in  1800,  he  enjoyed  the  valuable  instruction  and  friendship 
of  John  Robison,  John  Playfair,  and  Dugald  Stewart.  In  1799,  at 
the  instance  of  his  intimate  friend,  afterwards  Lord  Brougham,  he 
studied  Newton's  investigations  on  the  Inflection  of  Light,  and  re- 
peated his  experiments.  But  the  discovery  by  Malus,  in  1808,  of  the 
Polarization  of  Light  fired  him  with  new  ardor  in  the  pursuit  of  phys- 
ical optics,  and  determined  his  future  career.  In  1815,  dui'ing  Pro- 
fessor Playfair's  visit  to  the  Continent,  Brewster  took  his  place  in  the 
University  as  Lecturer  upon  Natural  Philosophy. 

A  literary  and  scientific  career,  so  long,  so  laborious,  so  useful  as 
that  of  Brewster,  deserved  the  gratitude  of  his  contemporaries,  and  he 
enjoyed  it  both  at  home  and  abroad.  He  received  the  degree  of 
LL.  D.  from  the  University  of  Aberdeen,  that  of  D.  C.  L.  from  Ox- 
ford, and  that  of  A.  M.  from  Cambridge.  In  1808  he  was  chosen  a 
member  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh ;  and  was  its  President 
from  1864  to  the  time  of  his  death.  In  1815  he  was  elected  a  Fellow 
of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  and  received  from  it  the  Copley 
Medal  for  his  paper  on  the  Polarization  of  Light  by  Reflection.  In 
1818  he  won  the  Rumford  Medal  by  his  Discoveries  relating  to  the 
Polarization  of  Light.  In  1816  a  prize  was  divided  by  the  Institute 
of  France  between  Brewster  and  Seebeck  for  their  researches  on  the 
depolarizing  structure  of  heated  and  compressed  glass, 

In  1825,  Brewster  was  made  a  Corresponding  Member  of  the  In- 
stitute of  France,  and  in  1849  he  attained  the  high  distinction  of  being 
chosen  to  succeed  Berzelius  as  one  of  the  eight  Associate  Members  of 
the  Academy  of  Sciences.  He  was  called  to  preside  at  the  twentieth 
meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
held  at  Edinburgh  in  1850.  With  honor  to  himself,  and  advantage  to 
his  country,  he  filled,  in  succession,  the  two  highest  literary  positions  in 
Scotland,  being  first  Principal  of  the  old  University  of  St.  Andrews, 
and  afterwards,  in  1859,  Principal  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 

Since  his  death,  a  pension  of  £  200  a  year  has  been  granted  by 
the  government  to  Lady  Brewster,  and  soon  a  statue  to  the  memory 
of  her  husband  will  stand  in  the  city  of  Edinburgh. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     JUNE  9,  1868.  43 

Thus  honored  and  trusted,  lived,  and  labored,  and  died  Sir  David 
Brewster  ;  a  careful  experimentalist,  an  elegant  writer,  a  warm  advo- 
cate of  what  he  believed  to  be  the  truth.  In  him  Christian  faith  was 
instructed  by  accurate  science,  and  science  was  illuminated  and  in- 
spired by  Christian  faith. 

Sir  William  Lawrence,  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  Academy, 
died  on  the  5th  of  July,  1867,  aged  84.  He  was  born  at  Cirencister, 
near  Gloucester,  England,  in  1783,  and  was  educated  at  the  Classical 
School.  In  his  seventeenth  year  he  went  to  reside  in  the  family  of 
Mr.  Abernethy,  to  whom  he  was  apprenticed.  His  official  connection 
with  various  hospitals  began  in  1801,  when  he  was  appointed  Demon- 
strator of  Anatomy  at  St.  Bartholomew's.  In  1828,  having  steadily 
advanced  in  reputation  and  honors,  he  succeeded  Mr.  Abernethy  as 
Lecturer  on  Surgery  in  that  Hospital.  In  1814  he  was  elected  Sur- 
geon to  the  Eye  Infirmary,  and  in  1815  Surgeon  to  the  Royal  Hospi- 
tals of  Bridewell  and  Bethlem. 

In  18G5,  having  been  in  constant  service  in  these  institutions  for 
more  than  sixty  years,  he  resigned  at  the  age  of  eighty -two. 

Mr.  Lawrence  was  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  and  Vice-Presi- 
dent during  the  Presidency  of  the  Duke  of  Sussex.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  French  Institute,  and  of  other  learned  and  scientific  associa- 
tions. In  1831  he  was  elected  President  of  the  "  Medico-Chirurgieal 
Society,"  and,  in  1858,  Surgeon  to  the  Queen. 

It  is  unnecessary  on  this  occasion  to  enumerate  the  long  list  of  his 
works ;  suffice  it  to  say  that  from  the  year  1801  he  was  constantly  en- 
gaged in  literary  labors  either  in  the  form  of  contributions  to  various 
journals  or  of  elaborate  treatises.  His  translation  of  Blumenbach,  with 
the  addition  of  numerous  notes  and  an  introductory  view  of  the  classifica- 
tion of  animals  on  the  basis  of  anatomical  structure,  was  published  in 
1807,  and  gave  the  first  impulse,  in  England,  to  the  study  of  comparative 
anatomy.  He  also  contributed  the  anatomical  and  physiological  ar- 
ticles in  Rees's  Cyclopaedia.  In  1819  appeared  the  "Lectures  on  the 
Physiology,  Zoology,  and  Natural  History  of  Man."  In  this  depart- 
ment, in  England,  there  had  previously  been  very  little  investigation, 
and  this  work  excited  great  interest.  It  displays  a  vast  amount  of  re- 
search and  knowledge,  and  is  eminent  authority  at  the  present  day. 
Of  the  strictly  professional  works,  the  most  important  are  the  treatises 
on  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  on  Hernia,  and  his  most  recent  work  on 
Surgery. 


44  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

The  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  comprising  his  own  opinions 
and  those  of  men  distinguished  in  that  department,  is  a  learned  and 
comprehensive  exposition  of  the  science  of  that  period.  The  Treatise 
on  Hernia,  probably  the  most  important  of  his  works,  was  first  pub- 
lished in  1806.  It  has  passed  through  many  editions,  which  were  en- 
riched by  extensive  observations  in  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital.  The 
name  of  Mr.  Lawrence  will  be  always  identified  with  the  progress  of 
Surgical  Science,  and  the  treatise.on  this  subject  will  remain  a  monu- 
ment to  his  learning  and  industry. 

The  late  Sir  Benjamin  Brodie  remarks  that  he  "  never  knew  one 
who  had  a  greater  amount  of  information,  not  merely  on  matters  relat- 
ing to  his  profession,  but  on  a  great  variety  of  other  subjects." 

"  His  personal  appearance  was  striking  and  impressive ;  he  had  a 
tall,  manly  figure,  and  his  head  and  features  were  models  of  intellectual 
beauty  and  power." 

His  learning,  eloquence,  and  genial  disposition  made  his  fireside 
most  attractive.  He  often  expressed  his  admiration  of  our  free  institu- 
tions, and  many  Americans  will  remember  his  generous,  self-sacrificing 
hospitality. 

Pierre  Francois  Olive  Rayer  was  born,  March  7,  1793,  of  a 
respectable  Bourgeois  family,  at  Saint  Sylvain,  near  Caen,  France. 
After  the  necessary  preliminary  education,  he  commenced  the  study  of 
medicine,  and  was  graduated  Doctor  of  Medicine,  at  the  age  of  twenty- 
three,  in  Paris.  He  was  a  student  and  favorite  pupil  of  M.  Dumeril. 
Among  his  contemporaries  were  Dupuytren,  Corvisart,  Velpeau,  Louis, 
Larrey,  Trousseau  and  others,  who  have  made  the  present  century 
such  a  brilliant  epoch  in  the  history  of  French  medicine.  He  was 
doubtless  stimulated  by  their  example  and  labors  to  constant  effort 
in  his  chosen  career,  but  they  owed  as  much  to  him  as  he  to  them. 

Through  persistent  labor  and  conspicuous  merit,  he  attained  succes- 
sively the  highest  professional  and  scientific  positions.  In  1825  he  was 
appointed  to  the  medical  staff  of  the  Hospital  of  Saint  Antoine.  In 
1832  he  was  transferred  to  the  Hospital  of  La  Charite.  He  was 
selected  by  Louis  Philippe  as  one  of  the  consulting  physicians  of  the 
Royal  household  ;  and  in  1852  he  was  taken  by  the  Emperor  Napoleon 
into  the  medical  service  of  the  Imperial  family.  Rapidly  winning  the 
confidence  of  the  community,  he  soon  became  known  as  one  of  the 
largest  pi'actitioners  of  medicine  in  Paris.  He  was  elected  into  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  in  1823;  and  in  1843  he  became  a  member  of 


OF  ARTS  AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  45 

the  Academy  of  Sciences  as  the  successor  of  M.  Morel  Vincte.  In 
1862  he  was  appointed  to  fill  the  newly  created  chair  of  Comparative 
Medicine,  and  about  the  same  time  was  chosen  Dean  of  the  Medical 
Faculty  of  the  University  of  Paris.  He  was  President  of  the  Cen- 
tral Committee  of  Public  Hygiene,  and  also  of  the  General  Associa- 
tion of  the  physicians  of  France.  In  1855  he  was  elected  an  Honorary 
Member  of  this  Academy.  Among  the  various  marks  of  honor  which 
the  Emperor  conferred  upon  him  was  that  of  Commander,  and,  when 
he  resigned  the  place  of  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  that  of 
Grand  Officer  of  the  Legion  of  Honor.  In  connection  with  Bernard, 
Robin,  Lebert,  and  one  of  our  own  associates,  C.  E.  Brown-Sequard, 
he  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Society  of  Biology,  — -  a  society 
which  has  probably  contributed  of  late  years  more  than  any  other  to 
a  just  and  comprehensive  study  of  life  in  all  its  manifestations.  He 
was  the  animating  spirit  of  this  Society,  and  was  most  properly  made 
its  perpetual  President. 

But  it  is  not  the  honors  with  which  he  was  crowned,  or  the  respon- 
sible posts  which  he  filled,  or  the  elevated  social  position  to  which  he 
attained,  that  entitle  M.  Rayer  to  our  especial  regard.  His  best 
monument  is  to  be  found  in  his  published  works.  Soon  after  his 
graduation  he  published  a  brief  Summary  of  Pathological  Anatomy. 
This  was  followed  in  a  short  time  by  memoirs  on  a  variety  of  medical 
subjects,  such  as  a  note  on  the  Coryza  of  Nursing  Infants  ;  a  monograph 
on  Delirium  Tremens  ;  a  History  of  the  Epidemic  of  Miliary  Sweat, 
which  prevailed  in  the  Departments  of  Oise,  and  of  the  Seine  and 
Oise,  in  1821 ;  and  a  number  of  smaller  treatises.  In  1835  he  put 
forth  a  more  elaborate  work  than  any  of  the  above  memoirs.  It  was 
entitled  "  A  Theoretical  and  Practical  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the 
Skin,  founded  on  Original  Anatomical  and  Pathological  Researches." 
This  was  in  two  volumes,  and  was  accompanied  with  an  atlas  of 
colored  plates.  The  value  of  the  work  was  attested  by  the  appearance, 
in  a  short  time,  of  a  second  edition,  which  was  enlarged  to  three 
volumes,  with  a  corresponding  addition  to  the  atlas  of  illustrations. 
At  the  time  of  its  appearance,  this  work  was  a  most  important  addi- 
tion to  Dermatology,  and  prepared  the  way  for  the  minute  and  careful 
studies  of  later  observers. 

The  function  and  diseases  of  the  kidneys  early  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  M.  Rayer.  The  result  of  his  studies  in  this  direction  appeared 
in  what  was  the  capital  work  of  his  life,  and  which  he  called,  "  A 


46  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Kidneys,  and  their  Relations  to  Diseases 
of  the  Bladder,  the  Prostate,  and  the  Urethra."  This  was  completed 
in  three  volumes,  and  was  illustrated  by  a  folio  atlas  of  sixty  colored 
plates.  As  soon  as  it  appeared,  it  was  received  as  the  foremost  book 
of  its  kind.  It  was  acknowledged  as  an  authority  in  this  country  and 
in  England.  Two  separate  translations  of  it  into  the  German  language 
proved  the  value  which  German  observers  set  upon  it.  Aided  by  the 
microscope  and  the  laboratory,  later  physiologists  have  gained  a  more 
accurate  knowledge  of  the  pathology  and  physiology  of  the  kidneys 
than  can  be  gathered  from  M.  Rayer's  work  ;  but  this  does  not  detract 
from  its  value.     It  was  a  great  addition  to  medical  science. 

Besides  these  labors,  M.  Rayer  found  time  to  investigate  a  depart- 
ment of  pathology  that  before  him  was  almost  unknown,  or  at  least  un- 
explored, namely,  that  of  Comparative  Medicine.  The  chair  of  that 
name,  which  was  established  by  the  Medical  Faculty  of  Paris  in  1862, 
was  immediately  offered  to  him  as  the  person  best  qualified  to  fill  it. 
His  monograph  on  glanders  and  farcy  in  the  human  subject  is  unique  of 
its  kind.  The  extent  of  his  general  knowledge  of  medicine  is  shown 
by  the  fact  of  his  being  one  of  the  authors  of  the  "  Dictionary  of 
Practical  Medicine,"  a  sort  of  medical  encyclopedia  in  fifteen  volumes. 
He  was,  moreover,  a  frequent  contributor  to  various  scientific  journals, 
such  as  "  Les  Archives  de  Medecine  Comparee  "  ;  "  Les  Memoires  de 
l'Academie  des  Sciences  " ;  "  Le  Nouveau  Journal  de  Medecine,"  etc. 

It  was  said  of  M.  Rayer,  by  one  of  his  contemporaries,  that  "  he  was 
not  only  distinguished  by  the  works  which  he  produced,  but  by  those 
which  he  inspired."  The  number  of  eminent  men  whose  early  studies 
he  directed  and  encouraged,  and  whose  fortunes  he  sometimes  aided  in 
most  substantial  ways,  confirms  the  truth  of  this  remark.  Like  Stahl 
and  Boerhaave,  he  loved  to  surround  himself  with  a  group  of  youthful 
savans,  whom  he  animated  and  guided.  Claude  Bernard,  the  inge- 
nious and  sagacious  observer,  who  has  contributed  so  largely  to  the  ad- 
vancement of  physiology  ;  Robin,  who  has  justly  been  called  the  creator 
of  French  histology ;  and  Littre,  whose  translation  of  Hippocrates  and 
whose  knowledge  of  historical  medicine  has  earned  for  him  so  wide  a 
renown,  —  all  were  encouraged,  substantially  aided,  and  often  guided  in 
their  earlier  and  later  studies  by  M.  Rayer. 

As  a  practitioner,  he  was  one  of  the  most  successful  of  the  French 
physicians.  It  was  said  of  him  that  he  was  first  among  scientific  phy- 
sicians and  also  first  among  medical  practitioners.     His  acquaintance 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   9,  1868.  47 

with  the  works  and  original  papers  of  the  physiologists  of  the  present 
century  made  him  an  acknowledged  authority  on  physiological  ques- 
tions. Honest  and  frank  in  the  expression  of  his  views,  when  he  had 
occasion  to  present  them,  he  possessed  the  rare  virtue  of  being  able 
and  willing  to  recognize  and  acknowledge  an  erroneous  opinion  of  his 
own,  whenever  the  error  could  be  demonstrated.  When  we  consider  the 
extent  and  variety  of  his  labors,  —  his  private  practice,  his  hospital  at- 
tendance, his  collegiate  teaching,  and  his  published  writings,  —  we  are 
surprised  that  one  man  could  have  found  time  to  accomplish  so  much 
and  so  well. 

M.  Rayer  died  in  Paris,  September  10,  1867,  at  the  age  of  seventy- 
four  years  and  six  months.  The  appreciation  in  which  his  services  to 
science  and  medicine  were  held  by  his  contemporaries  was  abundantly 
evinced  by  the  numerous  eulogies  that  were  pronounced  at  the  time  of 
his  death. 

Franz  Bopp,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  of  Comparative  Philology 
in  the  University  at  Berlin,  died  on  the  23d  of  October  last,  at  the 
advanced  age  of  seventy-six  years.  Among  the  philologists  of  the 
present  century  he  was  perhaps  the  foremost.  Others  of  his  contem- 
poraries, especially  of  his  countrymen,  have  shown  not  less  remarkable 
talent,  reached  as  high  a  degree  of  scholarship,  and  won  an  equal  dis- 
tinction, in  various  departments  of  the  study  of  languages  and  litera- 
tures ;  but  to  him  belongs  the  peculiar  and  transcendent  honor  of  hav- 
ing inaugurated  and  given  development  to  a  new  science,  —  that  of  the 
historical  investigation  of  human  speech.  It  is  an  honor  of  which  he 
can  be  in  no  measure  deprived ;  even  though  it  be  shown  that  some  of 
his  discoveries  had  been  partially  anticipated  by  others,  or,  on  the 
other  hand,  that  the  times  were  ripe  for  the  appearance  of  such  a 
science,  which  must  have  sprung  up  and  gained  a  rapid  growth  with- 
out him.  For,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  was  he  who  turned  to  profitable 
account  the  scattered  and  imperfect  perceptions  of  others,  who  im- 
proved and  made  fruitful  their  methods  of  research,  who  took  advan- 
tage of  the  favorable  conditions  of  the  times,  and  with  steady  devotion, 
clear  insight,  and  admirable  skill,  laid  a  foundation  and  reared  a  sti'uc- 
ture  which  others  may  indeed  improve  and  extend,  but  can  never  destroy. 

Bopp  was  born  at  Mayence,  in  Bavaria,  on  the  14th  of  September, 
1791,  and  received  his  early  education  at  Aschatfenburg,  where  the 
influence  especially  of  Windischmann  directed  his  attention  to  Orien- 
tal studies.     At  the  age  of  twenty-one  he  went  to  Paris,  drawn  thither 


48  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

by  the  attraction  of  the  collections  of  Oriental  manuscripts  in  the  great 
library.  Paris  was  then  incontestably  the  centre  of  Oriental  study  for 
Europe ;  even  a  little  school  of  Sanskrit  philology  had  arisen  there, 
having  for  its  first  teacher  Alexander  Hamilton,  an  English  East-In- 
dian, one  of  Napoleon's  prisoners  after  the  breach  of  the  peace  of  Amiens. 
To  the  study  of  the  Sanskrit,  and  to  the  comparison  of  Indo-European 
languages  to  which  it  so  naturally  led,  Bopp  soon  began  especially  to 
devote  himself,  —  a  devotion  which  he  was  never  to  relax  until  stricken 
down  by  his  last  illness.  More  than  any  other  person,  he  aided  to  make 
the  Sanskrit  accessible  to  European  scholars,  by  a  series  of  grammars, 
texts,  and  glossaries,  which,  though  they  have  their  defects,  are  even 
now  among  the  most  valuable  parts  of  the  apparatus  of  study  within 
reach  of  the  learner.  With  him,  however,  the  Sanskrit  was  the  thing  of 
subordinate  consequence,  the  handmaid  of  comparative  philology  ;  into 
the  history,  antiquities,  and  literature  of  India  he  never  cared  to  pene- 
trate very  far,  nor  did  he  strive  to  become  a  profound  Sanskrit  scholar, 
to  master  all  the  niceties  of  its  structure  and  usages.  Even  before 
leaving  Paris  for  a  further  season  of  study  in  England,  he  prepared 
and  published,  in  1816,  the  forerunner  of  his  great  Comparative  Gram- 
mar, a  little  volume  entitled  "  The  Conjugation-System  of  the  Sanskrit 
Language,  in  comparison  with  that  of  the  Greek,  the  Latin,  the  Per- 
sian, and  the  German  Languages."  In  this  he  sketches  the  principal 
features  of  his  whole  system,  as  afterwards  developed.  He  assumes 
as  demonstrated  the  truth,  pointed  out  by  many  before  him,  of  the  re- 
lationship of  the  Sanskrit  with  the  other  tongues  named,  not  as  their 
mother,  but  as  their  older  sister,  but  in  the  use  he  makes  of  this  truth 
he  had  no  predecessor;  he  would  fain  derive  from  their  comparison 
their  history  and  the  genesis  of  their  words  and  forms.  He  takes  up 
their  grammatical  mechanism  as  an  object  in  itself  worthy  of  study, 
and  sure  to  lead,  when  comprehended,  to  valuable  results  for  other  de- 
partments of  knowledge.  Both  in  his  distinct  apprehension  of  the 
work  to  be  done,  and  in  the  clearness,  good  sense,  and  acuteness 
of  the  methods  of  research  he  devised  and  employed,  in  the  geniality 
and  fruitfulness  of  his  whole  mode  of  labor,  he  so  far  surpassed  all  who 
had  gone  before  him,  and  furnished  an  example  and  model  for  those 
who  should  come  after  him,  as  to  become  the  founder  of  the  science. 
It  is,  then,  not  without  reason,  that  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  date 
affixed  to  the  preface  of  the  "  Conjugation-System  "  was  celebrated  just 
two  years  ago  (May  16,  1868)  in  Berlin,  as  the  jubilee  of  Comparative 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  49 

Philology,  by  the  establishment  of  a  Bopp  fund,  of  which  the  income 
should  be  forever  devoted  to  the  encouragement  and  aid  of  researches 
in  this  department  of  knowledge.  The  endowment,  amounting  to  over 
ten  thousand  thalers,  was  made  up  by  the  contributions  of  scholars  and 
friends  of  learning  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  —  those  of  our  own  coun- 
try, among  the  rest,  furnishing  their  mite  to  swell  the  sum. 

On  his  return  to  his  native  country,  Bopp  was  nominated  by  the 
Bavarian  government  to  a  professorship  in  the  University  of  Wiirz- 
burg;  but  the  handful  of  pedants  who  composed  the  senate  of  that  in- 
stitution resolved  that  the  studies  which  he  represented  had  no  claim 
to  a  place  in  it,  and  respectfully  declined  to  ratify  the  appointment. 
But  the  next  year  (1821)  he  was  called  to  a  vastly  higher  and  wider 
sphere  of  labor  in  the  Berlin  University,  in  connection  with  which  and 
with  the  Academy  of  Sciences  of  the  same  city  his  chief  literary  ac- 
tivity was  henceforth  exercised. 

The  most  important  of  his  works,  by  far,  is  his  Comparative  Gram- 
mar, of  which  the  first  edition  began  to  appear  in  1833  and  reached  its 
completion  in  1849.  A  second  edition,  in  three  volumes,  considerably 
modified  and  extended,  was  commenced  in  1857  and  finished  in  1861. 
The  former  was  long  since  translated  into  English  ;  of  the  latter,  M. 
Breal  is  now  putting  forth  a  French  version.  Into  any  extended  de- 
scription or  criticism  of  this  great  work  we  are  not  called  upon  to 
enter.  It  is  a  rich  mine  of  observations  and  conclusions,  the  compen- 
dium of  what  was  done  for  the  new  science  by  its  founder.  We  must 
not  regard  it,  however,  as  in  all  parts  of  equal  merit  and  authority. 
Bopp  lived  long  enough  to  see  his  science  carried  further,  in  many 
points,  by  his  followers  than  by  himself.  At  the  same  time,  he  was 
not  one  who  readily  assimilated  the  results  won  by  others.  The  later 
years  of  his  life  were  comparatively  unfruitful  of  valuable  additions  to 
science ;  and  when  at  length  he  passed  away,  it  was  rather  the  pres- 
ence of  the  man  than  the  work  of  the  scholar  that  was  missed  by  us. 

August  Boeckh,  the  illustrious  philologist,  long  a  member  of  the 
Academy,  died  in  Berlin,  August  3,  1867,  aged  82.  He  was  born  in 
Karlsruhe,  November  24,  1785,  and  had  the  misfortune  to  be  left  an 
orphan  at  the  age  of  three.  From  his  sixth  to  his  eighteenth  year  he 
attended  the  gymnasium  at  Karlsruhe,  where  he  went  through  an  un- 
usually thorough  course  of  study  for  the  times,  embracing  the  classics, 
mathematics  and  physics,  and  philosophy. 

Thus  prepared  for  a  more  independent  course  of  study,  Boeckh  left 

VOL.  VIII.  7 


50  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Karlsruhe  in  1803  for  the  University  of  Halle,  to  which  he  was  drawn 
by  the  great  reputation  of  Friedrich  August  Wolf.  His  original  in- 
tention was  to  study  theology  and  philology  together.  But  his  interest 
in  the  latter  study  soon  led  him  to  discard  theology  and  to  devote  him- 
self to  philology  as  his  professional  study,  combining,  however,  with  it 
philosophy  under  Schleiermacher,  —  a  combination  that  gave  a  turn  to 
his  first  literary  undertaking  on  the  Minos  and  the  Laws  of  Plato. 

On  leaving  Halle  in  1806,  Boeckh  began  as  a  teacher  in  Berlin. 
But  the  fortunes  of  the  war  then  raging  soon  forced  him  to  leave 
Prussia  and  go  to  Heidelberg.  His  rapid  academic  advancement  is  an 
evidence  of  the  precocity  of  his  genius.  He  was  appointed  Extraor- 
dinary Professor  at  Heidelberg  in  1807,  Ordinary  Professor  in  1809, 
and  in  1811,  when  the  University  of  Berlin  was  founded,  he  received 
a  call  as  Professor  of  Eloquence  and  Ancient  Literature. 

From  1811  to  1867  —  fifty-six  years  —  he  lived  in  Berlin  the  un- 
eventful life  of  a  scholar,  dividing  his  time  between  study,  his  duties 
as  Professor  and  head  of  the  Philological  Seminary,  and  various  other 
charges  for  which  his  extraordinary  aptitude  for  affaii's  fitted  him.  He 
was  repeatedly  Rector  of  the  University.  In  the  sessions  of  the  Acad- 
emy he  took  a  lively  interest,  and  his  communications  to  that  body 
have  become  a  standard  part  of  philological  literature. 

Both  in  his  elaborate  books  and  in  the  more  fugitive  pieces  and 
courses  of  lectures  which  laid  the  groundwork  to  these  books,  Boeckh 
exhibited  two  qualities  not  often  united,  —  a  faculty  for  details  and  a 
comprehensive  grasp  of  the  general  subject.  He  had  a  perfect  genius 
for  details.  No  matter  what  the  subject  was  that  interested  him,  —  and 
in  his  long  and  manifold  studies  there  were  few  things  connected  with 
ancient  life  which  did  not  interest  him,  —  whether  it  was  a  question  of 
weights  and  measures,  of  finance,  of  grammar,  of  metres,  of  orthog- 
raphy, or  astronomy,  —  he  followed  the  thing  out  with  a  microscopic 
eye  into  its  minutest  ramifications,  weighing  carefully  all  the  evidences 
of  the  text  and  studying  the  credibility  of  his  witnesses.  In  his  ear- 
lier years  he  kept  copious  notes  and  adversaria.  Later  in  life  he  gave 
them  up,  trusting  entirely  to  his  memory.  Under  such  a  load  of  eru- 
dition a  less  happily  balanced  mind  would  have  staggered  and  stumbled. 
But  in  combination  and  arrangement  Boeckh  was  equally  at  home. 
With  the  insight  of  genius  he  looked  at  the  tangled  and  complicated 
masses,  and  order  sprang  out  of  chaos.  Grasping  the  leading  idea,  he 
carried  it  out  consistently  to  the  end,  and  his  intimate  familiarity  with 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  9,  1868.  51 

the  whole  range  of  ancient  thought  and  action  enabled  him  to  shed  a 
flood  of  light  on  all  the  parts. 

To  enumerate  the  works  of  Boeckh  would  take  us  far  beyond  the 
bounds  of  this  brief  notice.  As  Professor  of  Poetry  and  Ancient 
Literature,  the  representative  and  spokesman  of  the  University,  he 
was  officially  bound  to  deliver  orations  on  public  occasions  and  to  write 
the  University  programmes.  The  collection  of  Orations  and  Disserta- 
tions published  in  three  volumes  from  1858  to  1866  gives  but  little 
idea  of  his  gigantic  industry.  Of  his  larger  books  we  need  hardly 
name  his  Pindar,  his  Collection  of  Greek  Inscriptions,  and  his  Public 
Economy  of  Athens. 

While  Boeckh  was  known  to  foreign  countries  by  his  works,  at  home 
he  exerted  an  influence  equally  great  by  his  personal  teachings.  In  his 
younger  days  he  lived  in  intimate  relations  with  his  pupils,  quite  carry- 
ing out  the  old  academic  idea  of  Master  and  Disciples,  now  among  the 
traditions  of  the  past.  As  the  University  grew  and  his  own  audiences 
became  larger,  this  was  no  longer  possible,  and  his  connection  with  the 
younger  generation  was  confined  to  his  labors  in  the  Seminary  and  his 
Lectures.  The  Lectures,  which  were  partly  exegetical  and  partly  sys- 
tematic,—  among  the  latter  the  courses  on  Antiquities  and  on  the 
Encyclopaedia  of  Philology  being  particularly  prized,  —  were  marked 
by  the  same  minuteness  of  detail  and  the  same  general  grasp  which 
characterized  his  books.  His  style  and  delivery  were  plain  and  to  the 
point,  giving  an  impression  of  immense  shrewdness  and  reserve  power, 
and  the  earnestness  of  his  discourse  was  every  now  and  then  lighted 
up  by  a  flash  of  homely  drollery. 

Grown  old  among  his  books,  he  celebrated  the  sixtieth  anniversary 
of  his  Doctorate,  March  15,  1867,  and  received  such  an  ovation 
from  scholars,  citizens,  and  crowned  heads  as  is  never  given  to  a  scholar 
out  of  Germany  and  seldom  equalled  there.     Shortly  after,  he  died. 

Karl  Joseph  Anton  Mittermaier,  borti  at  Munich,  August 
5,  1787,  died  at  Heidelberg,  August  28,  1867,  at  the  age  of 
eighty,  after  a  life  of  zealous,  honorable,  and  learned  labor  in  the 
cause  of  science  and  humanity.  In  1819  he  became  a  Professor  of 
Law  at  Bonn,  whence,  in  1834,  he  was  transferred  to  Heidelberg.  In 
1859  he  celebrated  his  professional  jubilee.  For  more  than  half  a 
century  he  was  well  known  as  a  teacher  and  writer  on  subjects  of 
great  interest  in  civil  and  criminal  law.  His  learning  was  not  ab- 
sorbed  in    the   past,   but  put  to  constant  service    in    behalf  of   the 


52  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

present  and  the  future.  In  this  best  sense  he  was  a  reformer.  As  a 
public  man  at  times  in  middle  life,  he  held  the  position  of  a  moderate 
liberal,  and  distinguished  himself  in  furthering  reformatory  and  pro- 
gressive legislation.  He  favored  oral  and  public  procedure  in  the 
civil  courts,  the  separation  of  judicial  from  administrative  functions, 
and  the  abolition  of  corporal  punishment  as  a  means  of  eliciting  the 
truth  ;  and  he  pronounced  himself  a  friend  to  the  freedom  of  the 
press.  But  his  public  life  terminated  almost  twenty  years  before  his 
death.  As  an  author,  he  is  widely,  though  by  no  means  exclusively, 
known  as  a  criminalist.  And  he  was  remarkable  for  the  assiduity  and 
activity  with  which,  by  reading,  correspondence,  and  travels,  he  made 
himself  contemporary  with  whatever  in  criminal  and  penal  legisla- 
tion and  procedure  was  going  forward  in  different  countries.  In  this 
department  of  comparative  law  he  was  an  adept  and  a  leader.  The 
extent  of  his  researches  furnished  a  basis  for  general  conclusions, 
and  his  liberal  spirit  turned  them  readily  into  the  path  of  reform.  In 
1851  he  published  an  important  work  on  criminal  procedure  in  Eng- 
land, Scotland,  and  North  America.  Some  months  before  his  death 
this  treatise  appeared  in  a  French  translation,  enriched  with  the 
copious  fruits  of  the  author's  study  and  personal  observation  in  the 
interval.  In  1865,  at  the  age  of  seventy-seven,  he  put  out  a  work 
(since  translated  into  several  languages)  in  which,  surrendering  his 
early  opinion  on  capital  punishment,  he  declared  himself  in  favor  of 
its  total  abolition.  The  enlargement  of  this  work  by  the  results  of 
indefatigable  inquiries  in  Europe  and  the  United  States  was  prevented 
only  by  his  death.  These  unpublished  collections  have  been  deposited 
in  the  library  of  the  University  of  Heidelberg. 

Since  the  last  annual  meeting  the  Academy  has  received  an  acces- 
sion of  eleven  new  members,  as  appears  in  the  following  list. 
Of  Resident  Fellows  there  have  been  elected,  — 

Dr.  Charles  E.  Brown-Sequard  in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Com.  John  Rodgers,  U.  S..N.,  in  Class  I.,  Section  4. 

Edward  C.  Pickering  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 

James  M.  Crafts  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 
Of  Associate  Fellows,  — 

Rowland  G.  Hazard  in  Class  III.,  Section  3. 

Dr.  J.  Lawrence  Smith  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 

Hon.  Horace  Binney  in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 

Hon.  Daniel  Lord  in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JULY  7,  1868.  53 

Of  Foreign  Honorary  Membei's  we  have  elected,  — 

Major- General  Edward  Sabine,  in  place  of  Admiral  Duperrey,  in 
Class  II.,  Section  1. 

M.  Chevreul  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 

One  of  our  members,  Dr.  C.  H.  F.  Peters,  has  been  transferred  from 
the  list  of  Resident  Fellows  to  that  of  Associate  Fellows  in  Class  I., 
Section  2. 


Five  hundred   and   ninety-seventh    Meeting. 

June  23,  1868.  —  Adjourned  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  memoirs  of  the  Foreign  Honorary  Members  deceased 
during  the  year  were  read  from  the  Council's  Annual  Report 
by  the  Corresponding  Secretary  and  Professor  Lovering. 

Nominations  by  the  Council  were  read. 

The  Statute  Meeting  for  August  was  adjourned  to  the 
second  Tuesday  in  September,  and  a  Special  Meeting  was  ap- 
pointed for  the  first  Tuesday  in  July. 


Five  hundred   and   ninety-eighth   Meeting. 

July  7, 1868.  —  Special  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  a  cir- 
cular letter  announcing  the  celebration  at  Berlin  of  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  Ehrenberg's  Doctorate. 

On  the  motion  of  Dr.  Bowditch  the  following  vote  was 
passed  :  — 

"  Resolved  that  this  Academy  desires  to  express  their  sin- 
cere congratulations  to  Dr.  Ehrenberg  for  his  long  and  hon- 
orable services  in  the  cause  of  science,  and  requests  their 
President,  Dr.  Asa  Gray,  and  Professor  Joseph  Lovering,  to 
represent  them  on  this  interesting  occasion." 

Professor  Lovering  made  a  communication  on  the  appli- 
cation of  Electricity  to  maintaining  the  vibrations  of  a  tuning- 


54  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

fork,  and  of  the  tuning-fork  to  exciting  and  sustaining  the 
vibration  of  threads  or  cords. 

The  elements  which  comprise  the  essential  features  of  the  machine, 
now  exhibited,  are  not  original.  The  application  of  electricity  as  the 
maintaining  power  for  such  rapid  vibrations  as  belong  to  tuning-forks 
is  not  new,  though  it  is  of  recent  discovery  ;  and  the  application  of 
tuning-forks  to  exciting  sympathetic  vibrations  in  cords  is  not  new, 
though  it  is  also  of  recent  discovery.  I  am  not  aware,  however,  that 
these  two  discoveries  have  been  united  into  one,  by  Employing  a  tun- 
ing-fork, so  impelled,  for  this  particular  purpose.  Such  tuning-fork3 
have  already  been  made  and  used  by  Koenig  for  producing  the  Lisse* 
jous'  curves,  and  for  exhibiting  the  phenomena  of  interference  of  sounds  ; 
and  this  new  application,  therefore,  is  sufficiently  obvious,  and  may 
have  been  already  anticipated  by  other  physicists.  The  tuning-forks 
in  ut,  etc.,  manufactured  by  Koenig  for  repeating  Melde's  experiments 
on  the  vibrations  of  cords,  are  only  adapted  to  short  threads  of 
saddler's  silk.  My  object  has  been  to  provide  a  tuning-fork  which 
would  not  be  overloaded  with  a  stout  cord  of  thirty  or  forty  feet  in 
length. 

The  prongs  of  my  tuning-fork  are  thirty  inches  in  length,  two  inches 
in  width,  and  three  eighths  of  an  inch  in  thickness ;  and,  in  spite  of  the 
encumbrance  of  the  cord,  they  will  vibrate  for  many  minutes  without 
the  aid  of  electricity,  making  excursions  oPone  half  of  an  inch  on  each 
side  of  the  position  of  equilibrium.  The  outer  face  of  each  prong, 
when  at  rest,  is  exposed  to  one  pole  of  an  electro-magnet,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  three  fourths  of  an  inch  from  it.  The  iron  core  of  this  elec- 
tro-magnet has  a  circular  section  of  an  inch  and  one  fourth  in  diameter, 
and  is  wound  with  copper  wire  to  the  depth  of  two  inches. 

The  extremities  of  this  iron  core  carry  nearly  cubical  blocks  of  soft 
iron,  of  about  one  inch  and  a  half  in  linear  dimension,  through  which 
are  screwed  pieces  of  iron  of  one  half  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The 
ends  of  these  pieces  are  the  acting  poles,  and  are  screwed  through  the 
blocks,  in  order  to  adjust  the  distance  between  the  poles  of  the  magnet 
and  the  prongs  of  the  tuning-fork.  With  four  cups  of  Bunsen's  bat- 
tery, the  zincs  of  which  are  cylinders,  four  inches  in  diameter  and 
seven  inches  in  height,  and  connected  for  intensity,  the  magnet  has 
strength  sufficient  to  initiate  the  motion  of  the  prongs,  at  the  distance 
even  of  three  fourths  of  an  inch,  and  to  bring  them  soon  into  energetic 
vibration.     The  current  of  electricity  runs   through   the  stem  of  the 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     SEPTEMBER  8,  1868.  65 

tuning-fork  into  the  lower  prong,  near  the  extremity  of  which,  and 
upon  the  interior  surface,  is  a  small  platinum  plate  which  is  touched  by 
the  point  of  a  platinum  wire.  This  platinum  wire  is  attached  to  the  end 
of  a  short  spring.  When  the  current  begins  to  flow,  the  prongs  of  the 
tuning-fork  are  attracted  outwards,  the  platinum  plate  is  withdrawn 
from  the  platinum  wire,  the  flow  of  the  electrical  current  is  interrupted, 
and  the  prongs  of  the  tuning-fork  are  free  to  spring  together  again, 
without  the  retarding  influence  of  the  magnetic  poles.  The  tuning- 
fork  itself,  therefore,  interrupts  the  current  at  each  of  its  vibrations,  so 
as  to  be  subject  to  an  accelerating  force  of  magnetism,  when  its  prongs 
are  moving  outwardly,  without  a  corresponding  retarding  action,  when 
they  are  moving  inwardly. 

The  vibrations  of  this  tuning-fork  ai*e  so  energetic,  and  the  ampli- 
tude of  its  excursions  is  so  large,  that  the  ends  of  the  prongs  often  strike 
the  poles  of  the  electro-magnet.  The  tuning-fork  easily  commands  the 
motion  of  a  stout  cord,  thirty  or  forty  feet  in  length,  which  vibrates  as 
a  whole,  or  in  segments,  whenever  the  tension  is  such  as  to  make  any 
one  of  the  harmonics  of  the  cord  correspond  to  the  note  of  the  tuning- 
fork.  The  middle  of  the  segments  sweeps  through  a  breadth  of  two 
or  three  inches,  and  the  eye  easily  recognizes  the  nodes,  and  other 
peculiarities  of  vibrating  cords,  even  when  the  rate  of  vibration  is  too 
slow  to  produce  any  acoustic  effect.  In  this  way,  all  the  laws  of  vi- 
brating strings  may  be  illustrated  to  the  coarsest  eye  even  more  satis- 
factorily than  is  possible  with  the  most  highly  educated  ear." 


Five   Hundred    and   ninety-ninth   Meeting. 

September  8,  1868.  —  Adjourned  Statute  Meeting. 

The  Recording  Secretary  in  the  chair. 
Professor  Lovering  made  the  following  communication  on 
the  Periodicity  of  the  Aurora  Borealis  :  ■ — 

As  this  paper  will  appear  in  full  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Academy, 
over  three  hundred  pages  of  which  are  already  printed,  only  a  brief 
abstract  will  be  given  in  this  place.  I  was  incited  to  the  study  of  the 
laws  of  periodicity  of  the  aurora  by  the  absence  of  any  recorded  ap- 
pearances of  this  display,  in  this  country,  before  the  early  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  —  a  failure  in  the  record  which  could  not  easily  be 


56  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

explained  except  by  a  failure  in  the  phenomenon  itself,  especially  when 
it  is  considered  that  the  early  settlers  of  New  England  were  not  likely 
to  have  overlooked  appearances  which  they  could  so  readily  associate 
with  the  religious  or  political  events  of  their  heaven-determined  des- 
tiny. A  preliminary  discussion  of  the  subject  was  first  published  in 
the  American  Almanac  for  1860,  and  afterwards,  with  some  modifica- 
tion, in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Academy,  Vol.  IX.  p.  101.  But  I  was 
soon  satisfied  that  no  satisfactory  solution  of  a  vast  problem  could  be 
reached,  which  was  built  on  anything  less  than  the  richest  materials 
that  could  be  gathered  from  the  records  of  science.  Much  time  has 
been  expended,  therefore,  in  preparing  and  printing  a  complete  cata- 
logue of  all  the  auroras  observed  from  the  earliest  times  down  to  the 
present  year,  —  a  catalogue  which  comprises  about  ten  thousand  inde- 
pendent auroras  and  fifty  thousand  observations. 

The  discussion  of  these  materials,  so  far  as  it  has  yet  progressed, 
relates  especially  to  the  distribution  of  auroras  between  the  different 
days  and  months  of  the  year,  and  the  accuracy  with  which  this  distri- 
bution may  be  expressed  by  a  periodical  function.  The  subject  is 
considered,  not  only  for  the  whole  earth,  but  also  separately  for  the 
two  hemispheres,  and  for  each  place  where  a  series  of  observations 
has  continued  long  enough  to  justify  a  distinct  discussion.  The  num- 
ber of  auroras  occurring  in  different  seasons  of  the  year  has  been 
computed  by  the  following  formula  :  — 

N  =  A  +  Ci  sin.  2  n  (t  +  ca)  -f  C2  sin.  4  n  (t  +  c,)  +  C3  sin.  6  n  (t  +  c3) ; 

and  the  result  compared  with  the  observations.  The  mean  probable 
error  has  been  obtained  by  the  usual  rule,  applied  to  the  differences  be- 
tween the  number  of  observed  and  computed  auroras.  The  formula 
just  mentioned  is  the  same  as  I  employed  in  1845  in  discussing  the 
daily  changes  of  temperature  and  magnetic  declination  at  Cambridge, 
Mass.*  In  1843,  Eklof  published  f  at  Helsingfors,  Russia,  a  mathe- 
matical investigation  of  the  yearly  march  of  auroral  phenomena,  in 
which  he  employed  the  same  periodic  function  as  I  have  adopted. 
Copies,  however,  of  the  Scientific  Transactions,  in  which  Eklof  pub- 
lished his  labors,  are  very  rare  in  this  country.  I  only  know  of  the 
single  one  which  I  had  recently  an  opportunity  to  examine,  in  the 
Astor  Library  of  New  York.     As  Eklof  confined  his  inquiry  to  a  few 

* 

*  Memoirs  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.     III.  44. 
t  Acta  Soc.  Sci.  Fennic,  etc.     II.  302. 


OF    ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     SEPTEMBER  8,  1868.  57 

places,  and  to  small  and  imperfect  catalogues  of  auroras,  what  I  have 
added  to  his  work  may  not,  perhaps,  be  superfluous. 

I  have  taken  notice,  in  my  memoir,  of  the  attempts  made  by  Mairan, . 
Ritter,  Hoslin,  Quetelet,  Wartmann,  Boue,  Baumhauer,  Wolf,  A.  de 
la  Rive,  Fritz,  and  Littrow  to  establish  relations  between  the  periods 
of  auroral  maxima  and  minima,  and  those  of  shooting-stars,  meteors, 
earthquakes,  disturbances  in  the  earth's  magnetism,  or  the  sun's  in- 
flamed surface,  and  even  the  larger  nutation-period  of  the  earth's  axis, 
to  say  nothing  of  hail-storms,  snow-storms,  lunar  halos,  winds,  etc. 

Since  the  first  two  hundred  and  forty  pages  of  my  Memoir  on  the 
Periodicity  of  the  Aurora  have  been  printed,  General  Lefroy,  formerly 
director  of  the  Magnetic  Observatory  in  Toronto,  Canada,  has  put  at 
my  disposal  his  large  accumulation  of  observations  in  British  America  ; 
also  Professor  Joseph  Henry,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, has  placed  in  my  hands  the  unpublished  records  of  meteorology 
made  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States,  under  the  auspices  of  this 
institution,  in  accordance  with  the  comprehensive  plan  of  its  accom- 
plished Secretary.  Mr.  Charles  A.  Schott  has  obtained  for  me,  from 
the  original  records  in  possession  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the 
dates  of  one  hundred  and  eight  auroras  observed  by  the  late  Professor 
Parker  Cleaveland,  at  Brunswick,  Maine.  During  a  recent  visit  to 
Leyden,  I  have  been  able  to  consult  the  manuscript  records  of  Mus- 
schenbroek.  From  these  I  have  gathered  the  observations  made  in 
Holland  on  four  hundred  and  sixty-seven  auroras,  most  of  which  have 
never  been  published  before.  With  these  new  and  rich  materials,  and 
others  not  specified,  to  which  I  have  had  access  since  my  first  catalogue 
was  printed,  I  have  been  induced  to  pause  in  the  midst  of  my  discus- 
sion of  the  secular  periodicity  of  the  aurora,  and  print  supplementary 
catalogues.  I  therefore  postpone  any  remarks  on  this  point  until  the 
investigation  is  brought  to  a  conclusion.  The  sum  total  of  all  the  inde- 
pendent  auroras  contained  in  all  my  catalogues  amounts  to  eleven 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  fifty-eight.  However,  the  additional  obser- 
vations contained  in  the  second  catalogue,  embracing,  as  they  do,  but  a 
short  period  of  years,  will  have  less  influence  upon  the  question  of  the 
secular  periodicity  of  the  aurora  than  upon  its  yearly  march  from  month 
to  month,  at  Toronto,  Quebec,  Newfoundland,  etc. ;  for  which  the  ob- 
servations in  the  first  catalogue  were  limited  to  a  small  number  of 
years. 

VOL.  VIII.  8 


58 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 


Number  of  Auroras  observed  each  Month  in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 


Place. 

Jan. 
9 

Feb.  Mar. 

1 

Apr. 

May. 
11 

Jun. 
5 

July. 
13 

Aug. 
13 

Sept. 
16 

Oct. 
19 

Nov. 
5 

Dec. 
10 

Total. 
151 

Newfoundland, 

20 

14 

16 

Quebec, 

6 

25 

14 

24 

7 

10 

13 

10 

19 

21 

13 

7 

169 

London,  Canada, 

7 

12 

12 

16 

6 

5 

10 

8 

10 

13 

3 

5 

107 

Toronto, 

21 

37 

34 

46 

35 

24 

31 

25 

33 

43 

34 

26 

389 

Jakobshavn, 

27 

24 

17 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

17 

28 

34 

37 

185 

Gothaab, 

61 

60 

50 

21 

0 

0 

0 

5 

53 

45 

71 

64 

430 

New  York  State, 

76 

89 

110    132 

89 

80 

106 

125 

141 

117 

75 

65 

1205 

New  Haven, 

63 

59 

72 

67 

62 

46 

72 

66 

97 

62 

86 

61 

813 

Newberry, 

23 

34 

28 

30 

6 

2 

3 

11 

32 

30 

10 

9 

218 

Providence, 

15 

17 

14 

13 

18 

7 

10 

7 

21 

21 

14 

3 

160 

Burlington, 

8 

6 

9 

8 

12 

5 

6 

3 

8 

3 

3 

3 

74 

St.  Martin, 

6 

9 

7 

9 

9 

4 

14 

6 

14 

3 

2 

6 

89 

Wilmington, 

6 

1 

4 

1 

5 

5 

6 

5 

10 

3 

3 

4 

53 

Worcester, 

19 

13 

27 

25 

10 

9 

12 

19 

30 

22 

15 

11 

212 

Salem, 

9 

14 

18 

17 

15 

15 

30 

17 

21 

22 

12 

8 

198 

Boston,' 

2 

4 

1 

5 

1 

2 

2 

1 

6 

2 

6 

4 

36 

Cambridge, 

19 

27 

37 

39 

21 

10 

29 

20 

45 

33 

17 

19 

316 

Cambridge, 

17 
394 

31 

482 

46 
514 

33 

503 

24 
331 

26 
255 

44 
401 

40 

49 

32 
519 

31 

17 

390 

Aggregates, 

381 

622 

434 

359 

5195 

Number  of  Auroras  observed  each  Month  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 


Place. 

Jan. 
6 

Feb. 

Mar. 

Apr.  May. 

Jun. 

July. 

Aug.  Sept. 

Oct. 

7 

Nov. 
3 

Dec. 

1 

Total. 

Prague, 

4 

4 

6 

6 

1 

2 

3 

4 

47 

Ratisbon, 

1 

3 

9 

9 

6 

7 

2 

4 

2 

8 

3 

0 

54 

Holland, 

49 

47 

92 

103 

110 

34 

37 

59 

64 

74 

47 

34 

750 

Copenhagen, 

1 

5 

9 

12 

4 

0 

3 

1 

4 

5 

2 

2 

48 

Mannheim, 

18 

12 

33 

32 

13 

8 

12 

16 

28 

18 

16 

10 

216 

Scandinavia, 

40 

30 

38 

11 

0 

0 

0 

4 

28 

49 

47 

41 

288 

Sagan, 

25 

14 

34 

40 

8 

2 

3 

8 

22 

39 

31 

14 

240 

Spydberg, 

8 

7 

17 

6 

2 

0 

0 

1 

10 

18 

6 

6 

81 

Italy, 

4 

9 

21 

5 

3 

4 

6 

7 

7 

12 

3 

7 

88 

Wittemberg, 

8 

12 

13 

7 

3 

0 

2 

11 

8 

16 

5 

6 

91 

Franeker, 

20 

15 

41 

23 

16 

6 

8 

15 

30 

30 

13 

14 

231 

Montmorenci, 

8 

13 

26 

18 

14 

6 

9 

11 

27 

20 

11 

5 

168 

Carlsruhe, 

2 

9 

13 

15 

8 

2 

5 

11 

6 

8 

5 

3 

87 

Paris, 

4 

5 

12 

4 

20 

5 

6 

10 

15 

11 

12 

4 

108 

Berlin, 

21 

37 

55 

48 

39 

2 

10 

10 

22 

45 

29 

13 

331 

Upsal, 

85 

131 

152 

75 

7 

2 

4 

72 

126 

146 

109 

109 

1018 

Brussels, 

12 

13 

18 

22 

38 

23 

23 

11 

16 

23 

17 

15 

231 

St.  Petersburg, 

70 

100 

179 

152 

42 

13 

15 

62 

145 

146 

83 

79 

1086 

Stockholm, 

27 

34 

50 

56 

13 

0 

0 

19 

44 

39 

34 

25 

341 

Christiania, 

46 

61 

75 

60 

3 

0 

1 

35 

78 

65 

55 

55 

534 

Dunse, 

33 

20 

18 

18 

3 

0 

2 

14 

43 

34 

30 

23 

238 

Makerstoun, 

22 

26 

28 

16 

6 

0 

0 

7 

16 

29 

23 

11 

184 

Plymouth,  Engl., 

8 

7 

23 

12 

6 

1 

8 

8 

10 

15 

13 

9 

120 

Great  Britain, 

21 

19 

23 

12 

3 

2 

1 

3 

35 

23 

21 

22 

185 

Kendall,  etc., 

18 

18 

26 

32 

21 

5 

2 

21 

23 

36 

38 

10 

250 

Hammerf'est, 

19 

16 

8 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4 

9 

16 

19 

91 

Abo,  etc., 

66 

87 

99 

61 

9 

0 

2 

28 

98 

97 

74 

61 

682 

Jena, 

2 

9 

4 

10 

4 

2 

4 

8 

14 

15 

6 
752 

6 

84 

Aggregates, 

644 

763 

1120 

865 

407 

125 

167 

459 

929 

1037 

604 

7872 

OF    ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER  13,  1868.  59 

Mr.  Oliver  made  a  communication  on  certain  ray-numbers 
in  Composite. 

Professor  Cooke  described  a  new  species  of  Muscovite  Mica 
containing  Lithium  and  a  trace  of  Rubidium,  associated  with 
the  Spoduinene  of  Sterling,  Mass. 


Six   hundredth   Meeting. 

October  13,  1868.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  relative  to  ex- 
changes ;  also  letters  from  Dr.  H.  L.  Mansel  and  Professor 
Bluntschli  in  acknowledgment  of  their  election  as  Foreign 
Honorary  Members,  and  a  letter  from  Mr.  Samuel  H.  Scudder 
in  acknowledgment  of  his  election  as  a  Resident  Fellow. 

Professor  F.  H.  Storer  presented  the  following  communica- 
tion :  — 

On  the  Simultaneous  Occurrence  of  a  Soluble  Lead  Salt  and 
free  Sulphuric  Acid  in  Sherry  Wine ;  ivith  Observations  on 
the  Solvent  Action  of  Alcoholic  Saline  Solutions  upon  Sul- 
phate of  Lead. 

Several  years  since,  I  was  called  upon  by  a  wine-merchant  of  this 
city  to  examine  a  sample  of  pale  sherry  taken  from  a  cask  which  had 
been  returned  to  him,  on  the  certificate  of  a  chemist  that  the  wine  con- 
tained lead.  The  sample  in  question  was  perfectly  transparent  and 
clear.  There  was  nothing  in  the  appearance  or  taste  of  the  wine  to  in- 
dicate the  sophistication  to  which  it  had  really  been  subjected. 

On  submitting  this  sherry  to  chemical  analysis,  I  found  not  only  that 
it  held  in  solution  a  considerable  proportion  of  lead,  but  also  a  decided 
trace  of  free  sulphuric  acid,  besides  an  abundance  of  the  same  acid 
combined  with  some  alkaline  base.  When  a  portion  of  the  wine  was 
evaporated  in  contact  with  slips  of  paper,  the  latter  soon  became 
crumbly  and  friable. 

Regarded  merely  from  the  chemical  point  of  view,  without  reference 
to  its  manifest  bearing  upon  questions  of  hygiene  and  jurisprudence, 
the  simultaneous  occurrence  of  a  lead  salt  and  of  free  sulphuric  acid  in 


60  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

alcoholic  solution  is  a  fact  sufficiently  important  to  merit  close  atten- 
tion. Unfortunately,  the  small  sample  of  wine  given  me  was  com- 
pletely exhausted  in  the  severe  confirmatory  tests  by  which  the  results 
above  mentioned  were  controlled,  and  I  have  had  no  opportunity  to 
determine  the  precise  manner  in  which  the  lead  was  held  in  solution  in 
that  particular  case.  Several  conjectures  as  to  the  cause  of  the#  phe- 
nomenon will  be  discussed  below. 

That  lead  compounds  should  still  be  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
wine  will  surprise  no  one  familiar  with  the  tenacity  with  which  tradi- 
tions are  held  by  successive  generations  of  operatives  in  many  of  the 
chemical  arts.  According  to  Taylor,*  "  litharge  was  formerly  much 
used  to  remove  the  acidity  of  sour  wine  and  convey  a  sweet  taste. 
Acetate  of  lead,  or  some  other  vegetable  salt  of  the  metal,  is  in  these 
cases  formed ;  and  the  use  of  such  wine  may  be  productive  of  alarm- 
ing symptoms.  Many  years  since  a  fatal  epidemic  colic  prevailed  in 
Paris  owing  to  this  cause  ;  .  .  .  .  the  adulteration  was  discovered  by 
Fourcroy,  and  was  immediately  suppressed." 

Beckmann  in  his  History  of  Inventions  f  dwells  at  some  length  on 
the  antiquity  and  enduring  character  of  the  practice  of  neutralizing 
the  acid  which  spoils  wine  by  means  of  litharge.  According  to  this 
author,  the  practice  was  forbidden  by  legal  enactment  in  France  as 
early  as  1696,  but  a  hundred  years  later  "  the  art  of  improving  wine 
by  litharge  was  taught  in  England  as  a  method  perfectly  free  from 
danger."  t 

The  sulphuric  acid  in  the  sample  of  wine  examined  by  me  was  prob- 
ably added,  with  the  view  of  removing  the  dissolved  lead  resulting 
from  the  previous  use  of  litharge.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  the  addition 
of  the  free  acid  was  preceded  by  that  of  a  solution  of  sulphate  of 
ammonium. 

In  seeking  for  an  explanation  of  the  fact  that  a  certain  proportion 
of  lead  may  remain  dissolved  in  wine,  even  in  presence  of  free  sul- 
phuric acid,  the  following  hypotheses  suggest  themselves  :  — 

1st.  It  seemed  not  impossible,  in  case  a  mixture  of  weak  alcohol, 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  sulphate  of  lead  was  left  to  itself  for  a  long 

*  On  Poisons,  p.  502  of  the  London  edition. 
t  Chapter  on  Adulteration  of  Wine. 

J  William  Graham's  Art  of  Making  Wines  from  Fruit,  Flowers,  and  Herbs. 
London,  sixth  edition. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER  13,  1868.  61 

time,  that  a  part  of  the  lead  salt  might  be  changed  to  sulphovinate  of 
lead  and  pass  into  solution.  This  idea  was  sufficiently  improbable  in 
view  of  the  known  facts  that  dilute  alcohol  and  weak  sulphuric  acid  are 
unfit  for  making  sulphovinic  acid,  and  that  but  little  if  any  of  the  acid 
can  be  formed,  even  from  tolerably  concentrated  liquids,  unless  the  mix- 
ture of  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid  be  heated  artificially.  The  idea  was 
nevertheless  put  to  the  test  of  experiment,  as  follows :  — 

100  c.  c.  of  alcohol  of  59  per  cent,  5.  c.  c.  of  oil  of  vitriol,  and  a 
quantity  of  recently  precipitated  sulphate  of  lead,  were  placed  in  a 
stoppered  bottle,  and  the  mixture  was  frequently  shaken  during  an 
interval  of  three  months.  The  clear  liquid  was  then  decanted,  diluted 
with  water,  and  saturated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas.  Not  the 
slightest  coloration  indicative  of  lead  was  produced. 

100  c.  c.  of  similar  alcohol,  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid,  sulphovinic 
acid,  and  sulphate  of  lead,  gave  no  reaction  for  lead  when  tested  after 
the  lapse  of  three  months. 

2d.  Though  the  idea  seemed  highly  improbable,  it  was  still  possible 
that  the  sugar  in  the  wine  might  in  some  way  exert  a  solvent  action 
upon  sulphate  of  lead.  It  was  found,  however,  when  100  c.  c.  of  alco- 
hol of  59  per  cent,  and  5  c.  c.  of  oil  of  vitriol,  together  with  a  quantity 
of  sugar  and  of  precipitated  sulphate  of  lead,  were  left  to  themselves 
for  three  months,  that  the  clear  supernatant  liquid  held  no  trace  of 
lead  in  solution.  For  that  matter,  it  was  found  that  a  mixture  of  sul- 
phuric acid  and  much  sugar-water  was  capable  of  precipitating  all  the 
lead  even  from  an  aqueous  solution  of  acetate  of  lead.  The  filtrate 
from  the  sulphate  of  lead  thus  pi'ecipitated  gave  absolutely  no  indica- 
tion of  lead  when  tested  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  not  even  when  a 
considerable  quantity  of  the  liquid  was  evaporated  to  dryness,  inciner- 
ated, treated  with  nitric  acid,  and  again  evaporated  before  applying  the 
reagent. 

3d.  The  most  probable  hypothesis  of  all,  however,  was,  that  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  lead  could  be  held  dissolved  in  presence  of  sulphuric 
acid,  even  in  an  alcoholic  solution  like  wine,  by  the  action  of  various 
soluble  alkaline  salts  capable  of  decomposing  and  of  being  decomposed 
by  sulphate  of  lead  ;  for  it  is  a  well-known  fact  that  very  considera- 
ble quantities  of  sulphate  of  lead  can  be  held  dissolved  in  water  by 
means  of  many  acetates,  citrates,  and  tartrates,  and  by  various  other 
salts. 

To  test  this  idea,  the  following  set  of  experiments  has  been  carried 


62  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

out  at  my  suggestion  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Pearson,  of  Haverhill,  a  student  in 
the  Laboratory  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

A  considerable  quantity  of  dilute  alcohol,  of  the  usual  strength  of 
sherry  wine  (18  per  cent)  having  been  prepared,  standard  solutions  of 
acetate  of  lead,  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  of  sulphate  of  ammonium  were 
made  by  dissolving  weighed  quantities  of  these  substances  in  portions 
of  the  18%  alcohol.  Each  of  the  solutions  was  made  of  such  strength 
that  500  c.  c.  of  the  liquid  contained  one  tenth  of  an  equivalent  of  the 
salt  or  acid,  reckoned  in  grammes,  on  the  hydrogen  scale. 

Alcoholic  solutions  of  several  salts  of  ammonium  and  of  the  fixed 
alkalies  were  also  prepared,  as  will  be  described  below. 

In  each  experiment,  equal  quantities  of  the  standard  solution  of 
sulphuric  acid,  or  of  sulphate  of  ammonium,  and  of  the  saline  solution 
to  be  tested  were  mixed  in  a  glass  flask,  and  the  standard  solution  of 
acetate  of  lead  was  made  to  fall  from  a  burette  drop  by  drop  into  the 
mixture  until  a  persistent  precipitate  of  sulphate  of  lead  was  perceived. 
The  burette  was  graduated  so  that  two  drops  from  it  were  equal  to 
one  tenth  of  a  cubic  centimetre  ;  and  the  flask  was  constantly  shaken 
while  the  drops  of  acetate  of  lead  were  falling  into  it. 

The  results  of  the  experiments  are  as  follows  :  — 

Acetate  of  Ammonium  was  prepared  by  neutralizing  ordinary  acetic 
acid  with  ammonia-water,  and  the  strong  aqueous  solution  thus  obtained 
was  mixed  with  alcohol.  It  appeared,  however,  that  this  alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  the  acetate  exerted  no  solvent  action  upon  sulphate  of  lead,  for 
a  permanent  precipitate  of  the  latter  was  produced  in  the  mixture  of 
acetate  of  ammonium  and  normal  sulphuric  acid  by  the  first  drop  of 
the  standard  solution  of  acetate  of  lead.  The  same  negative  result 
was  obtained  in  several  repetitions  of  the  experiment,  even  when  new 
portions  of  dilute  alcohol  and  a  second  set  of  the  standard  solutions 
were  employed. 

When,  however,  the  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium  was  mixed 
with  an  equal  bulk  (10  c.  c.)  of  the  standard  solution  of  sulphate  of 
ammonium,  instead  of  the  sulphuric  acid,  a  considerable  quantity  of 
sulphate  of  lead  was  held  in  solution  by  it.  In  two  distinct  trials,  the 
precipitate  formed  by  dropping  acetate  of  lead  into  the  mixed  solution 
of  acetate  and  sulphate  of  ammonium  continued  to  redissolve  until  3 
c.  c.  of  the  standard  solution  of  acetate  of  lead  had  been  added  to  the 
liquor.  These  3  c.  c.  of  the  standard  solution  contained  0.1137  grm. 
of  acetate  of  lead,  corresponding  to  0.0909  grm.  of  sulphate  of  lead. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  I     OCTOBER  13,  1868.  63 

To  hold  dissolved  1  part  of  sulphate  of  lead  in  the  dilute  alcohol 
charged  with  sulphate  of  ammonium,  there  was  consequently  required 
110  c.  c.  of  a  tolerably  strong  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium. 

Still  another  experiment  with  sulphuric  acid  was  made  by  mixing 
10  c.  c.  of  an  entirely  new  preparation  of  acetate  of  ammonium  with  a 
similar  quantity  of  the  standard  solution  of  acetate  of  lead,  and  drop- 
ping the  standard  sulphuric  acid  into  the  mixture.  No  persistent  pre- 
cipitate was  produced  in  this  case  until  5  c.  c.  of  the  acid  had  been 
added.  This  quantity  of  the  standard  acid  contained  0.049  grm.  of 
sulphuric  acid  corresponding  to  0.1515  grm.  of  sulphate  of  lead  ; 
hence  only  33  parts  of  the  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonium  were  re- 
quired to  dissolve  1  part  of  sulphate  of  lead.  It  is  to  be  observed  that 
the  insolubility  of  tartrate,  citrate,  and  succinate  of  lead  in  alcohol  pre- 
vents the  application  of  this  modified  form  of  the  experiment  in  the 
examples  given  below..  With  the  exception  of  the  acetates  of  am- 
monium and  sodium,  none  of  the  salts  experimented  with  can  be  mixed 
with  the  acetate  of  lead  and  subsequently  tested  with  sulphuric  acid  or 
sulphate  of  ammonium. 

Acetate  of  Sodium,  whether  mixed  with  the  normal  sulphuric  acid? 
with  sulphate  of  ammonium,  or  with  acetate  of  lead,  seemed  to  have 
no  solvent  action  upon  sulphate  of  lead. 

Neither  Oxalate  of  Ammonium  nor  normal  Oxalate  of  Potassium 
exerted  any  solvent  action  either  in  presence  of  the  sulphuric  acid  or 
the  sulphate  of  ammonium. 

Tartrate  of  Ammonium.  —  Normal,  crystallized  tartrate  of  ammonium 
was  dissolved  in  alcohol  of  18%,  in  such  proportion  that  500  c.  c.  of 
the  solution  contained  -^  of  an  equivalent,  18.4  grms.  of  the  salt.  25 
c.  c.  of  the  solution  was  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of  the  normal 
sulphuric  acid,  and  normal  acetate  of  lead  was  added  to  the  mixture 
until  a  permanent  precipitate  was  produced.  To  effect  this  result,  there 
was  required  of  the  standard  solutionof  acetate  of  lead  2  c.  c.  or 
0.0758  grm.  of  the  acetate,  corresponding  to  0.0606  grm.  of  sulphate 
of  lead.  The  25  c.  c.  of  the  solution  of  tartrate  of  ammonium  contained 
0.92  grm.  of  the  dry  salt.  Hence,  something  more  than  15  parts  of 
tartrate  of  ammonium  are  required  to  hold  1  part  of  sulphate  of  lead 
dissolved  in  dilute  alcohol  containing  free  sulphuric  acid. 

In  two  other  experiments  where  the  tartrate  of  ammonium  solution 
was  mixed  with  the  sulphate  of  ammonium  instead  of  with  free  sulphuric 
acid,  3  c.  c.  of  the  acetate-of-lead  solution  had  to  be  added  before  a 
permanent  precipitate  could  be  formed. 


64  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

That  sulphuric  acid  is  a  more  efficient  precipitant  of  lead  in  pres- 
ence of  tartaric  acid  than  sulphate  of  ammonium  was  shown  in  another 
way.  30  c.  c.  of  the  standard  alcoholic  acetate  of  lead  were  mixed 
with  an  equal  volume  of  the  standard  solution  of  tartrate  of  ammonium. 
The  precipitated  tartrate  of  lead  was  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  mixed 
with  a'  quantity  of  the  sulphate  of  ammonium  solution.  No  precipi- 
tate was  produced,  though  on  the  subsequent  addition  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  a  slight  precipitate  of  sulphide  of  lead  was  formed.  In  a 
similar  experiment,  where  sulphuric  acid  was  substituted  for  sulphate 
of  ammonium,  a  slight  precipitate  was  produced  by  the  sulphuric  acid, 
and  no  precipitate  could  be  obtained  afterwards  with  sulphuretted 
hydrogen. 

In  two  other  experiments  where  5  c.  c.  of  the  acetate-of-lead  solu- 
tion were  mixed  with  30  c.  c.  of  the  tartrate  of  ammonium,  no  precipi- 
tate was  produced  by  sulphate  of  ammonium  in  the  filtrate  from  the 
tartrate  of  lead,  while  sulphuric  acid  gave  a  slight  precipitate  as  before. 
In  this  case,  however,  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gave  a  slight  precipitate 
after  sulphuric  acid,  as  well  as  after  sulphate  of  ammonium. 

Normal  Tartrate  of  Potassium  mixed  with  the  solution  of  sulphuric 
acid  exerted  no  solvent  action  on  sulphate  of  lead. 

Succinate  of  Ammonium,  prepared  by  neutralizing  a  solution  of  suc- 
cinic acid  with  ammonia-water,  exerted  no  solvent  action  when  mixed 
with  the  free  sulphuric  acid  ;  but  when  mixed  with  the  solution  of  sul- 
phate of  ammonium,  6  c.  c.  of  the  acetate-of-lead  solution  were  added 
to  the  liquor  before  a  permanent  precipitate  fell. 

Normal  Citrate  of  Ammonium  was  prepared  by  neutralizing  a 
weighed  equivalent  portion  of  crystallized  citric  acid  with  ammonia- 
water.  10  c.  c.  of  the  solution  were  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of 
the  standard  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  standard  solution  of  acetate  of 
lead  was  dropped  into  the  mixture  in  the  usual  way.  No  permanent 
precipitate  was  formed  until  16  c.  c.  of  the  lead  solution  had  been 
added.  These  16  c.  c.  contained  0.6064  grm.  of  acetate  of  lead, 
corresponding  to  0.4848  grm.  of  sulphate  of  lead.  The  10  c.  c.  of 
citrate-of-aminonium  solution  contained  0.42  grm.  of  crystallized  citric 
acid.  Hence,  1  part  of  sulphate  of  lead  was  held  dissolved  in  the  mix- 
ture of  alcohol  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid  for  every  0.8663  part  of  citric 
acid  in  the  liquor. 

On  repeating  the  experiment,  a  precisely  similar  result  was  obtained: 
16  c.  c.  of  the  standard  lead  solution  had  to  be  added  to  the  mixture 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER  13,   1868.  65 

of  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid  before  the  precipitate  ceased  to  redissolve 
as  fast  as  it  formed. 

In  two  other  experiments  where,  instead  of  free  sulphuric  acid,  10 
c.  c.  of  the  standard  solution  of  sulphate  of  ammonium  were  mixed 
with  10  c.  c.  of  the  citrate-of-ammonium  solution,  30  c.  c.  of  the 
standard  lead  solution  had  to  be  added,  in  each  case,  before  an)'  per- 
manent precipitate  formed. 

Didtrate  of  Ammonium  (C12HG  (NH4)2014)  was  prepared  in  crys- 
tals, and  22.6  grms.  of  the  salt  were  dissolved  in  500  c.  c.  of  the  18% 
alcohol.  25  c.  c.  of  the  solution  were  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of 
the  standard  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  acetate-of-lead  solution  was 
dropped  into  the  mixture  in  the  usual  way.  After  the  addition  of  8 
c.  c.  of  the  standard  acetate  of  lead,  a  permanent  precipitate  was  pro- 
duced. These  8  c.  c.  contained  0.3032  grm.  of  acetate  of  lead,  cor- 
responding to  0.2424  grm.  of  sulphate  of  lead.  The  25  c.  c.  of 
dicitrate-of-ammonium  solution  contained  1.13  grms.  of  the  dry  salt. 
Hence,  1  part  of  sulphate  of  lead  was  held  dissolved  for  every  4.6617 
parts  of  the  dicitrate. 

Tricitrate  of  Potassium.  —  25  c.  c.  of  a  standard  solution  of  ordi- 
nary crystallized  citrate  of  potassium,  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of 
the  standard  sulphuric  acid,  gave  no  permanent  precipitate  until  2  c.  c. 
of  the  solution  of  acetate  of  lead  had  been  added  to  it. 

Sugar.  —  A  standard  solution  of  cane  sugar,  mixed  with  an  equal 
volume  of  the  sulphuric  acid,  gave  a  permanent  precipitate,  on  the  ad- 
dition of  the  first  drop  of  the  acetate  of  lead. 

These  experiments  show  clearly  that  very  considerable  quantities  of 
sulphate  of  lead  can  be  held  in  solution  by  weak  alcohol  charged  with 
various  salts.  It  may,  therefore,  reasonably  be  inferred  that  wines 
sometimes  retain  lead  in  solution,  in  consequence  of  this  action  of  the 
acids  and  salts  peculiar  to  wine  upon  lead  compounds  ignorantly  em- 
ployed to  correct  acidity. 

DONATIONS   TO   THE   LIBRARY, 

FROM  JULY  21,  1866,  TO  JULY  1,  1868. 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society. 

Proceedings.     1866-67.     8vo.     Boston.     1867. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

Second  and   Third  Annual   Catalogues  of  the  Officers,  and  the 
VOL.  VIII.  9 


66  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Programme  of  the    Course  of   Instruction,    of  the    School  of  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of    Technology.       1866-67.      1867-68. 
2  pamph.     8vo.     Boston.     1867  -  68. 
Boston  Society  of  Natural  History. 

Proceedings.     Vols.  X.,  XI.     8vo.     Boston.     1866-68. 
Memoirs.     Vol.1.    Parts  I.,  II.,  III.    4to.    Boston.    1866-68. 
Annual  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.     1868  -  69, 
Vol.  I.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1868. 

Condition  and  Doings  of  the  Boston   Society  of  Natural  History, 
as  exhibited  by  the  Annual  Reports  of  the  Custodian,  Treasurer, 
Librarian,  and  Curators.    May,  1866.    May,  1868.    2  pamph.    8vo. 
Boston.     1866  -  68. 
Trustees  of  the  Public  Library  of  the  City  of  Boston. 

Index  to  the  Catalogues  of  Books  in  the  Bates  Hall  of  the  Pub- 
lic Library  of  the  City  of  Boston.  First  Supplement.  8vo.  Bos- 
ton.    1866. 

Bulletin.     Nos.  1-4.     4  pamph.     8vo.     Boston.     1867-68. 
Mercantile  Library  Association  of  the  City  of  Boston. 

Forty-Sixth  and  Forty-Seventh  Annual  Reports.    2  pamph.    8vo. 
Boston.     1866-67. 
Directors  of  the  Boston  and  Worcester  Railroad  Corporation. 

Thirty-Seventh  and  Thirty-Eighth  Annual  Reports  of  the  Di- 
rectors ....  for  the  Years  ending  November  30,  1866,   and  No- 
vember 30,  1867.     2  pamph.     8vo.     Boston.     1867  -  68. 
Harvard  College. 

Catalogus  Senatus  Academici   Collegii   Harvardiani 8vo. 

Cantabrigian.     1866. 
Astronomical  Observatory  of  Harvard  College. 

Annals.     Vol.11.     Part  II.     1854-55.     Vol.  V.     4to.     Cam- 
bridge.    1867. 
Trustees  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archceology  and  Eth- 
nology. 

First  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees Presented    to   the 

President  and  Fellows  of  Harvard  College.     February  15,  1868. 
8vo  pamph.     Cambridge.     1868. 
Director  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology  at  Harvard  College,  in  Cambridge,  together  with  the  Re- 
port of  the  Director.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1867. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    OCTOBER    13,  1868.  67 

Essex  Institute. 

Proceedings.      Vol.  V.     Nos.  1-6.     8vo.     Salem.     1866  -  68. 
Peabody  Academy  of  Science. 

American  Naturalist.     Vol.  II.    Nos.  1-5.    8vo.    Salem.    1868. 
American  Antiquarian  Society. 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  the  Annual 
Meeting,  held  in  Worcester,  October  20,  1866;  and  at  the  Special 
Meeting,  held  in  Worcester,  November  15,  1866.  8vo  pamph. 
Cambridge.     1866 

Proceedings  at  the  Semiannual  Meeting,  held  in  Boston,  April 
24,1867.     8vo.     Cambridge.     1867. 

Proceedings  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  held  at  Worcester,  October 
21,  1867.     8vo.     Worcester.     1867. 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Proceedings  of  the  Fifteenth  Meeting,  held  at  Buffalo,  New  York, 
August,  1866.     1  vol.     8vo.     Cambridge.     1867. 
American  Oriental  Society. 

Proceedings  for  1866- 67.     8vo.     New  Haven.     1867. 
Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Transactions.     Vol.  I.     Part  I.     8vo.     New  Haven.     1866. 
Editors  of  the  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts. 

Journal,  N.  S.      Vols.  XLIL,  XLIIL,  XLIV,   XLV.      8vo. 
New  Haven.     1866-68. 
Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  New  York. 

Annals.     Vol.  VIII.     8vo.     New  York.     1867. 
Mercantile  Library  Association  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

Forty-Fifth    Annual  Report  of  the  Board   of  Directors,   May, 
1865.     April,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     New  York.     1866. 
Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art. 

Seventh  Annual  Report  of  the   Trustees July   1,   1866. 

8vo  pamph.     New  York.     1866. 
Long  Island  Historiccd  Society. 

Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  etc.     Presented 

at  the  Annual  Meeting May,   1867.     8vo  pamph.     Brook- 

lyn,  L.  I. 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute. 

Forty-Second  and  Forty-Third  Annual  Registers  of  the  Rensse- 
laer Polytechnic  Institute,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  for  the  Academical  Years 
1865-66:1866-67.     2  pamph.    8vo.      Troy,  N.  Y.     1866-67. 


68  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Albany  Institute. 

Transactions.     Vol.  V.     8vo.     Albany.     1867. 
American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proceedings.  Vol.  X.    Nos.76,  77.   8vo.   Philadelphia.  1866-67. 
Catalogue    of  the   American    Philosophical    Society.       Part   II. 
Class  V.     8vo.     Philadelphia.     1866. 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings.      Vol.  XVIII.       Nos.  4,  5.      Vol.  XIX.      1868. 
Vol.  XX.     No.  1.     8vo.     Philadelphia.     1866-68. 

Journal.     N.  S.     Vol.  VI.     Part  II.     4to.    Philadelphia.     1867. 
Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy. 

American   Journal   of   Pharmacy.      3d  Ser.     Vol.  XIV.,    XV., 
XVI.     Nos.  1-3.     8vo.     Philadelphia.     1866-68. 
Mercantile  Library  Co.  of  Philadelphia. 

Forty-Fourth  Annual    Report.      January,    1867.      8vo    pamph. 
Philadelphia. 
Peabody  Institute  of  the  City  of  Baltimore. 

The  Founder's  Letters,  and  the  Papers  relating  to  its  Dedication 
and  its  History.     Up  to  the  1st  January,  1868.    1  vol.    8vo.     Balti- 
more.    1868. 
Library  of  Congress. 

Catalogue  of  Books  added  to  the  Library  of  Congress  from  De- 
cember 1,  1866,  to  December  1,  1867.       1   vol.     4to.     Washing- 
ton.    1868. 
National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Memoirs.     Vol.  I.     4to.     Washington.     1866. 
Annual  for  1863-64:  1865-66.   12mo.  Cambridge.  1865-67. 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.  Vols.  XIV,  XV. 
4to.     Washington.     1865-67. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Vols.  VI.,  VII.  .8vo. 
Washington.     1867. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  showing  the  Operations, 
Expenditures,  and  Condition  of  the  Institution  for  the  Year  1865. 
8vo.     Washington.     1866. 
U.  S.  Naval  Observatory. 

Astronomical  and  Meteorological  Observations  made  at  the  United 
States  Naval  Observatory  during  the  Years  1864  and  1865.  2  vols. 
4to.     Washington.     1866,  1867. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,   1868.  69 

Astronomical  Observations  made  at  the  United  States  Naval 
Observatory,  during  the  Years  1851  and  1852.  4to.  Washing- 
ton.    18G7. 

Observations  and  Discussions  on  the  November  Meteors  of  1867, 
United     States    Naval    Observatory,    Washington.       8vo    pamph. 
Washington.     1867. 
Bureau  of  Navigation. 

American  Ephemeris  and  Nautical  Almanac  for  the  Year  1868. 
8vo.     Washington.     1866. 

Nautical  Almanac  Circular.     No.  11.     8vo  pamph.    Washington. 

Tables  of  Eunomia,  by  E.  Schubert,  computed  for  the  American 
Ephemeris    and    Nautical    Almanac.      4to   pamph.       Washington. 
1866. 
Navy  Department. 

Letter  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  communicating,  in  compli- 
ance with  a  Resolution  of  the  19th  of  March,  1866,  a  Report  of 
Rear-Admiral  Charles  H.  Davis,  Superintendent  of  the  Naval 
Observatory,  in  Relation  to  the  various  proposed  Lines  for  Inter- 
oceanic  Canals  and  Railroads  between  the  Waters  of  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  Oceans.  8vo.  1867. 
United  States  Congress. 

Report  of  the  Joint   Committee  on  the  Conduct  of  the  War,  at 
the    Second     Session,    Thirty-Eighth     Congress.       3    vols.       8vo. 
Washington.     1865. 
Department  of  State. 

Letter  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  transmitting  a  Report  on  the 
Commercial  Relations  of  the  United  States  with  Foreign  Nations, 
for  the  Year  ended  September  30,  1865.  8vo.  Washington. 
1866. 

Papers  relating  to  Foreign   Affairs  accompanying  the    Annual 
Message  of  the  President  to  the  First  Session,  Thirty-Ninth  Con- 
gress.    Parts  I.  -  IV.     4  vols.     8vo.     Washington.     1866. 
Department  of  War.     Surgeon- General's  Office. 

Circular  No.  7.     A  Report  on  Amputations  at  the  Hip-Joint  in 
Military  Surgery.     4to  pamph.     Washington.     1867. 
Department  of  the  Treasury. 

Reports  of  a  Commission  appointed  for  a  Revision  of  the  Revenue 
System  of  the  United  States,  1865,  1866.  8vo.  Washington. 
1866. 


70  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Patent-  Office. 

Annual    Report  of   the   Commissioner  of  Patents  for  the  Year 
1866.     Vols.  L,  II.,  III.     8vo.     Washington.     1867. 
Department  of  the  Interior. 

Statistics  of  the  United   States    (including  Mortality,  Property, 
etc.)  in  1866:  compiled  from   the  Original  Returns,  and  being  the 
Final   Exhibit  of  the   Eighth   Census,  under  the   Direction  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior.     4to.     Washington.     1866. 
United  States  Sanitary  Commission. 

Documents.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  1  -  60.  Vol.  II.  Nos.  61  -  95.  8vo. 
New  York.     1866. 

Sanitary  Commission  Bulletin.     3  vols,  in  1.     8vo.     New  York. 
1866. 
Public  Library  of  Cincinnati. 

Rules,  By-Laws,  and  other  Items,  with  Annual  Reports.     1867. 
8vo  pamph.     Cincinnati.     1868. 
Young  Mens  Mercantile  Library  Association  of  Cincinnati. 

Thirty-Second  and  Thirty-Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  for  the  Years  1866  and  1867.     2  pamph.     8vo.     Cincin- 
nati.    1867,  1868. 
Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Transactions.    Vol.  I.     Part  I.     4to.     Chicago.     1867. 
Chicago  Historical  Society. 

Department  of  Public  Instruction,  City  of  Chicago.  Twelfth 
and  Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Education  for  the 
Years  ending  August  31,  1866  and  1867.  8vo.  Chicago.  1866, 
1867. 

Eleventh  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Guardians  of  the 
Chicago  Reform  School  to  the  Common  Council  of  the  City  of 
Chicago,  for  the  Year  ending  March  31,  1867.  8vo  pamph. 
Chicago.     1867. 

Eighth  and  Ninth  Annual  Statement  of  the  Trade  and  Commerce 
of  Chicago,  for  the  Year  ending  March  31,  1'866  and  1867.  8vo. 
Chicago.     1866,  1867. 

Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Public  Works  to  the  Com- 
mon Council  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  for  the  Municipal  Fiscal  Year 
ending  March  31,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Chicago.     1866._ 

Intramural  Interments  in  Populous  Cities,  and  their  Influence  upon 
Health  and  Epidemics.  By  John  H.  Rauch,  M.  D.  8vo  pamph. 
Chicago.     1866. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,   1868.  71 

Directors  of  the  St.  Louis  Public  Schools. 

Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the  Year 
ending  August  1,  1867.     8vo.     St.  Louis.     1867. 
Minnesota  Historical  Society. 

Collections    for   the    Year    1867.      8vo .  pamph.      Saint    Paul. 
1867. 
California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

Proceedings.     Vol.  III.     8vo.     San  Francisco.     1868. 
Memoirs.     Parts  I.,  II.     4 to.     San  Francisco.     1868. 
Mercantile  Library  Association  of  San  Francisco. 

Fourteenth   Annual    Report   of  the    President,    Treasurer,   and 
Librarian.     8vo  pamph.     San  Francisco.     1867. 
Government  of  Canada. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada.  Report  of  Progress  from  its 
Commencement  to  1863.  Atlas  of  Maps  and  Sections,  with  an 
Introduction  and  Appendix.     8vo.     Montreal.     1866. 

Report    of    Progress    from    1863     to     1866.      8vo.      Ottawa. 
1866. 
Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec. 

Transactions.  Session  of  1865  -  66.  N.  S.  Part  IV.  Session 
of  1866-67.     N.  S.     Part  V.     8vo.     Quebec.     1866-67. 

Extract  from  a  Manuscript  Journal  relating  to  the  Siege  of  Que- 
bec   in    1759,   kept   by    Colonel    Malcolm    Fraser.      8vo    pamph. 
Quebec. 
Universitas  Carolina  Lundensis. 

o 

Acta  Universitatis  Lundensis  (Lunds  Universitets  Arsskrift)  for 
Ar  1864,  1865.     2  vols.     4to.     Lund.     1864  -  66. 

Forelasningar  och  Ofningar  vid  Carol.  Univ.  i  Lund.    Host-Ter- 
ruinen.     1866.     4to  pamph.     Lund.     1866. 
Bureau  de  la  Recherche  Geologique  de  la  Suede. 

Carte  Geologique  de  la   Suede.     Bladet  19,  20,  21  :  Livraisons 
accompagnies  19 -21.     Stockholm.     1866. 
Societe  Royale  des  Sciences  a  Upsal. 

Nova  Acta.     Ser.  3.     Vol.  VI.     Fasc.  1.     4to.     Upsal.     1866. 
Upsala    Universitets    Arsskrift    1865.     Theologi.       8vo    pamph. 
Upsal.     1865. 
Kongel.  Norske  Frederiks  Universitet.  Christiania. 

Aarsberetning  for  1864,  1865,  1866.    8vo.  Christiania.    1865  -  67. 
Index  S"holarum.     1866,  1867.     4to.     Christiania. 


72  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Ezechiels  Syner  og  Chaldceernes  Astrolab,  af  C.  A.  Holmboe. 
Universitets-Program  for  andet  Halvaar,  1866.  4to  pamph. 
Christiania.     1866. 

Maerker  efter  en  Iistid  i  Omegnen  af  Hardangerfjorden,  af  S.  A. 
Sexe.  Universitets-Program  for  forste  Halvaar  1866.  4to  pamph. 
Christiania.     1866. 

Udsigt  over  de  voesentligste  Forbedringer  ved  Jerntilvirkningen  i 
de  seneste  Decennier  (Akademisk  Prisaf handling),  af  Rick.  F. 
Stalsberg.  [Udgivet  efter  det  Akad.  Collegiums  Foranstaltning.] 
8vo.     Christiania.     1866. 

Ungedruckte,  unbeachtete  und  wenig  beachtete  Quellen  zur  Ge- 
schichte  der  Taufsymbols  und  der  Glaubensregel.  Heransgegeben 
und  in  Abhandlungen  erlautert  von  Dr.  C.  P.  Casparini.  Universi- 
tets-Program.    8vo.     Christiania.     1866. 

Bidrag  tit  Bygningskikkens  Udvikling  paa  Landet  i  Norge.  lste 
Hefte.  Huse  med  kun  et  Veraesse-Udgivet  af  et  Samfund  i  For- 
bindelse  med  Selskabet  for  Folkeoplysningens  Fremme.  4to  pamph. 
Christiania.     1865. 

Om  de  Elliptiske  Funktioners  Rrekkeudvikling,  af  Dr.  O.  J.  Broch. 
8vo  pamph.     Stockholm.     1864. 

Etudes  sur  Ies  Affinites  Chimiques  par  C.  M.  Guldberg  et  P. 
Waage.  Programme  de  l'Universite  pour  le  ler  Semesti'e,  1867. 
4to  pamph.      Christiania.     1867. 

Morkinskinna.     Pergamentsbog  fra  Forste  Halvdel  af  det  Tret- 
tende  Aarhundrede,  udgiven  af  C.  R.  Unger.    Universitets-Program, 
1866.     8vo  pamph.     Christiania.     1867. 
Videnskabs- Selskabet  i  Christiania. 

Forhandlinger,    Aar.    1864,     1865,    1866.      8vo.      Christiania. 
1865-67. 
Physiograph iske  Forening. 

Nyt    Magazin   for   Naturvidenskaberne.      Bind   XIV.     Heft.   2 
og  3.     8vo.      Christiania.     1866. 
Kongel.  Danske   Videnskabernes  Selskab,  Kjobenhavn. 

Oversigt.  Forhandlinger  i  Aaret  1865,  1866,  1867.  8vo.  Co- 
penhagen.    1865-67. 

Skrit'ter,  Femte  Roekke.  Historisk  og  Philosophisk  Afdeling. 
Bind  III.  Heft  1.  Naturv.  og  Math.  Afd.  Bind.  VI.,  VII.  4to. 
Copenhagen.     1866-68. 

Siderum    Nebulosorum    Obsirvationes    Haunienses    institute    in 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER  13,  1868.  73 

Specula  Universitatis  per  Tubum  Sedecirapeclalem  Merzianum   ab 
anno  1861  ad  annum  1867.      Auctore  Dr.  H.    L.   D' Arrest.     4to. 
Hauniae.     1867. 
Kongel.  Nordiske  Oldshrift  Selshab,  Kjobenhavn. 

Antiquarisk  Tidsskrift,  1858 -  1860.  Heft.  1-3.  1861  -  1863. 
8vo.     Copenhagen.     1861-64. 

Aarboger  for  Nordisk  Oldkyndighed  og  Historie,  1866.  Heft.  1  -4 : 
1867.  Heft.  1-3,  og  TiUseg  for  1866.  8vo.  Copenhagen. 
1866-67. 

Me  moires  de  la  Societe  Royale  des  Antiquaires  du  Nord. 
1850-1860.  8vo.  Copenhagen.  1861.  Nouv.  Serie.  1866. 
8vo  pamph.     Copenhagen. 

Clavis  Poetica  Antiquae  Linguae  Septentrionalis  quam  e  Lexico 
Poetico     Sveinbjornis    Egilssonii    cpllegit   et    in    Ordinem  redegit 
Benedictus  Grondal  (Egilsson).     Edidit  Societas  Regia  Antiquario- 
rum  Septentrionalium.     8vo.     Copenhagen.     1863. 
Societe  Imperiale  des  JYaturalistes  de  Moscou. 

Bulletin.     Tomes  XXXVIII.,  XXXIX,  XL.     Nos.  1,  2.     8vo. 
Moscow.     1865-67. 
Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg. 

Memoires.  7e  Serie.  Tomes  IX.,  X.,  XL  Nos.  1-8.  4to. 
St.  Petersburg.     1865-67. 

Bulletin.  Tomes  IX.,  X.,  XL,  XII.  No.  1.  4to.  St.  Peters- 
burg.    1866-67. 

Catalogue  des  Livres  publiees  en  Langues  Etrangeres.    8vo.    St. 
Petersburg.     1867. 
Kaiserliche    Gesellschaft  fur  die  Gesammte  Mineralogie  zu  St.  Peters- 
burg. 

Verhandlungen,  Jahrgang,  1863.     8vo.     St.  Petersburg.    1864. 
Administration  of  Mines  of  Russia. 

Annales  de  l'Observatoire  Physique  Central  de  Russie.  Annee 
1863.     Nos.  1,  2.     1864.     4to.     St.  Petersburg.     1865,  1866. 

Compte-Rendu   Annuel Annee  1864.      Suppl.  aux  An- 
nales de  l'Observatoire  pour  l'Annee  1862.     4to   pamph.     St.  Pe- 
tersburg.    1865. 
Bibliotheque  Imperiale  Publique.     St.  Petersbourg. 

Guide  de  la  Bibliotheque  Imperiale  Publique.   12mo  pamph.     St. 
Petersburg.     1860. 
VOL.  VIII.  10 


74  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Catalogue  des  Manuscrits  Grecs  cle  la  Bibliotheque  ....  (avec  9 
Planches  Lithographiees).     8vo.     St.  Petersburg.     1864. 

Catalogue  des  Nouvelles  Acquisitions  in  Langues  Etrangeres  de 
la  Bibliotheque Nos.  1-5.    8vo.     St.  Petersburg.    1864-  66. 

Specimen  du  Catalogue  Raisonne  des  Russica  de  la  Bibliotheque. 
12mo  pamph.     St.  Petersburg.     1866. 

Les  Elzevir  de  la  Bibliotheque.  ....  12mo.  St.  Petersburg. 
1864. 

Wegweiser  der  Kaiserlich  Oeffentlichen  Bibliothek.  12mo  pamph. 
St.  Petersburg.     1860. 

Systematischer  Katalog  der  Russischen  Biicher  der  juristichen 
Abtheilung  der  Kais.  OefFentl.  Bibliothek.  8vo  pamph.  St.  Peters- 
burg.    1863. 

Die  Jahresberichte  der  Kais.  OefFentl.  Bibliothek  fur  1862,  1863, 
1864,  und  1865.     8vo.     St.  Petersburg.     1863-66. 

Auszug  aus  den  Jahresberichten  der  St.  Petersburger  Kais.  Oef- 
fentl.  Bibliothek  fur  1859  und  1860.  8vo  pamph.  St.  Peters- 
burg.    1861. 

Die  Sammlung  von  Morgenlandischen  Handschriften,  welche  die 
Kais.  OefFentl.  Bibliothek  zu  St.  Petersburg  im  Jahre  1864  von 
Hra  V.  Chanykou  erworben  hat,  von  B.  Dorn.  8vo  pamph.  St. 
Petersburg.     1865. 

Nachtrase  zu  dem  Verzeichniss  der  in  Jahre  1864  erworbenen 
Chanykou'schen  Sammlung  von  B.  Dorn.  8vo  pamph.  St.  Peters- 
burg.    1865. 

Kurze  Beschreibung  der  Mathematischen,  Astronomischen  und 
Astrologischen  Hebraischen  Handschriften  der  Firkowitsch'schen 
Sammlung  in  der  Kais.  OefFentl.  Bibliothek  ....  von  Jonas  Gur- 
land.     8vo  pamph.     St.  Petersburg.     1866. 

Trois  Relations  de  l'Epoque  du  Faux  Demetrius,  tirees  de  la  Bib- 
liotheque Imperiale  Publique  de  St.  Petersbourg  et  du  Musee  Rou- 
miantzow.     16mo  pamph.     St.  Petersburg.     1862. 

Vier  Denkschriften  aus  der  Zeit  des  Falschen  Demetrius.    12mo. 
St.  Petersburg.     1863. 
Kaiserliche  Nicolai  Haupsternwarte.     Pulkova. 

Tabulae  Quantitatum  Besellianarum  pro  annis  1865  ad  1874 
computatae.  Edidit  Otto  Struve  Speculae  Pulcovensis  Director 
(Contin.  tabularum  anno  1861  editarum).  8vo  pamph.  Petropoli. 
1867. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  I     OCTOBER  13,  1868.  75 

Jahresbericht  am  20  Mai,  1866,  dem  Comite  der  Nicolai  Haup- 
sternwarte    abgestaltet  Von  Director    der    Sternwarte  —  Aus   dem 
Russ.  iibersetzt.     8vo  pamph.     St.  Petersburg.     1866. 
Academie  Roy  ale  ties  Sciences  a  Amsterdam. 

Verslasen  en  Mededeelingen.  Afdeeling  Letterkunde.  Deel 
IX.,  X.  8vo.  Amsterdam.  1865-66.  Afd.  Natuurkunde.  2d8 
Reeks.     Deel  I.     8vo.     Amsterdam.     1866. 

Jaarboek  voor  1865  -  66.     8vo.     Amsterdam.     1866,1867. 

Processen-Verbaal  van  de  Gewone  Vergaderingen  der  Kon. 
Akad.  van  Wetenschappen.  Afd.  Natuurkund  von  Jan.,  1865,  tot. 
en  met  Apl.,  1866,  von  1866-67.  2  pampb.  8vo.  Amsterdam. 
1866-67. 

Catalogus  von  de  Boekerij.  2de  Deck  le  Stuk.  8vo.  Amsterdam. 
1866. 

Simplicii  Commentarius  in  IV.  Libros   Aristotelis  de  Caelo.  Ex 
recensione  Sim.  Karstenii.  Mandato  Regiae  Academiae  Disciplina- 
rum  Nederlandicae  Editus.     4to  vol.     Trajecti  ad  Rhenum.     1864. 
Socicte  Hollandaise  des  Sciences  a  Harlem. 

Archives  Neerlandaises  des  Sciences  Exactes  et  Naturelles. 
Tome  I.  Livr.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5.  Tome  II.  Livr.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5.  8vo. 
La  Haye.     1866,  1867. 

Natuurkundige  Verhandelingen.    Deel  XXIV.  1,  2,  3  :  XXV.  1. 
4to.     Haarlem.     1866. 
Netherlands  Government. 

Carte  Geologique  des  Pays  Bas  de  la  Neerlande.  Oostergoo 
No.  7.     Walcheren  No.  21.     2  chts.     Haarlem. 

Flora   Batava.      Aflevering    190-199.      Tytel  Register.      12da 
Deel.     4to.     Amsterdam.     1865. 
KoninMijk  Nederlandsch  Meteorologisch  Instituut. 

Meteorologiscb  Jaarboek.  Parts  I.,  II.  1865.  Long  4to.  Utrecht. 
1866. 

Nederlandsch  Meteorologisch  Jaarboek.      Eerste    und   Tweede 
Deel.     Long  4to.     Utrecht.     1866,  1867. 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  des  Osterlandes  zu  Altenburg. 

Mittheilungen  aus  dem   Osterlande.     Band  XVIII.     Heft.  1,  2 
8vo.     Altenburg.     1867. 
Konigl.  Preussische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Berlin. 

Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Jahre  1865, 1866.  4to.  Berlin.  1866,1867 

Monatsberichte  aus  dem  Jahre  1866,  1867.  8vo.  Berlin.  1867, 
1868. 


76  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Naturhistorischer  Verein  der  preussischen  Rheinlande  und  Westphalens. 

Verhandlungen.   Jahrgang  XXIL,  XXIII.,  XXIV.    8vo.    Bonn. 
1865-67. 
Konigl.  Rheinische  Friedrich-  Wilhelms  Universitet. 

Academical   Dissertations,  Indexes,    etc.     4to   and  8vo.     Bonn. 

1865,  1866. 
Naturivissenschaftlicher  Verein,  Bremen. 

Abhandungen.     Band  I.     Heft.   1,    2.      8vo.     Bremen.     1866, 
1867. 

Erster  Jahi-esbericht  des  Naturwissen.  Vereines.     Fiir  das  Ge- 
sellschaftsjahr  vom  Nov.,  1864,  bis  ende  Marz,  1866.     8vo  pamph. 
Bremen.     1866. 
Naturforschender  Verein  in  Briinn. 

Verhandlungen.     Band  IV.     1865.     8vo.     Briinn.     1866. 

Niessl  (Prof.  G.  V.).     Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Genauigkeit  des 
Nivellirens  und  Distanzmessens  nach  der  Stampfer'schen  Methode. 
[Separat-Abdruck   aus    den    Verhand.    des    Naturfor.    Verein    in 
Briinn.     1864  et  seq.]     8vo  pampb.     Briinn.     1864. 
Naturwissenschaf dicker  Verein,  Carhruhe. 

Verhandlungen.      Erstes    u    Zweites     Heft.      4to.      Carlsruhe. 
1864-66. 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Danzig. 

Schriften,  Neue  Folge.    Band  I.     Heft.  3,  4.    Band  II.     Heft  1. 
8vo.     Dantzic.     1866. 
Verein  fiir  Erdkunde,  Darmstadt. 

Notizblatt  des  Vereins  fiir  Erdkunde  und  verwandte  Wissenschaft- 
en  zu  Darmstadt.    3  Folge.    Heft.  4,  5.    Nos.  37  -  60.    8vo.    Darm- 
stadt.    1865,  1866. 
Kais.  Leopold.  Carolinische  Akademie  der  Naturforscher. 

Nova    Acta.      Vol.   XXXII.     Pars  II.      Vol.    XXXIII.     4to. 
Dresden.     1867. 
Verein  fur  Erdkunde  zu  Dresden. 

Erster  Jahresbericbt  (Zweiter  Abdruck) :  Zweiter  Jahresbericht. 
2  pamph.     8vo.     Dresden.     1865. 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Emden. 

Einundfunfzigster     Jahresbericht.      1865.      Zweiundfunfzigster. 

1866.  2  pamph.     8vo.     Emden.     1866,  1867. 

Festschrift  der  naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  ....  herausgege- 
ben  in  Veranlassung  der  Jubelfeier  ihres  50  jahrigen  Bestehens  am 
29  Dec,  1864.     Von  der  Direktion.     4to  pamph.     Emden. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER  13,   1868.  77 

Die  Resrenverhaltnisse  des  Konigreichs  Hannover  nebst  ausfuhr- 
licher  Darstellung  aller  den  atmospharischen  Niederschlag  und  die 
Verdunstung  betreffenden  Grossen  ....  von  Dr.  M.  A.  F.  Prestel. 
4to  pamph.     Eraden.     18G4. 
Zoohgische  GeseUschaft,  Frankfurt  am  Main. 

Zoologische  Garten.  Jahrgang  VII.,  VIII.,  IX.     Nos.  1-6.    8vo. 
Frankfurt  a.  M.     1866-68. 
Aerztlicher  Verein. 

Jahresbericht   ueber   die   Verwaltung   des  Medicinalwesens  die 
Krankenanstalten    und    die   Oeffentlichen    Gesundheitsverhaltnisse 
der  Freien  Stadt  Frankfurt.    Jahrgang  VIII.    1864.    8vo.     Frank- 
furt a.  M.     1867. 
GeseUschaft  deutscher  Naturforscher  unci  Aerzte. 

Taeeblatt  der  41  Versammlung  in  Frankfurt  am  Main  vom   18 
bis  24  Sept.,  1867.     4to  pamph.     Frankfurt  a.  M.     1867. 
Konigl.  Scichsische  Bergakademie. 

Die  Fortschritte  der  berg-  und  huttenmannischen  Wissenschaften 
in  den  letzten  hundert  Jahren.  Als  zweiter  Theil  der  Festschrift 
zum  hundertjahrigen  Jubilaum  der  Konigl.  Sachs.  Bergakademie 
zu  Freiberg.     8vo.     Freiberg.     1867. 

Festschrift   zum   hundertjahrigen   Jubilaum    der    Konigl.   Sachs. 
Bergakademie  zu  Freiberg,  am  30  Juli,  1866.     Roy.  8vo.     Dres- 
den.    1866. 
Oberlaxisitzische  GeseUschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  Gorlitz. 

Neues  Lausitzisches  Magazin.     Band.  XLIIL,  XLIV.     Heft  1. 
8vo.     Gorlitz.     1866,  1867. 
Konigl.  GeseUschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  Gottingen. 

Abhandlungen.     Band.  XII.,  XIII.    4to.    Gottingen.     1866-68. 
Nachrichten  von   der   Georg-Augusts-Universitat  und   der  Konigl. 
Gesellsch.  der  Wissenschaften  aus  dem  Jahre  1866-67.     2  vols. 
16mo.     Gottingen.     1866,  1867. 
Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche  GeseUschaft  zu  Jena. 

Jenaische  Zeitschrift  fur  Medicin  und  Naturwissenschaft.     Band 
II.     Heft  2:    III.  Heft.  2,  3,  4.     8vo.     Leipzig.     1865-67. 
Konigl.  Physikalisch- Okonomische  GeseUschaft,  Konigsberg. 

Scbriften.     6e  Jahrgang.  1865.    Abth.  1,  2.    7e  Jahrgang.    1866. 
Heft.  1,  2.     2  vols.     4to.     Konigsberg.     1865,  1866. 
Konigl.  Scichsische  GeseUschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  Leipzig. 

Abhandluugen,  Philol.-Histor.  Classe.     Band  V.     No.  2.    Math.- 


78  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Phys.  Classe.    Band  VIII.    Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5.    8vo.    Leipzig.    1866, 
1867. 

Berichte  iiber  die  Verhandlungen.     Math.-Phys.  Classe.     Band. 
XVII.,  XVIIL,  XIX.     Nos.  1, 2.     Philol.-Histor.    Classe.     Band. 
XVII.,  XVIII.,  XIX.     No.  1.     8vo.     Leipzig.     1865-67. 
Geselhchaft  zur  Befordericng  der  gesammten  Naturwissenschaften  zu 
Marburg. 

Schriften.       Supplement-Heft.       4to.       Marburg    and    Leipzig. 
1866. 
Konigl.  Bayerische  Ahademie  der  Wissenchaften,  Munchen. 

Abhandlungen,  Pbilos.  -  Philol.  Classe.  Band  X.  Abth.  3 : 
XL  Abtb.  1.  Histor.  Classe.  Band  IX.  Abth.  3  :  X.  Abth.  1. 
Math.-Phys.  Classe.     Band  X.     Abth.  1.     4to.     Munchen.     1866. 

Sitzungsberichte,  1865.  Band  II.  1866.  Band.  I.,  II.  1867. 
Band.  I.,  II.     Heft.  1,  2.     8vo.     Munchen. 

Annalen  der  Sternwarte.  Ver  Supplementband.  8vo.  Munchen. 
1866. 

Liebig  (Justus  Freihem  von).  Die  Entwicklung  der  Ideen  in  der 
Naturwissenschaft.     Rede.     4to  pamph.     Munchen.     1866. 

Schlagintweit  (Emil).  Die  Gottesurtheile  der  Indier.  Rede. 
4to  paraph.     Munchen.     1866. 

Bauernfeind  (Dr.  Carl  Maximilian).  Die  Bedeutung  moderner 
Gradmessungen.     Vortrag.     4to  pamph.     Munchen.     1866. 

Kobell  (Franz  von).  Die  Urzeit  der  Erde.  Ein  Gedicht. 
16mo  pamph.     Munchen.     1856. 

BischofF  (Dr.  Th.  L.  Prof,  der  Anat.  u  Physiol,  in  Munchen). 
Ueber  die  Verschiedenheit  in  der  Schiidelbildung  des  Gorilla, 
Chimpanse,  und  Orang-Outang,  vorziiglich  nach  Geschlecht  und 
Alter,  nebst  einer  Bemerkung  iiber  die  Darwinsche  Theorie.  Mit 
22  lithog.  Tafeln.     Vol.  4to  and  Atlas  fol.     Munchen.     1867. 

Ueber  die  Brauchbarkeit  der  in  verschiedenen  Europaischen 
Staaten  veroffentlichen  Resultate  des  Recrutirungs-Geschaftes  zur 
Beuertheilung  des  Entwicklungs-und  Gesundheits-Zustandes  ihrer 
Bevolkerungen.     8vo  pamph.     Munchen.     1867. 

Brunn  (Dr.  Heinrich).  Ueber  die  sogenannte  Leukothea  in  der 
Glyptothek  Sr.  Majestat  Konig  Ludwigs  I.  Vortrag.  4to  pamph. 
Munchen.     1867. 

Giesebrecht  (Dr.  Wilhelm  von).  Ueber  einige  altere  Darstellun- 
gen  der  deutschen  Kaiserzeit.  Vortrag.  4to  pamph.  Munchen. 
1867. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    OCTOBER    13,  1868.  79 

Naturhistorische  Gesellschaft  zu  Number g. 

Abhandlungeu.     Band  III.     Halfte  2.     8vo.    Nurnberg.     1866. 
Konigl.  Bbhmische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften  in  Prag. 

Abliandlungen.     5  Folge.     Band  XIV.     4to.     Prag.     1866. 
Sitzungsberichte,    Jabrgang.    1865.  1,    2  :     1866.    1,    2.       8vo. 
Prag.     1865-67. 
K.  K.  Sternwarte  zu  Pray. 

Magnetiscbe  und  Meteorologiscbe  Beobachtungen.    Vols.  XXVI., 
XXVII.     4to.     Prag.     1866,  1867. 
Konigl.  Bayerische  Botanische  Gesellschaft  in  Regensburg. 

Flora  oder  allgemeine  botanische  Zeitung.     Neue  Reihe.     XXV. 
Jabrgang.     8vo.     Regensburg.     1867. 
Entomologischer  Verein  zu  Stettin. 

Entomologische  Zeitung.     28  Jabrgang.     8vo.     Stettin.     1867. 
Deutsche  Ornithologe- Gesellschaft,  Stuttgart. 

Bericht    liber  die  XIV.  Versammlung  Deutschen    Ornithologen 
Gesellschaft  im  "  Waldkater,"   zu    Halberstadt  und  Braunschweig 
vom  29  Sept.  bis  2  Oct.,  1862.     8vo.     Stuttgart. 
Kaiserliche  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften,  Wien. 

Denkschriften.  Philos.-Histor.  Classe.  Band.  XIV.,  XV.  4to. 
Vienna.     1865-67. 

Math.-Naturw.  Classe.      Band.    XXV.,   XXVI.      4to.      Wien. 
•     1866,  1867. 

Register  zu  den  Banden  I. -XIV.  Denkschriften  Phil.  Hist. 
Classe.  I.     4to.     Vienna.-   1866. 

Sitzungsberichte.  Philos,-Histor.  Classe.  Band.  L. -LVI.  Heft. 
1,  2.  Math.-Naturw.  Classe.  Band  L.  -  LVI.  8vo.  Vienna. 
1865-67. 

Register  zu  den  Banden  41  bis  50  Sitz.  der  Philos.-Histor.  Classe. 
V.     8vo.     1866. 

Alraanach.  16  Jahrg.  1866.  Fur  1851,  1857,  1867.  16mo. 
Vienna. 

Anzeiger.      Jahrg.    III.,  IV.,   V.      Nos.  1  -  20.     8vo.     Vienna. 
1866-68. 
K.  K.   Geographische   Gessellschaft,  Wien. 

Mittheilungen.       Jahrgang  VIII.  Heft  2,  IX.      8vo.      Vienna. 
1864, 1865. 
K.  K.   Gcologische  Reichsanstalt,  Wien. 

Jahrbuch,  Band.  XII.  No.  3,  XVI.,  XVII.,  XVIII.  No.  1.  8vo. 
Vienna.     1862-68. 


80  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Die  Fossilen  Mollusken  des  Tertiasr  Beckens  von  Wien.     Von 
Dr.  Moritz  Homes.     Band  II.   Nos.  7,  8.  Bivalven.    4to.    Vienna. 
K.  K.  Zoologisch-Botanische   Gesellchaft,  Wien. 

Verhandlungen.  Band  XV,  XVI.,  XVII.  8vo.  Vienna. 
1865-67. 

Neilrich  (Dr.  August).  Nachtrage  zur  Flora  von  Nieder  Oester- 
reich  ....  herausg.  von  der  K.  K.  Zool.  Bot.  Gesell.  8vo. 
Vienna.     1866. 

Contribuzione  pella  Fauna  dei  Molluschi  Dalmati  per  Spiridione 
Brusina.  (Edito  per  cura  dell'  Imperiale  e  B-eale  Societa  Zool.  Bot. 
di  Vienna.  Compreso  nel  XVI.  Vol.  dejli  Atti  della  Societa  per 
l'anno  1866.)     8vo  pamph.     Vienna.     1866. 

Beitrag  zu  einer  Monographic  der  Sciarinen,  von  Job.  Winnertz 
in  Crefeld.     8vo.     Vienna.     1867. 

Die  Diatomeen  der  Hohen  Tatra.  Bearbeitet  von  J.  Schumann. 
8vo.     Vienna.     1867. 

Diacmosen  der   in  Ungarn    und    Slavonien    bisher   beobachteten 
Gefjisspflanzen  welche  in  Koch's  Synopsis  nicht  enthalten  sind.    8vo. 
Vienna.     1867. 
Nassauischer  Verein  fur  Naturhunde. 

Jahrbuch.     Heft.  19, 20.     8vo.     Wiesbaden.     1864-66. 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Basel. 

Verhandlungen.     Theil.  L,  II.,  III.,  IV.    8vo.     Basel.  1857  -  67. 

Festschrift  herausgegeben  von  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft 
....  zur  Feier  des  funfzigjahrigen  Bestehens  1867.  8vo  pamph. 
Basel.     1867. 

Ueber  die  physikalischen  Arbeiten  der  Societas  physica  helvetica 
1751-1787.     Festrede  gehalten  bei  der  Feier  des  funfzigjahrigen 
Bestehens  ....  am  4    Mai,  1867.     Von  Dr.   Fritz    Burckhardt, 
d.z.     Pras  der  Gesellschaft.     8vo  pamph.     Basel.     1867. 
Naturforschende  Gesellschaft  in  Bern. 

Mittheilungen.     1865,  1866.     8vo.     Bern.     1866,  1867. 
Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Bistoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve. 

Memoires.  Tomes XVIIL,  XIX.  Pt.I.  4to.  Geneva.  1866,1867. 
Schioeizerische  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 

Verhandlungen.     49  Versammlung  zu  Genf.   1865.     50  zu  Neu- 
enburg.     1866.     8vo.     Geneva.     Neufchatel. 
Academic  Roy  ale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et  des  Beaux-Arts  de  Bel- 
gique. 

Memoires.  Tomes  XXXV,  XXXVI.  4to.    Brussels.    1865-67. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,   1868.  81 

Bulletins.       2e    Serie.       Tomes    XX.,    XXI.,    XXII.,    XXIII. 

8vo.     Brussels.     1865-67. 

Memoires  Couronnes.  Coll.  in  8vo.  Tome  XVIII.  8vo. 
Brussels.     1866. 

Annuaire  de  l'Academie.    1866-67.    18mo.    Brussels.    1866,1867. 

Tables  Generales  et  Analytiques  du  Recueil  des  Bulletins. 
2e  Serie.     Tomes  I. -XX.     1857-66.     8vo.     Brussels.     1867. 

Instructions  pour  1'Observatiou  des  Phenomenes  Periodiques 
(par  A.  Quetelet).     8vo  pamph.     Brussels.     1853. 

Quatrieme  Rapport  Decennal  sur  les  Travaux  de  la  Classe  des 
Lettres  et  des  Sciences  Morales  et  Politiques  (1851  —  60).  Par  M. 
Thonissen,  Membre  de  l'Academie.  (Extr.  des  Bulletins.  2e  Ser. 
Tome  XIX.     No.  5.)     8vo  pamph.     Brussels.     1865. 

Cinquantieme  Anniversaire  de  la  Reconstitution  de  l'Academie 
(1816-66).  (Extr.  des  Bull.  2e  Ser.  Tome  XXI.  No.  5.) 
8vo  pamph.     Brussels.     1866. 

Statistique  et  Astronomic  Par  M.  Ad.  Quetelet.  (Extr.  des  Bull, 
de  l'Acad.  Roy.  de  Belgique.  2e  Ser.  Tome  XVII.  No.  1.)  8vo 
pamph.     Brussels.  ■ 

Communications.  Observation  de  l'Eclipse  de  Lune.  Etoiles 
Filantes.  Sur  les  Orages  observes  en  Belgique.  Par  M.  Ad. 
Quetelet.  (Extr.  des  Bull,  de  l'Acad.  Roy.  de  Belgique.  2e  Ser. 
Tome  XX.     Nos.  9  et  10.)     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 

Sur  les  Epoques  comparees  de  la  Feuillaison  et  de  la  Floraisson 

a  Bruxelles,  a  Stettin  et  a  Vienne.    Par  M.  M.  A.  Quetelet,  Linster 

de  Pulkowa  et  Ch.  Fritsch  de  Vienne.     (Extr.  des  Bull,  de  l'Acad. 

Roy.  de  Belgique.     Tome  XIX.     No.  4.)     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 

Observatoire  Royal  de  Bruxelles. 

Annales.     Tome  XVII.     4  to."     Brussels.     1866. 

Annuaire.     1867   (34  Annee).     18mo.     Brussels.     1866. 

Observations  des  Phenomenes  Periodiques  pendant  l'Annee  1864. 
4to  pamph.     Brussels. 

Meteorologie  de  la  Belgique  comparee  a  celle  du  Globe.     Par 
Ad.   Quetelet,   Direct,  de  l'Obs.  Roy.  de  Bruxelles.     8vo  pamph. 
Brussels  et  Paris.     1867. 
Academie  d'Archeologie  de  Belgique. 

Tome  XXI.     2e  Serie.     Tome  I.     8vo.     Antwerp.     1865. 
Societe  Imperiale  d'  Agricidture,  Sciences  et  Arts  d Angers. 

Memoires.  Tome  IX.  Pt.  I.  No.  2.  Nouv.  Periode.  Tome  X., 
VOL.   VIII.  11 


82  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

2e   Trimestre :    Tome    II.,    3e    et    4e    Trimestres.      8vo.      Angers. 
1866, 18G7. 
Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen. 
Memoires.     1866,1867,1868.     8vo.     Caen.     1866-68. 
Societe  de  Linneene  de  Normandie. 

Bulletin.     Vol.    IX.    1863,    1864:    Vol.  X.   1864,    1865.     8vo. 
Caen.     1865-66. 
Societe  Imperiale  des  Sciences  Naturelles  de  Cherbourg. 

Memoires.     Tomes  XL,  XII.    8vo.    Paris  et  Cherbourg.     1865, 
1866. 
Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-lettres  de  Dijon. 

Memoires.     2e  Serie.     Tomes  XII.,  XIII.     Annee  1864,  1865, 
8vo.     Dijon  et  Paris.     1865,1866. 
Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Lyon. 

Memoires.       Classe  des   Sciences,      Tome    XIII.,   XIV.,   XVI. 
8vo.     Lyons.     1863—67. 
Societe  Imperiale  d'Agriadture,  etc.,  de  Lyon, 

Annales  des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Naturelles,  dAgriculture,  et 
dTndustrie.    3e  Ser.    Tomes  IX.,  X.    8vo.    Lyons  et  Paris.    1865, 
1866. 
Academie  des  Sciences  et  Lettres  de  Montpellier. 

Memoires  de  la  Section  de  Medecine.     Tome  IV-     Fasc.  1,  2. 
Annee  1863  -  64  :  de  la  Section  des  Sciences.     Tome  VI.     Fasc.  1. 
Annee  1864.     4to.     Montpellier.     1863,  1864. 
Societe  Industrielle  de  Mulhouse. 

Bulletin.      Tome   XXXVIII.      Nos.   1-5.      8vo.      Mulhouse. 
1868. 
Institut  Imperiale  de  France.     Academie  des  Sciences. 

Comptes  Rendus.    Tomes  LXII.  -  LXVI.    No.  23.    4to.     Paris. 
1866-68. 
Societe  de  Geographic 

Bulletin.     Ser.  5.     Tomes  X.- XV.     8vo.     Paris.     1865-68. 
Societe  Geologique  de  France. 

Histoire  des  Progres  de  la  Geologie  de  1834  a  1859,  par  A.  D. 
Archiac,  publiee  par  la  Societe"  Geologique  de  France,  sous  les 
Auspices  de  M.  le  Ministre  de  l'lnstruction  Publique.  Tomes 
II.  -  VIII.     8vo.     Paris.      1848  -  60. 

Bulletin  de  la  Socigte  Geologique.  2e  Ser.  Tomes  XVII. - 
XXIV.,  XXVIII.     No.  1.     8vo.     Paris.     1860-68. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    OCTOBER    13,  1868.  83 

Societe  de  Protection  des  Apprentis-  et  des  Enfants  des  Manufactures. 

Bulletin.     Nos.  1,  2,  3.     8vo.     Paris.     1867. 
Societe  Imperiale  Zoologique  d' Acclimatation. 

Bulletin.  Tome  III.   No.  4  :  V.  No.  5.     8vo.    Paris.    1866-68. 
Academie  des  Sciences,  Belles-Lettres  et  Arts  de  Rouen. 

Precis   Analytiques  des  Travaux  de  1' Academie  Imperiale   des 
Sciences,  etc.,  pendant  l'Annee  1864-65.     8vo.     Rouen.     1865. 
Societe  des  Sciences  JVaturelles  de  Strasbourg. 

Memoires.     Tome  VI.     ler  Livr.     4to.     Strasbourg.     1866. 
Accademia  delle  Scienze  delV  Instituto  di  Bologna. 

Memoire.     Ser.   2.     Tomo  IV.,  V.,  VI.     4to.     Bologna.     1866, 
1867. 

Rendiconto   delle    Sessioni    dell'   Accademia    Anno    Accademico 
1864-65:    1865-66:1866-67.     8vo.     Bologna.     1866,1867. 
Accademia  Gioenia  di  Scienze  Naturali. 

Relazione  dei   Lavori   Scientific!  trattati  nell  anno  XXXX.  dell 
Accademia  ....  letta  nell'   Arlunaza   Gen   di    Giugno   1866   dal 
Carimelo    Scinto    Patti,   Ingegnere,   Arcbitetto,   etc.     (Extr.  dagli 
Atti  dell'  Accad.     Vol.  I.     Ser.  3.)      4to.     Catania.     1867. 
Societa  Reale  di  Napoli. 

Atti    dell'    Accademia    delle     Scienze    Fisiche    e   Matematiche. 
Vol.11.     4to.     Naples.     1865. 

Rendiconto  ....  Anno     III.       Anno    IV.     Fasc.    1  - 12 :    V. 
Fasc.  1  -  12  :  VI.  Fasc.  1  -  5.     4to.     Naples.     1864  -  67. 
R.  Istituto  Tecnico  di  Palermo. 

Giornale  di  Scienze  Naturali  ed  Economiche.     Vols.  I.,  II.,  III. 
Fasc.  1,  2,  3.     4to.     Palermo.     1866,  1867. 
Reale  Accademia  delle  Scienze  di  Torino. 

Memoire.     Serie   Seconda.     Tomo  XXI.,  XXII.,  XXIII.     4to. 
Turin.     1864-66. 

Atti  dell  R.  Accademia.    Vols.  I.,  II.    8vo.    Turin.    1866,1867. 
Real  Academia  de  Oiencias  de  Madrid. 

Libros  del  Saber  de  Astronomia  del  Rey  D'Alfonso  X.  de  Castilla. 
Tomo  IV.     Folio.     Madrid.     1866. 
Real  Observatorio  de  Madrid. 

Anuario.     Ano  VIII.     1868.     8vo.     Madrid.     1867. 
Observaciones  Meteorologicas  efectuadas  en  el  Real  Observatorio 
de  Madrid  desde  1°  di   Diciembre  de  1865  al  30  de  Noviembre  de 
1866.     8vo.     Madrid.     1867. 


84  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Resumen  de  las  Observaciones  Meteorologicas  en  la  Peninsula 
desde  1°  Diciernbre  de  1865  al  30  de  Noviembre  de  1866.  8vo. 
Madrid.     1867. 

Informe  del  Director  de  Real  Observatorio  Astronomico  y  Mete- 
orologico  de   Madrid  al   Excnio.  Sr.    Comisario  Regio  del  misrao 
Establecimiento.     8vo  paraph.     Madrid.     1867. 
Observatorio  de  Marina  de  San  Fernando. 

Almanaque  Nautico  para  el  ano  1868,  1869,  calculado  de   Orden 
de  S.  M.  en  el  Observatorio  de  Marina  de  la  Cindad  de  S.  Fernando. 
2  vols.     8vo.     Cadiz.     1866,  1867. 
British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Report  of  the  Thirty-Fifth  Meeting  held  at  Birmingham,  Septem- 
ber, 1865:  Thirty-Sixth  held  at  Nottingham,  August,  1866.  2  vols. 
8vo.     London.     1866,  1867. 
Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Journal.   Vols.  IV.,  V.   Nos.  35  -  66.    8vo.    Dublin.    1865,1866. 
Dublin  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science.     Vol.  VI.     8vo.     London 
and  Edinburgh.      1866. 
Royal  Irish  Academy. 

Transactions.  Vol.  XXIV.  Antiquities.  Parts  V.,  VI.,  VII. 
Sciences.  Parts  V.,  VII.,  VIII.  Polite  Literature.  Part  III. 
4to.     Dublin.     1866,  1867. 

Proceedings.     Vol.  IX.     Part  IV.     8vo.     Dublin.     1867. 
Royal  Geological  Society  of  Ireland. 

Journal.     Vol.1.     1864-67.     8vo.     Dublin.     1867. 
Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh. 

Transactions.  Vol.  XXIV.  Part  II.  For  the  Session  1865-66. 
4to.     Edinburgh. 

"  Proceedings.      Vol.    V.       No.    68.      Session    1865  -  66.       8vo. 
Edinburgh. 
Chemical  Society  of  London. 

Journal.    Ser.  2.    Vols.  IV.,  V,  VI.     Nos.  1,  2,  3.     8vo.     Lon- 
don.    1866-68. 
Geological  Society  of  London. 

Quarterly  Journal.  Vols.  XXII.,  XXIII.,  XXVI.  Part  I.  8vo. 
London.      1866-68. 

List  of  the  Geological  Society.     November  1,  1866,  1867.     8vo. 
London. 
Linnean  Society  of  London. 

Transactions.     Vol.  XXV.     4to.     London.     1866. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,   1868.  85 

General  Index.     Vols.  I.-XXV,     4to.     London.     1867. 

Journal.  Botany.  Vol.  IX.  Nos.  35  -  39.  Zoology.  Vol. 
VIII.  Nos.  31,  32.  Vol.  IX.  Nos.  33-35.  8vo.  London. 
1865,  1866. 

List  of  the  Society.     1866.     8vo  pamph. 
Ray  Society. 

A  Monograph  on  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Shoul- 
der-Girdle   and    Sternum    in    the    Vertebrata.      By    W.    Kitchen 
Parker,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  Z.  S.     4to.     London.     1868. 
Royal  Astronomical  Society. 

Memoirs.     Vols.  XXXV,  XXXVI.     4to.     London.     1867. 
Royal  Geographical  Society  of  London. 

Journal.  Vols.  XIX. -XXII.,  XXV. -XXXVI.  8vo.  Lon- 
don.    1849-66. 

General  Index  to  First  and  Second  Ten  Vols.     8vo.     1844-53. 

Proceedings.  Vol.  XI.  Session  1866.  Nos.  1-6.  8vo. 
London.     1867. 

Catalogue  of  the  Library.     May,  1865.     8vo.     London.     1865. 
Royal  Horticultural  Society  of  London. 

Proceedings,  N.  S.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  4  - 10.  8vo.  London. 
1866-68. 

Journal,  N.  S.    Vol.  I."    Parts  III.,  IV  :  Vol.  II.     Part  V    8vo. 
London.     1866-68. 
Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain. 

Proceedings.    Vols.  IV.,  V.    Parts  I.,  II.    8vo.     London.     1867. 
Royal  Society  of  London. 

Philosophical  Transactions.  Vols.  CLV.  -  CLVII.  4to.  Lon- 
don.    1865-67. 

Proceedings.  Vols.  XIV,  XV,  XVI.  Nos.  94-100.  8vo. 
London.     1865-68. 

List  of  Fellows.     1865,  1866,  1867.     4to. 

Researches  on  Solar  Physics.  By  Warren  De  La  Rue,  Balfour 
Stewart,  and  Benjamin  Loewy.  First  Series,  on  the  Nature  of  Sun- 
Spots.     4to  pamph.     London.     1865. 

Stonyhurst  College  Observatory.  Results  of  Meteorological  and 
Magnetical  Observations.      1865.     Pamph.     Clitheroe. 

Astronomical  and  Magnetical  and  Meteorological  Observations 
made  at  the  Royal  Observatory,  Greenwich,  in  the  Years  1864 
and  1865.     4to.     London.     1866,  1867. 


86  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Catalogue  of   Scientific  Papers   (1800  -  63)  compiled  and  pub- 
lished by  the  Royal  Society  of  London.     Vol.  I.  (A  -  Clu.)     4to. 
London.      1867. 
Society  of  Arts,  Manufactures,  and  Commerce. 

Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts  and  of  the  Institutions  in  Union. 
Vols.  XIV.,  XV.     4to.     London.     1866,  1867. 
Statistical  Society  of  London. 

Journal.     Vols.    XXIX.,  XXX.     Parts  L- III.     8vo.    London. 
1866,  1867. 
Zoological  Society  of  London. 

Transactions.      Vols.    V.,    VI.       Parts    I.  -  IV.     4to.     London. 
1866,  1867. 

Proceedings  for  the  Years  1865,  1866,  1867.     Parts  I.,  II.    8vo. 
London.     1866,  1867. 

Report  of  the  Council  of  the  Zoological  Society  ....  read  at 
the  Annual  General  Meeting,  April  30,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Lon- 
don.    1866. 
Lnstitution  of  Civil  Engineers,  London. 

Transactions.     Vols.  I.,  II.,  III.     4to.     London.     1838-42. 

Proceedings.     Vols.  I.  -  XXVI.     8vo.     London.     1848  -  67. 

General  Index.     Vols.  I.  -  XX.     8vo.     London.     1865. 

Catalogue  of  the  Library,  2d  edition,  corrected  to  December  31, 
1865,  with  an  Appendix.     8vo.     London.     1866. 

Charter,  By-Laws,  and  List  of  Members.     8vo.     London.     1867. 
British  Government. 

Verification    and    Extension    of    LaCaille's    Arc    of    Meridian 
at  the  Cape  of   Good    Hope.      By  Sir  Thomas   Maclear,  Astron. 

Roy.  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 2  vols.     4to.     London. 

1866. 

Comparisons  of  the  Standards  of  Length  of  England,  France, 
Belgium,  Prussia,  Russia,  India,  Australia,  made  at  the  Ordnance 
Survey  Office,  Southampton,  by  Captain  A.  R.  Clarke,  R.  E., 
F.  R.  S.,  etc.,  under  the  direction  of  Colonel  Sir  Henry  James, 
R.  E.,  F.  R.  S.,  etc.  Published  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of  State 
for  War.  4to.  London.  1866. 
Literary  and  Philosophical  Society,  Manchester. 

Memoirs.     Ser.  3.     Vol.  II.     8vo.     London.     1865. 

Proceedings.     Vols.  III.,  IV.     8vo.     Manchester.     1864,1865. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    OCTOBER    13,   1868.  87 

Government  of  India. 

Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.  Vol.  IV.  Part  III. : 
V.  Part.  I.     8vo.     Calcutta.     1865. 

Palaeontologia  Indica.  Ser.  3.  Parts  VI.  -  IX.  Ser.  4. 
Part  I.     4to.     Calcutta.     1865. 

Geological  Survey  of  India.  Annual  Report,  1864-65.  8vo 
pamph.     Calcutta.     1865. 

Catalogue  of  the  Organic  Remains  belonging  to  the  Echinoder- 
mata.     8vo  pamph.     Calcutta.     1865. 
Government  of  Bengal. 

Report  on  the  Calcutta    Cyclone  of  the  5th  October,  1864,  by 
Lieutenant-Colonel    J.     E.     Gastrell,    and    Henry    F.     Blanford, 
A.  R.  S.  M.  .  .  .  .  Printed  and  published   for  the  Government  of 
Bengal.     8vo.     Calcutta.     1866, 
Royal  Society  of  Tasmania. 

Monthly  Notices  of  Papers  and  Proceedings.  1863,  1864,  1865. 
3  pamph.     8vo.     Hobart  Town. 

Report  for  the  Years  1862,  1863,  1864,  1865.  4  pamph.  8vo. 
Hobart  Town  and  Tasmania. 

Catalogue  of  Plants  in  the  Royal  Society's  Gardens,  Queen's 
Park,  Hobart  Town,  Tasmania.     8vo  pamph.     Tasmania.     1857. 

Catalogue  of  Plants  under  Cultivation  in  the  Royal  Society's 
Gardens.     8vo  pamph.     Tasmania.     1865. 

Results  of  Meteorological  Observations  for  Twenty  Years,  for 
Hobart  Town  ;  made  at  the  Royal  Observatory,  Ross  Bank,  from 
January,  1841,  to  December,  1854;  and  at  the  Private  Observatory, 
from  January,  1855,  to  December,  1860,  inclusive.  4to  pamph. 
Tasmania.     1861. 

Results  of  Twenty-Five  Years'  Meteorological  Observations  for 
Hobart  Town :  together  with  a  Two  Years'  Register  of  the  Prin- 
cipal Atmospheric  Meteors  and  Aurora  Australis.  By  Francis  Ab- 
bott, F.  A.  R.  S.,  etc.  To  which  is  added  a  Meteorological  Summary 
for  Adelaide,  Melbourne,  Sydney,  Auckland,  etc.,  etc.,  as  compiled 
from  their  respective  Records.     4to  pamph.     Tasmania.     1866. 

Results  of  Meteorological  Observations  made  in  Tasmania,  from 
1st  January  to  30th  June,  1865.  For  the  Papers  and  Proceedings 
of  the  Royal  Society 8vo  pamph.     Hobart  Town. 

Results  ....  from  1st  July  to  31st  December,  1865.  8vo  pamph. 
Hobart  Town. 


88  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Abbot   {Henry  L.,  Brevet  Brigadier- General,    U.   S.  A.,  Major   Corps 
of  Engineers). 

Siege  Artillery  in  the  Campaigns  against  Richmond,  with  Notes 
on  the  15-inch  Gun,  including  an  Algebraical  Analysis  of  the  Trajec- 
tory of  a  Shot  in  its  Ricochets   upon  smooth  Water Prof. 

Papers  of  Corps  of  Engineers.    No.  14.    8vo.    Washington.    1867. 

Notes  on  the  Practical  Gauging  of  Rivers.     Read  before  the  Es- 
sayons'  Club   of  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  April  13,  1868.     No.  2. 
Printed  papers.     Pamph.     Printed  on  the  Battalion  Press. 
Abbot  {Samuel  L.,  M.  B.,  etc.). 

International  Sanitary  Conference Report  to  the  Interna- 
tional Sanitary  Conference,  of  a  Commission  from  that  Body  on  the 
Origin,  Endemicity,  Transmissibility,  and  Propagation  of  Asiatic 
Cholera.  Translated  by  Samuel  L.  Abbot,  M.  D.,  etc.  8vo. 
Boston.  1867. 
Adler  {G.J.,  A.  31.) . 

Wilhelm  von  Humboldt's  Linguistical  Studies.  8vo  pamph. 
New  York.     1866. 

The  Poetry  of  the  Arabs  of  Spain.     12mo  pamph.     New  York. 
1867. 
Appleton  {Prof.  John  H.). 

Examination,  by  Chemical  Analysis  and  otherwise,  of  Substances 
emptied  into  the  Public  Waters  of  the  State,  from  Gas  and  other 
Manufactories,  Sewerage,  and  other  Sources,  to  ascertain  if  any  In- 
jury results  therefrom  to  any  of  the  Fisheries  in  said  Public  Waters 
in  the  Vicinity  of  the  City  of  Providence.  1860.  8vo  pamph. 
Providence.  1861. 
Baer{K.  E.  von). 

Berichte  uber  Anmeldung  eines  mit  der  Haut  gefundenen  Mam- 
muths    und  die   Zurbergung   desselben    Ausgerustelte   Expedition. 
8vo.     St.  Petersburg.     1866. 
Bailey  {  W.  W.).     ■ 

Reports    of    Charles    C.    Gregory,  Esq.,  C.  E.,    City  Surveyor, 
and  Loring  W.  Bailey,  Esq.,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  etc. 
University    of  New  Brunswick,  on  Water  Supply  to  the    City  of 
Frederickton.     12mo  pamph.     Frederickton,  N.  B.     1867. 
Barnard  {Rev.  C.  F.). 

Good  News :  A  Monthly  Magazine  of  Social  Science,  Christian 
Charity Yol.  I,     Nos.  1, 2.     12mo.     Boston.     1866-67. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    OCTOBER    13,  1868.  89 

Report  of  the    Superintendent  of  the  Chambers  Street    Chapel. 
12mo  pamph.     Boston.     1866. 
Bemis  {George). 

American  Neutrality :  Its  Honorable  Past,  its  Expedient  Future. 
A  Protest  against  the  proposed  Repeal  of  the  Neutrality  Laws,  and 
a  Plea  for  their  Improvement  and  Consolidation.     8vo.     Boston. 
1866. 
Bigelow  {Jacob,  M.  D.). 

Remarks  on  Classical  and  Utilitarian  Studies,  read  before  the 
American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  December  20,  1866. 
8vo  pamph.     Boston.    1867. 

Modern   Inquiries :    Classical,  Professional,    and  Miscellaneous. 
8vo.     Boston.     1867. 
Boutivell  {Hon.  George  S.). 

Argument  of  George  S.  Boutwell,  one  of  the  Managers  on  the 
part  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  before  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States,  sitting  for  the  Trial  of  Andrew  Johnson,  President  of 
the  United  States,  impeached  of  High  Crimes  and  Misdemeanors, 
April  22  and  23,  1868.  8vo  pamph.  Washington.  1868. 
Bowling  {W.K.,M.D.). 

Historical  Address  to  the  Graduating  Class  of  1868,  in  the  Medi- 
cal  Department   of  the   University   of  Nashville.      2d   ed.      8vo 
pamph.     Nashville,  Tenn. 
Brandt  {Johann  Friedrich). 

Zoogeographische  und  Palasontologische  Beitrage  (aus  B.  II.  der 
2e  Ser.  der  "  Verb,  der  Russ.  Kais.  Min.  Gesell.  zu  St.  Petersburg  " 
besonders  abgedruckt).     8vo.     St.  Petersburg.     1867. 

Mittheilungen  iiber  die  Naturgeschichte  des  Mammuth  oder 
Mamont  (Elephas  primigenius).  8vo  pamph.  St.  Petersburg. 
1866. 

Nochmaliger  Nachweiss  der  Vertilgung  der  Nordischen  oder  Stel- 
ler'schen  Seekuh  (Rhytina  Borealis).    8vo  pamph.    Moscow.     1866. 
Brigham  (  William  T.,  A.  M.). 

Notes  on  the  Volcanoes  of  the  Hawaiian   Islands.     With  a  His'- 
tory  of  their  various  Eruptions.     [From  the  Mem.  of  the  Boston 
Soc.  of  Nat.  Hist.     Vol.  I.     Part  III.]     4to.     Boston.     1868. 
Buchenau  {Dr.  Franz). 

Der  Bluthenstand  der  Juncaceen.  8vo  pamph.  Bremen.  1865. 
VOL.  VIII.  12 


90  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Caligny  (Anatole  de). 

Notice  sur  les  Travaux  Scientifiques  de  M.  Anatole  de  Caligny. 
4to  pamph.     Versailles.     1862. 

Extract  du  Rapport  sur  le  Concours  pour  le  Prix  de  Meeanique. 
[Acad.  Roy.  des  Sc,  Seance  publique,  30  Dec,  1839].  4to 
pamph.     Paris.     1839. 

Rapport  sur  la  Machine  Hydraulique  h  flotteur  oscillant  de  M. 
Caligny.  [Extr.  des  C.  R.  de  lAcad.  des  Sc.  Tome  XIX.  Seance 
du  7  Oct.,  1844.]     4to  pamph.     Paris. 

Rapport  sur  un  Memoire  de  M.  Caligny,  intitule,  Description 
d'une  Machine  Hydraulique.  [Extr.  des  C.  R.  de  l'Acad.  des  Sc, 
13  Jan.,  1840.]     4to  pamph.     Paris. 

Experiences  sur  les  Ajutages  coniques  divergents  alternativement 

plonges  dans  l'Air  et  dans  l'Eau.     [Extr.  des.  C.  R 19  Oct., 

1844.]     4to  pamph.     Paris. 

Experiences  en  grand  sur  un  nouveau  Systeme  d'Ecluses  de  Navi- 
gation, principes  de  Manoeuvres  nouvelles.  Par  A.  de  Caligny.  4to 
pamph.     Paris.     1863. 

Experiences  sur  une  Machine  Hydraulique  a  Tube  Oscillant,  sur 
des  Effets  de  Succion  a  contre-courant,  etc.  Applications  au  Tra- 
vaux Publics  et  a  la  Physique  Generale.  Par  A.  De  Caligny. 
[Extr.  du  Jour,  de  Math.  Pures  et  Appliq.  2e  Ser.  Tome  VII. 
1862.]     4to  pamph.     Paris. 

Experiences  en  grand  sur  un  nouveau  Phenomene  de  Succion 
des  Veines  liquides.  Objections  resolues  par  des  Faits.  Par  A.  de 
Caligny.     4to  pamph.     Paris. 

Notice  Historique  et  Critique  sur  les  Machines  k  Compression 
d'Air  du  Mont-Cenis.  Par  le  Marquis  Anatole  De  Caligny.  4to 
pamph.     Turin.     1860. 

Observations  sur  les  Effets  de  la  Chaleur  dans  les  Siphons  renver- 
s6s  a  trois  Branches  qui  fonctionnent  au  Mont-Cenis.     Lettre  de  M. 
de  Caligny.     [Extr.  de  C.  R.  hebd.  des  Seances  de  FAcad.  des  Sc. 
....  No.  10.     11  Mars,  1861.]     4to  pamph.     Versailles, 
Cotting  (Benjamin  E.,  M.  D.). 

Disease,  —  a  Part  of  the  Plan  of  Creation.  The  Annual  Dis- 
course before  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society,  May  31,  1865. 
8vo.     Boston.     1866. 

An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Clinical  Medicine :  An  Intro- 
ductory Lecture  to  the  Medical  Class  in  the  University  at  Rome, 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,  1868.  91 

Italy.     Translated   from  the  Italian  by  the  Author.     8vo  pamph. 
Boston.     1866. 
Curtis  {Rev.  M.  A.,  D.  D.,  etc.). 

Geological  and  Natural-History  Survey  of  North  Carolina.    Part 
III.      Botany :     Containing  a    Catalogue    of   the    Indigenous   and 
Naturalized  Plants  of  the  State.     8vo.     Raleigh.     1867. 
Daniels  {Edward). 

A  Treatise  on  the  Nohl  Smelting  Furnace  and  Process  for  gen- 
erating Heat  economically.     8vo  pamph.     Chicago.     1867. 
Darrein  {Charles,  M.  A.,  F.  R.  S.,  etc.). 

The  Variation  of  Animals  and  Plants  under  Domestication.     In 
2  vols.    With  Illustrations.     8vo.     London.     1868. 

On  the  various  Contrivances  by  which  British  and  Foreign  Or- 
chids are  fertilized  by  Insects,  and  on  the  good  Effects  of  Intercross- 
ing.    With  Illustrations.     12mo.     London.     1862. 
Davis  {Rear-Admiral  Charles  H.,  Superintendent  of  the  Naval  Obser- 
vatory) . 

Report  on  Interoceanic  Canals  and  Railroads  between   the  At- 
lantic and  Pacific  Oceans.     8vo.     Washington.     1867. 

On  the  Latitude  and  Longitude  of  the  U.  S.  Naval  Observatory, 
Washington,  and  the  Declinations  of  certain  Circumpolar  Stars.  By 
Simon  Newcomb,  Prof.  U.  S.  N.  [Appendix  to  the  Introduction  to 
the  Washington  Astronomical  Observations  for  1864.]  4to  pamph. 
Washington. 
Deane  (  Charles). 

A  True  Relation  of  Virginia.    By  Captain  John  Smith.    With  a>n 
Introduction  and  Notes  by  Charles  Deane.    4to.    Boston.   1866. 
De  La  Rue  {Warren),  Stewart  {Balfour),  and  Loewy  {Benjamin). 

Researches  on  Solar  Physics :  2d  Series  (in  continuation  of  1st 
Series).    Area-measurements  of  the  Sun-Spots  observed  by  Carring- 
ton   during  the  Years   from    1854-60   inclusive,  and   Deductions 
therefrom.     4to  pamph.     London.     1866. 
Derby  {George,  M.  D.). 

An  Inquiry  into  the  Influence  upon  Health  of  Anthracite  Coal, 
when    used   as  Fuel  for  warming    Dwelling-Houses.     With  some 
Remarks   upon    Special   Evaporating   Apparatus.      16mo   pamph. 
Boston.     1868. 
Forbes  {David,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  G.  S,  etc.). 

On   the  Alleged  Hydrothermal  Origin  of  certain  Granites  and 


92  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Metamorphic  Rocks.     [Extr.  from  the  Geolog.  Mag.,  Vol.  IV.  No. 
2,  February,  and  No.  5,  May,  1867.]     2  pamph.     8vo. 
Francis  (James  B.,  Civil  Engineer,  etc.). 

Lowell  Hydraulic  Experiments.  Being  a  Selection  from  Experi- 
ments on  Hydraulic  Motors,  on  the  Flow  of  Water  over  Weirs,  in 
open  Canals  of  uniform  rectangular  Section,  and  through  submerged 
Orifices  and  diverging  Tubes,  made  at  Lowell,  Massachusetts. 
Second  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  with  many  new  Experiments, 
and  illustrated  with  23  Copper-Plate  Engravings.  4to.  New  York. 
1868. 
Frauenfeld  (  George  Hitter  von). 

Zoologische  Miscellen.     IV.,  V.,  VI.     3  pamph.    8vo.     Wien. 
Gajjield  (Thomas). 

Action  of  Sunlight  on  Glass.     [From  Am.  Jour,  of  Sc.  and  Arts. 
September  and  November,  1867.]     8vo  pamph.     New  Haven. 
Garratt  (Alfred  C,  M.  D.,  etc.). 

Medical  Electricity,  embracing  Electro-Physiology  and  Electricity 
as  a  Therapeutic,  with  special  reference  to  Practical  Medicine  : 
showing  the  most  approved  Apparatus,  Methods,  and  Rules  for  the 
Medical  Uses  of  Electricity  in  the  Treatment  of  Nervous  Diseases. 
3d  ed.,  revised  and  illustrated.  8vo.  Philadelphia.  1866. 
Gibbs  (  Wolcott,  M.  D.,  Rumford  Prof,  in  Harvard  University). 

On  Certain  Points  in  the  Theory  of  Atomicities.  [From  Am. 
Jour,  of  Sc.  and  Arts.  Vol.  XLIV.  November,  1867.]  8vo.  New 
Haven. 

Contributions  to    Chemistry,  from   the  Laboratory  of  the  Law- 
rence Scientific  School.     No.  3.      1.  On  a  new  General  Method  of 
Volumetric  Analysis.     [From  Am.   Jour,  of  Sc.  and   Arts.     Vol. 
XLIV.     September,  1867.]     8vo.     New  Haven. 
Goppelsroder  (Br  Friedrich). 

Ueber  die  Chemische  Beschaffenheit  von  Basel's  Grund-Bach- 
Fluss-und  Quell- Wasser,  mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Sani- 
tarischen  Frage  (als  erster  Theil).  Separat-Abdruck  aus  den  Ver- 
handlungen  der  Baslerischen  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft.  Mit 
Neun  Tabelben.     8vo.     Basel.     1867. 

Beitrag  zur  Priifung  der  Kuhmilch.     Mit  besonderer  Beriichsich- 
tigung  der  Milchpolizei.     8vo  pamph.     Basel.     1866. 
Gould  (Benjamin  Apthorp). 

Reduction  of  the  Observations  of  Fixed  Stars,  made  by  Joseph 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,  1868.  95 

Le  Paute  D'Agelet,  at  Paris,  in  1773-1785,  with  a  Catalogue  of 
the  Corresponding  Mean  Places  referred   to  the  Equinox  of  1800. 
[From  the  Mem.  of  the  Nat.  Acad,  of  Science,  Vol.  I.]    4to.   Wash- 
ington.    1866. 
Grebenau  (Heinrich). 

Beitrag     zur    Humphreys-Abbotschen    Theorie    der    Bewegung 
des  Wassers  in   Fliissen  und  Canalen.     Separat  Abdruck  aus  der 
Zeitschrift  des  Osterr.  Ing.  und  Archit.-Vereins  VII.  Heft.    Pamph. 
1867. 
Green  {Samuel  A.,  M.  D.). 

The  New  Complete  System  of  Arithmetic,  composed  for  the  Use 
of  the    Citizens  of  the   United  States.     By   Nicolas  Pike,  A.  M., 
A.  A.  S.     12mo.     "Worcester,  Mass.     1798. 
Haast  (Dr.  Julius,  F.  L.  S.,  F.  G.S.). 

Lecture  on  the  West  Coast  of  Canterbury,  delivered  to  the  Mem- 
bers of  the  Mechanics'  Institute  on  the  Evening  of  Monday,  Sep- 
tember 25,  1865.     Pamph.     Christchurch.     1865. 

Report  on  the  Geological  Exploration  of  the  West  Coast.  Pamph. 
Christchurch.     1865. 

Report  on  the  Geological  Formation  of  the  Timaru  District,  in 
Reference  to  obtaining  a  Supply  of  Water.  Pamph.  Christchurch. 
1865. 

Report  on  the  Headwaters  of  the  River  Waitaki.  Christchurch. 
1865. 

On  the  Lake  Basins  and  Glaciers  of  New  Zealand  ....  with  an 
Introduction  by  Sir  R.  J.  Murchison,  K.  C.  B.,  etc.  [From  the 
Quarterly  Jour,  of  the  Geolog.  Society  for  May,  1865.]  8vo  pamph. 
London. 

Canterbury  Times.     Vol.  I.     No.  22.     December  2,  1865.     4to. 
Newspaper.     Christchurch. 
Hayes  (John  L.). 

Transactions  of  the  National  Association  of  Wool  Manufacturers. 
1865,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1866. 
Hunt  (F.  Sterry). 

Reports  on  the  Gold  Region  of  the  County  of  Hastings.     By  F. 
Sterry  Hunt  and  A.  Michel.     12mo  pamph.     Montreal.     1867. 
Hyatt  (Afpheus). 

Observations  on  Polyzoa,  Sub-Order  Phylactola^mata.  With  9 
plates.  [From  Proc.  Essex  Inst.,  V.,  4  and  5.]  8vo  pamph.  Salem. 
1866-68. 


94  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Jackson  (Charles  T.). 

Colwells,  Shaw,  and  Willard's  Improvements  in  the  Construction 
of  Pipes  for  conducting  Water  and  Liquids  for  Domestic  Use.     8vo 
pamph.     New  York.     1866. 
Jarvis  (Edward,  31.  D.). 

Causes  of  Insanity.  An  Address  delivered  before  the  Norfolk 
(Mass.)  District  Medical  Society,  May  14,  1851.     12mo  pamph. 

On  the  Supposed  Increase  of  Insanity.  By  Edward  Jarvis,  M.  D., 
of  Dorchester  (Mass.).  [Reprinted  from  the  Am.  Jour,  of  Insanity.] 
8vo  pamph. 

Memoir  of  the  Life  and  Character  of  George  Cheyne  Shattuck, 
M.  D.,  late  President  of  the  American  Statistical  Association.  Read 
before  the  Association,  April  12,  1854.  By  Edward  Jarvis,  M.  D. 
8vo  pamph. 

Influence  of  Distance  from,  and  Nearness  to,  an  Insane  Hospital, 
on  its  Use  by  the  People.     By  Edward  Jarvis,  M.  D.     8vo  pamph. 

Address  delivered  at  the  Laying  of  the  Corner-stone  of  the  In- 
sane Hospital  at  Northampton,  Mass.  By  Edward  Jarvis,  M.  D. 
8vo  pamph.     Northampton.     1856. 

On  the  System  of  Taxation  prevailing  in  the  United  States,  and 
especially  in  Massachusetts.  By  Edward  Jarvis,  M.  D.,  Pres.  of 
Am.  Statist.  Assoc.  [Read  before  Sec.  (F.)  of  the  Br.  Assoc,  for 
the  Adv.  of  Sc.  at  Oxford,  3d  July,  I860.]  From  Jour.  Stat.  Soc. 
of  London,  September,  1860.     8vo  pamph. 

Connection  of  Occupation  with  Longevity.  By  Edward  Jarvis, 
Pres.  of  Stat.  Assoc.     8vo  pamph. 

Annual  Report  of  the  School  Committee  of  the  Town  of  Dor- 
chester for  the  Year  ending  March  2,  1868.  8vo  pamph.  Boston. 
1868. 

Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Receipts  and  Expenditures  of 
the  Town  of  Dorchester,  with  Reports  of  the  Selectmen,  etc.,  for 
the  Year  ending  January  31,  1868.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1868. " 

Memorial  (of  the  Trustees  of  the  Worcester  Lunatic  Hospital) 
to  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
Massachusetts,  in  General  Court  assembled.  House  ....  No.  1. 
8vo  pamph.     1865. 

Memorial  of  the  Boston  Sanitary  Association  to  the  Legislature 
of  Massachusetts,  asking  for  the  Establishment  of  a  Board  of  Health, 
and  of  Vital  Statistics.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1861. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,  1868.  95 

Sixth  Census  of  the  United  States.  Memorial  (of  a  Committee 
of  the  Am.  Statist.  Assoc.)  to  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House 
of  Representatives  in  Congress  assembled.     8vo  pamph. 

Thirty-Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Perkins  In- 
stitution, and  Massachusetts  Asylum  for  the  Blind.  October,  1867. 
8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1868. 

Twentieth  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Massachusetts 
School  for  Idiotic  and  Feeble-Minded  Youth.  October,  1867.  8vb 
pamph.     Boston.      1868. 

Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  LXXIV.  No.  8. 
8vo.     Boston.     1866. 

An  Appeal  to  the  Citizens  of  Pennsylvania  for  Means  to  provide 
Additional  Accommodation  for  the  Insane.  24mo  pamph.  Phila- 
delphia.    1854. 

An  Address   delivered  before   the    Berkshire  Medical   Institute, 
•November  24,  1863.     By  Pliny  Earle,  A.  M.,  M.  D.     8vo  pamph. 
Utica,  N.  Y.     1867. 
Jenchs  {Hon.  T.  A.). 

Civil  Service  of  the  United  States.     [Reprinted  from  the  N.  A. 
Review  for  October,  1867.]     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1867. 
Jordan  (  William  Leighton,  F.  R.  G.  S.). 

A  Treatise  on  the  Action  of  Vis  Inertia?  in  the  Ocean.     With 
Remarks  on  the  Abstract  Nature  of  the  Forces  of  Vis  Inertiae  and 
Gravitation,   and   a   new   Theory   of  the   Tides.     8vo.     London. 
1868. 
Kneeland  (Samuel,  M.  D.). 

On  Economy  of  Fuel,  and  the  Consumption  of  Smoke,  as  effected 
by  "  Amory's  Improved  Patent  Furnace,"  with  an  Investigation  of 
the  Principles  involved.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1866. 
Kopp  (E.). 

International   Exhibition,    1862 Reports   by    the   Juries. 

Class  II.     Section  A.     Chemical  Products  and   Processes.     Repor- 
ter :  A.  W.  Hofmann,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  etc.     1  vol.     8vo. 
Lea  (Isaac,  LL.  D.,  etc.). 

Observations    on    the     Genus    Unio,    etc Vol.  XI.      4to 

pamph.     Philadelphia. 

Index  to  Vols.  I.  -  XI.  of  Observations  on  the  Genus  Unio,  etc. 
4to  pamph.     Philadelphia.     1867. 


96  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Mann  (Horace). 

Enumeration  of  Hawaiian  Plants.     [From  Proc.  Am.  Acad,  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.     Vol.  VII.]     8vo  pamph.     Cambridge.     1867. 
Marcou  (Jules). 

Notice  sur.les  Gisements  des  Lentilles  Trilobitiferes  Taconiques 
de  la  Pointe-Levis,  au  Canada.  [Extr.  du  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Geol. 
de  France.  2e  Ser.  Tome  XXI.  p.  236.]  8vo  pamph.  Paris. 
1864. 

Le  Niagara  quinz  Ans  apres.  [Extr.  du  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Geol. 
.  .  .  .  2e  Ser.     Tome  XXII.  p.  190.]     8vo  pamph.     Paris. 

Sur  le   Dyas.     [Extr.  du   Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Geol Se>.  2. 

Tome  XXIII.  p.  284 1866.]     8vo  pamph.     Paris. 

Sur  divers  Armes,  Outils    et    Traces    de   1'Homme    Americain. 

[Extr.  du  Bull Tome  XXIII.  p.  374.    1866.]     8vo  pamph. 

Paris. 

La    Faune  Primordiale  dans  le  Pays  de  Galles  et  la  Geologie 
Californienne.      [Extr.  du  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Geol.  de  France.     2e 
Ser.     Tome  XXIII.  p.  552.     1866.]     8vo  pamph.     Paris. 
Martius    (Carl  Fr.  Ph.  von,  Mittgl.  der  k.  Bay.  Akad.  der   Wissen- 
schaften,  etc.). 

Akademische  Denkreden.     8vo.     Leipzig.      1866. 
Melloni  ( Gav.  Macedonia). 

Elettroscopio,  et  Rapporto  della  Commissione  Nominata  dall'  Acca- 
demia  delle  Scienze  per  eseminare  il  nuovo  Elettroscopio  del  Cav. 
Melloni.     4to  pamph.     Naples.     1854. 
Mutter  (Dr.  Friedrich). 

Reise   der  Osterreichischen  Fregatte  Novara Linguisti- 

scher  Theil.     4to.     Vienna.     1867. 
Newberry  (J.  S.,  M.  D.). 

Description  of  Fossil  Plants  from  the  Chinese  Coal-Bearing  Rocks, 
being  Appendix  No.  1  of  Geological  Researches  in   China,   Mongo- 
lia, and  Japan,  by  Raphael  Pumpelly.     [Extr.  from  Smithson.  Con- 
trib.  to  Knowledge.]     4to  pamph.     Philadelphia.. 
Packard  (A.  S.,  Jr.,  M.D.). 

A  Guide  to  the  Study  of  Insects,  and  a  Treatise  on  those  Inju- 
rious and  Beneficial  to  Crops.  For  the  Use  of  Colleges,  Farm- 
Schools  and  Agriculturists 12mo  pamph.     Salem.     1868. 

Paine  (Martyn,  A.  M,  M.  D.,  LL.  D,  etc.). 

The  Institutes  of  Medicine.  8th  edition.  Revised.  8vo.  New 
York.     1867. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER   13,  1868.  97 

Parker  {Henry  T.). 

Chemical  Handicraft :  A  Classified  and  Descriptive  Catalogue  of 
Chemical  Apparatus  suitable  for  the  Performance  of  Class  Experi- 
ments, for  every   Process  of  Chemical  Research,  etc.   8vo.  Lon- 
don.    18G6. 
Perthes  (Justus). 

Die  Ersten  Aufnahmen  der  Englischen  Armee  in  Abessinien. 
Nov.,  1867,  bis  Jan.,  1868.  Mit  2  Karten  (aus  Petermann's 
Geogr.  Mitth.    1868.    Heft  2).    4to  pamph.     Gotha. 

Chart    of  the    World   on   Mercator's   Projection.      4e   Auflage. 
1   Cht.  in  8  Pts.     Gotha.     1867. 
Pickering  (Edward  C). 

Essay  on  the  Comparative  Efficiency  of  Spectroscope  Prisms  of 
Different  Angles.  [From  Am.  Jour,  of  Sc.  and  Arts.  Vol.  XLV. 
May,  1868.]     8vo  pamph.     New  Haven. 

Eighth  and  Ninth  Annual  Reports  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  to  January  1,  1854,  and  to  January  1, 
1855.     2  vols.     8vo.     Washington.     1854,  1855. 

Annual    Report  ....  for  the    Year    1859.      8vo.       "Washing- 
ton.    1860. 
Pimentel  (D.  Francisco).. 

La    Economia    Politica  aplicada  a  la  Proprietad  Territorial  en 
Mexico.     8vo.     Mexico.     1866. 
Putnam  (O.  G.,  M.J).). 

Diary  of  the   Weather,  kept  by  Dr.   James  Jackson.     July  24, 
1803,  to  July  21,  1804:   June  20,  1826,  to  December  31,  1865. 
12  vols.     Manuscript. 
Quetelet  (Ad.). 

Sciences  Mathematiques  et  Physiques  chez  les  Beiges.  Au  Com- 
mencement du  XIXe  Siecle.     8vo.     Brussels.     1866. 

Annuaire  de  FObservatoire  Royal  de  Bruxelles.  1866.  33e  An- 
nee.     18mo.     Brussels.     1865. 

Observations  des  Phenomenes  Periodiques  pendant  TAnnee  1863. 
[Extr.  du  Tome  XXXVI.  des  Mem.  Acad.  Roy.  de  Belgique.]  4to 
pamph.      Brussels. 

Des  Lois  Mathematiques  concernant  les  Etoiles  Filantes.  [Extr. 
des  Bull,  de  l'Acad.  Roy.  de  Belgique.  2e  Ser.  Tome  XXIII. 
No.  2.    1867.]     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 

Etoiles  Filantes.  Publication  des  Annales  Meteorologiques  de 
VOL.  VLH.  13 


98  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

l'Obs.  Roy.  Sur  l'Heliographie  et  la  Stenographic  Orages  ob- 
serves a  Bruxelles  et  a  Louvain,  du  7  Fevr.  jusqu'a  la  fin  de  Mai. 
[Extr.  des  Bull.]     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 

Communications  sur  le  17me  Volume  des  Ann.  de  l'Obs.  Roy.  de 
Bruxelles.     [Extr.  des  Bull.]     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 

Deux  Lettres  de  Charles-Quint   a  Francois   Rabelais.     Note  de 
M.  Ad.  Quetelet.     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 
Quetelet  (]\f  Ernest). 

Sur  l'Etat  de  F  Atmosphere   a  Bruxelles,  pendant  l'Annee   1865. 
[Extr.  des  Bull,  de  l'Acad.  Roy.  de  Belgique.    2e  Ser.    Tome  XXI. 
No.  2.]     8vo  pamph.     Brussels. 
Quincy  (Edmund). 

Life  of  Josiah  Quincy,  of  Massachusetts.     By  his  Son,  Edmund 
Quincy.     Fourth  edition.     8vo.     Boston.     1867. 
Radcliffe  Trustees. 

Astronomical  and  Meteorological  Observations  made  at  the  Rad- 
cliffe Observatory,  Oxford,  in  the  Year  1863 Vol.  XXIII. 

8vo.     Oxford.     1866.  . 
Kegel  (E.). 

Bemerkungen   fiber   die    Gattungen    Betula    und    Alnus    nebst 

Beschreibung    einiger  neuer  Arten 8vo    pamph.     Moscow. 

1866. 

Enumeratio  Plantarum  in  Regionibus  Cis-  et  Transiliensibus  a 

CI.  Semonovio  Anno  1857  Collectarum Auctoribus,  E.  Regel 

et  F.  ab  Herder.     8vo.     Moscow.     1 866, 
Rice  (Hon.  Alexander  H.). 

Message  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  communicating 
....  Information  in  Relation  to  the  States  of  the  Union  lately  in 
Rebellion.     8vo  pamph.     Washington.     1865. 

Report  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Reconstruction.  12mo  pamph. 
Washington. 

Persons  and  Capital  employed  in  Manufactures.  Letter  from  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  in  Answer  to  a  Resolution  of  the  House 
....  Pamph.     Washington.     1866. 

Oration  on  the  Life  and  Character  of  Henry  Winter  Davis,  de- 
livered in  the  Hall  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  February 
22,  1866.  By  Hon.  John  A.  J.  Creswell.  8vo  pamph.  Wash- 
ington. 

Proceedings  on  the  Death  of  Hon.  Solomon  Foot,  including  the 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     OCTOBER    13,  1868.  99 

Addresses  delivered  in  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  on 
Thursday,  April  12,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Washington. 

Laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  Internal  Revenue,  in  Force 

August  1,  1866,  except  where  otherwise  specially  provided 

Prepared  under  the  Direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  Internal  Rev- 
enue.    8vo.     Washington.     1866. 

Acts  and  Resolutions  of  the  First  Session  of  the  Thirty-Ninth 
Congress,  begun  on  Monday,  December  4,  1865,  and  ended  on  Sat- 
urday, July  28,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Washington. 

Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  transmitting  Report 
upon  the  Mineral  Resources  of  the  States  and  Territories  west  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains.     8vo.     Washington.     1867. 
Scheffier  (Dr.  Hermann). 

Die  Gesetze  des  Raumlichen  Sehens.    Ein  Supplement  der  Phy- 
siologischen    Optik.       Mit.    10    Lithog.    Tafeln.       8vo.       Braun- 
schweig.   1866. 
Schmidt  (L.  W.). 

Scientific  Catalogue.     A  Bibliographical  Guide  to  the  Literature 
of  Science.     8vo.     New  York.     1867. 
Smith  (Henry  Ecroyd). 

Notabilia  of  the  Archaeology  and  Natural  History  of  the  Mersey 
District  during  three  Years,  1863,  1864,  1865.     8vo.      Liverpool. 
1867. 
Spence  (Peter). 

Coal,  Smoke,  and   Sewage.     Scientifically  and    practically  Con- 
sidered.    With  Suggestions  for  the   Sanitary  Improvement  of  the 
Drainage  of  Towns.     12mo  pamph.     Manchester.     1867. 
Spofford  (R.  A.). 

Report  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  for  the  Year  ending  Decem- 
ber 1,  1866.     8vo  pamph.     Washington.     1867. 
Spon  (E.  §  F.  K). 

Catalogue  of  Scientific  Books,  comprising  Agriculture,  Annuities, 
Architecture,  Brewing,  Chemistry,  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, etc.     8vo.     London.     1867. 
Stevens  (Hon.  T.). 

Speech  of  Hon.  T.  Stevens,  of  Pennsylvania,  delivered  in  the 
House  of  Representatives,  March  19,  1867,  on  the  Bill  (H.  R.  No. 
20),  relative  to  Damages  to  Loyal  Men,  and  for  other  Purposes. 
8vo  pamph.     Washington.     1867. 


100  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Store?'  (Prof.  F.  H.). 

Chili.     Notice  Statistique  sur  le  Chili.    8vo  pamph.     Montereau. 

Perou.  Notice  sur  le  Guano  de  Perou.  12mo  paraph.  Havre. 
18G7. 

Studi  sul  Corpo  Luteo  del  Vacca.  Adolfo  Lieben  et  E.  Pic- 
colo. [Estratto  dal  Giornale  di  Scienzi  Naturali  ed  Economiche. 
Vol.  II.]     4to  pamph.     Palermo.     1867. 

Sulla   Costituzione    dei    Carburi     d'Idrogeno    Cn    H2n.       Adolfo 

Lieben.      [Estratto    dal    Giornale Vol.    II.]     4to    pamph. 

Palermo. 

Sintesi  degli  Alcoli  per  mezzo  dell'  Ettere  Clorurato.  Adolfo 
Lieben.  [Estratto  dal  Giornale.  ....  Vol.  II.]  4to  pamph. 
Palermo. 

On  the  alleged  Hydrothermal  Origin  of  certain  Granites  and 
Metamorphic  Rocks.  By  David  Forbes,  F.  R.  S.,  etc.  [Extr.  from 
the  Geological  Magazine,  Vol.  IV.  Nos.  2  and  5.]  2  pamphs.  8vo. 
London.     1867. 

Catalogue  of  Contributions  transmitted  from  British  Guiana  to 
the  Paris  Universal  Exhibition  of  1867.  Printed  for  the  Com- 
mittee of  Correspondence  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  and  Com- 
mercial Society.     8vo.     London.     1867. 

Letter  to  His  Grace  the  Duke  of  Buccleuch,  President  Elect  of 
the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1867  -  68, 
on    the   Quadrature    of  the  Circle.     By  James  Smith,  Esq.     8vo 
pamph.     Liverpool  and  London.     1867. 
Sumner  (Hon.  Charles). 

Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Coast  Survey,  showing  the 
Progress  of  the  Survey  during  the  Years  1863,  1864,  1865.  4to. 
3  vols.     Washington.     1864,  1866,  1867. 

Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Conduct  of  the  War.  On  the 
Attack  of  Petersburg,  on  the  30th  day  of  July,  1864.  8vo. 
Washington.     1865. 

The  One-Man  Power.  Address  delivered  by  Hon.  Charles 
Sumner,  at  the  Music  Hall,  Boston,  October  2, 1866.  12mo  pamph. 
Boston.     1866. 

Speech  of  Hon.  Charles  Sumner,  of  Massachusetts  ....  on 
the  Cession  of  Russian  America  to  the  United  States.  8vo  pamph. 
Washington.     1867. 

Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  War,  in  Answer  to  a  Resolution  of 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:     OCTOBER   13,  1868.  101 

the  House,  of  December  20,  1866,  transmitting  Report  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers,  with  General  Warren's  Report  of  the  Surveys  of  the 
Upper  Mississippi  River  and  its  Tributaries.  8vo  pamph.  Wash- 
ington.    1867. 

Supplemental  Report  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  the  War,  in  two 
vols.     8vo.     Washington.     1866. 

Northwestern  America :  showing  the  Territory  ceded  by  Russia 
to  the  United  States.  Compiled  for  the  Department  of  State,  at  the 
United  States  Coast  Survey  Office.  B.  Peirce,  Superintendent. 
1867.     Map.     Washington.     1867. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution ....  for  the  Year  1866.      8vo.      Washington.     1867. 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Agriculture,  for  the  Year  1866. 
8vo.     Washington.     1867. 

Argument  of  Hon.  Charles  Sumner :  Can  the  Chief  Justice 
presiding  in  the  Senate  rule  or  vote  ?  Unbroken  Series  of  Au- 
thorities against  this  Claim.     8vo  pamph.     Washington.     1868. 

Reconstruction.  Speech  of  Hon.  Lot  M.  Morrill,  of  Maine,  in 
the  Senate  of  the  United  States,  February  5,  1868.  8vo  pamph. 
Washington.     1868. 

Opinion  of  Hon.  Charles  Sumner,  of  Massachusetts,  in  the  Case 
of  the  Impeachment  of  Andrew  Johnson,  President  of  the  United 
States.     12mo  pamph.     Washington.     1868. 

Validity   and  Necessity   of  Fundamental  Conditions    on    States. 
Speech  of  Hon.  Charles  Sumner,  of  Massachusetts,  in  the  Senate 
of  the  United  States,  June  10,  1868.     8vo  pamph.     Washington. 
Trembley  {J.  B.,  M.  D.). 

Annual  Meteorological  Synopsis  for  the  Year  1866,  in  the  City  of 
Toledo,  Ohio.     8vo  pamph.     Toledo. 
Warren  (J.  Mason,  31.  D.,  etc.). 

Surgical  Observations,  with  Cases  and  Operations.     8vo.     Bos- 
ton.    1867. 
Washburn  (Emory,  LL.  D.). 

Testimony  of  Experts.  A  Paper  read  before  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  [From  the  American  Law  Review.] 
8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1866. 

Remarks  :  Policy  and  Management  of  the  Boston  and  Worcester 
Railroad.     8vo  pamph. 


102  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Washington  (Hon.  Peter  G.). 

Oration  delivered  before  the  Association  of  the  Oldest  Inhabitants 
of  the  District  of  Columbia,  in  Washington,  4th  of  July,  1867.    12mo 
pamph.     Washington.     1867. 
Wetherill  (Charles  M.,  PL  D.,  M.  D.,  etc.). 

Experiments  on  Itacolumite  (Articulite),  with  the  Explanation  of 
its  Flexibility,  and  its  Relation  to  the  Formation  of  the  Diamond. 
....  8vo  pamph.     New  Haven.     1867. 
Whitney  (  William  Dwight,  Prof,  of  Sanskrit,  and  Instructor  in  Modern 
Languages,  in  Yale  College). 

Language,  and  the  Study  of  Language  :  Twelve  Lectures  on  the 
Principles  of  Linguistical  Science.     8vo.     New  York.     1867. 
Wilder  (Burt  G.,  S.  B.,  M.  D.). 

Researches  and  Experiments  upon  Silk  from  Spiders,  and  upon 
their  Reproduction.  By  Raymond  Maria  de  Termeyer,  a  Spaniard. 
Translated  from  the  Italian.  Revised  by  Burt  G.  Wilder,  S.  B., 
M.  D.  [Extr.  from  the  Proc.  of  the  Essex  Institute.  Vol.  V.]  8vo 
pamph.  Salem.  1866. 
Wilson  (Hon.  Henry). 

Memorial  Address  on  the  Life  and  Character  of  Abraham  Lin- 
coln, delivered  at  the  Request  of  both  Houses  of  the  Congress  of 
America  before  them,  in  the  House  of  Representatives,  at  Wash- 
ington, on  the  12th  of  February,  1866.  By  George  Bancroft.  8vo. 
Washington.     1866. 

Report  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Reconstruction,  at  the  First 
Session,  Thirty-Ninth  Congress.     8vo.    Washington.     1866. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  on  the  State  of  the 
Finances,  for  the  Year  1866.     8vo.     Washington.     1866. 

Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Agriculture,  for  the  Year  1865. 
8vo.     Washington.     1866. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Commissioner   of  Patents,  for  the  Year 
1865.     Vols.  I.,  II.,  III.     8vo.    Washington.     1867. 
Winkler  (T.  C). 

Musee  Teyler.     Catalogue  Syst^matique  de  la  Collection  Palason- 
tologique.     4e  et  5e  Livr.    2  pamphs.     8vo.     Harlem.     1865,1866. 
Wyman  (Jeffries,  M.  D.,  etc.). 

Observations  on  Crania.     8vo  pamph.     Boston.     1868. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    DECEMBER   8,  1868.  103 

Six   hundred   and   first   Meeting. 

November  11,  1868.  —  Statute  Meeting. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  chair. 

The  Vice-President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to 
the  recent  decease  of  Mr.  Octavius  Pickering  of  the  Resident 
Fellows. 

On  the  motion  of  the  Librarian  it  was  voted,  That  the 
duplicate  volumes  of  the  Massachusetts  Laws  now  in  the 
Library  of  the  Academy  be  given  to  the  Historical  Society 
of  New  York. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy. 

Nathaniel  E.  Atwood,  of  Provincetown,  to  be  a  Resident 
Fellow  in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Dr.  Hermann  Hagen,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Horace  Mann,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II. ,  Section  2. 

Alpheus  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Edmund  Quincy,  of  Dedham,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  3. 

Sir  Charles  Wheatstone,  of  London,  to  be  a  Foreign  Hon- 
orary Member  in  Class  I.,  Section  3,  in  the  place  of  the  late 
Sir  David  Brewster. 

Herrmann  Ludwig  Ferdinand  Helmholtz,  of  Heidelberg,  to 
be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 


Six  hundred   and   second   Meeting. 

December  8,  1868.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  chair. 

The  Vice-President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to 
the  decease  of  Mr.  Horace  Mann,  of  Cambridge,  since  the  last 
meeting,  at  which  he  was  elected  a  Resident  Fellow. 


104  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

A  letter  was  read  from  Professor  A.  Braun,  of  Berlin,  of  the 
Committee  on  the  Ehrenberg  Testimonial,  in  answer  to  an 
official  communication  from  the  President. 

Professor  Winlock  reported  the  preparation,  by  the  Rumford 
Committee,  of  a  list  of  Count  Rumford's  works. 


Six  hundred   and   third    Meeting. 

January  12,  1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  chair. 

On  the  motion  of  Professor  Winlock,  a  committee  was  ap- 
pointed to  memorialize  Congress  relative  to  appropriations  to 
aid  in  the  observation  of  the  solar  eclipse  of  August,  1869. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  appointed  on  this  committee : 
Professor  J.  Winlock,  Dr.  Thomas  Hill,  Mr.  J.  I.  Bowditch, 
Professor  J.  D.  Runkle,  and  Mr.  Thomas  Sherwin. 

On  the  motion  of  Commodore  Rodgers,  the  committee  were 
requested  to  communicate  to  other  learned  bodies  the  wishes 
of  the  Academy. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Folsom,  Professor  Pickering  was  re- 
quested to  prepare  for  the  Academy  a  communication  on  the 
Spectroscope  and  its  uses. 


Six   hundred  and  fourth   Meeting. 

January  27, 1869.  —  Statute  Meeting. 

Honorable  C.  F.  Adams  was  chosen  President  pro  tempore. 

Professor  Runkle  was  appointed  to  serve  as  Secretary  pro 
tempore. 

In  the  absence  of  the  chairman  and  other  members  of  the 
committee,  Professor  Runkle  reported  that  the  committee  ap- 
pointed at  the  preceding  meeting  to  prepare  a  memorial  to 
Congress  for  aid  in  observing  the  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  on 
the  seventh  of  August  next,  had  attended  to  the  duty  assigned 
them. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     MARCH    9,  1869.  105 

Six  hundred   and    fifth  Meeting. 

February  9,  1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  chair. 

In  the  absence  of  the  Recording  Secretary,  Dr.  S.  Kneeland 
was  appointed  Secretary  pro  tempore. 

The  Vice-President  announced  that  the  committee  appointed 
to  memorialize  Congress  for  a  grant  of  money  for  the  obser- 
vation of  the  eclipse  of  the  sun,  August  7,  1869,  having  at- 
tended to  that  duty,  had  received  an  answer  from  Honorable 
G.  S.  Boutwell  that  the  steps  necessary  to  secure  the  grant 
would  be  taken. 

Mr.  Paul  B.  DuChaillu,  present  by  invitation,  gave  a  brief 
.  account  of  the  geography  and  meteorology  of  Equatorial  Africa. 

Professor  J.  D.  Whitney  gave  an  account  of  his  recent  in- 
vestigations in  California  into  the  subject  of  the  occurrence  of 
human  remains  and  works  of  art  in  rocks  considered  by  him 
as  being  of  Pliocene  age.     He  remarked  :  — 

That  while  nothing  had  been  discovered  to  invalidate  the  testimony 
brought  forward  at  the  meeting  of  the  National  Academy,  in  August 
last,  at  Northampton,  in  regard  to  the  Calaveras  County  skull,  im- 
portant additional  evidence  of  other  discoveries  of  a  similar  character, 
had  been  obtained.  There  are  now  three  distinct  cases  of  the  occur- 
rence of  human  remains  or  works  of  art  in  rocks  of  Pliocene  age,  known 
to  him,  each  vouched  for  by  the  testimony  of  respectable  witnesses, 
given  under  circumstances  in  which  there  was  no  possibility  of  col- 
lusion or  probability  of  deceit.  As  I  have  opportunity  I  am  dili- 
gently engaged  in  collecting  facts  on  this  important  subject,  and, 
without  unnecessary  delay,  the  whole  will  be  laid  before  the  scien- 
tific world  in  proper  form,  and  properly  illustrated  with  maps  and 
sections. 


Six  hundred  and  sixth   Meeting. 

March  9,  1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

In  the  absence  of  the  regular  presiding  officers,  Mr.  John  A. 
Lowell  was  chosen  to  take  the  chair. 

VOL.    VIII.  14 


106  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

The  Recording  Secretary  read  letters  from  Dr.  Herrmann 
Hagen,  acknowledging  his  election  into  the  Academy,  and 
from  Dr.  C.  A.  Martius,  of  Munich,  announcing  the  death  of 
his  father,  Dr.  Carl  Friedrich  Philipp  von  Martius  ;  also  letters 
relative  to  exchanges,  and  a  letter  from  a  committee  of  the 
Suffolk  District  Medical  Society,  asking  the  co-operation  of  the 
Academy  in  discussing  the  subject  of  expert  testimony.  This 
communication  was  referred  to  a  committee  of  the  Academy 
appointed  in  March,  1866,  to  consider  the  same  subject ;  and 
this  committee  were  authorized  to  add  to  their  number. 

Professor  E.  C.  Pickering  made  a  communication  on  the 
Spectroscope,  with  experimental  illustrations  of  its  various 
constructions  and  its  uses  in  chemistry  and  astronomy. 


Six  hundred   and   seventh    Meeting. 

April  13, 1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

In  the  absence  of  the  regular  presiding  officers,  Mr.  John 
A.  Lowell  was  chosen  to  take  the  chair. 

Mr.  Ritchie  exhibited  some  of  the  effects  of  monochromatic 
light  by  means  of  an  apparatus  producing  a  bright  sodium 
light. 


Six   hundred  and  eighth   Meeting. 

May  11, 1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

In  the  absence  of  the  regular  presiding  officers,  Hon.  C.  F. 
Adams  was  chosen  to  take  the  chair. 

Professor  Peirce  made  the  following:  communication  :  — 


*£> 


The  phenomena  which  were  ably  presented  by  the  distinguished 
geologist,  Mr.  Lesley,  to  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  which 
seem  to  demonstrate  that  the  outer  shell  of  the  earth  has  sensibly 
shrunk,  in  some  directions  at  least,  since  its  original  formation,  naturally 
invite  the  attention  of  physicists  to  the  possible  causes  of  such  a 
result.  The  most  obvious  cause  of  the  shrinking  of  the  earth  is  its 
cooling.     But  to  shrink  two  per  cent  linearly,  which  is  that  deduced  by 


OF  ARTS   AND   SCIENCES:    MAY   11,  1869.  107 

Mr.  Lesley  from  the  observed  geological  phenomena,  involves  a  prob- 
able cooling  of  the  whole  earth  of  not  less  than  two  thousand  degrees 
centigrade,  which  would  require  that  its  original  temperature  should  be 
higher  than  would  be  consistent  with  the  solidity  of  these  shrunk 
strata. 

Another  source  of  change  of  form,  which  would  produce  shrinkages 
in  different  directions  in  different  parts  of  the  earth,  is  to  be  found  in 
the  diminution  of  oblateness  arising  from  the  diminished  velocity  of 
rotation  upon  the  axis.  Such  diminution  of  the  velocity  of  rotation 
has  several  years  ago  been  shown  by  Mr.  Ferrel  to  be  caused  by  the 
action  of  the  moon  in  producing  the  tides  ;  this  is,  therefore,  a  true 
cause,  and  it  is  only  necessary  to  examine  how  great  its  amount  can  be 
under  any  circumstances.  This  is  all  which  is  proposed  in  the  present 
investigation,  and  the  application  to  facts  is  reserved  for  geologists. 

It  is  sufficient,  for  the  present  object,  to  regard  the  earth  as  homo- 
geneous. Under  this  condition  Laplace  has  shown  that  the  time  of  the 
earth's  rotation  could  not  be  less  than  about  one  tenth  of  a  day,  which 
corresponds  to  a  ratio  of  the  axis  of  the  equator  to  that  of  the 
pole,  equal  to  2.7197,  and  an  equatorial  circumference  94  per  cent 
greater  than  the  present  one.  Such  is  then  the  amount  of  shrinking 
which  might  have  taken  place,  if  any  cause  could  be  assigned  capable 
of  producing  so  great  a  reduction  of  the  earth's  velocity.  The  whole 
surface  of  the  earth  would  have  been  about  130  per  cent  larger  than 
at  present. 

But  the  only  cause  at  present  known  which  would  produce  a  sensi- 
ble reduction  of  the  earth's  velocity  is  the  lunar  action  upon  the  tides. 
But  in  this  mutual  action  between  the  moon  and  the  earth,  the  common 
rotation  area  of  the  earth  and  moon  must  remain  unchanged.  The 
question  then  arises,  How  great  a  reduction  of  the  rotation  area  of  the 
earth  would  have  passed  into  that  of  the  moon  ?  In  this  inquiry  it 
may  be  assumed  that  the  moon  revolves  in  a  circular  orbit  in  the  plane 
of  the  earth's  equator.  Now  the  moon's  rotation  area  is  3.716  times  the 
earth's.  But  if,  in  the  origin,  it  had  revolved  just  in  contact  with  this 
earth,  its  rotation  area  would  not  have  been  less  than  0.480  times  the 
earth's,  so  that  it  could  not  have  absorbed  a  rotation  area  from  the  earth 
greater  than  3.236  times  the  earth's  present  rotation  area,  and  therefore 
the  earth's  rotation  area  could  never  have  exceeded  4.236  times  that 
which  it  has  at  present.  But,  with  the  maximum  velocity  of  rota- 
tion given  by  Laplace,  the  earth's   rotation   area   would  have  been 


108  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

37£  times  greater  than  at  present.  It  can  never,  therefore,  have  been 
reduced  to  so  great  an  extent  by  the  moon's  action  on  the  tides.  But 
since,  when  the  oblateness  is  small,  the  rotation  area  is  nearly,  propor- 
tional to  the  velocity,  and  the  excess  of  the  square  of  the  equatorial 
above  that  of  the  polar  axis  is  nearly  proportional  to  the  square  of 
the  velocity,  this  excess  may  have  been  originally  nearly  18  times  as 
great  as  at  present,  or  about  15£  per  cent  of  the  square  of  the  polar 
axis.  This  would  correspond  to  a  figure  of  the  earth  in  which  the 
equatorial  radius  would  have  been  about  2^-  per  cent  greater  than 
at  present ;  so  that  it  is  sufficient  to  account  for  the  observed  phe- 
nomenon. 

This  peculiar  form  of  shrinkage  would  produce  the  highest  moun- 
tains at  the  equator,  and  the  tendency  of  the  mountain  ranges  would 
then  be  to  assume  the  direction  of  the  meridian.  But  nearer  the  poles 
the  mountains  would  be  less  elevated,  and  would  rather  tend  towards 
the  direction  of  the  parallels  of  latitude. 

It  is,  next,  expedient  to  consider  the  mechanical  question  of  the  loss 
of  living  force  in  the  case  of  the  moon's  action  upon  the  waters  of  the 
earth,  and  its  effect  upon  their  different  motions.  In  this  connection 
there  are  problems  worthy  of  the  attention  of  Geometers ;  such  as  the 
relative  motions  of  bodies  rotating  above  the  same  vertical  axis,  towards 
which  they  are  drawn  by  weights,  and  acting  upon  each  other  through 
the  friction  on  the  axis.  For  one  of  the  bodies  a  rotating  wheel  may 
be  substituted.  There  is  also  the  case  of  two  planets  revolving  about 
a  primary,  and  acting  upon  each  other  through  some  form  of  friction. 

In  this  way,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  planet  or  satellite  once  formed 
is  constantly  removed  from  the  primary,  and  that  planets  tend  to 
approach  each  other.  It  is  interesting  to  consider  whether  this  may 
not  be  one  of  the  actual  problems  of  nature. 


Six  hundred  and  ninth   Meeting. 

May  25, 1869.  —  Annual  Meeting. 

In  the  absence  of  the  regular  presiding  officers,  Hon.  Robert 
C.  Winthrop  was  chosen  to  take  the  chair. 

The  Chairman  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the 
recent  decease  of  Hon.  William  Mitchell  and  of  Dr.  William 
Allen,  both  of  them  Resident  Fellows. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY   25,  1869.  109 

It  was  voted  to  adjourn  this  meeting  at  its  close  to  the  sec- 
ond Tuesday  in  June. 

It  was  voted  to  adjourn  the  stated  meeting  of  August  to 
the  second  Tuesday  of  September. 

Professor  Runkle  and  Mr.  Hill  were  appointed  scrutineers 
of  the  election  of  officers,  and  Professor  Watson  and  Dr. 
White  scrutineers  of  the  election  of  members. 

It  was  voted  to  close  the  polls  at  five  o'clock. 

The  Treasurer's  report,  duly  audited,  was  received  and 
ordered  to  be  entered  on  the  records. 

Dr.  Pickering  presented  the  report  of  the  Library  Commit- 
tee, which-  was  accepted. 

The  report  of  the  Rumford  Committee,  presented  by  Pro- 
fessor Winlock,  was  accepted,  and  a  recommendation  to  pre- 
sent the  Rumford  Premium  to  George  H.  Corliss,  for  his  im- 
provements in  the  Steam-Engine,  was  adopted. 

It  was  also  voted,  in  accordance  with  the  recommendations 
of  this  Committee,  "  That  the  sum  of  one  hundred  and 
twenty-eight  dollars  and  fifty-six  cents  of  the  income  of  the 
Rumford  Fund  be  appropriated  for  the  purchase  of  certain 
books  for  the  Library  of  the  Academy. 

"  That  the  sum  of  three  hundred  dollars  be  appropriated  for 
the  purchase  of  spectroscopic  instruments  to  be  used,  under 
the  direction  of  the  Committee,  in  observing  the  solar  eclipse 
of  August  next. 

"  That  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  income  of  the  Rumford 
Fund  be  appropriated  for  continuing  the  publication  of  the 
new  edition  of  Count  Rumford's  works  which  has  been  begun 
by  the  Academy." 

Mr.  F.  W.  Putnam  addressed  the  Academy  on  the  approach- 
ing meeting,  at  Salem,  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science. 

Professor  A.  Agassiz,  Dr.  White,  and  Professor  F.  H.  Storer. 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  what  action  the 
Academy  should  take  on  the  occasion  of  this  meeting. 

The  following  appropriations  were  voted  for  the  ensuing 
year : — 


110  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

For  General  Expenses,  from  the  General  Fund    .         .  $  2,200 

"  "  from  the  Rumford  Fund       .  200 

For  Publication  .......       800 

For  the  Library      .......  500 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy :  — 

William  T.  Brigham,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  1. 

Algernon  Coolidge,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  1. 

Alfred  P.  Rockwell,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  I.,  Section  4. 

Alpheus  Hyatt,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  3. 

Edward  S.  Morse,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  3. 

The  annual  election  resulted  in  the  choice  of  the  following 
officers  for  the  ensuing  year  :  — 

Asa  Gray,  President. 

George  T.  Bigelow,  Vice-President. 

William  B.  Rogers,  Corresponding  Secretary. 

Chauncey  Wright,  Recording  Secretary. 

Charles  J.  Sprague,  Treasurer. 

Frank  H.  Storer,  Librarian. 

Council. 

Thomas  Hill, 

Josiah  P.  Cooke,  }-  of  Class  I. 

John  B.  Henck, 

Louis  Agassiz, 

Jeffries  Wyman, 

Charles  Pickering, 

Robert  C.  Winthrop, 

George  E.  Ellis,         }■  of  Class  III. 

Andrew  P.  Peabody, 


OF  ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY  25,  1869.  Ill 

Rumford  Committee. 

James  B.  Francis,  Joseph  Winlock, 

Morrill  Wyman,  Wolcott  Gibbs, 

William  B.  Rogers,  Josiah  P.  Cooke, 

Frank  H.  Storer. 

Committee  of  Finance. 

Asa  Gray,  )  gx  OJ^cio^  by  statute. 

Charles  J.  Sprague,  j 
Thomas  T.  Bouve,  by  election. 

The  other  Standing  Committees  were  appointed  on  the 
nomination  of  the  President,  as  follows  :  — 

Committee  of  Publication. 

'    Joseph  Lovering,  Jeffries  Wyman, 

Francis  J.  Child. 

Committee  on  the  Library. 

Francis  Parkman,  Charles  Pickering, 

John  Bacon. 

Committee  to  audit  the  Treasurer's  Accounts. 
Charles  E.  Ware,  Theodore  Lyman. 

Professor  Whitney  presented  for  publication  the  following 
letter  from  Baron  Richthofen,  giving  an  account  of  the  geo- 
logical investigations  in  China  up  to  March  1, 1869  :  — 

I  returned  a  few  days  ago  from  an  exploration  of  the  country  ad- 
joining the  Yang-tse-kiang,  between  Shanghai  and  Han-kau,  a  distance  of 
six  hundred  geographical  miles.  I  hired  a  fine  boat,  which  was  towed 
up  the  river  by  steamer,  and  then  dropped  gradually  downward,  ex- 
ploring right  and  left  from  the  various  stations  which  I  made.  The 
trip,  which  occupied  altogether  forty-five  days,  afforded  much  of  interest, 
and  I  believe  that  I  have  established  a  good  basis  for  further  operations. 
You  may  be  surprised  that  I  selected  a  region  which  is  so  easy  of 


112  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

access,  and  which  would  hardly  seem  to  be  invested  with  that  charm 
of  novelty  which  remoter  portions  of  this  vast  Empire  might  afford. 
But  the  excellent  charts  existing  of  the  lower  part  of  the  Yang-tse  ex- 
hibit only  its  banks  and  shallows,  while  the  country  immediately  adjacent 
is,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  places,  even  less  known  than  the 
borders  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  river,  above  Han-kau. 

In  attempting  to  give  you  a  brief  resume  of  some  of  my  results,  I 
must  remark  that  I  give  them  only  as  a  preliminary  notice,  and  am 
quite  prepared  to  see  them  corrected  and  enlarged  by  my  own  future 
examinations. 

This  was  the  first  opportunity  I  had  for  getting  somewhat  acquainted 
with  the  sedimentary  formations  of  any  part  of  China.  I  soon  became 
aware  that  I  must  abandon  the  views  taken  by  my  predecessors  in 
Chinese  geology,  and  had  better  commence  from  the  a  b  c.  Mr. 
Pumpelly's  distinction  of  one  great  grauite-metamorphic  formation, 
one  great  (Devonian)  limestone  formation,  and  one  great  subdivision 
embracing  the  Chinese  coal-measures,  of  which  a  Triassic  age-  was 
made  probable  by  Dr.  Newberry,  was  based  on  observations  made  in 
other  parts  of  China.  I  found  it  quite  insufficient  for  the  country 
which  I  visited,  while  the  addition,  by  Kingsmill,  of  the  Tung-ting 
sandstones,  which  he  considers  to  fill  out  the  gap  between  the  granite 
and  the  "  great  limestone  formation,"  was  a  slight  step  in  advance, 
but  not  one  by  any  means  representing  the  variety  of  formations. 
The  task  of  establishing  their  order  of  succession  was  not  easy,  and  I 
had  to  work  hard  to  accomplish  this  end.  But  the  amount  of  evidence 
increased  with  the  number  of  good  sections,  and  I  had  the  good  fortune 
to  find  fossils  in  several  localities,  one  of  which  is  of  some  importance, 
as  it  yielded  a  large  number  and  variety  of  shells  in  an  excellent  state 
of  preservation,  establishing  for  the  rocks  in  which  they  occur  the  age 
of  the  mountain-limestone.  These  rocks  can  easily  be  recognized,  and 
appear  to  be  widely  distributed  in  China. 

I  give  you  the  list  of  formations,  with  the  local  denomination,  which 
I  used  in  my  note-books,  and  on  my  geological  maps,  for  convenience' 
sake  only?  that  I  may  refer  to  them  in  any  letter  I  may  send  you  here- 
after.    The  lowest  formation  observed  is,  — 

1st.  Ta-ko  sandstone,  a  series  of  coarse  variegated  sandstones,  not 
interrupted,  so  far  as  my  observations  extend,  by  conglomerates  or 
shales.  Red,  lilac,  purple,  green,  are  the  prevailing  colors.  Some  beds 
are  hard,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  sandstone  is  remarkably  soft,  con- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY   25,  1869.  113 

sidering  that  it  belongs  to  a  very  ancient  formation.  Even  where  it  is 
inclined  at  high  angles,  it  retains  this  soft  texture,  unless  this  has  un- 
dergone a  change  in.  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  eruptive  rocks. 
x  The  Tadio  Mountains,  a  picturesque  range  of  nearly  two  thousand  feet 
in  height,  and  situated  about  fifty  miles  east  of  Kiu-kiang,  are  almost 
entirely  built  up  of  these  sandstones.  They  are  here  slightly  inclined, 
and  exposed  in  a  thickness  of  at  least  two  thousand  five  hundred  feet. 
At  another  place  I  estimated  the  visible  portion  of  the  formation  at 
four  thousand  feet ;  but,  as  I  never  saw  its  lowest  strata,  nor  the  under- 
lying rocks,  those  figures  mark  the  minimum  of  the  actual  thickness. 

2d.  Liu-shan  schists.  —  This  is  a  series  of  shales  of  from  twelve 
hundred  to  three  thousand  feet  in  thickness,  which  are  quite  character- 
istic, being  the  only  rocks  of  this  kind  on  the  lower  Yang-tse.  The 
formation  appears,  from  the  descriptions  given  of  rocks  occurring  south 
of  that  river,  to  be  largely  distributed  in  eastern  China,  and  to  form  a 
valuable  horizon.  The  shales  are,  for  the  most  part,  clayey  and  sandy, 
and  not  unfrequently  converted  into  clay-slate.  The  color  varies  from 
yellow  and  red  in  the  former  to  dark  green  and  gray  in  the  latter 
varieties.  An  abundance  of  undeterminable  remains  of  plants  may  be 
found.  This  formation  and  the  former  are  distinguished  from  all  those 
of  subsequent  age,  by  being  usually  intersected  by  numerous  veins 
of  white  quartz.  The  Liu-shan  is  a  short  but  very  conspicuous  moun- 
tain range,  near  Kiu-kiang,  rising  abruptly  to  the  altitude  of  probably 
little  less  than  three  thousand  five  hundred  feet.  The  shales  form  a 
belt  at  its  eastern  foot. 

3d.  Matsu  limestone.  —  On  the  Matsu-shan,  a  prominent  hill  in  the 
belt  just  mentioned,  I  observed,  for  the  first  time,  the  conformable 
superposition  of  limestone  on  the  Liu-shan  schists.  I  confirmed  after- 
wards the  observation  in  several  other  places.  These  are  dark  lime- 
stones, distinguished  in  their  lowest  portion  by  a  ribboned  appearance 
of  all  planes  of  fracture  which  intersect  the  stratification.  It  is  caused 
by  the  predominance  of  silica  in  alternate  layers.  The  main  body  of 
the  limestone  shows  a  certain  brecciated  structure  and  a  dolomitic  ap- 
pearance. Chert  is  abundant,  but  I  found  no  characteristic  fossils. 
The  thickness  of  the  formation  is  at  least  two  thousand  feet ;  but  as  I 
never  saw  distinctly  its  upper  portion,  this  figure  may  be  too  low.  The 
deposition  of  these  strata  was  followed  by,  — 

4th.    A  period  of  great  disturbances  and  outbreaks  of  granite. —  The 
three   formations  which  I   have  mentioned  compose  long   ranges   of 

VOL.    VIII.  15 


114  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

hills,  and  I  know  of  one  instance  only,  namely,  the  Ta-ho  range,  where 
they  can  be  observed  in  an  almost  undisturbed  position  ;  generally 
they  are  inclined  at  steep  angles,  and  contorted.  Granite,  in  most 
instances,  enters  into  the  structure  of  these  ranges,  though  in  a  varying  ■ 
way,  now  intersecting  the  strata  in  large  intrusive  masses  and  veins, 
now  accompanying  them  separately.  It  has,  however,  had  a  compara- 
tively slight  metamorphosing  influence.  The  purer  limestone  is  con- 
verted into  a  coarse  white  marble  ;  the  impure  qualities  are  represented 
by  thick  beds  of  a  highly  silicious,  slightly  dolomitic,  and  imperfectly 
crystalline  limestone  of  yellow  color.  The  sandstone  is  partly  con- 
verted into  quartzite,  and  the  shale  into  clay-slate. 

The  granite  also  occurs  by  itself  in  mountain  ranges.  A  bold  range, 
prominent  by  its  rugged  outlines,  as  well  as  by  its  altitude  (about  three 
thousand  five  hundred  feet),  which  rises  abruptly  out  of  the  alluvial 
plain  of  the  Yang-tse  near  the  large  city  of  Ngan-king,  and  accom- 
panies the  river  on  its  left  bank  for  quite  a  distance,  is  completely 
built  up  of  granite;  in  a  few  places  only,  marble  and  quartzite  indicate 
detached  portions  of  the  strata  which  were  intersected  by  the  granite. 

It  is  probable  that  this  granitic  outburst  marks  one  of  the  main 
features  in  the  geology  of  eastern  China,  as  there  is  little  doubt  that 
to  it  belongs  the  granite  which,  together  with  porphyry,  composes 
almost  exclusively  the  coast  of  China  between  Ningpo  and  Hong- 
Kong,  a  distance  of  seven  hundred  geographical  miles.  I  observed 
it  at  Suchau,  in  the  group  of  the  Chusan  Archipelago,  and  on  the 
island  of  Hong-Kong.  The  granite  of  these  three  localities  resembles 
that  on  the  lower  Yang-tse,  not  only  in  its  petrographic  character,  but 
also  in  its  geological  features,  as  it  is  accompanied  in  these  different 
places  by  detached  and  quite  irregular  portions  of  altered  shales  and 
quartzites.  These  and  marble  are  mentioned,  too,  from  nearly  every 
place  along  the  granitic  coast  of  which  I  have  any  information.  If 
the  supposition  of  this  identity,  or  rather  contemporaneity,  of  the 
granitic  outbursts  of  eastern  China  should  prove  correct,  we  may  look 
for  it  as  a  guide  in  the  geology  of  eastern  Asia  in  general ;  although 
I  am  inclined  to  believe,  from  former  observations  in  Shantung,  that 
there  was  still  an  older  granitic  epoch,  connected  with  the  thorough 
metamorphism  of  a  more  ancient  series  of  formations  than  those  here 
mentioned. 

5th.  Tung-ting  sandstone.  —  All  the  formations  which  are  now 
to  be  mentioned  were  not   affected  by  the  disturbances  immediately 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY   25,  1869.  115 

connected  with  the  outbreak  of  the  granite.  Probably  the  lapse  of 
time  between  the  deposition  of  3  and  5  was  of  long  duration,  and  it  is 
quite  likely  that  the  gap  may  comprise  a  series  of  sedimentary  deposits 
which  are  not  visible  at  the  surface  in  the  regions  visited  by  me.  I  did 
not  even  see  in  any  place  the  lowest  portion  of  the  Tung-ting  sand- 
stones. They  form  a  rather  uniform  series  of  very  hard,  almost 
quartzose  sandstones,  which  are  visible  in  a  thickness  of  at  least  four 
thousand  feet,  and  form  bold  mountain  ranges  for  themselves  alone,  the 
Liu-shan  among  others.  The  name  was  first  used  by  Kingsrnill,  and 
is  derived  from  the  island  of  Tung-ting-shan  in  Taihu  Lake,  sixty 
miles  west  of  Shanghai. 

This  is  the  only  formation  in  regard  to  the  position  of  which  I  do 
not  feel  quite  certain.  The  next  formation  is,  however,  conformably 
underlain  by  what  I  consider  to  be  the  topmost  layers  of  the  Tung-ting 
sandstone,  namely,  a  series  of  hardened,  nodular  clay,  hard  sandstone, 
and  conglomerate  of  pebbles  of  quartz. 

6th.  Si-hio  limestone.  —  This  is  a  limestone  formation  of  only  six  hun- 
dred feet  in  thickness.  The  rock  is  full  of  chert  nodules,  and  contains 
numerous  fossils,  chiefly  corals,  encrinites,  and  brachiopods.  Aulopora 
repens  is  of  frequent  occurrence  among  them,  and  other  forms,  too, 
indicate  a  Devonian  age.  The  name  is  derived  from  a  prominent  hill, 
generally  known  as  Single-tree  hill,  east  of  Nan-king,  where  I  first 
found  the  fossils. 

7th.  Nan-king  grits.  —  The  last  formation  is  conformably  overlain 
by  a  gritty  and  purely  quartzose  sandstone,  alternating  frequently 
with  a  coarse  conglomerate  of  perfectly  rounded  pebbles  consisting 
exclusively  of  quartz.  The  color  is  mostly  red,  but  where  the  strata 
are  inclined  at  steep  angles,  light  shades  prevail,  though  the  former 
color  is  still  visible  in  concentric  rings  of  a  dark  red  color,  which  give 
a  variegated  appearance  to  every  plane  of  fracture.  Although  this 
formation  is  largely  developed  at  and  around  Nan-king,  and  forms 
bold  hills  capped  with  a  coarse  conglomerate,  and  rising  to  more  than 
a  thousand  feet,  I  was  unable  to  determine  its  thickness.  It  probably 
far  exceeds  two  thousand  feet.  Certain  dark  shales  which  occur  in 
the  way  of  interstratification  contain  fossil  plants,  but  I  found  no 
specimens  that  could  be  determined. 

8th.  Kitau  limestone.  —  This  is  an  important  formation,  overlaying 
the  last  conformably.  Its  name  is  derived  from  a  prominent  bluff 
situated  midways  between  Han-kau  and  Kiu-kiaug,  called  Kitau,  or 


116  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Cock's  Head,  which  is  well  known  as  a  landmark  to  the  navigator  of 
the  Yang-tse.     There  are  three  subdivisions  of  this  formation  :  — 

a.  The  lower  limestone.  Hard,  silicious  varieties  of  light  gray  and 
reddish  colors,  carrying  frequently  an  abundance  of  chert,  prevail. 
The  thickness  of  the  layers  varies  from  that  of  card-paper  to  many 
feet.  The  chert  nodules  increase  in  some  places  so  much  in  quantity 
as  to  form  complete  layers  by  themselves,  and  lenticular  masses  of 
chert  are  frequently  embedded  in  a  soft  calcareous  sandstone  inter- 
stratified  in  thin  beds  between  the  limestone.  Traces  of  fossils  may 
often  be  found  in  them.  The  limestone  itself  is  frequently  filled  with, 
and  in  certain  layers  nearly  made  up  of,  the  shells  of  a  Fusulina 
which  is  distinguished  from  Fusulina  cylindrica  only  by  its  more 
perfect  cylindrical  shape.  I  collected  many  beautiful  specimens  of  it. 
This  lower  limestone  is  about  fourteen  hundred  feet  thick. 

b.  A  series  of  black  sandy  shales,  black  lydite,  and  soft  sandstones. 
The  lowest  strata  are  highly  fossiliferous,  chiefly  at  Tso-dsu-kang 
near  Ching-kiang,  which  is  the  before-mentioned  distinguished  local- 
ity. Large  specimens  of  Productus  semireticidatus,  with  shell,  interior 
structure,  and  spines  well  preserved,  would  be  sufficient  for  themselves 
to  indicate  the  age  of  the  mountain-limestone.  They  are  accompanied 
by  numerous  other  brachiopods,  bivalves,  corals,  and  Fenestellas,  the 
latter  being  quite  a> prominent  feature.  I  collected  sufficiently  to  give 
pleasant  occupation  to  a  geologist  who  would  take  the  trouble  to  work 
up  the  material.  The  place  where  they  were  found  is  quite  a  curi- 
osity. There  are  a  number  of  abandoned  shafts,  the  waste  dumps  of 
which  afford  an  easy  opportunity  for  collecting  the  fossils  ;  otherwise 
they  could  hardly  be  discovered,  as  the  ground  is  covered  by  vegeta- 
tion. As  no  reason  for  mining  is  apparent,  it  would  at  first  seem  as 
if  a  past  generation  had  opened  the  shafts  for  the  delight  of  future 
stray  geologists,  until  one  hears  that  these  were  flint-mines ;  indeed, 
lenticular  masses  of  chert  are  quite  frequent  in  the  soft  strata.  I  may 
mention,  besides,  that  among  the  fossils  here  found  are  none  of  those 
brachiopods  which  have  been  long  since  famous  as  an  article  of  trade 
in  the  Chinese  drug-stores.  I  believe,  for  various  reasons,  that  they 
are  derived  from  the  Si-hio  limestone  before  mentioned.  The  soft 
sandstone  which  follows  higher  up  in  this  series  carries  a  bed  of  coal, 
the  lowest  in  position  which  I  have  found.  All  the  mines  once 
opened  on  this  bed  are  abandoned,  evidently  at  or  little  below  water- 

evel.     But  the  coal  appears  to  be  of  inferior  quality,  and  not  more  than 


OF  ARTS   AND   SCIENCES  :    MAY  25,  1869.  117 

one  or  two  feet  thick.  There  is  a  remarkable  regularity  in  the 
occurrence  of  this  bed  of  coal,  and  of  the  entire  formation,  with  its 
lydite  and  other  distinguishing  features,  over  a.  wide  extent  of  country. 
I  found  it  in  places  four  hundred  miles  distant  from  each  other.  The 
thickness  of  this  formation  is  about  four  hundred  feet. 

c.  Upper  limestone.  It  is  separated  from  the  coal  only  by  a  thin 
stratum  of  black  shale,  and  is  similar  in  nature  to  the  lower  limestone. 
I  observed  its  thickness  for  sixteen  hundred  feet,  but  never  saw  its 
upper  portion. 

The  thickness  of  the  entire  formation  is  thus  at  least  three  thousand 
four  hundred  feet,  but  I  am  prepared  to  see  it  proved  to  be  several 
thousand  feet  thicker  by  future  observation.  The  Kitau  limestone 
composes  entire  mountain  ranges  by  itself  alone,  chiefly  between  Kiu- 
kiang  and  Han-kau.  Kingsmill  mentions,  as  overlaying  the  Tung-ting 
sandstone  of  the  Liu-shan  to  the  west,  a  limestone  formation  of  an 
estimated  thickness  of  six  thousand  feet ;  it  is  probably  altogether 
Kitau  limestone. 

9th.  Sanghu  sandstone  and  conglomerate.  —  The  deposition  of  the 
Kitau  limestone  ended  with  a  considerable  disturbance,  as  the  next 
formation  follows  quite  unconformably.  It  consists  of  quartzose  sand- 
stone and  quartzose  conglomerate,  interstratified  witli  thick  layers  of 
red  clay,  and  carries  a  coal-bed  at  a  place  sixty  miles  below  Han-kau. 
Black  shales,  which  overlie  the  coal,  carry  some  remains  of  plants.  I 
was  unable  to  establish  the  thickness  of  this  formation. 

10th.  Commencement  of  the  outbreaks  of  porphyry.  —  The  porphyritic 
eruptions  have  probably  continued  in  China  during  a  long  period, 
while  sediments  were  contemporaneously  deposited.  Pumpelly  was 
the  first  to  direct  attention  to  these  wide-spread  events.  But  it  is  only 
in  the  great  granitic  region  of  the  eastern  coast,  between  Ningpo  and 
Hong-Kong,  that  porphyry  itself  arrives  at  an  extraordinary  develop- 
ment. The  Chusan  Islands  are  almost  exclusively  composed  of 
quartzose  porphyry  and  its  tufas,  and  from  there  southward  it  appears 
to  be  only  subordinate  in  quantity  to  the  granite.  I  know  it  from  my  own 
observations  on  the  island  of  Hong-Kong,  and  by  inference  from  the 
observations  of  others,  of  the  region  between  that  island  and  Ningpo. 
This  is  the  most  extensive  development  of  porphyry  known  in  any 
part  of  the  world. 

11th.  Deposits  of  porphyritic  tufa,  sandstones,  and  clays. — The 
porphyries  themselves  are  little  developed  on  the  lower  Yang-tse.     I 


118  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

noticed  their  first  appearance  in  certain  porphyritic  tufas  which  overlie 
somewhat  unconformably  the  Sanghu  sandstone.  The  latter  appears, 
indeed,  from  its  purely  silicions  character,  to  have  been  antecedent  to 
any  outbreak  of  porphyry,  while  the  soft  and  impure  nature  of  all 
subsequent  deposits  goes  to  show  that  they  were  the  tufaceous  sedi- 
ments of  eruptions  in  remote  regions.  The  visible  thickness  of  this 
formation  below  Han-kau  is  about  three  thousand  five  hundred  feet. 
It  encloses  a  few  beds  of  coal  of  subordinate  value. 

'  Herewith  ends,  on  the  lower  Yang-tse,  the  series  of  the  ancient 
formations.  The  only  two  horizons  which  I  consider  as  fairly  estab- 
lished are  Nos.  6  and  8,  the  Devonian  and  the  Carboniferous.  To  the 
latter  belongs  the  lowest  coal-bed,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  I  do 
not  consider  the  question  regarding  the  age  of  the  Chinese  coal- 
measures  in  any  way  as  settled.  It  must,  on  the  other  side,  however, 
be  taken  into  consideration,  that,  from  a  comparison  of  the  formations 
of  the  lower  Yang-tse  with  those  observed  by  Pumpelly  near  Peking, 
the  coal-bearing  formation  appears  to  be  but  very  imperfectly  repre- 
sented in  the  former  country.  To  this  circumstance  may  have  to  be 
ascribed  the  scarcity  of  workable  coal-beds  in  the  region  over  which 
my  observations  extend.  It  is  by  no  means  improbable  that  the 
upper  beds  belong  to  a  different  formation  not  represented  in  that 
region. 

After  a  long  interruption  there  were  deposited  on  the  lower  Yang-tse 
a  series  of  apparently  very  recent  sediments,  the  age  of  which,  how- 
ever, could  in  no  instance  be  determined. 

a.  Tatung  deposits,  a  series  of  hard,  cemented  sediments  of  clay, 
sand,  and  detritus,  which,  by  the  angular  shape  of  the  fragments  and 
their  petrographical  nature,  bears  evidence  of  its  derivation,  at  every 
place,  from  the  next  adjoining  hills.  These  strata,  though  always 
inclined  in  a  certain  direction  at  angles  of  from  ten  to  fifteen  degrees, 
do  not  occupy  at  any  place  a  higher  level  than  two  hundred  feet  above 
the  river.     I  did  not  find  any  fossils  in  them. 

b.  Volcanic  rocks.  There  is,  north  of  Nan-king,  a  group  of  extinct 
volcanoes,  whose  isolated  cones  rise  immediately  out  of  the  alluvial 
plain  to  an  elevation  of  five  hundred  to  seven  hundred  feet.  Their 
lavas  are  dolerite  and  basalt.     The  craters  are  well  preserved. 

c.  Horizontal  beds  of  gravel.  They  are  probably  buried  deep  under- 
neath the  alluvium  of  the  Yang-tse,  as  the  only  place  where  they  are 
exhibited   is  at   the  volcanoes  of  Nan-kin".     Each  of  those  I  visited 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:     MAY   25,  1869.  119 

is  surrounded  by  a  narrow  ring  of  these  beds,  which  are  horizontally 
stratified  and  form  the  slopes  of  the  volcanoes  up  to  an  altitude  of  four 
hundred  feet.  They  probably  owe  this  singularly  isolated  position  to 
a  local  elevation  of  the  volcanic  district,  which  may  have  taken  place 
loner  after  its  vents  were  extinct. 

d.  Loess,  which  cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  European  Loess. 
It  comnoses  terraces  two  hundred  feet  hia;h,  and  contains  shells  of 
Helix.  It  is  sometimes  separated  from  the  underlying  rocks  by  a 
layer  of  Laterite. 

e.  Alluvium  of  the  great  plain. 

The  different  formations  here  enumerated  compose,  on  the  right  and 
left  bank  of  the  lower  Yang-tse,  a  series  of  detached  and  apparently 
disconnected  mountain  ranges.  The  complete  sequence  of  sedimen- 
tary formation  can  only  be  constructed  out  of  the  various  part-sections 
which  those  ranges  severally  afford.  But  no  sooner  are  the  geological 
columns  put  down  on  a  map  than  the  unity  of  the  whole  system  of 
ranges  is. conspicuous.  They  form  together,  so  to  say,  one  great  geo- 
logical range,  which  is  directed  from  southwest  to  northeast,  parallel 
to  the  course  of  the  Yang-tse  from  Kiu-kiang  to  Nan-king.  There  may 
be  distinguished  an  axial  core,  consisting  of  the  three  most  ancient 
formations  and  granite,  while  those  of  subsequent  age  ai'e  distributed 
on  both  flanks  of  it.  On  the  northwestern  flank  a  somewhat  regular 
sequence  of  them  may  be  observed,  commencing  with  those  following  im- 
mediately on  the  granite,  and  ending  with  the  post-porphyritic  deposits. 
It  forms,  between  the  Liu-shan  and  Han-kau,  a  belt  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  miles  in  breadth,  and  is  cut  at  right  angles  by  the  Yang-tse. 
The  hills  between  Chin^-kiano;  and  Nan-kin^  constitute  a  belt  of 
similar  construction,  though  much  more  narrow,  on  the  southeastern 
flank.  I  use  the  term  "axial  core"  in  a  purely  geological  sense,  as 
the  formations  composing  it  do  by  no  means  occupy  the  centre  of 
actual  mountain  ranges,  nor  do  they  excel  by  the  altitude  to  which 
they  rise.  Though  the  granitic  mountains  near  Ngan-king  are  about 
three  thousand  five  hundred  feet  high,  most  of  the  hills  composed  of 
those  ancient  formations  would  but  slightly  attract  the  attention  of  the 
topographer.  West  of  Poyang  Lake,  for  instance,  the  upturned  edges 
of  the  oldest  sediments  constitute  a  low  plateau,  and  rise  only  in  a 
few  hills  to  about  six  hundred  feet,  while  the  more  recent  Tung-ting 
grits  compose,  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  the  high  and  abrupt  range  of 
the  Liu-shan. 


120  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

You  may  be  surprised  not  to  find  in  the  above  list  of  formations  the 
nummulitic  limestone  of  Si-Tungting,  which  I  mentioned  in  a  former 
letter,  and  which  belongs  properly  to  the  system  of  the  lower  Yang-tse. 
The  reason  is,  that  I  will  refrain  from  maintaining  my  former,  perhaps 
too  positive  assertion,  before  the  fossils,  which  have  so  perfectly  the 
structure  of  nummulites,  shall  have  been  examined  by  an  authority  on 
the  subject.  The  structure  of  these  shells,  the  occurrence,  with  them, 
of  certain  gastropods  which,  though  hardly  determinable  (on  account 
of  their  fragmentary  condition),  do  not  have  the  character  of  any  that 
are  usually  found  in  ancient  formations,  the  state  of  preservation  of  the 
fossils  which  permits  even  the  color  of  some  bivalves  to  be  recognized, — 
all  this  is  in  strange  contradiction  with  the  similarity  of  the  limestone 
of  Si-Tungting  to  some  of  the  most  ancient  limestone  strata  on  the 
Yang-tse.  The  occurrence  of  encrinites,  too,  in  the  former,  —  a  fact 
which  I  think  I  forgot  to  mention  in  my  former  letter,  —  is  not  in  accord- 
ance with  the  Eocene  age  of  the  limestone  in  question.  I  never  found 
on  the  lower  Yang-tse  any  fossils  resembling  those  of  Si-Tungting. 

I  am  endeavoring  to  collect  data  for  the  geological  history  of  eastern 
China  in  recent  periods.  There  is,  among  others,  one  very  interest- 
ing feature  in  the  valley  of  the  lower  Yang-tse,  which  bears  on  that 
subject.  You  would,  in  ascending  the  river  by  steamer,  observe  that 
it  is,  in  the  greater  part  of  its  course  below  Han-kau,  accompanied  by 
terraces,  which  rise*  abruptly  out  of  the  alluvial  plain  to  an  altitude  of 
from  sixty  to  two  hundred  feet  above  it,  now  approaching  the  river 
closely,  now  remaining  at  a  distance  of  several  miles  from  its  banks, 
sometimes  skirting  the  foot  of  a  mountain  range,'  then  again  forming 
an  extensive  table-land.  You  might  consider  them,  from  analogy,  to 
correspond  to  the  so-called  diluvial  terraces  so  common  in  the  valleys 
of  great  rivers.  It  is  a  striking  fact,  that,  on  examination,  the  terraces 
of  the  Yang-tse  prove  to  be  quite  different  in  nature,  consisting  as  they 
do  mostly  of  the  upturned  edges  of  ancient  formations,  not  of  one  of  them, 
but  of  all,  excepting  granite,  porphyry,  and  the  limestones.  The  strata 
are  inclined  at  various  angles,  and  their  ends  abraded  in  nearly  hori- 
zontal planes.  On  Poyang  Lake,  the  terraces  consist  of  the  two  most 
ancient  formations  ( 1  and  2)  ;  below  Han-kau,  for  sixty  miles,  they  are 
composed  of  the  soft  sandstones  and  clays  No.  11,  while  near  Ngan-king 
they  are  built  up  of  Tatung  sediments.  At  Nan-king,  finally,  the  river 
is  accompanied  for  about  fifty  miles,  on  either  side,  by  terraces  consist- 
ing of  the  Nan-king  sandstones  and  conglomerates,  which  are  here  in- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   8,  1869.  121 

clined  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees.  This  phenomenon  appears  to 
mark  at  least  one  epoch  when  the  sea  was  gradually  encroaching  on 
the  land,  and,  though  probably  not  rising  high  above  its  present  level, 
contributing  to  effect  a  remarkable  change  in  the  configuration  of  the 
country.  I  refrain  for  the  present  from  any  further  remarks  on  recent 
changes.  Only  this  I  may  still  mention,  that  I  did  not  discover  any 
sisrns  of  former  glacial  action  or  drift. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  there  is  not  more  knowledge  of  geol- 
ogy to  be  found  among  the  numerous  travellers  in  China ;  if  there  were, 
our  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  this  vast  Empire  might  be  rapidly  en- 
larged. I  am  sorry  to  say,  that,  with  the  exception  of  Mr.  Kingsmill, 
I  have  not  met  one  who  has  any  knowledge  of  this  science.  I  am  left 
quite  to  myself;  and  the  more  I  travel,  the  more  I  become  convinced 
how  little  can  be  done  by  <jne  man  in  so  vast  a  country.  Still,  I  hope 
to  be  able  to  lay  at  least  some  sort  of  foundation,  which  may  perhaps 
guide  even  those  who  have  not  the  necessary  scientific  education,  and 
stimulate  further  exploration.  But  more  than  this  I  shall  hardly  be 
able  to  accomplish. 


Six  hundred   and  tenth   Meeting. 

June  8, 1869.  — Adjourned  Annual  Meeting. 


') 


In  the  absence  of  the  regular  presiding  officers,  Mr.  Thomas 
Sherwin  was  chosen  to  take  the  chair. 

The  vote  of  the  previous  meeting,  adjourning  the  August 
meeting  to  the  second  Tuesday  in  September,  was  reconsidered. 
Professor  Joseph  Lovering  was  chosen  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary, and  Professor  Edward  C.  Pickering  was  chosen  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Rumford  Committee,  to  fill  vacancies  made  by  the 
resignation  of  Professor  William  B.  Rogers. 

The  Council  made  the  following  report :  *  — 

During  the  year  which  preceded  the  annual  meeting  of  May,  1869, 
eight  Resident  Fellows,  three  Associate  Fellows,  and  five  Foreign 
Honorary  Members  have  been  added  to  our  lists,  viz. :  — 

Captain  Nathaniel  E.  Atwood,  of  Provincetown,  to  be  a  Resident 
Fellow  in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

*  Unavoidably  delayed,  and  not  presented  until  the  meeting  of  January  26,  1870. 
VOL.    VIII.  16 


122  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Professor  W.  J.  Clark,  President  of  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural 
College,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  L,  Section  3. 

Dr.  Herrman  Hagen,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  3. 

John  L.  Hayes,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  1. 

Horace  Mann,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  2. 

Dr.  Alpheus  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Mr.  Edmund  Quincy,  of  Dedham,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  3. 

Samuel  H.  Scudder,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  3. 

James  B.  Angell,  President  of  the  University  of  Vermont,  to  be  an 
Associate  Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  4. 

Hon.  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  New  York,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in 
Class  HI.,  Section  2. 

Andrew  D.  White,  President  of  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New 
York,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  2. 

Professor  T.  C.  Bluntschli,  of  Heidelberg,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honor- 
ary Member  in  Class  III.,  Section  1,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Professor 
Mittermaier. 

Professor  Herrman  Ludwig  Ferdinand  Helmholtz,  of  Heidelberg,  to 
be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 

Professor  Lassen,  of  Bonn,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in 
Class  III.,  Section  2,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Professor  Bopp. 

Professor  Ritschl,  of  Bonn,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in 
Class  III.,  Section  2,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Professor  Boeckh. 

Sir  Charles  Wheatstone,  of  London,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary 
Member  in  the  place  of  the  late  Sir  David  Brewster,  in  Class  I.,  Sec- 
tion 3. 

During  the  same  year,  death  has  removed  from  our  ranks  five  Res- 
ident Fellows,  one  Associate  Fellow,  and  one  Foreign  Honorary 
Member. 

Levi  Lincoln,  LL.  D.,  was  born  in  "Worcester,  Massachusetts, 
on  the  25th  of  October,  1782,  and  died  in  that  city  on  the  29th  of 
May,  1868.  He  was  the  eldest  son  of  the  Hon.  Levi  Lincoln,  an 
eminent  lawyer,  who  was  the  Attorney-General  of  the  United  States 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  8,  1869.  123 

during  the  first  term  of  Mr.  Jefferson's  Administration.  Having  been 
graduated  at  Harvard  College  with  the  class  of  1802,  he  pursued  the 
profession  in  which  his  father  had  been  so  distinguished,  and,  like  him, 
was  soon  called  off  from  the  bar  to  engage  in  political  affairs.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  Senate  of  Massachusetts  in  1812  ;  a  representa- 
tive in.  the  State  Legislature  in  1814  ;  a  member  of  the  Convention  to 
revise  the  Constitution  in  1820  ;  Speaker  of  the  Massachusetts  House 
of  Representatives  in  1822 ;  Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  State  in 
1823  ;  and,  soon  after  retiring  from  this  office  for  a  brief  service  on 
the  Bench  of  the  Supreme  Court,  he  was  elected  Governor  of  Massa- 
chusetts in  1825.  In  this  capacity  he  served  the  State  with  conspic- 
uous fidelity  and  ability  for  nine  successive  years,  and  fairly  won  the 
title  of  a  model  magistrate.  In  1834  he  was  chosen  a  Representative  in 
the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  and  continued  in  that  office  for  seven 
years.  In  1841  he  was  appointed  Collector  of  the  Customs  for  the 
port  of  Boston,  and,  on  quitting  that  post  in  1843,  he  was  immediately 
returned  to  the  Senate  of  Massachusetts,  and  in  the  following  year 
was  made  President  of  that  body.  In  1848  he  was  chosen  President 
of  the  Electoral  College  of  Massachusetts  ;  and  as  late  as  1864,  while 
in  his  82d  year,  he  once  more  discharged  the  office  of  a  Presidential 
Elector.  In  the  mean  time  he  had  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  being  the 
first  Mayor  of  his  native  town,  after  it  was  incorporated  as  a  city,  and 
had  rendered  valuable  service- to  the  community  in  which  he  lived,  as 
President  of  the  Worcester  Agricultural  Society.  His  long  and  hon- 
ored life  was  thus  devoted  to  the  public  interests  Of  the  Commonwealth 
and  the  country  ;  while  his  spotless  integrity  and  private  virtues  com- 
manded the  respect  and  esteem  of  all  who  knew  him.  His  memory  is 
among  the  treasures  of  Massachusetts,  and  will  be  cherished  by  all 
who  appreciate  the  value  to  a  free  State  of  a  patriotic  and  upright 
magistrate,  and  of  a  public-spirited  and  useful  citizen. 

The  Rev.  William  Allen,  D.  D.,  was  the  son  of  the  Rev. 
Thomas  and  Elizabeth  (Lee)  Allen,  and  was  born  in  Pittsfield,  Massa- 
chusetts, on  the  2d  of  January,  1784,  being  the  ninth  of  twelve  chil- 
dren. His  father  was  the  first  minister  of  Pittsfield.  Dr.  Allen 
claimed  to  be  descended,  through  his  mother,  from  Governor  Bradford 
of  Plymouth  Colony. 

He  was  graduated  at  Harvard  College  in  1802,  and  pursued  the 
study  of  theology  with  the  Rev.  John  Pierce  of  Brookline.  In  1804 
he  was  licensed  by  the  Berkshire  Association,  and  preached  for  some 


124  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

months  in  the  western  part  of  New  York.  Returning  to  Massachu- 
setts, he  succeeded  the  Rev.  Dr.  Channing  as  Regent  in  Harvard  Col- 
lege. While  in  that  office,  besides  performing  the  duties  which 
pertain  to  it,  he  prepared  the  first  edition  of  his  "  American  Bio- 
graphical and  Historical  Dictionary,"  which  was  published  in  1809  by 
William  Hilliard,  in  Cambridge,  containing  notices  of  about  seven 
hundred  Americans.  It  comprised  six  hundred  and  thirty-two  pages 
in  octavo.  It  is  claimed  that  this  was  the  first  book  of  general 
biography  published  in  this  country.  It  certainly  reflects  great  credit 
on  the  industry  and  research  of  the  compiler.  Two  years  before  the 
publication  of  this  work,  Dr.  Allen  had  prepared  notices  of  a  number 
of  American  divines  for  the  Rev.  David  Bogue's  "  History  of  the  Dis- 
senters," which  was  first  published  in  London  in  1809.  The  second 
edition  of  Dr.  Allen's  Biographical  Dictionary  was  published  in  1832 
by  William  Hyde  of  Boston,  in  a  large  octavo  of  eight  hun- 
dred pages.  This  volume  is  said  to  contain  over  eighteen  hundred 
names.  The  third  edition,  in  a  still  enlarged  form,  was  published  in 
1857  by  John  B.  Jewett  &  Co.  of  Boston.  This  contained  notices  of 
over  seven  thousand  Americans.  In  1810,  when  Dr.  Allen's  connec- 
tion with  the  College  was  dissolved,  he  delivered  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
oration.  In  October  of  that  year  he  was  ordained  pastor  of  the  church 
in  Pittsfield,  as.  his  father's  successor.  The  Legislature  of  New 
Hampshire,  in  1816,  altered  the  charter  of  Dartmouth  College,  mak- 
ing it  a  University,  and  Dr.  Allen,  in  the  following  year,  was  chosen 
its  President.  This  action  of  the  Legislature  originated  the  famous 
Dartmouth  College  case,  which,  on  an  appeal  to  the  Supreme  Court 
at  Washington,  resulted,  in  1819,  in  the  maintenance  of  the  rights  of 
the  College  against  the  State.  In  1820,  Dr.  Allen  was  appointed  Pres- 
ident of  Bowdoin  College,  in  Maine,  and  he  retained  this  office  till  his 
resignation  in  1839.  Since  this  time  he  lived  at  Northampton,  Massa- 
chusetts, engaging  in  various  literary  labors.  He  made  a  large  collec- 
tion of  words  not  found  in  any  dictionary  of  the  English  language ; 
nearly  fifteen  hundred  being  contributed  to  Worcester's  Dictionary  pub- 
lished in  1846,  more  than  four  thousand  to  Webster's,  1854,  and 
about  six  thousand  for  the  new  edition  of  Webster's.  *  To  what  ex- 
tent these  large  collections  of  words,  thus  contributed,  were  incor- 
porated  in   the    works    above    named,  we    are    not    informed,  as    no 

*  These  memoranda  are  taken  from  the  New  American  Cyclopaedia,  included 
in  a  notice  of  Dr.  Allen,  from  which,  indeed,  this  sketch  is  mainly  compiled. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  8,  1869.  125 

acknowledgments  appear  in  the  Prefaces  to  indicate  it.  Among  other 
works  of  Dr.  Allen  maybe  cited:  Baccalaureate  Addresses,  1823-  29  ; 
Junius  Unmasked,  written  to  prove  that  Lord  Sackville  was  the  real 
Junius;  Account  of  Shipwrecks,  Psalms  and  Hymns,  1835  ;  Memoirs 
of  Eleazar  Wheelock  and  of  Dr.  John  Codman,  1853;  An  Historical 
Discourse  on  the  Fortieth  Anniversary  of  the  Second  Church  in  Dor- 
chester, 1848 ;  Discourse  on  the  Close  of  the  Second  Century  of  the 
Settlement  of  Northampton,  Massachusetts,  1854  ;  Wunnissoo,  or  the 
Vale  of  Hoosatunnuk,  a  poem,  with  notes,  1856  ;  besides  various  mi- 
nor productions.  In  1812,  Dr.  Allen  married  Maria  M.  Wheelock, 
daughter  of  President  Wheelock.  The  degree  of  D.  D.  was  con- 
ferred upon  him  by  Dartmouth  College  in  1821.  He  died  at  North- 
ampton on  the  16th  July,  1868. 

Octavius  Pickering  was  born  in  Wilkesbarre,  Pennsylvania,  Sep- 
tember 2,  1791,  where  his  father  resided  six  years,  having  removed 
thither  from  Philadelphia,  to  which  city  he  returned  in  1792.  In  1801 
his  father  came  back  to  Massachusetts,  and  settled  near  Salem.  Octa- 
vius was  admitted  to  the  Freshman  Class  in  Harvard  University  in 
1806,  and  was  graduated  in  1810.  He  studied  law  in  the  office  of  his 
brother,  John  Pickering,  was  admitted  to  practice  in  1816,  and  took  an 
office  in  Salem,  where  he  continued  to  reside  during  a  few  years,  until 
his  removal  to  Boston,  in  which  city  and  in  Cambridge  he  lived  the 
remainder  of  his  life,  excepting  an  absence  of  seven  years  in  Europe, 
mostly  spent  in  England  and  France.  He  died  in  Boston,  October 
29,  1868. 

He  early  began  the  practice  of  reporting.  In  1820  he  reported  the 
proceedings  in  revising  the  Constitution  of  Massachusetts,  and  in  1821, 
with  his  friend,  William  H.  Gardiner,  reported  the  trial  on  the  im- 
peachment of  Judge  Prescott.  Though  he  did  not  practise  what  is 
technically  called  short-hand,  yet  he  had  adopted  many  abbreviations, 
and  was  quick  in  hearing,  and  rapid  and  accurate  in  penmanship ;  so 
that  at  the  time  of  his  appointment,  in  1822,  as  reporter  to  the  Supreme 
Court,  he  had  superlative  qualifications  for  that  position,  which  he  held 
eighteen  years,  during  which  time,  and  subsequently,  he  was  employed 
in  making  and  publishing  his  reports. 

His  brother,  John  Pickering,  had  pretty  early  begun  to  gather  mate- 
rials for  the  biography  of  their  father,  Timothy  Pickering,  who  was 
Quartermaster-General  in  the  war  of  the  Revolution,  subsequently 
Secretary  of  War  and  of  State,  a  member  of  each  house  of  Congress, 


126  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

and  always  an  active  and  earnest  public  man,  —  the  history  of  whose 
life  was  involved  in  the  party  divisions  and  contests  of  a  stirring  epoch, 
and  led  his  biographers  —  first,  John,  and  afterwards,  Octavius  —  into  a 
minute  investigation  of  the  characters,  acts,  and  events  of  the  whole 
period  in  which  he  took  so  decided  and  distinguished  a  part.  Accord- 
ingly, the  first  step  for  Octavius,  after  the  task  of  the  biography  had 
passed  into  his  hands  on  the  decease  of  his  brother  John,  was  to  get 
together,  under  his  hand,  the  appalling  mass  of  materials  in  the  form 
of  records,  publications,  printed  documents,  and  attainable  private  cor- 
respondence. This  he  did  with  great  diligence,  and  not  without  con- 
siderable expense.  His  copies  of  letters  and  documents,  so  collected, 
consist  of  some  fifty  large  volumes,  which  he  carefully  read  through,  at 
least  twice,  consecutively,  besides  comparing  the  contents,  and  re- 
arranging them  in  a  comprehensive  index,  before  he  began  to  deter- 
mine on  the  selections  to  be  made  for  the  first  volume,  and  to  fill  in  the 
intermediate  spaces  with  explanations,  and  the  notice  of  collateral  cir- 
cumstances, in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  a  connected  chain.  The  first 
volume  was  completed  and  published  in  1867.  At  his  request  the 
continuation  of  the  biography  has  been  put  into  the  hands  of  Mr. 
Charles  W.  Uphani,  of  Salem. 

As  Reporter,  Mr.  Pickering  necessarily  kept  up  his  acquaintance 
with  the  law,  and  he  never  neglected  the  Greek  and  Latin  classics. 
During  his  residence  in  France,  he  had,  of  course,  become  more  famil- 
iar with  the  French,  which  language  he  read  fluently,  with  a  distinct 
pronunciation.  He  read  widely  and  diligently  in  history,  was  a  con- 
stant attendant  at  scientific  lectures,  and  always  present  at  the  Lowell 
course.  He  also  took  great  pleasure  in  the  study  of  Botany,  though 
he  did  not  make  pretensions  to  a  comprehensively  scientific  knowl- 
edge of  it.  If,  in  walking  leisurely  with  a  friend,  he  noticed  on  the 
wayside  a  flower  at  all  remarkable  for  beauty,  rarity,  or  otherwise, 
he  was  wont  to  point  it  out  to  his  companion,  and  was  in  the  habit  of 
bringing  home  specimens  to  be  examined  under  the  microscope.  He 
took  an  active  part  in  founding  the  Society  of  Natural  History  of  New 
England,  and  regularly  attended  its  meetings. 

Mr.  Pickering  was  social,  cheerful,  and  acceptable  in  society,  and  his 
time  never  hung  heavily  with  him  at  home,  where  a  great  part  of  his 
occupations  lay. 

In  the  course  of  his  life  he  was  a  member  of  different  associations  of 
a  private  rather  than  a  public  character,  consisting  of  members  of  lit- 


OF    ARTS    AND   SCIENCES:    JUNE  8,  1869.  127 

erary,  soci.il,  and  political  distinction,  in  which  his  characteristic  mod- 
esty did  not  prevent  him  from  taking  an  active  part.  He  had  a  re- 
markably pleasant  voice  and  distinct  utterance,  and  could  read  aloud 
an  indefinite  time  without  fatigue  to  his  auditors  or  himself. 

He  was  a  man  of  most  amiable  disposition,  pleasing  manners,  and 
lively  wit,  without  poignancy  or  sarcasm ;  a  devoted  and  enduring 
friend,  admired  and  confided  in  by  all,  and  never  knowing  what  it  was 
to  have  an  enemy.  He  never  unduly  urged  his  pretensions,  nor  had 
he  need  to,  for  during  his  life  he  was  surrounded  by  those  who  knew 
his  worth. 

George  Rapall  Notes,  the  son  of  Nathaniel  and  Mary  (nee  Rapall) 
Noyes,  was  born  in  Newburyport,  March  G,  1798.  While  a  pupil  in 
the  public  schools  of  his  native  town,  he  manifested  a  taste  and  aptness 
for  study  which  attracted  the  attention  of  his  pastor,  the  late  Rev.  Dr. 
Dana,  who  encouraged  and  aided  him,  both  by  advice  and  by  the  loan 
of  money.  In  1814  he  entered  Harvard  College,  where  he  maintained 
his  place  as  a  faithful  and  successful  scholar,  graduating  in  1818.  He 
had  defrayed  a  portion  of  his  expenses  by  teaching  country  schools  in 
the  winter,  and  immediately  on  leaving  college  he  took  charge  of  the 
Framingham  Academy,  thus  securing  a  sufficient  income  to  clear  him- 
self from  debt,  and  to  start  with  some  small  savings  on  his  proposed 
course  of  more  advanced  study.  In  1819  he  entered  the  Cambridge 
Divinity  School,  and  in  1822  was  licensed  as  a  preacher.  But  he  had 
become  too  much  engrossed  in  the  literature  of  his  profession  to  forsake 
the  university  for  the  active  duties  of  the  ministry.  He  continued  at 
Cambridge  for  eight  years  longer,  holding  at  first  the  duties  of  a  proc- 
tor, with  some  private  pupils  whose  tuition-fees  eked  out  his  frugal 
means  of  living,  and  for  the  last  two  years  employed  as  a  tutor  in  the 
classical  department.  By  this  time  it  had  become  quite  generally 
known  that  he  had  been  devoting  himself  with  great  assiduity  and 
singleness  of  purpose  to  the  Hebrew  language  and  scriptures.  In 
1827  he  became  pastor  of  the  First  Congregational  Church  in  Brook- 
field.  Though  the  leisure  which  so  small  and  retired  a  parish  might 
give  him  for  study  had  no  inferior  place  among  his  motives  in  accept- 
ing the  invitation,  he  yet  was  conscientiously  faithful  in  his  ministerial 
charge,  and  established  life-long  relations  of  mutual  respect,  affection, 
and  gratitude  with  his  parishioners.  Shortly  after  his  settlement  he 
published  his  translation  of  Job,  which  gave  him  at  once  a  foremost 
place  among  distinguished  scholars  in  that  department  of  learning.     In 


128  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

1834  the  insufficiency  of  his  support  compelled  him  to  resign  his  charge 
at  Brookfield.  He  then  accepted  a  pastorate  at  Petersham,  where  he 
had  a  peaceful,  happy,  and  prosperous  ministry  of  six  years.  In  1 840 
he  was  invited  to  fill  the  chair  of  Hebrew  and  other  Oriental  Lan- 
guages and  Biblical  Literature  in  Harvard  University.  He  retained 
this  office  till  his  death,  and,  though  for  many  months  he  had  suffered 
from  illness  and  physical  infirmity,  he  remained  in  the  full  exercise  of 
his  mental  powers,  and  with  unimpaired  ability  for  his  duties  as  a 
teacher,  till  within  a  few  days  of  his  decease,  which  took  place  June  8, 
1868. 

He  received  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Divinity  from  Harvard  Uni- 
versity in  1889.  He  was  chosen  a  member  of  the  American  Academy 
in  1844.  Elected  to  other  learned  bodies,  he  declined  membership 
from  an  unwillingness  to  be  enrolled  where  he  could  not  render  active 
service. 

Dr.  Noyes's  principal  publications  in  his  lifetime  were  the  version  of 
Job,  already  mentioned,  which  passed  through  four  editions ;  a  trans- 
lation of  the  Book  of  Psalms,  and  a  translation  of  the  Hebrew  Proph- 
ets, of  both  of  which  three  editions  were  published ;  and  a  translation 
of  the  Proverbs,  Ecclesiastes,  and  Canticles,  of  which  there  were  two 
editions.  Besides  these,  he  published  numerous  tracts,  occasional  ser- 
mons, and  articles  in  periodicals.  His  latest  work,  nearly  ready  for  the 
press  when  he  died,  and  issued  in  the  following  autumn,  was  a  trans- 
lation of  the  New  Testament,  in  which  he  condensed  the  results  of  his 
life-long  study  of  the  Sacred  Records,  and  which  he  regarded  equally  as 
the  ripest  fruit  of  his  scholarship,  and  as  his  last  and  best  offering  upon 
the  altar  of  Christian  faith. 

These  works  are  the  most  adequate  memorial  of  their  author's  mind 
and  culture.  They  indicate  untiring  industry,  profound  study,  keen 
critical  acumen,  thorough  grasp  of  the  subject  in  hand,  full  command  of 
the  materials  and  resources  of  critical  inquiry,  and  that  just  apprehen- 
sion of  the  intent  and  spirit  of  the  books  belonging  to  the  sacred  canon, 
without  which  no  amount  of  learning  or  skill  could  have  made  him  a 
good  translator.  We  have  no  space  for  the  minute  examination  of  the 
merits  of  his  translations  in  themselves,  or  as  compared  with  other 
similar  works.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  he  who  should  pronounce  either 
of  them  superior  to  any  other  extant  translation  of  the  same  books 
might  see  ample  ground  for  such  an  opinion,  both  in  the  tokens  of 
exhaustive  research  and  in  the  marks  of  sound  and  sober  judgment  to 
be  found  in  them  all. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  8,  1869.  129 

Dr.  Noyes's  moral  character  was  well  adapted  to  aid  his  success  and 
worthy  fame  as  a  critic.  He  was  at  once  reverent  and  bold,  —  reverent 
for  all  truth,  as  one  with  God,  but  wholly  destitute  of  prescriptive 
reverence  for  what  bad  been  held  as  truth,  until  it  had  shown  its  cre- 
dentials and  established  its  claim.  He  thus  pushed  his  inquiries  to  the 
utmost  limit ;  but  while  he  rejected  many  things  which  others  held 
sacred,  no  man  ever  had  a  firmer  faith  than  he  (a  faith  which  seemed 
to  him  as  strongly  grounded  as  if  it  had  been  susceptible  of  mathe- 
matical demonstration)  in  the  divine  mission  and  authority  of  the 
Founder  of  Christianity,  and  in  the  authenticity  of  the  records  through 
which  his  life  and  character  have  been  transmitted.  Himself  a  free 
and  fearless  inquirer,  he  claimed  for  others  the  same  liberty,  and  re- 
garded honest  dissent,  denial,  and  scepticism  with  uniform  respect  and 
kindness. 

As  a  writer  he  was  simple,  chaste,  perspicuous,  and  at  the  same  time 
concise,  with  little  ornament,  but  with  instructive  rather  than  careful 
heed  to  the  canons  of  pure  taste  and  accurate  diction.  As  a  preacher, 
he  was  plain,  sensible,  serious,  and  weighty,  impressing  his  hearers 
with  his  own  sincerity,  and  most  esteemed  by  those  whose  esteem  is  of 
the  most  worth. 

In  private  life  no  man  could  be  more  worthily  loved.  Happy  in 
those  who  shared  his  home,  he  made  his  home  happy.  Faithful,  kind, 
genial,  hospitable,  he  had  equally  the  unlimited  confidence  and  the 
warm  affection  of  all  who  stood  in  near  or  intimate  relation  with  him ; 
and  while  his  modesty  and  his  retired  life  may  have  given  him  fewer 
personal  friends  than  his  reputation  would  have  brought  him,  those 
who  knew  him  well  knew  him  only  to  love  and  honor  him.  The  last 
three  or  four  years  of  his  life  were  marked  by  unintermitted  debility 
and  suffering;  and  for  a  long  period  he  was  seldom  able  to  cross  his 
own  threshold,  his  classes  coming  to  him  in  his  study.  During  this 
whole  season  he  manifested  entire  resignation,  serene  Christian  trust,  a 
patience  never  disturbed,  and  an  engagedness  in  his  wonted  pursuits 
which  had  not  begun  to  flag  when  he  was  laid  upon  his  death-bed. 
As  a  Christian  scholar,  he  merits  a  foremost  place  among  his  contem- 
poraries ;  as  a  Christian  man,  he  has  his  record,  equally,  we  trust,  in 
grateful  and  reverent  memories  on  earth  and  in  the  book  of  life 
eternal. 

Horace  Mann  was  elected  into  the  Academy  on  the  eleventh  of 
November  last ;  and   he  died   the  same  night.     Devoted  to  Natural 

VOL.   VIII.  17 


130  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

History  almost  from  childhood,  and  trained  to  investigation  in  one  de- 
partment, in  which  he  had  made  successful  explorations  in  a  distant 
field,  he  was  confidently  expected  to  add  new  celebrity  to  the  distin- 
guished name  he  inherited,  when  a  career  of  unusual  scientific  promise 
was  thus  suddenly  arrested. 

He  was  the  eldest  son  of  the  late  Hon.  Horace  Mann  (of  whom  it  is 
unnecessary  here  to  speak),  and  was  born  in  Boston  on  the  25th  of 
February,  1844 ;  therefore  had  not  completed  the  25th  year  of  his  age. 
His  earlier  studies  were  pui'sued  mainly  under  the  immediate  direction 
of  his  parents,  with  both  of  whom  education  was  a  specialty.  Soon 
after  his  father's  death  the  family  removed  from  Antioch  College,  just 
as  Horace  was  prepared  to  enter  upon  the  regular  course.  He  studied 
at  Concord  for  some  time  with  private  tutors,  and  then  entered  the 
Scientific  School  at  Cambridge,  giving  himself  first  to  Zoology,  espe- 
cially Conchology,  under  Professor  Agassiz,  and  afterwards  to  Botany 
under  Professor  Gray.  In  1864  he  joined  his  friend  William  T. 
Brigham  in  a  visit  to  the  Sandwich  Islands  by  way  of  the  Isthmus 
and  California ;  and  they  explored  this  group  in  company,  Mr.  Mann 
taking  the  Botany  as  his  particular  department,  while  Mr.  Brigham 
attended  more  to  the  Geology  and  Mineralogy.  On  his  return  to 
Cambridge  he  took  up  the  special  study  of  Hawaiian  plants,  and  re- 
joined the  Scientific  School  of  Harvard  University.  Upon  applying 
for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  (which  he  obtained  with  honors 
in  1867),  he  laid  before  his  examiners,  as  his  thesis,  an  elaborate  and 
critical  "  Enumeration  of  Hawaiian  Plants,"  which  was  deemed  worthy 
of  a  place  among  the  publications  of  this  Academy.  It  fills  almost 
one  hundred  pages  of  the  seventh  volume  of  our  Proceedings,  and  has 
been  recognized  in  the  botanical  world  as  a  contribution  of  sterling 
value.  It  had  been  preceded  by  two  other  papers  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  upon  certain  new  plants  of 
the  Sandwich  Islands,  and  it  was  to  be  followed  by  a  complete  Flora 
of  those  Islands  for  the  use  of  general  botanists  on  the  one  hand,  and 
of  the  residents  of  the  country  on  the  other,  such  a  work  being  a  de- 
sideratum for  both.  Mr.  Mann  had  actually  written  out  the  greater 
part  of  it,  and  three  fasciculi  were  printed  by  the  Essex  Institute ;  it  is 
hoped  that  the  work  may  be  completed  from  the  notes  and  materials 
left  by  him.  The  smaller  papers  and  articles  contributed  by  Mr.  Mann 
to  the  Boston  Natural  History  Society  and  to  scientific  journals  are  at 
least  twelve  in  number.    All  his  writings,  in  their  simplicity,  directness, 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :     JUNE  8,  1869.  131 

order,  and  the  total  absence  of  pretence  and  show,  may  recall  to  those 
who  knew  him  well  somewhat  of  the  traits  of  the  man,  —  his  great 
modesty,  singleness  and  tenacity  of  purpose,  and  disinterested  devotion 
to  science  for  its  own  sake.  Looking  back  over  the  very  few  years 
which  were  allotted  to  him,  we  wonder  at  the  amount  of  work  he  was 
able  to  accomplish,  as  represented  in  these  publications.  They  are  the 
fruits,  apparently  not  so  much  of  youthful  enthusiasm,  which  was 
not  lacking,  as  of  conscientious,  unremitting,  and  well-directed  labor. 
Moreover,  they  were  brought  forth  under  delicate  health,  and,  at 
length,  under  the  ravages  of  an  insidious  disease,  and  amid  other  on- 
erous if  congenial  duties.  He  was  for  several  years,  and  until  the  end, 
Curator  of  Botany  to  the  Natural  History  Society ;  for  the  last  two 
years  Curator  to  the  Herbarium  of  Harvard  University,  and  assistant 
to  the  Professor ;  and  last  autumn,  under  an  appointment  as  College 
Tutor,  he  took  the  whole  charge  of  the  Botanical  department,  and  the 
superintendence  of  the  Botanic  Garden,  in  the  absence  of  the  Profes- 
sor. But  his  powers  soon  failed  under  the  rapid  development  of  pul- 
monary disease  ;  he  was  called  away  from  his  chosen  work  just  when 
he  had  given  proof  of  rare  capacity  for  performing  it,  and  from  this 
Society  almost  at  the  moment  when  we  had  numbered  him  as  our  own. 

William  Mitchell  was  born  at  Nantucket,  Mass.,  on  the  20th  of 
December,  1791,  and  died  at  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y.,  on  the  19th  of 
April,  1869.  His  opportunities  for  education  were  no  better  than  those 
which  the  Island  at  that  time  afforded.  The  remembrance  of  his  early 
school-days  was  associated  with  the  severe  discipline  common  at  that 
period,  so  that  the  recollection  of  his  school  experiences  gave  him  little 
pleasure.  He  said,  in  a  brief  sketch  of  his  life,  written  for  his  oldest 
granddaughter,  that  no  teacher  inspired  him  with  any  love  of  learning. 

Although  his  father  was  in  comfortable  circumstances,  he  followed 
the  custom  of  the  lads  of  the  town,  and  learned  the  cooper's  trade  at  the 
age  of  fifteen ;  giving  it  up,  however,  almost  immediately,  and  entering 
a  school,  as  Assistant,  at  eighteen,  and  as  Principal  soon  after. 

Mr.  Mitchell  married,  on  the  10th  of  December,  1812,  Lydia  Cole- 
man, whom  he  had  known  from  his  boyhood.  This  union  lasted  forty- 
eight  years.  Ten  children  were  born  to  them,  of  whom  nine  survive. 
In  a  memoir,  written  by  himself,  he  says :  "  All  that  my  children  are, 
physically  and  morally,  is  attributable,  under  Divine  Providence,  to 
that  talented  and  excellent  woman.  Never  were  the  duties  of  wife  and 
mother  more  conscientiously  performed." 


132  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

In  the  war  of  1812,  the  property,  mostly  in  ships,  of  Mr.  Mitchell's 
father  was  greatly  impaired,  and  the  most  rigid  economy  was  de- 
manded of  the  son,  in  order  to  support  his  young  family.  He  left  his 
school  and  engaged  with  his  father  in  an  oil-factory  and  cooperage.  In 
1822  he  resumed  school-keeping,  which  he  always  loved  ;  and  when  the 
public  schools  wrere  established  in  his  native  town,  he  was  one  of  the 
first  two  teachers  appointed.  Finding  this  occupation  too  laborious,  he 
relinquished  it  in  a  few  years,  and  again  started  a  private  school.  In 
1830  he  gave  this  up  also,  and  became  secretary  in  an  insurance  office. 
In  1887  he  took  charge  of  the  Pacific  Bank  as  cashier,  and,  at  nearly 
the  same  time,  of  a  savings-bank.  Both  these  offices  he  held  for  about 
twenty  years.  In  1861,  being  nearly  seventy  years  of  age,  he  retired 
from  all  business,  and  removed  to  Lynn,  where  two  of  his  daughters 
resided.  In  1865  he  followed  his  distinguished  daughter,  Miss  Maria 
Mitchell,  to  Vassar  College,  near  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y. 

Although  Mr.  Mitchell  was  little  of  a  politician,  he  held  many  honor- 
able positions  in  the  State.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Convention  for 
the  Revision  of  the  Constitution  of  Massachusetts,  in  1820.  Twenty- 
four  years  afterwards  he  was  a  member  of  the  State  Senate,  and  later 
still  of  the  Council  of  Governor  Briggs,  to  whom  he  was  much  attached. 
He  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Overseers  of  Harvard  Col- 
lege for  six  years,  and,  at  the  expiration  of  that  time,  he  was  re-elected 
by  an  almost  unanimous  vote  of  both  Houses. 

From  his  earliest  years,  Mr.  Mitchell. was  interested  in  the  study  of 
Astronomy,  having  inherited  the  taste  from  his  father.  His  mathe- 
matical learning  was  not  sufficient  to  carry  him  through  its  difficult 
calculations,  but  Bowditch's  Navigator  and  the  Nautical  Almanac  were 
thoroughly  studied.  He  calculated  carefully,  and  observed  success- 
fully the  eclipse  of  February  12,  1831,  which  was  annular  at  Nan- 
tucket. With  a  small  spy-glass  he  caught  an  early  sight  of  Halley's 
comet,  at  its  last  return  in  1835.  He  was  one  of  the  first,  if  not  the 
very  first,  to  see  it  in  this  country.  Mr.  Mitchell  was  familiar  also 
with  meteorological  phenomena,  of  which  he  kept  a  record  for  about 
half  a  century.  His  eye  was  quick  to  detect  any  change  in  nature. 
For  some  years  he  made  observations  for  the  United  States  Coast 
Survey,  in  order  to  determine  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  Nantucket. 

Mr.  Mitchell  said  modestly  of  himself:  "  I  have  somehow  had  a 
scientific  reputation,  although  never  entitled  to  it,  and  in  middle  life 
held  quite  a  position  among  astronomers  of  that  day."    To  the  scientific 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE  8,  1869.  133 

atmosphere  in  which  he  delighted,  and  which  he  shed  around  his  own 
home  and  neighborhood,  the  world  is  indebted  for  the  gifted  astro- 
nomical observer  and  computer,  Miss  Maria  Mitchell.  In  1831,  the 
daughter,  though  only  thirteen  years  old,  counted  time  for  her  father 
while  he  observed  the  annular  eclipse  of  the  sun.  From  that  time 
until  his  death,  the  two  worked  together  in  perfect  sympathy.  Al- 
though Mr.  Mitchell  had  no  official  connection  with  Vassar  College, 
where  he  passed  the  last  years  of  his  life  with  his  daughter,  he  ren- 
dered valuable  aid  in  its  organization  by  his  wisdom,  his  gentleness, 
and  his  long  experience  as  Overseer  of  Harvard  College  and  member 
of  its  visiting  committees.  The  years  spent  in  the  Observatory  of  Vas- 
sar College  were  remarkably  happy.  Only  a  year  before  his  death  he 
wrote  thus :  "  With  scarcely  a  circumstance  to  throw  a  shade  over  my 
declining  years,  I  have  made  acquaintances  among  teachers  and  pro- 
fessors which  a  prince  might  envy."  And  again  he  wrote:  "I  have 
had  my  days  of  sorrow  and  of  trial,  but  I  know  of  no  man,  living  or 
dead,  whose  life  has  been  so  exempt  from  the  evils  common  to  man- 
kind." 

Without  much  strength  of  constitution,  Mr.  Mitchell  lived  to  the 
advanced  age  of  seventy-seven,  and  died  at  length  of  old  age.  He  ap- 
proached death,  not  only  with  calmness,  but  with  cheerfulness.  Although 
an  invalid  for  the  last  year  of  his  life,  and  confined  to  his  room  for 
several  months,  his  mind  lost  none  of  its  vigor,  and  his  interest  in 
physical  science  continued  without  any  abatement  to  the  end.  He 
listened  to  the  reading  of  a  letter  a  few  hours  before  he  died,  and 
spoke  only  a  few  minutes  before  he  ceased  to  breathe. 

Mr.  Mitchell's  character  was  that  of  the  Christian  gentleman.  By 
his  sweetness  and  gentleness  he  won  the  love  of  all  around  him.  He 
had  many  friends,  and  it  was  scarcely  possible  that  he  could  have  a 
single  enemy.  He  was  a  lover  of  peace,  and  shed  the  sunshine  of 
peace  into  whatever  circle  he  entered.  A  Quaker  by  birth,  and 
always  in  harmony  with  that  sect,  he  illustrated  in  perfection  its  many 
excellent  characteristics.  He  was  more  of  a  thinker  than  a  reader  or 
writer,  and,  under  more  favorable  circumstances,  might  have  been 
widely  known  as  a  discoverer  of  truth.  His  principal  writings  are : 
A  highly  appreciative  account  of  the  early  history  and  achievements  of 
the  Observatory  of  Harvard  College,  published  in  the  Christian  Ex- 
aminer for  March,  1851  ;  two  communications  upon  the  Tails  of 
Comets,  printed  in  Volume  XXXVIII.  of  the  American  Journal  of 


134  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Science,  April,  1840,  and  Volume  XL.,  April,  1841 ;  a  brief  account 
of  the  Aurora  of  May  29,  1840,  contained  in  Volume  XXXIX.  of  the 
same  journal  for  October,  1840;  an  account  of  the  discovery  of  the 
Comet  of  October  1,  1847,  by  his  daughter,  Miss  Maria  Mitchell,  for 
which  she  received  the  comet  medal,  offered  by  the  King  of  Denmark, 
also  in  the  same  journal,  Volume  V.,  N.  S.,  for  May,  1848.  In  Volume 
IX.  of  the  Second  Series  of  the  American  Journal  of  Science,  Mr.  Mit- 
chell has  given  a  brief  notice  of  the  scientific  tastes  and  attainments  of 
Walter  Folger,  of  Nantucket.  The  theory  which  Mr.  Mitchell  sug- 
gested, and  skilfully  defended,  in  regard  to  the  tails  of  comets,  asserted 
that  they  "are  formed  by  the  sun's  rays,  slightly  refracted  by  the 
nucleus,  in  traversing  the  envelope  of  the  comet,  and  uniting  in  an  in- 
finite number  of  points  beyond  it,  throwing  a  stronger  than  ordinary 
light  on  the  ethereal  medium,  near  to  or  more  remote  from  the  comet, 
as  the  ray,  from  its  relative  position  .and  direction,  is  more  or  less  re- 
fracted." Later  in  life,  he  felt  the  difficulties  of  his  own,  as  of  all 
other  theories,  on  this  perplexing  subject. 

Charles  Frederick  Philip  von  Martius,  the  distinguished 
botanist  and  traveller  in  Brazil,  was  born  at  Erlangen  on  the  17th  of 
April,  1794,  and  died  at  Munich,  December  13,  1868.  He  came  of  a 
learned  stock:  one  of  his  ancestors,  Galeottus  Martius,  born  at  Ra- 
venna in  1428,  was  librarian  of  the  celebrated  library  of  Matthias 
Corvinus,  King  of  Hungary ;  a  great-uncle  was  the  author  of  a  Flora 
of  Moscow  (the  first  edition  of  which,  all  but  two  copies,  was  consumed 
in  the  conflagration  of  that  city) ;  and  his  father  (who  lived  to  a  very 
advanced  age)  was  one  of  the  three  founders  of  the  oldest  botanical 
Society  extant,  the  Botanische  Gesellschaft  of  Ratisbon.  His  botanical 
teacher  at  the  University  of  Erlangen  was  Schreber,  who  had  studied 
under  Linnreus.  His  earliest  work  —  his  thesis  for  the  doctorate  —  was 
his  Enumeratio  Horti  Botanici  Erlangensis,  in  1814.  When,  after  the 
death  of  Schreber,  his  collections  were  purchased  for  the  Bavarian 
Academy,  the  veteran  Schrank  was  sent  to  Erlangen  to  convey  them  to 
Munich.  He  there  found  in  young  Martius  a  student  of  such  promise 
that  he  attracted  him  to  the  Bavarian  capital  and  employed  him  as  his 
assistant  in  the  Botanic  Garden.  Here,  while  acting  practically  as 
superintendent  of  the  establishment,  Martius  was  noticed  by  King 
Maximilian,  and  soon  after  was  selected  by  him  to  be  one  of  the  two 
naturalists  (Dr.  Spix  being  the  other)  which  that  enlightened  monarch 
had  insisted  upon  adding,  at  his  own  expense,  to  the  scientific  staff 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE  8,  1869.  135 

which  the  Austrian  government  attached  to  the  squadron  which  was 
to  convey  to  Rio  the  Austrian  princess,  about  to  become  Empress  of 
Brazil.  They  embarked  at  Trieste  in  the  spring  of  1817  ;  and  during 
the  ensuing  three  years  these  two  naturalists,  with  very  moderate 
means  and  appliances,  made  those  extended  explorations  and  precious 
collections  which  —  along  with  those  of  Humboldt  —  form  the  princi- 
pal foundation  of  our  knowledge  of  the  natural  history  of  Brazil,  espe- 
cially of  the  Amazon,  which  they  ascended  to  within  the  frontiers  of 
Peru. 

The  health  of  Dr.  Spix  gave  way  under  the  fatigues  and  exposures 
of  these  explorations ;  and  he  died  a  few  years  after  his  return  to' 
Europe,  shortly  after  the  commencement  of  the  publication  of  the  ex- 
tended series  of  works  destined  to  record  the  results  of  the  expedition. 
The  whole  burden  now  fell  upon  Dr.  Martius,  with  such  assistance  as 
he  could  command  from  his  pupils  or  others.  For  the  ichthyological 
collection  he  called  upon  a  young  zoologist,  then  a  student  at  Munich, 
now  our  own  colleague,  who  thus  made  his  first  essay  in  the  study  of  the 
natural  productions  of  that  vast  stream  which  he  was  destined  person- 
ally to  explore,  many  years  afterwards,  under  better  than  regal  aus- 
pices. The  second  and  third  volumes  of  the  Reise  in  Brasilien,  which 
will  compare  favorably  with  Humboldt's  "Personal  Narrative,"  and 
the  great  Atlas,  were  entirely  by  Martius.  For  the  Nova  Genera  et 
Species  Plantarum  Brasiliensiiim,  he  had  the  assistance  of  Zuccarini 
only  in  the  first  volume.  This  work  forms  an  epoch  in  botanical  illus- 
tration, not  only  for  the  completeness  and  excellence  of  the  analyses, 
but  also  as  the  earliest  application  to  this  purpose  of  the  newly  in- 
vented art  of  engraving  upon  lithographic  stone. 

His  greatest  work  —  one  specially  adapted  to  the  author's  genius 
and  multifarious  learning,  and  without  doubt  the  most  sumptuous 
and  elaborate  of  all  botanical  monographs  —  is  the  ffistoria  Palmarum, 
in  three  elephant-folio  volumes,  and  containing  two  hundred  and  forty- 
five  plates.  Begun  in  view  of  the  Brazilian  species  merely,  it  was 
soon  expanded  to  embrace  the  whole  noble  family  of  Palms  through- 
out the  world ;  and  its  completion  in  1850,  crowning  eighteen  years  of 
labor,  inseparably  and  for  all  time  connects  the  name  of  Martius  with 
these  princes  of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  as  Linnaaus  aptly  terms  them. 
While  this  last  work  was  still  in  progress,  and  after  some  essays  in 
a  humbler  form,  Von  Martius  planned,  and  in  the  year  1840  com- 
menced the  publication  of,  the  folio  Flora  Brasiliensis,  —  the  grandest 


136  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

• 

particular  flora  ever  undertaken.  It  began  under  the  auspices  of  the 
sovereigns  of  Austria  and  Bavaria,  and  was  afterwards  liberally  fos- 
tered by  the  Brazilian  government.  The  forty-seven  parts,  —  some  of 
them,  in  fact,  volumes,  —  already  published,  comprise  almost  one  hun- 
dred natural  orders,  and  more  than  eight  thousand  species,  of  which 
fully  one  thousand  four  hundred  are  illustrated  by  figures.  With  the 
essential  aid  recently  guaranteed  by  the  Emperor  of  Brazil,  and  un- 
der the  editorial  charge  of  his  most  able  assistant  and  colleague,  Dr. 
Eichler,  this  great  work  may  be  expected  to  reach  an  early  completion, 
and  to  form  a  noble  monument  to  the  memory  of  Von  Martius,  al- 
though he  himself  elaborated  only  two  or  three  of  the  families.  He 
took  laborious  oversight  of  the  whole,  and  wrote  the  various  subsidiary 
articles,  Excursus,  fyc,  especially  those  upon  the  medicinal  and  eco- 
nomical uses  of  Brazilian  plants,  and  upon  the  aspects  and  character- 
istics of  vegetation  in  different  parts  of  the  empire.  These  disserta- 
tions are  written  in  choice  Latin,  and  with  a  vigor  and  spirit  which,  it 
has  been  said,  inspire  regret  for  the  olden  time,  when  this  was  the  uni- 
versal language  of  botany.  His  fondness  for  linguistic  studies,  also,  led 
him  to  investigate  the  languages  of  the  tribes  among  which  he  trav- 
elled, and  to  collect  vocabularies.  He  gave  new  attention  to  this  sub- 
ject in  his  later  years,  and  in  1867  brought  out  his  important,  and,  as 
it  proved,  his  last  work,  the  Beitrdge  zur  Ethnographie  und  Sprachen- 
kunde  Amerikas,  zumal  Brasiliens,  in  two  octavo  volumes. 

He  wi'ote  a  separate  treatise  upon  the  medical  properties  of  the 
plants  of  Brazil.  He  was  a  copious  contributor  to  the  Gelehrte  Anzei- 
gen,  of  Munich,  during  the  whole  period  of  its  existence.  In  addition 
to  his  onerous  duties  as  Professor  of  Botany  in  the  University,  and  Di- 
rector of  the  Botanic  Garden,  he  was  for  many  years,  and  down  to  his 
death,  the  active  Secretary  of  the  Mathematico-physical  section  of  the 
Royal  Bavarian  Academy  ;  and  in  that  capacity  he  delivered  a  series  of 
eulogies  upon  distinguished  deceased  members,  which,  recently  re- 
printed in  two  octavo  volumes,  form  a  collection  which  may  well  com- 
pare with  the  similar  and  celebrated  orations  of  Cuvier.  These  dis- 
courses, ranging,  as  they  do,  over  wide  fields  in  science  and  philoso- 
phy, exuberant  in  learning,  discursive  and  yet  profound,  and  often 
aglow  with  feeling,  may  give  to  those  who  knew  him  not  some  idea  of 
the  man  himself,  —  of  his  wealth  of  knowledge  and  nobleness  of 
spirit,  his  affectionate  disposition,  vivacity,  geniality,  and  the  fervid 
poetical  imagination,  which  was  rather  tempered  than  restrained  by  the 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  8,  1869.  137 

discipline  of  science  and  the  experience  of  life.  All  appropriate  hon- 
ors and  distinctions  testified  to  his  worth  and  the  value  of  his  scientific 
services.  These  culminated  upon  the  fiftieth  and  jubilee  anniversary 
of  his  doctorate,  on  the  30th  of  March,  1864,  when  his  numerous 
friends  and  admirers  of  all  parts  of  the  world  united  to  do  him  honor. 
Among  the  many  offerings  of  that  day  was  a  large  gold  medal  which 
his  friends  had  caused  to  be  struck,  with  the  inscription,  "  Palmarum 
pafri  dant  lustra  decern  tibi  pahnam.  In  pahnis  resurgcs."  But 
the  infirmities  of  age  were  coming  on.  Yet  another  lustrum  was  al- 
most filled  with  not  unequal  scientific  labors,  when,  after  shoi't  suffer- 
ing, came  the  final  rest;  and,  as  the  year  1868  drew  near  its  close, 
the  bier  of  Martius  was  decked  with  palms, — souvenirs  of  his  greatest 
scientific  achievement,  and  with  which  his  name  is  imperishably  asso- 
ciated. 

Henry  Hart  Milman  *  Dean  of  St.  Paul's,  was  born  in  1791,  and 
died  in  October,  1868,  at  the  age  of  77.  It  would  be  difficult  to  name 
among  Englishmen  of  the  present  century  a  more  pleasing  instance  of 
devotion  to  letters  than  that  of  this  eminent  man.  His  early  life  was 
marked  by  academic  distinctions.  He  gained  an  honorable  reputation 
as  a  poet;  and  through  his  long  career  his  scholarship  revealed  itself 
in  various  occasional  contributions  to  the  literature  of  the  time.  But 
he  is  best  known  by  a  series  of  historical  writings,  which  covered  from 
first  to  last  some  thirty  years  of  his  life. 

His  "  History  of  the  Jews,"  published  in  1830  in  the  Family 
Library,  seemed  too  bold  to  the  public  of  that  day,  and  it  brought 
some  censure  upon  his  head.  This  he  bore  with  silent  patience,  and 
outlived  it.  When  after  the  lapse  of  a  generation  he  reissued  the 
book,  with  additions  but  without  compromise,  it  was  received  in  a  dif- 
ferent spirit.  Next  he  appeared  as  the  author  of  a  "  History  of  Chris- 
tianity to  the  Extinction  of  Paganism  in  the  Roman  Empire."  His 
third  and  most  extensive  work,  the  "  History  of  Latin  Christianity," 
was  a  continuation  of  this.  It  comes  down  to  the  point  at  which  Gib- 
bon's "Decline  and  Fall"  terminates,  but  is  written  with  a  different 
purpose  and  in  another  vein.  Dean  Milman's  previous  diligent  editor- 
ship of  Gibbon  had  doubtless  helped  to  train  him  to  his  undertaking. 
Gibbon  had  not  professed  to  write  a  history  of  the  middle  ages ;  and 
Hallam  had  not  exhausted  the  subject.     Indeed,  a  modern    layman 

*  Omitted  in  the  enumeration  of  deceased  members  on  page  122. 
VOL.    VIII.  18 


138  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

could  hardly  bring  to  the  history  of  the  mediaeval  Church  all  the  sym- 
pathy of  a  clerical  scholar.  But  Milraan's  work,  though  the  point  of 
view  is  ecclesiastical,  is  not  a  mere  priestly  survey.  The  mediaeval 
Church  was  an  ever-present  social  force  ;  and  its  chief  men  were  in  a 
multitude  of  cases  the  chief  men  of  their  time.  The  great  poet  of  the 
middle  ages  worked  in  realms  from  which  the  Church  drew  its  sanc- 
tions and  its  terrors,  and  in  a  certain  sense  is  almost  a  Church  figure. 
Thus  the  history  of  Latin  Christianity  is  in  large  measure  the  history  of 
Western  Christendom.  Dean  Milman  was  awake  to  the  greatness  of 
his  theme ;  and  has  made  a  very  valuable  addition  to  general  history. 
The  calm,  mild,  and  genial  spirit  of  the  man  appears  in  all  his  writings. 
But  though  without  gall,  he  was  not  without  nerve.  He  could  take 
with  courage,  and  hold  with  steadiness,  the  difficult  middle  ground  be- 
tween obstinate  assertion  and  obstinate  denial.  He  stood  clear  of  the 
dogmatism  of  the  right  and  the  dogmatism  of  the  left.  His  tone  has 
been  characterized  as  that  of  "  elegant  neutrality."  Certainly  his  turn 
was  not  partisan  or  polemic ;  yet  he  had  not  only  a  cultivated  mind, 
but  heart  and  will.  A  certain  want  of  passion  and  fire,  it  is  true,  may 
now  and  then  obstruct  or  slacken  the  flow  of  his  narrative ;  and  his 
historical  style  sometimes  fails  in  the  rhythm  that  might  be  expected 
from  a  poet's  hand. 

His  latest  book  was  a  labor  of  love.  The  famous  Cathedral  of 
which  for  many  years  he  had  the  leading  care  was  an  object  of  his 
warm  affection.  He  cherished  its  history,  sought  to  increase  its  bene- 
fits, and  strove  to  perfect  its  structure.  The  best  and  most  character- 
istic token  of  his  faithful  regard  is  the  interesting  volume  in  which  he 
has  written  its  "  Annals."  The  ripe  knowledge  and  amiable  temper  of 
the  old  man  give  a  sunset  glow  to  the  record.  By  those  who  knew 
him  he  will  long  be  kindly  remembered,  not  only  for  his  attainments, 
but  also  for  his  qualities. 


Six   hundred  and   eleventh   Meeting. 

September  25,1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Vice-President  in  the  chair. 

Professor  H.  R.  Storer  read  a  paper  on  the  origin  of  double 
monsters  in  the  human  species. 


OP    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    NOVEMBER    10,   1869.  139 

Six   hundred   and   twelfth   Meeting. 

October  12,  1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  in  the  chair. 

On  the  motion  of  Professor  B.  Peirce  it  was  voted,  That  the 
mathematical  section  of  the  Academy  be  authorized  to  meet 
as  a  committee  and  receive  mathematical  communications  ; 
and  a  meeting  of  this  committee  was  appointed  for  Tuesday, 
October  19,  at  four  o'clock,  p.  m. 

Professor  Peirce  made  a  communication  on  his  investiga- 
tions in  Linear  Algebra. 


Six  hundred   and  thirteenth   Meeting. 

November  10,  1869.  —  Statute  Meeting. 


'3 


The  Corresponding  Secretary  in  the  chair. 

Dr.  Jarvis  made  a  communication  on  the  coming  decennial 
census  of  the  United  States. 

The  following  committee  was  appointed  to  consider  and 
report  upon  this  subject ;  viz.  Dr.  Jarvis,  Professor  Peabody, 
and  Professor  Washburn. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy  :  — 

Thomas  W.  Parsons,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  4. 

James  M.  Barnard,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Henry  L.  Whiting,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  I.,  Section  2. 

Professor  Nathaniel  Southgate  Shaler,  of  Cambridge,  to  be 
a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II.,  Section  1. 


140  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Six   hundred   and    fourteenth    Meeting. 

December  14,  1869.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Letters  were  read  from  James  M.  Barnard  and  N.  S.  Shaler, 
in  acknowledgment  of  their  election  into  the  Academy.  Also 
letters  relative  to  the  exchanges  of  the  Academy. 

Dr.  M.  Wyman,  from  the  Rumford  Committee,  reported 
that  the  Rumford  Medal,  voted  at  the  Annual  Meeting  to  Mr. 
George  H.  Corliss,  was  ready  for  presentation.  It  was  ordered 
that  the  presentation  be  made  at  the  next  meeting. 

Dr.  Jarvis,  from  the  committee  appointed  at  the  preceding 
meeting  relative  to  the  ensuing  census,  made  a  detailed  report, 
closing  with  a  proposal  to  present  the  following  memorial  to 
Congress,  which  was  adopted  :  — 

To  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  in  Congress 
assembled :  — 

The  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  respectfully  repre- 
sents, in  view  of  the  great  importance  of  a  full  and  accurate  enu- 
meration of  the  people  and  of  the  light  which  it  may  throw  upon  the 
law  of  population,  that  the  plan  proposed  by  the  Committee  of  the 
House  of  Representatives,  to  whom  this  matter  was  referred,  is  well 
adapted  to  their  purpose,  and  they  respectfully  request  that  the  plan  of 
the  Committee  (including  the  prior  schedules  with  the  several  inquiries 
in  regard  to  population  and  the  independent  corps  of  enumeration)  be 
adopted  for  the  next  enumeration  of  the  people. 

Adopted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Academy  upon  report  of  a  Special 
Committee,  December  14,  1869. 


Six  hundred   and   fifteenth    Meeting. 

January  11, 1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Professor  J.  Wyman  made  a  communication  on  the  power 
of  the  movement  of  the  vibratory  cilia  on  the  tongue  of  a  frog, 
and  illustrated  it  by  experiments  with  some  simple  machinery 
he  had  devised. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY  11,  1870.  141 

Dr.  George  E.  Ellis  made  a  communication  on  the  genius 
and  character  of  Count  Rumford,  and  on  the  history  of  his 
endowment  in  the  charge  of  the  Academy. 

The  President  then  presented  the  Rumford  Medal  to  Mr. 
Corliss  with  the  following  address  :  — 

Gentlemen  of  tilk  Academy,  — At  the  last  anniversary  meeting, 
after  a  careful  investigation  by  your  appropriate  committee,  you 
awarded  the  Rumford  Medal  to  Mr.  George  H.  Corliss,  for  improve- 
ments of  the  steam-engine.  The  gold  medal  and  a  silver  duplicate 
have  been  struck,  and  are  now  before  us.  The  inventor  whose  genius 
you  have  thus  recognized  has  responded  to  our  call,  and  is  now  present. 
If  it  be  your  pleasure,  these  medals  will  now  be  consigned  to  his  hands. 

Mr.  Corliss,  —  The  trust  which  our  countryman,  Count  Rumford, 
charged  this  Academy  to  administer,  empowered  it  to  award  these 
medals  "  to  the  author  of  any  important  discovery  or  useful  improve- 
ment on  light  or  on  heat,  which  shall  have  been  made  and  published 
by  printing,  or  in  any  way  made  known  to  the  public,  in  any  part  of 
the  continent  of  America  or  of  any  of  the  American  islands ;  prefer- 
ence being  always  given  to  such  discoveries  as  shall,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Academy,  tend  most  to  promote  the  good  of  mankind." 

As  this  is  only  the  fifth  occasion  since  the  foundation  of  the  trust 
upon  which  this  premium  has  been  given,  it  may  well  be  inferred  that 
the  Academy  has  in  no  case  bestowed  it  inconsiderately. 

It  has  required  the  discovery  or  invention  to  be  real,  original,  and 
important.  It  is  not  restricted  to  considerations  of  direct  practical 
benefit,  but  it  may,  as  it  did  in  the  first  instance,  in  the  case  of  the 
oxyhydrogen  blow-pipe,  honor  a  discovery  of  much  scientific  interest, 
the  uses  of  which  are  limited.  It  would  not  hesitate  to  crown  any 
successful,  however  recondite  or  theoretical,  investigation  within  the 
assigned  domain,  being  confident  that  no  considerable  increase  of  our 
knowledge  of  the  laws  and  forces  of  nature  is  likely  to  remain  unfruit- 
ful. But  the  Academy  rejoices  when,  as  now,  it  can  signalize  an 
invention  which  unequivocally  tends  to  promote  that  which  the  founder 
had  most  at  heart,  and  commended  to  our  particular  regard,  —  the 
material  good  of  mankind. 

Without  entering  into  details,  it  will  be  possible  to  state  the  ground 
upon  which  the  present  award  has  been  made.  It  is  for  the  effectual 
abolition  of  the  throttle  valve  of  the  steam-engine,  and  the  transfer- 


142  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

rence  of  the  regulation  by  the  governor  to  a  system  of  induction  valves 
of  your  own  invention ;  with  the  advantage  of  a  large  saving  in  fuel, 
and  —  what  is  often  more  important  in  manufacturing  industry  —  the 
maintenance  of  perfectly  uniform  motion  under  varying  work. 

Previous  to  your  improvements,  the  regulation  of  the  power  and 
velocity  of  the  steam-engine  was  effected  by  an  instrument  placed  in 
the  steam-pipe,  well  named  the  throttle  valve;  being  used  to  choke  off 
the  steam  in  its  passage  from  the  boiler,  to  reduce  more  or  less  its 
pressure  before  it  was  allowed  to  act  within  the  engine.  Avoiding  this 
wasteful  process,  your  engine  embodies  within  itself  a  principle  by 
which  it  appropriates  the  full,  direct,  and  expansive  force  of  the 
steam,  and  measures  out  for  itself  at  each  stroke,  with  the  utmost  pre- 
cision, the  exact  quantity  necessary  to  maintain  the  power  required. 
In  the  most  approved  engines  previously  used  for  manufacturing  pur- 
poses, the  valves  employed  were  comparatively  difficult  to  operate, 
too  far  from  the  piston,  and  in  other  respects  unfit  for  working  in  con- 
nection with  the  governor.  Their  abandonment,  and  the  substitution 
of  others  suitable  for  the  purpose  that  you  had  in  view,  demanded  an 
entire  change  in  the  structure  of  the  engine. 

In  the  reconstruction  your  mastery  of  the  resources  of  mechanism 
is  conspicuously  shown.  You  introduced  four  valves  to  the  cylinder, — 
two  for  the  induction  and  two  for  the  eduction  of  the  steam ;  and  by 
your  device  of  a  wrist-plate  you  give  to  each  valve  a  rapid  motion  in 
opening  and  closing,  and  a  slow  motion  after  the  closing  has  been 
effected,  thus  securing  a  perfection  in  valve-movements  never  before 
attained.  The  special  object  of  these  changes,  and  the  gist  of  your 
invention,  was  to  place  the  induction  valves  under  the  control  of  the 
governor,  by  which  they  are  operated  in  opening  through  a  mechanism 
from  which  they  are  released  earlier  or  later  in  the  stroke  of  the 
piston,  according  as  more  or  less  power  is  demanded  of  the  engine,  — 
the  governor,  with  extreme  sensibility,  determining  the  point  where  the 
supply  of  steam  should  be  cut  off.  Thus,  at  every  stroke  of  the 
piston,  just  so  much  steam  is  accurately  meted  out  to  the  cylinder  as  is 
needed  to  maintain  uniform  velocity,  and  left  to  expand  there,  and  by 
its  expansion  develop  the  maximum  of  propelling  force. 

Allow  me  to  read  to  the  Academy  a  brief  account  of  the  Corliss 
engine,  by  one  of  the  most  eminent  of  British  engineers,  Mr.  J.  Scott 
Russell,  which  must  needs  be  free  from  personal  or  national  pre- 
possession. It  is  from  one  of  the  official  reports  on  the  Paris  Universal 
Exhibition  of  1867. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY  11,  1870.  143 

"  A  third  remarkable  engine  is  American,  both  in  invention  and  exe- 
cution, and  forms  perhaps  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  Ameri- 
can department.  It  exhibits  thoughtful  design,  ingenious  contrivance, 
refined  skill,  and  admirable  execution.  It  is  singularly  unlike  an 
English  engine.  It  has  four  ports  on  four  different  parts  of  the  cylinder, 
two  on  one  side  and  two  on  the  opposite,  each  worked  by  a  separate 
mechanism.  These  ports  are  worked  by  valves,  not  sliding,  like  our 
own,  on  flat  surfaces,  but  sliding  valves  on  cylindrical  surfaces.  Close 
up  to  the  cylinder  these  valves  cut  off  the  steam  with  scarce  a  particle 
of  waste  room,  and  so  economize  to  the  utmost  the  high-pressure  steam 
which  they  admit,  and  which  they  use  as  expansively  and  as  sparingly 
as  possible.  The  mechanism  by  which  these -valves  are  moved  is  to 
our  eye  outlandish  and  extraordinary  ;  but  it  is,  in  truth,  refined,  ele- 
gant, most  effectual  and  judicious  ;  it  spares  steam  to  the  utmost,  but  de- 
velops what  it  uses  to  most  effect.  Then  it  proportions  in  an  admir- 
able way  the  doses  of  steam  it  serves  out  to  the  continually  varying 
quantity  of  work  the  engine  has  to  do.  The  mechanism  of  its  mechan- 
ical governor  is  wonderfully  delicate  and  direct ;  the  governor  is  sensi- 
tive to  the  most  delicate  changes  of  speed,  and  feels  the  slightest  de- 
mand upon  the  engine  for  more  or  less  work  and  steady  speed.  A 
mechanism  as  beautiful  as  the  human  hand  releases  or  retains  its  grasp 
of  the  feeding  valve,  and  gives  a  greater  or  less  dose  of  steam  in  nice 
proportion  to  each  varying  want.  The  American  engine  of  Corliss 
everywhere  tells  of  wise  forethought,  judicious  proportion,  sound  execu- 
tion, and  exquisite  contrivance." 

It  appears  that  within  the  twenty  years  since  this  machinery  was  per- 
fected, more  than  one  thousand  engines  of  the  kind  have  been  built  in  the 
United  States,  and  several  hundreds  in  other  countries,  giving  an  aggre- 
gate of  not  less  than  250,000  horse-power;  that,  as  to  economy  of  fuel, 
evidence  has  been  afforded  to  the  Rumford  Committee,  showing  a  saving 
over  older  forms  of  engine  of  about  one  third.  As  to  its  other  crowning 
excellence, —  uniformity  of  velocity,  —  the  purchasers  of  one  of  the  en- 
gines, now  in  its  eighteenth  year  of  service,  certify  that,  with  the  power 
varying  from  60  to  3  GO  horse-power  within  a  minute,  the  speed  of  the 
engine  is  not  perceptibly  affected. 

It  is  worth  noting,  that  when  these  medals  were  voted  to  you,  Mr. 
Corliss,  just  a  century  had  passed  since  James  Watt  first  patented  his 
improvements  of  the  steam-engine.  The  vast  results  of  these  improve- 
ments —  the  difference  between  the  engine  when  "Watt  found  it  and 


144  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

when  he  left  it  —  make  one  of  the  most  important  chapters  in  the  his- 
tory of  applied  science.  It  is  a  great  thing  to  say,  but  I  may  not  with- 
hold the  statement,  that,  in  the  opinion  of  those  who  have  officially 
investigated  the  matter,  no  one  invention  since  Watt's  time  has  so  en- 
hanced the  efficiency  of  the  steam-engine  as  this  for  which  the  Rumford 
Medal  is  now  presented  to  you.  If  Watt,  or  his  partner,  Bolton,  could 
boast  that  they  held  the  supply  of  that  which  almost  everybody  longed 
to  have,  power,  you  may  justly  felicitate  yourself,  and  permit  us  to  felici- 
tate you,  upon  your  ability  to  supply  a  greater  amount  of  steam  power 
for  the  expenditure,  and  an  exacter  nicety  in  its  governance,  than  any 
of  your  predecessors. 

In  acknowledgment  of  this  benefit,  the  American  Academy,  admin- 
istering Count  Rumford's  trust,  now,  by  the  hands  of  its  presiding  offi- 
cer, presents  to  you  these  honorable  testimonials  of  its  high  apprecia- 
tion of  what  you  have  done.  And  the  Fellows  here  assembled  join  with 
me,  I  am  sure,  in  most  sincere  and  hearty  wishes  that  you  may  long  en- 
joy this  and  similar  distinctions,  as  well  as  more  material  rewards  of 
your  genius  and  skill,  —  hoping  also  that  these  may  still  be  fruitful  in 
yet  other  inventions,  redounding  to  your  honor  and  advantage  and  to 
the  promotion  of  the  good  of  mankind. 

Mr.  Corliss  accepted  the  medals,  and  replied  as  follows  :  — 

Mr.  President, —  Competitive  honors  are  the  reward  of  effort, 
stimulated  by  rivalry  and  ambition.  This  honor  comes  from  gentle- 
men who  scan  the  whole  field  of  science  and  art,  and  in  deliberate 
council  make  their  awards  in  discharge  of  a  sacred  trust.  To  this  con- 
sideration I  add  the  historical  associations  connected  with  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  the  scientific  fame  of  its  members ; 
and  I  receive  this  testimonial  with  grateful  acknowledgment  of  a  dis- 
tinguished honor. 


Six  hundred  and  sixteenth  Meeting. 

January  26,  1870.  —  Statute  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  announced  to  the  Academy  the  decease,  dur- 
ing the  past  season,  of  two  members  ;  viz.  of  Thomas  Graham, 
a  Foreign  Honorary  Member ;  and  of  Thomas  Sherwin,  of  the 
Resident  Fellows. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,   1870.  145 

Professor  Lovering  made  a  communication  on  the  theory  of 
halos,  and  described  the  remarkable  halo  observed  by  him  on 
the  afternoon  of  January  6th,  inst. 

The  President  presented  the  following  paper  :  — 

A  Revision  of  the  Eriog-onecs,  by  John  Torrey  and  Asa  Gray. 

This  group  was  first  put  in  order  and  characterized  as  a  tribe  of 
Polygonucece  by  Mr.  Bentham,  in  his  monograph  read  to  the  Linnean 
Society  almost  thirty-five  years  ago,  and  was  re-elaborated  by  him 
about  eighteen  years  ago  for  the  fourteenth  volume  of  De  Candolle's 
Prodromus,  which,  however,  was  not  published  until  the  year  1856. 
In  the  first  monograph  there  were  40  species  described  under  three 
genera.  In  the  Prodromus,  where  the  group  ranks  as  a  sub-order,  105 
species  are  described  under  seven  genera.  Including  Lastarricea,  which 
Mr.  Bentham  did  not  recognize  from  its  having  no  involucre,  there 
are  106  species  and  eight  genera,  —  all  the  genera  except  the  last,  and 
all  the  species  but  ten,  being  natives  of  North  America. 

Being  thus  wholly  American,  mainly  North  American,  and  especially 
characteristic  of  our  drier  Western  regions,  we  are  naturally  interested 
in  these  plants.  To  one  of  us  they  have  long  been  a  favorite  study,  as 
the  current  botanical  works,  from  the  Account  of  the  Collection  made 
by  Dr.  Edwin  James  in  1826,  down  to  the  fourteenth  volume  of  the 
Prodromus  and  the  Botany  of  the  Mexican  Boundary,  sufficiently  show. 
The  other,  the  present  writer,  in  the  autumn  of  1868  critically  col- 
lated his  own  collection  (recently  and  specially  enriched  by  most  of 
Nuttall's  species,  generously  presented  by  Mr.  Durand)  with  the  her- 
baria of  Hooker  and  Bentham,  now  of  the  great  collection  at  Kew, 
and  with  Mr.  Nuttall's  proper  herbarium,  now  belonging  to  the  British 
Museum ;  and  on  his  return  he  has,  with  his  partner's  specimens, 
notes,  and  sketches  to  aid  him,  re-examined  the  whole,  and  embodied 
the  results  in  the  present  memoir. 

The  genera  here  recognized  are  seven ;  one  of  Bentham's  (Mucronea) 
being  suppressed,  and  Lastarricea  admitted.  If  the  species  are  only 
slightly  increased,  viz.  from  105  to  115  (counting  the  omitted  Chilian 
Chorizant/tes),  this  is  mainly  due  to  the  suppression  of  several  of  the 
older  species,  especially  in  Eriogonum,  which  here  amount  to  no  more 
than  in  the  Prodromus,  although  19  have  actually  been  added. 

Clavis  Generum. 
1.  Involucrum  immutatum,  fere  semper  calyciforme,  raro  nullum. 

(Folia  integerrima.)        ....     Tribus  I.  EUERIOGONE^l. 

VOL.    VIII.  19 


146  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Vix  genuinum,  3-4-phyllum,  nempe  flores  in  capitulum  digest!  brac- 
teis  dilatatis  fulcrati,  quarum  3-4  extima?  vacua?  involucrum 

referentes 1.  Nemacaulis. 

Genuinum,  gamophyllum  (perigonium  saepissime  corollinum), 
Multi-pauciflorum,  pedicellis   exsertis  cum  flore  articulatis  basi 
tenuiter  bracteolatis. 
Dentibus  lobisve  muticis  :  achenium  triquetrum.  .     2.  Eriogonum. 

Lobis  (4)  aristatis,  tubo  nudo  :  acbenium  lenticulare.  3.  Oxytheca. 

Uni  -  triflorum,  juxta  basim  3  -  6-calcaratum.     .         .     4.  Centrostegia. 
Uniflorum,  inappendiculatum,  flore   subincluso  pedicello   srepius 

brevi  nunc  subnullo  articulato 5.  Chorizanthe. 

Plane  nullum  :  perigonium  subcoriaceum  involucrum  Chorizanthes 

simulans,  stamina  ad  faucem  gerens.     ...       6.  Lastarri^a. 
2.  Involucrum  monophyllum  bracteasfornie,  nempe  e  bractea  tenui  florem 
solitariumam  plectente,  fructifero  reticulata  dorso  bigibberoso- 
saccato.    Folia  nunc  lobata  vel  dentata. 

Tribus  II.  PTEROSTEGIE^,  &  7.  Pterostegia. 

1.  NEMACAULIS,  Nutt. 

Flores  Eriogoni,  sed  breviter  pedicellati,  in  capitulum  digesti,  singuli 
bractea  suffulti.  Bractea?  herbaceaa,  extus  glaberrima?,  intus  lana  longa 
implexa  alba  vestitse,  exteriores  3-4  vacua?  rotundata?,  involucrum 
referentes,  sequentes  paullo  longiores  et  gradatim  decrescentes  stipitata?. 
Stamina  3.  —  Herba  annua,  foliis  radicalibus  vel  subradicalibus  spathu- 
latis  utrinque  mollissime  albo-lanatis,  scapis  filiformibus  parce  divari- 
cato-dichotomis,  capitulis  parvis  alaribus  et  secus  ramos  dissitis  arete 
sessilibus. 

1.  N.  Nuttallii,  Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.  14,  p.  23.  N.  denudata 
S?  W.  foliosa,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  (Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  n.  ser.  1)  p.  168. 
Sandy  beach  near  San  Diego,  California,  Nuttall,  Cooper.  Perigonium 
whitish-yellow,  glabrous.  This  rare  plant  has  much  the  habit  of  an 
Eriogonum  of  the  Virgata  Annua  group,  but  the  bracts  are  only  to  be 
compared  with  those  of  E.  angulosum. 

2.  ERIOGONUM,  Michx. 

Involucrum  multiflorum  rariusve  pauciflorum,  rarissime  uniflorum, 
campanulatum,  turbinatum,  vel  cylindraceum,  plerumque  5  -  8-denta- 
tum  seu  lobatum,  muticum.  Flores  cum  pedicellis  suis  per  anthesin  ex 
involucro  pi.  m.  exsertis  articulati :  bracteolre  saepius  tenerrimi  vel  an- 
gustissima?.  Perigonium  6-partitum  seu  profunde  6-fidum.  Stamina  9. 
Achenium  triquetrum,  in  paucis  trialatum.  —  Herba?  vel  suffrutices 
American  Borealis  pra3cipue  Occidentalis,  paucas  ad  terras  adjacentes 
Mexicanas. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870. 


147 


o 
o 

o 

w 

I— i 
> 

<! 


H 
►J 
<5 


I  I  § 

3  3  ^> 

«  g 

S3  ~;  -s 


•    e  in  e 


fe5 


o 

03 

u      a 

03      T3 

"1   .2 


03 
O 


t-i 

o 

03 

"3 


GO 

03 

H-» 

.    a 
w    03 

a;  ^a 

5    2 

OJ       ol 
03       03 

i"   i 

>     .2 

c3  in 
*    .. 

03     »^ 


o 

to 


a 
o 


3        03 


s 
3 
[3 
'C 

a   e 


O  P* 

03  3 

3  d 

"3  T3 

oj  03 

Ph  Pi 


< 


~  s 

£  3 

5-  S 

3  aj 

03  g 

§  03 

'3  "S 

<  J 


B 
o 


a 

g 
'3 

o 

to    JS 

a  «J 
p« 

03 

3    I 


o 

03      „0 

"3h  "5b 


o    o 


^  s 

B    .3 

fa  -2 


cn 


£ 


03 
M 

03 


8 


»- 

o 

a 

"3 
> 
a 


C3 


a 

03 


S3 


O 


3 

-a 


fa 


<J    -d 


o 

3 

O 
I. 

P. 


§     5     <n 

«3  «3  Qj 

Us 

»   "B   T 

to 


<  S 

H     3 

Hi  ^ 

a  as' 


o 
S 


c3 


o3 
o 

03 

(hi 

03 


B 
0 
M 

"C 
oj 
P. 


03 
3 

a 


— 

03 

Ph 


-  a 

•3  "Eh 

CD  "^ 

3  § 

03  03 


is*  "^ 
.s  ^ 

a 


a 
a 

a 

03 

p, 


93 

o 


03 

> 
O 


a 

03 

a 
a 

•-3 
03 


Oh 
03 

o 

o 

a 
a 
p 

of 

_C3 

a 


oj 


O 

> 


3 

3 
o 

_e 

03 

8 


a    a 


«3  .a 

0^    -3 


o 

•— 

a 

o 

03 

£ 

03 

B 

93 

gg 

M 

03 

3  a 

O     3 


O    .- 

03       O 

■73     p 


03  ri 

plh  a 

03  3 

.2  ol 


-H-  03 

f^  5" 

£B  a 

03  O 


03 


-a   B   s 


•-(       CO       QD 


^3    o    c3   "?   —: 


3  I 
s    a 

c-  S 

S3 
C3    X 

8-1 

03      3 

ex 
B 

O 

03 

HU 

B- 

a 
j- 

03 


03 


a  .2    3 

a    a  .22 
a 


93 

03    .2      ^ 


.3     3 
II 

03      m 
U      03 

3  "E 


03      eS 

B^ 
u  3 
Ph    s 

3    2    5 


3     g 

O 

> 

a 


03 

a. 


3      2 


Nr 


s 

3 

S 


s 

3 

I 


o 
u 

o 

3 

1 

a 


a 

a 


03 


u 
3 

a 

Oh 

a       rt 

6J5  -:    oj 

a  -3    > 

c  a    « 


03 
U 
03 

E 

03 


a- -a 


03       S 

i    a 


s 
^?    wj    /^ 

e2       3     S 

^^^    .rj    *r" 


f-1     3 


03      03 

3    ^3 

'     3 

03 

a 

3 
13 


■A 

03 


a 

03 


B 

03 

a 

> 
03 

— 

ol 

a 

^3 

._; 

03 

5 

03 

'3 

O 

5 

o 

03 

3 

a 

'> 

3 

03 

a 

"1 

"o3 

03 

o 

B 
3 

03 

Ph 

1 

03 

H-a 

'a    oj 


•a    >» 

"2  •= 
,2    a- 

-  a 

S  "S 
a   a 


a 

.=      03 


f=)  .2 


*r;    c3  'T5    h 


a 

«5 


^3^9 


o 

'a 


s    h  a  .2    ^  .2  |    « 

'~'      H    pi— i     I— i      o     ^r^  hJ 


O     S<    g 


a 
^a-s| 


a 

03 
03 

03 


3 
O 

s 

03 


E 

03 


u  _b    a  -a 


3     u 


> 
03 


13    — 
CO      g 


03"  a    a    oo 

•3    .u     u     e 


3     3 


E3  03      03 

S        fa  Ph 


Ph  W 


03 
03 


3 
P 


03 


a 

a 


a  a 


03 
3 


03       O 

a  « 

CO 

I  a 

a    c3 

OQ 


^  W  l-H 

03     --0.       CO 


c 
o 

_M 

'C 

03 

Ph 


5    c 


e  iJ 

e  i 

03      03 

o 

> 
a 


3 

a 

03 

03 

a 


£  £ 

a  a- 

B  03 

I  a 


03       CJ3 

2   a 


03 


X  o 


a 
o 

'C 

03 

Ph 


a  --; 

-  Ph 
X! 

CD  p 

OJ  03 

a  y> 

a  =5 


-  T3 

03  s) 

03  w 

03  ^ 

5  'a 

a  o 

el  « 

—  oa 

•3  « 

^*  3 

a  a 
a 

03 
HH 


fa 


148 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


s 

3 


8 


3 


s  s 

•  2    2 


■<   -2     F    "3 


CT> 


CO 


-£     CM 

«-     §     CM 


< 

sd 

A 

3 

C 
cj 

CI 

c 

fc 

CO 

3 

?l 

J        6 


co 

-a 


a     55 


o 

5 


£ 

0 


o 

a 

en 

3 

•c 

c3 


c 

3 


J3 

3 
0) 

o 
3 
3 


O 

ft 

e3 


3      Cj    -? 


O 

irj 

3 

o 


•43     «i 


.3      O 

3      cj 
C    3 


cj 

3 

-3  - 

CJ  o 

S-C  — 

«--  — 

3  a. 

.3  3 

'ft  co 


3 


o 


O 
fi 
P 
W 

3    M 

§0  ^ 
'E   •«* 

CD 

Ph     * 

03 


CM     CM 


o 

1-3 


o 


CM 


3     3 


3  w 

2.  •# 

?  CM 

o 

3  9 


T3      3 
o    3 

ft    o 
.—    "+N 

3 

C 


rt      x      r- 

*       CO      "^ 


■3  «    .3 


co  a  ^ 


Ih      03 
CD      +? 


3 


°      § 


^2 

"3 

o 


S3 
s] 


3  . 

|  I 

"3  E 

■°  SP 

3  5 

3  fL| 


«    ^2     3     > 


3 
>■ 

O 

a 

CD 


CD 

ft 


o 

>  ,5 

co     3  c3 

3    l_l  1?, 


3     3 


<->      rS        3 


3 
ft 


— 
03 


oj 


CJO 


3    J2 


03 
O 

o 


CO      to     CM    £j 


ft 
03 


CO 

o    o    3 

ft  T3     O 

E  H3  * 
o    g    •• 

O      to 

ft    c 
3      « 

9  .« 


M 


3     g     3-. 


> 


3 

O 

w      3 

O 

> 

3    "*3 

3 

Sh 

cd    a 

3 
ft      • 

3 
•    u 

a 

E    g 

3 

o    a 

t- 

r— < 

m     3 

CJ 

•    2 

, — .    o 

3 

> 

IS    u_ 

'o 

.             en 

3       . 

— I 

3 

"   c 

3 
o 

"3      of 

a   3 

CD    "3 

to     g 

—            e 

3              3 

•3    *» 

i  s  e 

►3  53  3 

W  ^r"  •=» 

O  i  ? 

w  ~  • 

B  ^  CM 

a 


to 


£    '  S 


E   S 


CD 

>■ 

ft  £ 


o  .£ 

03 

CD 

*->       CJ 

'5-    3 

«    £ 


3 
> 
O 

^= 
O 


CD 

■3      f* 

S   £ 

.3     3 
O    -S    •-     O 


CD      c3 

3        ' 


ft 


3 
ft 


I  £ 


m     3     2 

«  .a  .3 


•~     a?    £ 


U      c3 

3      > 


ft 
3 
CD 
<o 


3 

CD 

3 
3 
-3 

CD 
ft 

3 

CD 


93 

.    3 
3    m 

s  I 


CD 
CO 


3  3 
J2  O 
ft    > 

3    .S 

ft-S  .2 
8    9,    3 

CO         ft    r-S 

£ 
o 
u 


o 

ft 

3 
o 

CD 


CD    i 
ft 

£ 


-3  £ 

•-3  O 

ft  3 

to  to 

1  2 


3     3 

CD     " 

3     §     ^ 

CD    'B     3 

Q,     CD       CD 
ft     CJ 

«     fe^ 

c   ;S  'a 

^    3  -2 

a  3  £ 

I  r^ 

.3  ^  .5 

ft     3       r- 
co      to      f 


£     O    O 


:=    3    o 

5*       ft     rr. 


"3  ^ 

1    § 
»     s 

S       p 
"3 

3 

o 


3 
t2 


a 

'co 

_3 
"3 

£ 


3 


I12 

3  E 

3  3 

3  to 

co  o 

O  — 

.3  3. 

ft  CO 

co  fD 

8  S 


CD 
.2      03 

^  "3 


3     o 


E  o 

3  cj 

CO  CJ 

O  3 

3  03 

'>  3 

t;  3 

I  £ 


o 
3 

3 


3 


3 
C 


3 


o 


W 


CJ 

JO 
3 


3  .  ^ 

£  .  £ 

*co  3  ? 

.to  CJ  3 


CD  & 
to  S 
o     ft 


3 
tf) 

o 
o 


3 
bC 
3 
3 


r=     3 

°  I 

fcC  ,3 

a  ■- 

ft    3 


O  T3 
•3  3 
3      3. 


3 

-a 

o 

CD 

•    o 

.  a 

3     .M 


3 

Ih 
O 
CJ 


CD      &J0 


o 
o 


C3 

= 


p  £ 

5     3 


-r;     3     3    ._— 


a 

3 


S    a 

co     CJ 

to      g 

'&;  6<3 

CJ       CD 

fc-     co 
3 

O 

'C 

CO 

3 
O 

CJ 


ft 
3 
>- 

3 


J3 

—    p    a 

to    ^     to 

S      3      3 

S  J£c2 
a   3   .. 

a    co 

•si 

o  .5 
fcc  £  .3 

"E    °    u 

CD       CX     CD 
ft  *E    -3 

u      CD      C3 


o    g 
.2  -a 


&  w      c* 

cj  cj   jr 

3  £ 

3  oc 

co  ~~  .^: 

_3 

"3 


Q.    3 


3     3 


.2      3 
§1 


o 
•ft 


3 
O 

to 

CD 

ft 


•   >  2 

3  "fi 

.      O  CD 

.£?  * 

s  w 

.  ft  5 

3  3 

^4  CD 

•2  £ 

'      2  CD° 

•A  «" 

CD  .. 


£ 

3 


to    .^ 


3  -a    E 

i3     3     c3 


13 

3 


3    "E 


•  •-•      co     +J 


S.        -     c* 


OS 
ft 


CD  "J  ^— i 

>  i  c2 

3  ^h  .. 
3 


3      3     c3      & 


O    , 

g 

o 


CD 

a 

3 
co 


ft 
3    , 
CJ 


CD 

6 


3 
3      P 

a     S. 


3 

J3 

co 

CD 

U 

o 


x     cl)    aj 


E    £    £  ~ 

.2  .a  .=  % 


I  I 

?-.  u 

jS  3 

3  § 

to  3 

3  T3 

h  3 


O    -3 

3      3 
— '    ^3 


= 
3 

5 

be 

N  CJ 

ft    co 

^      3 

ii   .3 

CO      co 


=  SM 


OZ      gS      ?Z 

>   >   > 

o  o  o 


C  CO 

£  .e* 

CO 

2  3 

ft  3 

3  J3 
CD 


CO 


3 
3 

•4-* 
'ft 

3 
o 


a 


CJ 

a 

3 

ft 


o 

3 

CD 


V  * 

O  ^ 

3  ft 

fa  S 


ft  g 

03     3 


Ph  co    p        h5 
Eh 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    26,  1870. 


149 


■< 

< 


CJ 

p. 


3 


to 

o 


Oh 

E 

00 

O 

T3 

3 

C 

O 

a. 

B 

o 

CO 

00 

CJ- 

C 

E 

B~ 

cj 

_B 

p 

ft 

8 

g*  §•  i 

•  a  y 
*~       2 

cn      .    g 
oo     ft, 

CN 


O     B 

O       03 

II 

|  2  | 

zn      "     r- 

1  2  I 

c    b    o 
,2    =    > 

F«      _C     »fH 

Pc    B 


2    .3 


CO 


u 

o 


CO 


B 
►> 

o 
o 
6 

-4-* 

B 


d 


CJ 
CO 


C  cj 

C3  «S 

ft  B 

.5  = 

3  2 

.S  E 

^T  cj 


r2    .2 


a    d 


CO  g} 

■5  > 

*  rt 

ft  s 

■a ° 

I  o 

-a  cJ 


~-     B 


O 

CJ 

CJ 


J=  B 

:d  -° 

(=  ? 

p  o 

"E  d 

sj  O 

ft  -a 


_oc  co  s-  -s 

-1  0  o  ••  o 

3  ^  ca  a  .~. 

£  ^  2  a  '= 

a  *  2  12  ?r 


'S      3 

'—'    CJ 
~      CO 

«    'fi 
03      <-> 

c  a 

-3  is 

-a    _ 
3 


a 
o 
cc 


BK 
p 

S.s 

C-  — 

o    E 
5  '^ 

-     E 

B     o 

.     CJ 

£    c 

3  _o 


o 

E 

d 

CO 

o 

O 


—        CO       ^# 


£  2 

^     c3 
3      CJ 


=-  a    3    8 


.3    o 


2   B    "i 

E     ®     03 


'5  * 

-  o 

Q  B 

~  3 


B 


t*-1       CJ  •  • 

..      B      P    — 


-r  "d 

.S  B 

!-  E 
03 

-*->  CO 

a  3 


CJ 

B« 
CO 

I 


TL    cd    "=      O      03    ^=      «     ~ 


iJO 

!- 

o 


_  s 
E  o 
3     M 


03 
U 


"3    = 

_E      co 

s  g 

O      J 
C 

o 

fi 

*■*       CO 


,q     -M 

5 
Ph    I 


-S       2     -S   r-     *3 


cj    ^ 


2    ? 

?     E 
O     § 


3 

ej 
a 


=   . 

CJ 

ti) 


5 
3 

"5 


(M     CO 

CO     CO 


-- 
►J 
D 
CJ 


S  S 

5  3 

?  -a 

C  to 


< 

CO 

O 

B 
O 

O 


cs     a 

si 

o     3 

E    !» 

o 

g  I 

cj    "3 

CJ 


5 
d 
o 

CO 

0 


fr 


d 
o 
5 
o 


B 

c 


E 
S 

CJ 


b  § 

O     in 
cj    •.- 

1^ 


3 
tB 

E 
03 


£,    O      w 


-3 
CJ 


03 

b  ~  '6 

3  « I 

(J  «  ■" 


B 

CJ 

— 

o 

cS 


,2  :- 

'E  3 

B  £ 

S  'S. 

„  03 


O    ~ 


3 
B 

S.^ 

£     B 

03     B 

V      & 

O      CJ 


B 
co 

4  1 


.a  cj 

CJ  B 

2  3 

£  ::? 

r. 


CJ 
CJ 


co 

.2 

75. 


B     .B 


CJ      CJ 


0  s 

—  4-1 

co  "3 

1  CO 


•3         *v     CO 


c*-< 


E  cj 

O  M 

4^*  E 

O  O 


7  -=  -^ 


J3      CJ 


I 


03      B 


3 
CJ 


—      CJ 

'a    a 


CJ 

■  B 

E 

CJ 

S 

P. 

8 

_p 

S 

W 


B 
93 

^» 
ej 

£ 


B 
CJ 


CJ 

■oi  < 


3     03     " 


-    — 
B 


;_  H-  „ 


o        — 

p,  sr  a  S 


s 

^3 

S 

.= 

a 

3 

e1 

-1 
5 

.c- 

5". 

•~ 

'- 

.•0 

c 

O 

G 

U 

s 

r- 

cri 

gj 

or 

cc 

CO 

en 

d 

• 

• 

• 

3 

d 

CJ 

I* 

— » 
n 

3 
3 

CJ 

. 

0 

a 

d 

B 

u 

B 
P. 


o 

CE 


E  -3 


o 


o 
o 


5  O    c 


S     <*     Ph 


P      "»      o 


CC      M      ^ 


PSj-3.j5.aag 


p. 

B 

p 

B 

u 


8-36 

B     O     2 
|     -    cS 

P.   CJ     3 

_     >      CJ 

8  -a 


S    g 

a  § 

it    O 


-2     CJ 

i:    E 
M   g 


CJ 

'd    rt 

CJ       — 
B. 

B    J 


c?    03 


>    S   3 


o 

> 


§    §   I 


0J     .—     .— 


CO 

8 


CJ 

^: 

3 

7j 


B     c?     r 
B     g    H 

-      "      B 


■B    -3     E* 

2-  ^  B 

B      03      cj 

UO     B 

CJ 

3 


CJ 


CO 

12  £ 

fi  b 

'  > 
o 

c  J 

^5  =2 


CJ    .-. 

.2    § 


B     B 
B     g 


CD 
.—        DO 

o 


j=    a. 
03 


l<      CJ 

44 

2    * 

b    2 


3       CJ 

E    g* 

U     E 

c2  ■" 
"S.  p 

03     0 

CJ 

M     B 

E  J 
^    o 

T3     cj 

3  I 

w  2 

ft    B 
co     3 

■a  -= 

cj  S 
>-    ft 

ft  CO 

rQ  B 

°  s 

co  03 

o  a> 

2  a 

o,  — 

S  B 

S  3 

cj  ,0 


P 

d 
"3d 

B 


E      o    -;    . 


B      ■* 

5   S 


O     O 

B     B 

'5  =9 


e 

B 


> 

B 

T3 
> 

o 


B      3 

3 
CJ 
= 


CJ     ' 

ft 


-3 
B 


21    E 


d  c2 

CJ     M- 

co     co 


3     E 


.2  " 
7c 


3- 

8 
:a  jo 

r*        3 
CJ        CO 

3     rj 

d 

CJ 

S 
to 

CJ 


E     B 
3   3 

E   .O 


^         CO        CO 


2    cs 


ft 

B 
CJ 


2 

B 


O 

E 
B 
CJ 

co  6 

3  co 

J2  o 

■&  33 

g  "P 


.5  .5   r5 

Ph  ^  -2 
o 

> 
a 


o 

CJ 


CJ 


CJ 


g    e    E  2 

CJ     cj   •—  t3 

C-C    .^  C3 
u    .— 

3     co  CJ 

co      C  ^ 


3 
3 


B      ft 


co     ;-,     r" 

3     _3       rj     *S 

■P.     B    ">3     H 


E    -V      3 


B    _r: 


x  -?„  J3 


o 
5 


o    o 


CJ 

ft 

B 

B 

— 
P 
3 
.—< 
O 
> 

a 


1 

S  r3  '3 

=    s    tr 
d    3    g 

d 


CO  — 

B  3 

—  P 

B  cj 

„  ft 


3  B 

13  CJ 

r3  cj 

3  B 

=  -£ 

a 
02 


150 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 


a    5 

•y   =>» 

S    a. 

-o   -=: 
u 


S 
3 

Q 


s   s  < 

3      3      H 
S      k      < 


I  1 


g 
3 


to 


£   :  2 

s   . 


5 

s 

_= 

3 

*o 

e 

2 

e» 

5» 

s 

#t^ 

,S 

a 

oS 

. 

1— t 

o 

Ifl 

lO 

s 

3 

■s 

H 

e 

co 

•§ 

oi 


To 


co     o3 


R 

c 
CJ 


a 

s~ 

a 

.2 

0 

8 

tS 

a 

'S 

o 
'5 

R 

eS 

03 

a< 

to 

o 


a 

3 
U 

•s 


3 
cj 


o 

a 

o 

03 


o 

"3 

a 


a 

3 
.a 


5 


o 

B 

3 

> 


3 


s    -s 


3 


3 

fcc 

a 

03 

«j 

>  en 

c3   £ 

>  J3 
3   "ft 

a.  ~ 


03 

■n 

03 

cj 

3 

cr1 


s 

O 

• 

> 

3 

03 

%4 

DS 

5 

CD 

3 

o 

— 

CO 

~^- 

s 

— 

OS 

- 
— 

'■— 
O 

03 
03 

— 

0 

/. 
3 

.  . 

3 

'S5 

3 

— 

a 

3 

"C 

.     O 

£ 

3 
cj 
+-< 

S 

03 

CB 

*— 

03 

"5 

cj 

a 

3 

o3 

•       CO 

3 

£ 

/ 

03 
cj 

03 

c3  u 

.13  3 

s  1 

eft  3 


3 

3 
Sb 


c3  . 

03  -«-» 

I  S 

S-  O 


*3  c3 

X  > 

CJ  O 

03  c3 


a    o 

39 


CJ 


O 


IS  ^ 


cj 


o3  3 

>  r 

o  .. 

en  w 

3  3 


i  3 

CJ  £ 

o3  •£ 

,o  cj 


3 

CD 

£ 

03      O 


CO      rO 


0  2 

CD  W 

1  1 
cj  .- 

-^      03 

3  ~-' 

3  -g 

»  -2 

3  ^3 

8     co 

CO      oj 


S  3 

<-<  *j 

o3  o3 

«  J 

a  o 

■— '  CJ 

03  ^ 

"5  .2 

03  rt 


•  -  o3 

'3  3 

O  o> 

.sp  a 


o 


rj        CJ 
P,      P< 


035 

1) 


o    2 


o 
3 


£ 

S-t 

,0 


R 

o 


a  £ 


03  ^ 
X  oj 
OS      oj 


CJ     c 


03 

E  ;S 
^>  3 

CJ       03 
CJ 


53  c2 

3 


cj     S 

§   g 

a^ 
i| 

3 


3 


>2 
ej" 

'I 

K 


OJ 
"c3 
CJ 


£ 

- 


to 

a 


3 

_C3 

"o 

co"^ 

3 

.a 
*c 

-^ 

CO 


oj 

T3 

co  o 
*3  cj 
03      A 

?  2 

O      03 

■§  "3 

w      CJ 

s  5 

03      s- 

h^  o 


o3     .. 

?».- 

a    .3      co 

>  8 

.u    c3 

03  S 

*—<  co 

co  03 

O  J= 

£  CJ 

03  3 


3 
CJ 


o 


CJ 


o 

> 

3 


3 
CJ 

3 


I 

CO 
en     0> 


3  « 
3  .2 

3  ^3 


03 
3 
CT1 


03 


3 

3  K 

cj  co 

•«  o3 

3  *-' 

a  a. 

3  a- 

O  03 

8  a 

0J  CD 

CJ  O 

03  03 


CO 

-4-» 

oj 
d   .8 

3°^ 
03  .t0 
CJ    'C 

«     CO 

5   ° 

O     cj 

"     3 

a  a 

3 

I  s 

cj  a 

a,  03 


.--  co 

_,  3 

03  0 

\-~  CJ 

,0  CO 

c— 

CO 

p  'B 

3  O 

CJ  •- 

M  4 

2  03 


tc 

a 

oi 

0 

-•-^ 

■/- 

CO 

CO 

'O 

d 

CQ 

0 

03 

a, 

CJ 

g 

3 

r/. 

c* 

CJ  ~" 

co  O 

co  a 

O  oj 

.3  o 

>  3 


O 

a. 

03 
CJ 


2  a 


05^ 


a-  " 


^3  -5  3  T  ~ 

V  S  r/J  O  en 

C  «  h  2  O 

■  ^  CJ  ,3  U 

03    ^3    S 

g   a  c-. 
03  .2    a- 

OJ 
CJ 

•/, 

CD 


co  o 

2  > 

a  .2 

03  ™* 

u  .. 

en  o3 

cj  03 

cj  7; 

co  g 

03  m 

**  S 

03  03 

c  1 

03  O 

0  a 

_  O 

2  03 

O  ^3 

^a  .0 


3 

CJ 


d  8 

■t-3  CO 

a  I 

CJ 

o 

03  o3 

"  3 

3  a 

.3  CD 


-lO) 

c?» 

IS  ' 

03 
CJ 

3 
cr1 


a 

3 

CO 

O 

> 

en 

3 

a 


a, 


^        a 


eS 

6D 

a 
o 

3 

CD 
CO 

03 

O 

o5 


3 
O 

CD 


o 


CD 

a 
3 

'3 
o 

5        "S 

-S         .      CD 

a.  es    a* 

-  —       C3       *  * 

2  c 
Ph  2 
o 


£ 
3 


03 
tD    oj 

a  •_= 
o 


Oj 

To 


33 

CJ       CJ 

«5   a 


p-  a  a  ^ 


.  OJ  CM 

.5  o  1 

3  g  H 

a  ^3  cj 

'S  53  a 

a  ^  h 
o 


03    -rt 
fcc    3 

1    "3; 


CJD  .2 


o 

a. 

03 
CJ 


55    cj   ._ 


CD  co  en 
co  3  cj 
..      CD      o 


S  Si 

3  o3     03 

CJ  u     CJ 

03  ^    <5 


—     CJ 
o3     3 


cOcg 


3 
^-1 

3 

-*^» 

en 

i 

O 
CH 

""o 

3 

3 

03 

S3 

H 

P, 

O 

3 

w  .5 

3  oS 

03  *i 

JS  co 


3      I 


cj   is     u 

582 
-  "3 

o 

CJ 

3 
^3 


®   a   ^ 

t^   ^^   3 


-3     «     03 


03 


a.  co 

a  M 

^3  ^ 


03 


3 


3   CO 
o 

a 


03 

-a 

CJ 

1 

a 

CJ 

CO 


3 
to 

a 

03 

o3 

— 

CJ 


"ol 
-a 

CD 

— 
-3 

3 
CO 


CJ      OJ 

o 

>■ 
a 


CD 

3 


s 

►S 

a 

§ 

C 

•§ 

s 

Q 

3 

*■» 

^^j 

'I 

t> 

5a- 

•f* 

a 

■* 

o 

. 

m 

ft. 

eo 

o 

ui 

m 

OF   ARTS   AND   SCIENCES:    JANUARY  26,  1870.  151 


=     "05  ^  -~       3  3  M  S 


fcj  Qs 


B    g 

06  Q  -o     ^  to  eo 

«o  *"-        in    .     w  •  <° 


m    m 


Ph         0 


s 

3 

s 

3 

to 

C 

a 

3 

-S 

8 

3 

-3 

"& 

K 

"a 

-S 

&> 

10 

0 

<J3 

S      S  8  ^  S    -§  rS3~S 


I?  '&       §       il  ^       c       £       H 


•I         S         8.        3        S        J  ■§        ,2  •     ..  *         a         S 


o 


tc        a         o 
•C     •    9         >- 


j 


o       s    .  2  *  .       |  ■§      &  "3  §      °      I 

.2         g  -    S  -S    S         a  gj       Ph     ■  J  !?'*.' 

E    o 


.  "^    Si  n     .Ha         .0    <a  «     „        ..b  ^  c    a  m  is- 

2  .§       ja*  «a  S  "3        6       -S  .2 

a  .B     .    a1  <=    a  »?  *a        as         -Cm 


:?Q.»ra-t3-P<ca,=i-       .a   a  *-    a     •   8     •  .a   « 

I  1  I  -c      ~  1  -S  J  §       8  8       a  jjj       ?  §  J  »       S  -o 
g   »     .    -        S  ts    a  .2              £    *         &    .  -g    ^  .60  a     w  -g  "S  .§   *        'J5  2 

o    «    >  =         -°3S,-  otJ0       S    S  J    81       r  «    d    S"M  o         :aei 

^?^-     •    *    o    a  J   S  .5    rf  S     .    o  ^    g    S    „    f-§    o    ft  §    M  j    g    0 
^5    -t.  —    >-        J5t:         s«'3S,B.cTni:t)oos        -a    a   S   fen  S 

[:|n  ■  1 1  §  &£  I  -8  a  .  I.§  -g  jj  fias  s  s  g  g  o  «  g,.g 

t    2    a    o        *E    cs    S  *8    S    '-P    §  •=         8    &  «  '?«  «   fl    5b  fl     .  «    ?    a    o    a 
a    a  —    £     ••Cup,aj;iSS     ■        8  B   S  8  .5  ■?  2  ■  ;    '     b    >    a 

»  -  a  §     <*  .2  .  s  «  So  s  .|     -a  s  s  §  « -a  j  a  g  .a  «  g,  s  -a 

II  II      I  '.111  "5  3  ?     .s-a^J  B|is  §Jlf  1  § 

s1i.a  -gllls,-^!  •  I!  Il  §  o-§f  o  ri  °'H 

li^j    li'sirii    :  rill  2^151  ii-2! 

=    !>?1*itJD.-ai<-r^35T;a-Soa75a;-5c3<Na:os'r- 
ao4oaHo5-aoJ*f»:r;p<«-a^,ao3'viS«oft_?o3wTH 


o 


§a'c3--0^(--§Sgo~^t2e?i^SPa.SgaS"52^S 
oa.23.gc!,   o£S£X-^6°o£5'2'a;>6>a,rt>g-Hcj 

g§     ^     .a     ■£      3      I  >     =5     .2  §■  £  a  3  .=  i*      §      6 
«b  I      h      tu      I      o      t,o      -g       g  8  J  g  1 5  £      £      ,5. 

>  >  gan-^-rt^ 

a  c  om^u-^o 

"  *  °        J  P^  Ph    5  i< 

o 


152 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


S 

.3 

"a 
c 

3 


•O 

a 


3 


cj 


3 

•P 


03 

a, 


o 

E 

cd 


K       CO 


cj 


60 


cj 

3 

c    £ 

S  <P 
£  » 


to     3 

g  4a 


03 

I  '3d 


6  is   * 


o 

3 


,0 
03 

3 


3 
O 

.££ 

cj 


OS 

3 
03 

6 

Xt 


CJ 

3 

a- 
.5 


a) 


3 


8    Sd 


3 

•g    be  cj 

»h       rn       in 

g   §   3 

0>    l*j 


& 

CO 

s 

s 

•o 

c 

c 

3 

8 

S 

CO 

a 

a, 

s 

t-^ 

00 

o 

o> 

CD 

CO 

73 

6 

HJ 
03 

73 
3 
3 


CJ 

t» 

E 

3 

CO 

c- 
3 


3 


S3  O 


cj 


e3 
i- 
3 
73 

c 

03 
Ph 


03 


8    S 


£ 


ft    03 


CO      co 

cj 


o 

Ph 


a 

a) 

i     bfi 

as 

o 

i  i 

,q    « 


p  a 


03 


cj 


73 
3 
C3 

Oh 

-Q 
3 


B 
cj 

£ 

cj 


3 
73 


03 

i 

3 

F 

u 

03 

Oh 


i.23 

"§  I 
'•G    o 

co  _3- 
?  ° 
3°    » 

•2'E 


3 

o  ^ 

s  CJ 

£  °- 

o  5 

fee  a 

•c  £ 

cj  o 

••  o 

co  CJ 

CO 


73      O 


S3      co 
©   -23 


03 

H» 
O 
CO 

3 


3'S 


111 

fcfi    O 


s 

03 
C"1 

3 
3 


be 

eg 


CD 


cu 


.—  r-1  ■*-» 

■s  S  « 

»  3  « 

■-H  3  a 

S  £  So 

S  ej  oj 

.o  .e  co 

co  3  » 

S"  ^  £ 
£03 


.2  -o 

3 
77 

d 

03 


CO 

3 
— 

IS 

rt 

CO 

a 

3 

CJ 
CJ 

-t-H 

y. 

CO 

CJ 

CJ 

3    ^ 

Ph     3 

is  1 


cu 

CJ 

8 

CV> 

1h 

3 
0 

X, 

3 

._r 

P- 

3 

».-. 

Tc 

0 

5 

T3 

0 

Ph 

03  CT> 

*    33  I 

13     p,  co 

0  "S 

w  a 

CO  CJ 

§  H 

(3 

CJ 

H 


<j    a 

cj 
Ph 


•     3 

.23  '** 

"w      o3 
co    q- 

b0  "oj 

.23    I 

03      03 

&  a 

S  § 

5    a 

OJ 

Ph 


.2fi=0l 


3 


CJ 


.23  a 

-  £ 

5  3 

LP  03 


CJ 

1"  > 


3     3    .3    .3 


03 


Ph      fcD      fcO 

cj    cj 
Ph  Ph 


to     — 

■0    0  . 

".  s 

CO 
CD 
>-. 

.2 

H-» 

c3 


K       *       S 

s 

s 

3      3      O 

3 

3 

^    J    ^ 

•*—. 
^ 

.3 

t^^ 

CD 

HO 

0 

.0 

m 

C   J   oi 

CO 

■^> 

•"    r^    t^ 

r- 

t~* 

B 

03 

3 
CJ 


a 

03 
Ph 


03 

a 


T3 

3 
o3 
,3 


cj 


3 
Ph 
03 
CJ  . 


03 
-O 
u 
O 
cj 

'> 


03 
CO 

a 


,3 


cH 

CJ 

a 

CJ 

Ph 


OS  Oh 

s  s 

a 

-2  'fco 


•§ 


a 

CJ     1 
CJ 
CO 
CJ 

x> 

3 

Ph 


O 


3 


O 

on 


3 

E 
.i 

3 
"o< 


.      CJ 
_3 

"3 

> 

■    a 

.    S 
co    a 

*3     cj 

CJ 

JJ       CO 

CJ 


03 

bl 

a 
o 


3 
Ph 
03 
o 


6JD  » 
§.23 

1    1 
Ph    a 

co      ° 
S       CJ 

'cj     M 
cj   .S 

11 

CO      CJ 
"H      CLi 

lH  ^ 

-s     - 

bO    § 

£    S 

03      03 

•  hh       — 
hh» 

CJ     m 

CJ     3= 


o3 

CO 

O 

H-» 

a 

CJ 

a 

o 

H-» 

6 

p 


3 

a 
a 

3 

'-H 

CJ 

3 


3=i  O 


cj  •« 

3 

CT1  co 

S        '  fl 

.  Ph 

CJ 

oj  cj 

5  ° 

,2  be 

O          •  rP 


03 

a 

CJ  P 

Si  HH> 


Oh 

03 


03 

02  1c 


13  2  5 

O  _0  03 

hh  '^  "3 

03  rH  "H 

;s  S  ° 

«2  Ph     ^ 

-•  e  ts 

e  p  » 

.5  -p  j= 

5  o  « 

co  >.  03 

'I  -2  » 

p:  a  o 


03      co 

HH  3 

P2 


3     P 
3\3 


c^      g 
3      >* 

8    cj 


03 
O 

x> 
o 


CJ 

3 

a 

3 


Ph 


o 

a 


3 

'Ph 


3 

• — 1 
3 
03 
CJ 


03 
O. 


CJ 

>■ 

03 

HH> 

__o3 
"3 

CJ 

'a 

03 

Ph 


«T«    03 

03       HH. 

P     03 


«     3    3P   S 


«  CO  "^ 

cj  L 

^  s  -« 

o3  u  03 


O 
op 


O 

Ph 


ft 

3 


cj  a 

.1  g 

XI  cj 
3 

3  p: 

0J  -JH 

co  3 


-§  c2 ;  -i 

p  6 

3  ■•  u 

'H  »  C, 

o  c  o 

CO  3  ca 

—  03 


a 

c 

CJ 
Oh 


CJ 


.  a 

"  si: 
co   cp 

3 


3 

CJ 

a 

03 


3 
CJ 


a 

3 
(a 

o 

ftflfl 

8 
cj 


•a  > 

el  3 

.-H  OJ 

03  co 

O  03 

Eh  h-» 

i  o 


Oh 

Oh 

o 


CJ 

'a 

3 
03 

o 


t3 
03 


T3 
CJ 

Oh 


O 

_3 

"3 
> 
3 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    26,   1870.  153 


<         £        :~         £  -i  S  S  8  S 

H          a          g>         s  «  a  a  ^j  a 

ft"            c                         O  r£  a  C  b  i* 

A       «                 .  2  ■*  s.  ■ 

t^  «s~  CO  (-  6  00 


w 

« ~  '.§i     s      rf  •      s      S  | 

«     '    m         9         a  * 


oo 


o         3  .    ® 

a>    3 

p   y 


g      3   •  #  *  S. 


°         S         °  5 


Ph  rt  P;     5     P     M 


-9   .  ^  .  a       •  *a 


CJD 


IS 


10  -  «                  5 

a>           <-  *;  et                  fS^JiS 

8  .   5  •    **         •    o    o        £  ■   . 

§•1  I  "°  ■     -1  s  5  s 

.a        -u  is  ■  -             a    3   <"    p. 

2        "p  .  «n  .    2          .oso-^^.o; 

ft           £  03  -P  .            D.  -E     S    ^            3 


c3         «  o  '3  oj    2    o  -S  E  £  .5 

£       p  '-J3  .  ■-  x.  -1  -°   §  3  e  "G 

°  '  ©  a  3  3  s.  -a  *  -Si  s*  s  "? 

»  •  -a  g  !■•§.§  s  .s  *  .2  °  g. 

E     .   |  I  "*  •   «   g  g  -3  J  g  g  ^ 

~  I  «  •-  a  •  -i  t  |  |  -s 

'5    2;.-  o  -  .  '3  'S3  •-    ?    25    ^  . 

,gj  «  §  8  g  '■§  g.  1  -s  «s  g 

|  J  -i  ■  g  •  I  s  II  g  |  •  g  ..$ 

fX      ^>-v  gj  x  ^              r5    i— "      ^ 


£  "5 


01 


e        S        3        p  a  a         r^i 


.     ©      .     ;3  .5  3    T     cj      .     cj     J- 


fi      .a    .  =3  s"  g  '.  ^      5  o3 


lli.l    1  "s  ii-a"-    1 3  i 

«     P     «     s     «>       "   .£  fltTXiprr!       ■       .    "     P 


<«     r-    — 


«s  I «?     na 


00 


t!     °     C   .5    r3   ^     s   ^     ;            "«  3    its  o3Pa 

O  ~  "p  tS     ^      I     ^3 

S                  »^s  a  poo 

>            -"           P            P           -g     03  -S  .5     3     3 

03            |            3            ^S^  S  EOO 

■5    "5  -«  «     P     3 


S"    O     P     S     °     P  "=_S° 

3  .§>  i   3   §   !   »  -2    3  .5 


H  3  P  <-"    +3  3  53    p—    ■— 

cJ  g  3  ^03^  «  EnOO 

§§J§lsg  §> 

«        5         as         u    c        >  3 

B    ps,    (ii    a    _g  oq    o  •< 

"3  !p 


VOL.   VIII.  20 


154  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

§  1.  Alata,  Benth.  Achenium  trialatum.  Embryo  rectus  seu  rec- 
tiusculus,  axilis.  Flos  basi  haud  productus,  nempe  perigoniura 
6-partiturn  basi  lata  ipsa  cum  pedicello  articulatum.  —  Perennes 
seu  biennes,  caulibus  scapiformibus  1  -  3-pedalibus,  involucris 
ssepissime  longius  pedunculatis  laxe  cymoso-paniculatis,  foliis  radi- 
calibus  spatbulatis  seu  lanceolati-%  pube  laxa. 

*  Flores  pi.  m.  pubescentes,  nempe  perigonio  extus  adpresse  pilosulo, 
filamentis  basi  et  ovario  superne  parceque  birsutis.  Panicula 
floribunda.     Achenium  supra  medium  trialatum. 

1.  E.  hieracifolium,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Planta  Wrightiana,  cine- 
reo-pubescens ;  foliis  radicalibus  subtus  subtomentosis  supra  costaque 
subtus  laxe  sericeo-villosis  ;  floribus  flavis. —  Guadalupe  Mountains,  E. 
of  El  Paso,  Texas,  Wright. 

Var.  /3.  hemipterum.  E.  hemipterum,  Torr.  in  herbariis.  E.  hiera- 
cifolium, Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  175,  pro  parte.  Humilius ;  caule 
tenuiore  magis  foliato ;  pube  tantum  villosa  parca;  floribus  ut  videtur 
roseis.  —  Hillsides  of  the  Rio  Grande,  Parry.  The  foliage  of  this  is 
so  different  in  pubescence  from  the  type  of  the  species  (being  just  as 
in  the  next)  that  with  other  specimens  it  may  prove  to  be  a  distinct 
species ;  but  the  flowers  are  the  same  except  (apparently)  in  color. 

*  *  Flores  glaberrimi.     Achenium  a  fere  basi  ad  apicem  alatum. 

2.  E.  alatum,  Torr.  (Sitgreaves,  Rep.  t.  8),  Benth.  1.  c.  Elatum, 
floribundum  ;  pube  laxa  hirsuto-villosa  nunc  parca  vel  aitate  decidua  ; 
panicula  decomposita;  involucre  5-dentato;  floribus  parvis  flavescen- 
tibus  ;  alis  fructus  latiusculis  tenuibus.  —  From  the  Platte  to  W.  Texas 
and  New  Mexico,  by  various  collectors. — Var.  glabriusculum,  Torr. 
Bot.  Whippl.  (on  the  upper  Canadian,  Bigelow),  the  most  glabrate 
form,  has  only  a  few  scattered  hairs  on  the  leaves,  and  the  involucres 
are  wholly  glabrous. 

3.  E.  atrorubens,  Engelm.  PI.  Wish  p.  24.  Foliis  radicalibus  vil- 
loso-pubescentibus  basi  in  petiolum  longe  alatum  attenuatis;  scapo 
aphyllo  ?  glabrato  inferne  pi.  m.  fistuloso-inflato  in  cymam  laxam  dicho- 
tomo-divisis ;  involucris  paucis  longe  pedunculatis  brevi-campanulatis 
5-7-dentatis  ;  perigonio  rubente ;  alis  fructus  angustis  incrassatis. — 
Cosihuiriachi,  Mexico  (Chihuahua),  Wislizenus. 

§  2.  Eriantha,  Benth.  excl.  sp.  Achenium  exalatum,  ut  in  omnibus 
subsequentibus.  Embryo  rectus,  axilis,  radicula  cotyledonibus  latis 
breviore.     Flos  extus  villosus  vel  sericeus,  basi  subito  quasi  in 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    26,   1870.  155 

stipitera  cum  pedicello  articulatum  longe  produdtus.  Perennia, 
caulibus  foliatis  famosis,  foliis  aut  alternis  aut  verticillatis  subtus 
(nunc  fulvo-  srepius  cano-)  tomentosis,  involucris  solitariis  plerum- 
que  sessilibus. 

*  Folia  angusta  (lanceolata  seu  oblongo-linearia),  inferiora  in  petio- 
lum  attenuata,  omnia  cum  rami's  inferioribus  paniculae  apertae  nudse 
alterna.  Involucra  subdissita,  inferiora  pi.  m.  pedunculata.  Peri- 
gonia  herbacea,  segmentis  eonsimilibus. 

4.  E.  LONGiFOLiusi,  Nutt.  E.  Texanum,  Scheele  in  LinnaBa. —  Ar- 
kansas. Texas,  and  rare  in  Florida.  Stems  2-4  feet  higb  from  a 
thickened  root. 

*  *  Folia  caulina  3  -  5-natim  verticillata,  ovalia  seu  oblonga :  cyma 
dicbotoma,  foliata,  involucris  in  dichotomiis  vel  secus  ramos  sessili- 
bus multifloris.  Perigonia  subpetaloidea,  alba,  segmentis  3  interi- 
oribus  sa^pius  demum  longioribus. 

5.  E.  tomentosuji,  Michx.  Fl.  1,  p.  246,  t,  24.  Caulibus  2-3- 
pedalibus  foliosis ;  foliis  caulinis  sessilibus  obovatis  seu  ovalibus  subtus 
toraento  sospissime  fulvo  vel  rufo ;  perigonii  segmentis  late  ovatis  extus 
tomentosis  margine  lato  albo,  tubo  pedicelliformi  elongate  —  Pine  bar- 
rens from  South  Carolina  to  Florida  ;  the  original  species,  and,  with 
the  rare  exception  of  the  foregoing,  the  only  one  met  with  east  of  the 
Mississippi. 

6.  E.  tjndulatum,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.  p.  7.  Mexico,  Nee,  Galeotti. 
Known  only  from  imperfect  specimens.  Apparently  dwarf  and  fruti- 
culose,  with  much  smaller  flowers  than  in  the  foregoing ;  the  leaves 
undulate-crisped. 

7.  E.  Jamesii,  Benth.  1.  c.  E.  sericeum,  Torr.,  non  Pursh.  Caulibus 
5  -  12-pollicaribus  e  caudicibus  lignescentibus  caespitosis  parce  foliatis; 
foliis  caulinis  spathulatis  oblongisve  subsessilibus,  tomento  albido ;  in- 
volucri  extus  laxe  villoso-sericei  segmentis  obovatis  vel  spathulatis. 
—  From  the  Platte  to  W.  Texas  and  New  Mexico. 

§  3.  Umbellata,  Benth.,  excl.  sp.  pluribus.  Flos  (ut  in  §  2)  in- 
ferne  in  basim  angustam  sa3pi>sime  quasi  in  stij)item  cum  pedicello 
articulatum  productus  !  Involucra  multiflora,  nunc  solitaria  (raro 
pauca  in  capitulum),  nunc  in  umbellam  simplicem  vel  compositam 
pedunculum  ramosve  floriferos  terminantes,  collecta.  Ovarium 
inferne  glabrum,  superne  plerumque  parce  hirsutum.  Embryo 
curvulus  vel  fere    rectus ;    radicula    breviuscula  seu  longiuscula, 


156  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

cotyledonibus  pi.  m.  excentricis  longiore  vel  sequilonga.  —  Herbre 
perennes,  nunc'suffrutescentes,  srepissime  humiles,  foliis  plerum- 
que  subtus  prtesertira  albo-lanatis,  raro  glabratre  vel  glabra  ;  flori- 
bus  fere  semper  flavis  vel  luteolis  nuuc  purpureo  tinctis. 

*  Perigonium  extus  villosum  seu  pubescens. 

h—  Involucra  repando-5  -  7-dentata,  campamrlata.  Umbella  srcpius 
pluriradiata,  foliis  involucrantibus  subtensa.  Embryo  rectus,  pa- 
rum  «*xcentrieus. 

8.  E.  flavum,  Nutt.  in  Fraser,  Cat.  Pube  sericeo-lanata  canescens 
vel  incanum ;  pedunculis  scapiformibus  (3  -  6-pollicaribus)  e  caudice 
crasso  multicipiti ;  foliis  spatbulatis  seu  lanceolato-oblongis  supra  tar- 
dius  glabratis,  radicalibus  in  caudice  confertis,  involucrantibus  2  —  8 
radios  totidem  subrequantibus ;  perigoniis  aureis  extus  sericeo-villosis 
basi  infundibuliformi  substipitatim  producta;  ovario  apice  hirsuto.  E. 
sericeum,  Pursh.  —  Variat :  1.  Foliis  crassioribus  lana  subtus  densiore. 
E.  crassifolium,  Bentb.  Eriog. ;  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.-Am.  t.  176;  tbe  in- 
volucre represented  too  deeply  tootbed.  2.  Foliis  subovatis  crassis  su- 
pra glabratis  subtus  lana  ferruginea.  Crater  Pass,  Newberry.  3.  Na- 
num  ;  umbella  in  capitulum  ex  involucris  3-4  sessilibus  nunc  ad 
involucrum  solitarium  reducta.  E.  aureum,  Nutt.  in  herb.  4.  Vege- 
tius,  subpedale,  umbella  bis  3  -  4-radiata,  radiis  valde  inrequalibus.  — 
"W.  Kansas  to  Saskatchawan,  Rocky  Mountains,  &c.  Flowers  three  lines 
long.  The  embryo  is  straight,  but  with  the  cotyledons  moderately  ex- 
centric  ;  these  are  nearly  as  broad  as  the  albumen  (as  in  all  Umbellata), 
and  shorter  than  the  radicle,  which  is  not  perceptibly  inflexed  at  the 
junction. 

-l—  -i—  Involucra  lobata,  srepius  in  pedunculo  solitaria,  nuda,  nunc  2  —  3 
in  umbellam  imperfectam  2  -  3-radiatam  vel  capitulum  collecta. 
Embryo  ubi  observatus  incurvo-excentricus. 

++  Microphyllum  :  involucrum  turbinatum,  sublobatum,  lobis  den- 
tibusve  latis  vix  patentibus. 

9.  E.  thymoides,  Benth.  in  DC.  Suffruticosum,  ca^spitoso-ramosis- 
simum  (spithama3um),  cinereo-tomentosum  ;  ramis  floridis  inferne  folio- 
sissimis ;  pedunculo  infra  medium  verticillo  foliorum  instructo ;  fo- 
liis (lin.  2-3  longis)  lineari-  seu  oblongo-spathulatis  margine  revolutis ; 
perigonio  basi  cyathiformi  attenuata  pilis  creberrimis  reflexis  villosissi- 
mo.  —  N.  branch  of  the  Columbia,  Wilkes's  Ex.  Expedition.  Simcoe 
Hills  in  the  same  region,  Dr.  Lyall.  A  most  distinct  species:  the 
flowers  apparently  pale  yellow  with  some  tinge  of  purple. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     JANUARY  26,   1870.  157 

++++ Folia  majora :  involucrum  profunde  6  -  8-fklum,  lobis  angus- 
tis  patentibus  demum  reflexis.  ■ 

10.  E.  cespitosum,  Nutt.  in  Jour.  Acad.  Pliilad.  7,  p.  50,  t.  8. 
Pulvinato-crespitosum,  foliis  in  ram  is  humif'usis  caudieium  plerumque 
rosulatis  spathulatis  undique  cano-touientosis  marginibus  pi.  m.  revolutis 
(lin.  3-6  longis)  ;  scapo  aphyllo  1  -  3-pollicari ;  involucro  solitario  ; 
perigoniis  luteis  nunc  purpurea  tinctis  extus  sericeo-villosiuseulis  basi 
breviter  stipitato-contractis,  segmentis  ovalibus,  interioribus  basi  cum 
filamentis  pilis  longis  pi.  m.  villosis ;  ovario  versus  apicem  parce  hirsu- 
tulo.  E.  andinum,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.  p.  160,  forma  minore,  ovario  in 
pi.  subraasculis  prorsus  glabro.  —  Rocky  Mountains,  Nuttall,  Fremont, 
&c.  Mountains  of  Nevada,  at  4,000  to  6,500  feet,  Bloomer,  Stretch, 
Torrey,  S.  Watson  in  C.  King's  Expedition.  Flower  two,  or  in  age 
three  lines  long,  including  the  stipitiform  base. 

11.  E.  Douglasii,  Benth.  in  DC.  Dense  cano-lanatum  ;  caudicibus 
suffrutescentibus  crespitoso-ramosissimis  depressis  folia  rosulata  spa- 
thulata  basi  in  petiolum  attenuata  proferentibus  ;  pedunculo  simplicissi- 
mo  scapiformi  medio  verticillo  unico  foliorum  instructo  involucro  soli- 
tario ebracteato  majusculo  vel  2-3-capitatis  terminato ;  perigoniis 
basi  cyathiformi  breviter  angustata  extus  villosulis,  segmentis  lato-obova- 
tis ;  filamentis  infra  medium  phimosis.  E.  ovaMJblium,  Benth.  Eriog., 
non  Nutt.  —  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon,  Douglas  or  Gairdner.  Not 
since  found  :  the  specimens  fructiferous,  or  nearly  so  ;  the  color  of 
the  fresh  flowers  unknown.  The  scarious-persistent  perigonia  are  four 
lines  long,  and  numerous,  forming  a  globose  head  two  thirds  of  an 
inch  in  diameter.  Embryo  inflexed,  the  cotyledons  accumbent  on  the 
radicle. 

12.  E.  SPHiEROCEPHALUM,  Dougl.  in  Benth.  Eriog.  Canescenti- 
tomentosum  ;  caulibus  e  basi  suffruticosa  adsurgentibus  vel  erectis  ramo- 
sis  foliosis ;  foliis  spathulatis  angusto-oblongisve  basi  angustatis  verti- 
cillatis  verticillato-fasciculatis  paucisve  alternis,  pagina  superiore  nunc 
glabrescente ;  pedunculis  brevibus  nunc  subumbellatis  vel  dichotomis ; 
perigonis  flavis,  basi  stipitiformi  pedicello  subrequilongo,  segmentis  ob- 
longo-obovatis  vel  interioribus  spathulatis ;  filamentis  basi  villosis.  — 
Variat:  1.  Subpedale,  foliosum  ;  foliis  plerumque  angustis  margine 
nunc  revolutis,  lana  laxiuscula  ;  perigoniis  extus  subvillosis.  Oregon 
and  Montana,  Douglas,  &c.  2.  Humilius ;  perigoniis  tenuiter  pubes- 
centibus.  Simcoe  Valley,  Washington  Territory,  Dr.  Lyall.  3.  De- 
pressum,  angustifolium.     E.  geniculatam,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.     W.  slope 


158  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

of  Rocky  Mountains,  Nuttall.  4.  Latifolium,  nanum,  umbella  saepiu3 
triradiata,  radiis  bi*evibus.  E.  ellipticnm  /3.  megacephalum,  Nutt.  1.  c. 
Rocky  Mountains,  Nuttall.  5.  Brevifolium,  tomento  tenui  appressisi- 
mo  incanum  ;  caulibus  simplicioribus  multo  minus  foliatis ;  perigoniis 
extus  tenuiter  pubescentibus.  California,  Rev.  Mr.  Fitch,  in  herb. 
Torr.     Nevada,  Stretch,  S.  Watson. 

*  *  Perigonium  extus  glaberrimurn,  basi  stipitiformi  conspicua. 

•k-  Tota  planta  glaberrima  praeter  filamenta  basi  villosa :  ovarium 
etiam  glaberrimurn.  Flores  majores  in  involucro  7  -  8-fido  per- 
multi. 

13.  E.  Torreyanum,  Gray,  Mss.  Spithamneum  ad  subpedalem; 
foliis  obovato-spathulatis  crassiusculis  fere  aveniis  plerisque  in  caudice 
confertis ;  caulibus  floridis  pedunculisve  subvalidis  inferne  nudis  vel 
medio  unifoliatis  apice  umbellam  subsimplicem  3  -  4-radiatam  vei'ticillo 
foliorum  subtensam  gerentibus  ;  floribus  aureis  pro  genere  magnis  (lin. 
4-4^  longis),  basi  stipitiformi  brevi ;  embryonis  rectiusculi  cotyledoni- 
bus  orbiculatis  radicular  subrequilongis.  —  California,  on  a  high  mountain 
of  the  Sierra  Nevada  near  Donner's  Pass,  Torrey,  no.  443.  Rays  of 
the  umbel  from  one  to  nearly  two  inches  in  length,  subtended  by  a  whorl 
of  leaves  like  the  lower  leaves  but  smaller,  and  sometimes  accom- 
panied by  one  or  two  solitary  and  naked  short-pedicelled  flowers  !  The 
lateral  rays  bear  an  involucriform  whorl  of  smaller  bracts  towards  their 
summit,  from  which  sometimes  proceeds  a  short  secondary  ray.  The 
very  numerous  flowers  form  a  globular  head  which  in  fruit  is  nearly 
an. inch  in  diameter:  the  perigonium  scarious-persistent,  its  segments 
spatulate-obovate,  equal,  at  the  base  with  a  strong  costa  running  down 
to  the  stipitiform  portion,  which  is  only  half  a  line  long. 

h—  -i—  Herbre  lanata?,  tomentosa?  vel  araneosas,  saltern  juniores  et 
pagina  infera  foliorum,  nunc  demum  glabratre :  filamenta  inferne 
villosa  :  ovarium  versus  apicem  prasertim  ad  angulos  pi.  m.  hirsu- 
tulum.  Flores  mediocres,  in  involucro  (sajpius  profunde  5-9-fido 
lobis  patentibus  mox  reflexis)  numerosi,  basi  stipitiformi  in  pleris 
elongata.      (Species  limitatione  difficiles.) 

++  Caules  floridi  adsurgentes  plus  minus  foliati  et  ramosi. 

14.  E.  polyanthum,  Benth.  in  DC.  p.  12.  Ultrapedale,  laxe  ramo- 
sum ;  foliis  plerisque  verticillatis  vel  inferioribus  verticillato-fascicu- 
latis  ovatis  oblongisve  nunc  sublanceolatis  acutis  subtus  prresertim 
albolanatis;  pedunculis  aut  solitariis  vagis  aut   2-5  umbellatis;   basi 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,   1870.  159 

stipitiformi  floris  aurei  segmentis  diraidio  breviore ;  embryone  recto, 
cotyledonibus  oblongo-ovalibus  radicula  parum  brevioribus.  —  Cali- 
fornia, from  various  collections,  on  the  Sacramento,  &c. 

Var.  bahijEFORME.  Ramosissimum,  subpedale  ;  foliis  parvulis 
(semi-polliearibus)  sajpius  utrinque  dense  incanis ;  floribus  minoribus 
in  involucro  minus  numerosis.  —  Dry  slopes  of  San  Carlos,  New  Idria, 
Brewer.  Owens  Valley,  Dr.  Horn.  This  seems  to  pass  on  one  hand  into 
E.  umbellatum,  on  the  other  into  E. heracleoides. 

++  ++  Caules  floridi  sen  pedunculi  scapiformes,  e  caudicibus  caespi- 
tosis  laxioribus  humifusis  vel  decumbentibus  orti,  simplici,  aphylli 
seu  verticillo  unico  rarius  duo  foliorum  instruct!,  umbella  perfecta 
simplici  vel  composita  rariusve  ad  involucrum  solitarium  reducta 
terminati.     Sp.  priores  majores. 

15.  E.  compositum,  Dougl.  in  Beuth.  Eriog.  t.  17,  f.  10.  Saepius 
validum ;  foliis  omnibus  e  caudice  crasso  oblongo-ovutis  cordatisque 
longe  petiolatis  subtus  dense  cano-tomentosis ;  scapo  nudo  fistuloso 
(sub-sesquipedali)  umbellam  compositam  pleniradiatam  verticillo  brac- 
tearum  linearium  vel  latiorum  stipatam  gerente ;  involucro  sub-5-fido ; 
perigonii  ut  videtur  albidi  segmentis  stipite  2  -  3-plo  longioribus,  ex- 
terioribus  post  anthesin  crispulis.  —  Wa-hington  Territory  to  the  north- 
ern part  of  California  (Bolander).  Bentham  has  not  described  and 
we  have  not  seen  the  embryo,  but  from  the  figure  it  seems  to  resemble 
that  of  E.  heracleoides.  The  var.  leianthum,  Benth.,  is  a  state  with 
glabrous  or  glabrate  involucres,  and  passes  into  the  ordinary  form. 

16.  E.  heracleoides,  Nutt.  in  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  7,  p.  49.  Gra- 
cilius  ;  ramis  sterilibus  decumbentibus  subcrespitosis  apice  fascieulato- 
foliatis,  floridis  pedunculisve  nunc  nudis  sa?pissime  medio  verticillo  folio- 
rum  instructis  umbellam  simplicem  vel  compositam  plerumque  involu- 
crato-bracteatam  gerentibus  ;  foliis  spathulato-oblongis  vel  oblanceolatis 
subtus  vel  utrinque  albo-lanatis ;  involucro  6-8-fido;  perigonii  palli- 
de  lutei  segmentis  stipite  gracillimo  vix  longioribus;  embryonis  cotyle- 
douibus orbiculatis  radicular  incurvae  aequilongis.  —  Rocky  Mountains 
through  the  interior  of  Oregon,  Nevada,  &c.  The  typical  form  is  from 
1  \  to  2  feet  high,  with  leaves  becoming  glabrate  above,  and  a  full,  many- 
rayed  compound  umbel.  E.  gyrophyllum,  Nutt.  PI.  Garnb.  p.  163,  is  a 
dwarf  form.  Var.  minus,  Benth.  in  DC,  is  similar  or  rather  smaller, 
sometimes  with  leaves  only  subtending  the  umbel,  and  passing  into 

Var.  angustifolium,  (E.  angustifolium,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.  1.  c. 
E.  umbellatum,  Benth.  Eriog.  p.  410,  t.  18,  non  Torr.)  :  foliis  sublineari- 


160  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

bus  ;  umbella  in  macrioribus  simplici,  in  vegetioribus  (TV.  Kootenay, 
&c.  Lyall)  iterum  iterumque  divisa.  —  Flowers  smaller  than  in  E.  um- 
bellatum  and  pale,  with  a  proportionally  longer  stipitiform  base. 

17.  E.  umbellatum,  Torr.  in  Ann.  Lye.  2,  p.  241,  &  in  Sitgreaves, 
Rep.  t.  12  (mala  quoad  fl.  et  embryo).  Spithamaeum  ad  pedalem  ;  ra- 
mis  sterilibus  decumberitibus  vel  repentibus  saape  stoloniformibus  laxe 
crespitosis  apice  fasciculato-foliosis  ;  foliis  obovato-spathulatis  ovalibus- 
que  in  petiolum  angustatis  subtus  albo-lanatis ;  pedunculis  scapiformibus 
prater  bracteas  foliave  umbellam  siraplicem  raro  subcompositam  invo- 
lucrantia  aphyllis ;  involucro  profunde  6  -  8-fido ;  perigonii  flavi  nunc 
albi  segmentis  stipite  gracili  2  -  3-plo  longioribus ;  embryonis  cotyle- 
donibus  fere  orbiculatis  radicula  vix  incurva  parum  brevioribus. — 
Plains  of  Nebraska  to  Oregon,  Nevada,  and  the  borders  of  California. 
E.  stellatum,  Benth.  Eriog.  (probably  included  a  small  form  of  the 
preceding),  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.-Am.  t.  177,  a  northwestern  form,  repre- 
sented with  the  scapes  all  unifoliate ;  but  this  leaf  is  extremely  excep- 
tional, and  the  whorl  of  leaves  at  the  middle  mentioned  by  Bentham  in 
DC.  Prodr.  we  have  not  met  with.  Var.  majus,  Benth.  in  DC,  is 
merely  a  large  state.  E.  ellipticum,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.,  is  the  same, 
with  the  umbel  compound,  which  is  uncommon.  And  there  are  three 
or  four  other  unpublished  Nuttallian  names  for  the  species.  Green  and 
glabrate  or  almost  glabrous  forms  have  been  collected  by  Prof.  Brewer, 
S.  Watson,  and  others.     The  most  reduced  and  diminutive  form  is 

Var.  monocephalum  (E.  Tolmieanum,  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.-Am.  2,  p. 
134)  :  pusillum,  casspitoso-depressum  ;  foliis  supra  vel  utrinque  glabra- 
tis,  lamina  £  -  £-pollicari ;  scapo  \  -  3-pollicari  gracili  apice  involu- 
cra  2-4  capitata  saspius  1  -  3-bracteata  vel  unicum  plerumque  nu- 
dum majus  gcrente  ;  floribus  pi.  m.  minoribus.  —  Oregon  on  the  Walla- 
Walla  among  Wormwood,  Tolmie.  Humboldt  and  Clover  Mountains, 
Nevada,  alt.  9-10,500  feet,  S.  Watson.  Sonora  Pass,  California, 
10,000  feet,  Brewer.  Uintah  Mountains,  Utah,  9-10,000  feet,  S. 
Watson.     Some  forms  have  green  and  almost  wholly  glabrous  leaves. 

-H-  h — h-  Herbse  lana  tenui  densa  incanas ;  scapi,  e  caudicibus  ramisve 
sterilibus  crespitosis  ut  in  praecedentibus  orti,  prorsus  aphylli,  gra- 
cillimi,  umbellam  simplicem  parvi-involucranti-bracteatam  gerentes, 
involucro  centrali  semper  sessili !  Flores  minores  et  pauciores 
in  involucro  5  -  7-dentato,  basi  breviter  stipitiformi,  subdioici, 
umbella  mascula  contracta  capitata.  Filarnenta  basi  et  ovarium 
apice  saapius  pubescentia. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,  1870.  161 

18.  E.  marifoliuh,  n.  sp.  Modo  E.  umbellati  ramis  sterilibus  de- 
pressis  gracilibus  substoloniformibus  laxe  casspitosis  ;  foliis  parvis  ovatis 
utrinque  albo-toraentosis  vel  supra  mox  glabratis  basi  rotundatis  aut 
abrupte  in  petiolum  laminam  (3-5  lin.  longain)  srepius  excedentem  an- 
gustatis  ;  umbella  3  -  6-radiata  nunc  capituliformi  in  scapo  nudo;  in- 
volucris  parvis;  floribus  luteis  (interdum  roseo  tinctis)  ;  semine  lanceo- 
lato ;  embryone  recto  axili,  cotyledonibus  obovato-oblongis  radicula 
longioribus!  —  California,  Lobb.  no.  192  in  herb.  Hook.  Mount  Shasta, 
7-9,000  feet,  Brewer:  involucres  apparently  with  only  male  flowers, 
more  or  less  capitate  on  a  scape  only  an  inch  or  two  long.  High 
mountain  near  Donner's  Pass,  Sierra  Nevada,  Torrey  :  apparently  male 
flowers  in  contracted  umbels  on  scapes  from  two  to  five  inches  high ; 
and  fruiting  plants  with  scapes  eight  or  ten  inches  high,  bearing  an 
umbel  of  five  or  six  long  rays  besides  the  sessile  central  involucre. 
The  involucres  are  only  a„line  or  a  line  and  a  half  long;  the  perigonia 
of  about  the  same  length,  or  those  with  mature  fruit  accrescent,  espe- 
cially the  inner  ones,  and  as  much  as  two  and  a  half  lines  long. 

19.  E.  incanum,  n.  sp.  Densius  caaspitosum ;  caudicibus  crassioribus; 
foliis  creberrimis  oblongis  spathulatisve  utrincpie  cano-tomentosis  in  pe- 
tiolum lamina  (semipollicari)  haud  longiorem  angustatis  ;  scapo  nudo  ; 
umbella  prajter  involucrum  centrale  sessile  5  -  7-radiata  nunc  capitu- 
liformi  rariusve  ad  involucrum  solitarium  reducta;  floribus  flavis; 
semine  ovato  acuminato  ;  embryone  rectiusculo,  cotyledonibus  ovali- 
rotundis  parura  excentricis  radicular  aequilongis.  —  California,  in  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  Brewer  (on  the  Tuolumne  River,  alt.  8-11,000  feet), 
Torrey,  Bolander.  Much  more  densely  casspitose  than  the  foregoing; 
the  scapes  from  two  to  six  inches  high  and  less  slender ;  the  flowers  simi- 
lar but  bright  yellow,  about  a  line  long,  but  the  accrescent  fructiferous 
perigonium  in  Bolander's  fine  specimens  from  two  and  a  half  to  three 
lines  long.     Involucre  with  five  to  seven  short  and  broad  erect  teeth. 

§  4.  Psetjdo-Umbellata.  Flos  basi  abrupte  constricta  brevissima 
cum  pedicello  articulatus.  Involucra  umbellata,  rarissime  soli- 
taria,  multiflora:  umbella  bracteis  foliaceis  involucrantibus  sub- 
tensa,  scapum  nudum  (interdum  unifoliatum)  terminans.  Perigo- 
nium 6-partitum,  albidum  seu  luteolum,  nee  flavum  ;  segmentis 
obovatis  fere  conformibus.  Ovarium  totum  vel  basi  glabrum. 
Embryo  uti  notus  praecedentium.  —  Herbce  perennes,  casspitosae, 
humiles,  floribus  ut  videtur  luteolis  seu  albidis  extus  aut  laxe 
pilosis  aut  glabris. 

VOL.  VIII.  21 


162  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

*  Ovarium  supra  medium  laxe  villosum. 

20.  E.  pyrol^folium,  Hook,  in  Murray,  Bot.  Exped.  Oregon,  & 
Kew  Jour.  Bot.  5,  p.  395,  t.  10.  Glabratum ;  foliis  in  caudice  longe 
fusiformi  conf'ertis  obovatis  seu  lato-spathulatis  petiolatis  coriaceis ; 
bracteis  binis  umbellam  parvam  e  radiis  3-5  brevissimis  stipantibus ; 
involucro  campanulato  villoso  ;  perigoniis  albidis  ?  extus  basim  versus 
parce  villosis  ;  filamentis  basi  tantum  hirsutulis.  —  Mount  Shasta,  Cali- 
fornia, Mr.  Jeffrey  (herb.  Hook.).  Scapes  a  span  high,  bearing  traces 
of  loose  villous  hairs,  which  are  more  decided  on  the  petioles.  These 
lead  us  to  infer,  the  flowers  being  essentially  alike,  that  the  following 
is  a  downy  form  of  the  same  species. 

Var.  coryph^eum:  nanum,  scapo  petiolisque  villoso-lanatis ;  foliis 
ovatis  (semipollicaribus)  longe  petiolatis  albido-tomentosis,  pagina  su- 
periori  demum  glabrata,  involucris  in  umbella  1-3.  —  Summit  of  the 
Cascade  Mountains,  about  lat.  49°  on  the  east  side,  at  the  height  of 
7,500  feet,  Lyall.  Flowers  fully  two  lines  long,  apparently  white  or 
flesh-colored. 

*  *  Ovarium  glaberrimum. 

21.  E.  androsaceum,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Pumilum  ;  foliis  in  cau- 
dicibus  dense  casspitosis  confertis  oblanceolatis  spathulatisve  in  petio- 
lum  attenuatis  supra  glabratis  subtus  albo-lanatis  ;  scapo  2  -  3-pollicari 
rarius  unifoliato ;  umbella  4-7-radiata  simplici  nunc  subcapitata 
bracteis  verticillatis  linearibus  stipata ;  involucris  oblongo-campanulatis 
5-dentatis ;  perigonio  extus  basi  pubescente ;  filamentis  fere  glabris ; 
embryonis  radicula  in  cotyledonibus  brevioribus  orbiculatis  valde  ex- 
centricis  accumbenti-inflexa.  E.  ccespitosum,  Benth.  Eriog. ;  Hook. 
Fl.  Bor.-Am.,  non  Nutt.  —  Alpine  region  of  the  northern  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, Drummond,  Bourgeau.  Perigonium  two,  or  in  fruit  nearly  three, 
lines  long,  the  inner  segments  then  more  lengthened  than  the  outer. 

22.  E.  Lobbii,  n.  sp.  Humile,  primum  tomento  arachnoideo  permolli 
(proeter  flores)  incanum ;  foliis  in  caudice  crasso  confertis  subrotundis 
in  petiolum  saapius  longiorem  subito  contractis  crassiusculis,  pagina  su- 
periori  nunc  denudata  ;  scapo  spithamreo  inferne  rarius  unifoliato  ;  um- 
bella subcomposita  densa  bracteis  verticillatis  fbliaceis  obovatis  seu 
lanceolatis  stipata;  involucris  campanulatis  5-7-fidis;  perigonio 
glaberrimo  ;  filamentis  inferne  villosis ;  embryonis  radicula  in  cotyle- 
donibus obovato-rotundis  excentricis  parum  brevioribus  subinflexa. — 
California,  Lobb  in  herb.  Hook.  no.  190.     High  mountain  near  Don- 


OF   ARTS    AND   SCIENCES:    JANUARY   26,  1870.  163 

ner's  Pass  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  Torrey.  Porphyritic  hills  near  Vir- 
ginia City,  Nevada,  Mr.  Stretch  in  herb.  Torr.  Leaves  1  to  nearly 
2  inches  in  diameter;  scape  commonly  stout.  Involucre  about  half  an 
inch,  and  the  flowers  at  length  three  lines  long.  —  Upon  Silver  Mountain 
in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  at  the  height  of  11,000  feet,  Prof.  Brewer  col- 
lected a  smaller  form,  viz. :  — 

Var.  minus  :  foliis  tenuioribus  involucrisque  dimidio  minoribus  ;  um- 
bella  parvula  condensata. 

§  5.  Lachnogtna.  Flos  basi  ipsa  lata  cum  pedicello  articulatus : 
perigonium  extus  lanatum,  6-partitum,  segmentis  oblongis  aequali- 
bus.  Ovarium  lana  longa  implexa  tomentissimum !  Filamenta 
basi  tantum  pilosa.  Involucra  pauca  in  capitulum  aut  in  capitu- 
lis  paucis  subcymosis  congesta,  nunc  solitaria,  brevia,  3  -  5-den- 
tata.  Embryo  (in  E.  lachnogyno)  sect,  prascedentis.  —  Herbee 
perennes  cajspitosas,  incanre,  foliis  in  caudice  multicipiti  confertissi- 
mis  angustis,  scapo  nudo  vel  fere  nullo,  floribus  parvis  flavis. 

23.  E.  acaule,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  Pulvinato-casspitosuin,  albo-tomen- 
tosum ;  foliis  oblongis  vel  sublinearibus  margine  revolutis  sessilibus ; 
capitulo  ex  involucris  1-5  fere  sessilibus  intra  folia  suprema  sessili 
nunc  fructifero  breviter  exserte  pedunculato  ;  perigoniis  extus  tomen- 
tulosis.  —  Summit  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  between  Colorado  and 
Utah,  Nuttall.  Dry  sandy  ridge  near  head  of  Holmes's  Creek,  Utah? 
at  G,000  feet,  S.  Watson  in  C.  King's  Expedition.  Leaves  barely  two 
or  three  lines  long,  spreading  from  the  sheathing  bases  which  are  im- 
bricated on  the  branches  of  the  caudex.     Flower  hardly  two  lines  long. 

24.  E.  lachxogtnum,  Torr.  in  DC.  &  Bot.  Whipp.  p.  76,  t.  19. 
Caudicibus  brevissimis  in  radice  fusiformi  confertissimis ;  foliis  lan- 
ceolatis  seu  lanceolato-oblongis  acutis  petiolatis  margine  pi.  m.  revolutis 
supra  sericeis  subtus  cano-tomentosis ;  scapo  elongato  nudo  oligo- 
cephalo ;  perigoniis  extus  sericeo-lanatis  intus  flavis.  —  Mountains  of 
the  southern  part  of  Colorado  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  New  Mexico, 
Fendler,  Gordon,  Bigelow,  Newberry.  Leaves  an  inch  long  besides  the 
slender  petiole.  Scape  slender,  a  span  to  near  a  foot  high,  more  or  less 
cymosely  branched  at  the  summit,  or  in  depauperate  specimens  simple, 
the  branches  bearing  a  loose  capitulum  of  a  few  involucres,  or  a  solitary 
involucre  sessile  in  the  fork.  Flowers  a  line  and  a  half  long,  some  of 
them  subtended  by  an  ovate  or  lanceolate  firm  bract  as  well  as  a  pair  of 
filiform  bractlets,  as  described  and  figured  by  Dr.  Torrey.    In  the  letter- 


164  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

press  it  is  stated  that  the  bract  is  not  represented  in  the  figure,  but  it 
is.  Bentham  describes  the  embryo  as  straight,  on  the  authority  of  a 
sketch  by  Dr.  Torrey  ;  who,  however,  from  later  specimens  collected 
by  Dr.  Bigelow,  has  upon  his  plate  well  represented  the  embryo  (as 
strongly  excentric),  but  makes  no  reference  to  it  in  the  letter-press. — 
This  and  the  preceding  species  are  brought  together  from  their  resem- 
blance in  structure  and  in  the  very  woolly  ovary,  rather  than  in  habit. 

§  6.  Heterosepala.  (Gen.  Eucycla,  Nutt.)  Flos  basi  ipsa  haud 
producta  cum  pedicello  articulatus :  perigonium  glaberrimum,  6- 
partitum,  omnino  petaloideum,  post  anthesin  tenuiter  scarioso- 
marcescens ;  segmentis  tunc  biseriatis  maxime  disparibus,  exteri- 
oribus  rotundatis  magis  demum  auctis  basi  cordulatis,  auriculis 
usque  ad  vel  ultra  articulum  extensis  ;  interioribus  angustis  spa- 
thulatis  emarginatis  mox  paullo  longioribus  conniventi-erectis  invo- 
lutisque,  singulis  basi  unguiformi  stamina  3  gerentibus.  Involu- 
cra  (5  —  8-dentata)  capitata  vel  umbellato-eymosa  in  scapo  pror- 
sus  aphyllo  simplici.  Ovarium  glabrum.  Embryo  incurvus, 
radicula  adscendente  cotyledonibus  orbicularis  accumbentibus 
longe  superante. —  Herbre  perennes,  caespitoso-acaulescentes,  cano- 
lanatae,  foliis  ovalibus  vel  subrotundis  petiolatis  in  ramis  brevissimis 
caudicis  multicipitis  confertis,  bracteis  minimis  seu  evanidis. 

25.  E.  proliferum,  n.  sp.  Scapo  (spithamreo  ad  pedalem)  umbel- 
lam  prolifero-compositam  gerentibus,  radiis  primariis  2  —  6,  sequentibus 
binis  nunc  solitariis,  cum  involucro  alari  semper  sessili ;  perigonii  rosei 
segmentis  exterioribus  orbiculari-obovatis  ovalibusque  post  anthesin 
vix  aut  leviter  cordulatis.  —  Idaho  Mountains  (Prof.  0.  Marcy,  Prof. 
Swallow)  to  N.  Fork  of  the  Columbia,  Wilkes's  Expedition  (the 
plant  had  been  doubtfully  referred  to  E.  oblong  if olium),  Weenass 
Valley  and  Walla- Walla,  Lyall.  Foliage  nearly  as  in  the  next ;  but  the 
inflorescence  cymose-umbellate,  usually  lax;  a  central  sessile  involucre 
in  the  primary  umbel  and  in  the  successive  forks,  not  rarely  secund 
by  the  suppression  of  one  of  the  pair  of  secondary  and  tertiary  rays. 
Involucres  and  perigonia  after  flowering  hardly  exceeding  a  line  and 
a  half  in  length.     Filaments,  as  in  the  next,  villous-pubescent  below. 

26.  E.  ovalifolium,  Nutt.  in  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  7,  p.  50,  t.  8. 
Scapo  (3 -9-pollicari)  capitulo  simplici  (rarissime  prolifero  dicephalo) 
ex  involucris  paucis  (3-8)  arete  sessilibus  terminato  ;  perigonio  aut 
flavo  aut  roseo-purpureo,  fructifero  albido,  segmentis  exterioribus  latis- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870.  165 

sime  ovalibus  basi  srcpius  sinu  profundiori  cordata.  Eucycla  ovalifolia 
&  E.  purpurea,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  166. —  Rocky  Mountains  of  Colorado 
through  Utah  to  Nevada  and  the  borders  of  California.  Varies  with 
yellow  flowers  (E.  ovalifolium,  Nutt.)  not  rarely  tinged  with  purple,  to 
rose  or  rose-purple  (E.  purpureum,  Benth.  in  DC,  &c.)  ;  and  slender 
forms  with  smaller  flowers  are  var.  tennius,  Benth.  1.  c.  (E.  elongatum, 
Nutt.  herb.,  changed  to  tenellum,  and  by  Gambell  to  E.  Nuttallii,  PI. 
Gamb.  1.  e.*)  A  specimen  from  Clamet  River,  of  Wilkes's  Expedition, 
has  two  heads.     The  flowers  and  the  plant  vary  considerably  in  size. 

§  7.  Capitata.  Flos  basi  lata  vel  brevissime  angustata  (baud  pro- 
ducta)  ipsa  cum  pedicello  articulatus  :  segmenta  perigonii  (gla- 
bra raro  lanulosi)  consimilia  subasqualia.  Involucra  (pauca  vel 
plura)  in  capitulum  globosum  ssepius  nudum  sessilia:  capitula  soli- 
taria  vel  pauca  subumbellata  scapum  aphyllum  vel  pedunculum 
scapiformem  superantia.  Ovarium  glabrum.  Embryo  ubi  notus 
fere  sect,  prascedentis.     Herbaa  perennes,  pi.  m.  albo-lanataa. 

*  Caespitoso-acaulescentes,  pumilas,  monocephalae ;  floribus  in  invo- 
lucris  paucis  5  — 7-dentatis  vix  numerosis.  Bracteolae  parum 
barbellatas. 

27.  E.  Kingii,  n.  sp.  Laxe  albo-lanatum  ;  foliis  in  caudice  multi- 
cipiti  confertis  spathulatis  obovatis  nunc  rotundatis  (petiolo  aut  longo 
aut  brevi)  ;  scapo  tenui ;  involucris  in  capitulo  6-9  turbinato-campanu- 
latis  profundius  6  -  7-dentatis  tenui-membranaceis ;  perigonio  glaber- 
rimo  luteo  vel  roseo-purpureo,  segmentis  obovato-subcuneatis  omnibus 
emarginatis  ;  filamentis  fere  glabris.  —  Summit  of  E.  Humboldt  Moun- 
tains, Star  Peak,  and  Clover  Mountain,  Nevada,  alt.  9-11,000  feeb 
Sereno  Watson  in  Clarence  King's  Expedition,  July  -  August,  1868. 
Leaves  exclusive  of  the  petiole  about  half  an  inch  long.  Flowers  a 
line  and  a  half  in  length.  Embryo  with  a  slender  radicle,  its  base 
ascending  and  accumbent  on  the  orbicular  cotyledons. 

Var.  laxifolium.  Elatius ;  caudice  ramis  gracilioribus ;  foliis 
parcioribus   sublanceolatis ;    floribus  in  sicco  aureis.  —  Parley's   Park 

*  Nuttall  describes  E.  Nuttallii  as  having  the  "  segments  of  the  perianth  oblong 
and  not  very  unequal"  ;  but  in  those  of  his  own  specimens  which  have  any  flowers, 
as  in  his  "  E.  polyceps,"  Mss.,  which  he  evidently  put  with  it,  the  perigonium  is  just 
that  of  E.  purpureum.  So  that  he  should  not  have  left  it  in  Eriogonum  when  he 
formed  of  the  above  his  genus  Eucycla.  It  might  be  supposed  that  Nuttall  had  our 
next  species  (E.  Kingii)  in  view,  but  there  is  no  trace  of  it  in  his  own  herbarium, 
nor  among  the  specimens  he  contributed  to  the  herbaria  of  Hooker,  Durand,  &c. 


166  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Peak,  alt.  9000  feet,  "Wasatch  Mountains,  Utah,  S.  Watson.  Leaves 
acute,  sometimes  an  inch  long,  tapering  into  a  slender  petiole.  Scape 
nearly  a  span  high. 

28.  E.  multiceps,  Nees,  Verz.  PI.  Max.  v.  Wied  (extr.  Trav.  Neu- 
Wied),  p.  20,  ex  char.  Lana  appressa  candidissima  indutum,  caudicis 
ramis  breviter  adsurgentibus  foliosis ;  foliis  oblongo-spathulatis  oblan- 
ceolatisve  in  petiolum  longe  attenuatis  ;  scapo  3  -  5-pollicari ;  capitulo 
bracteato ;  involucris  5-10  tubulosis  5-dentatis  ;  perigonio  albo  vel 
fusco-flavido  extus  sublanuloso,  segmentis  obovato-cuneatis  retusis ; 
filamentis  glabriusculis.  E.  gnaphalodes,  Benth.  in  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  5, 
p.  263  (1853).  — Colorado,  cliffs  of  the  Upper  Platte,  Neu-Wied, 
Geyer,  Gordon,  Hayden,  H.  Engelmann,  E.  W.  Emerson.  Bracts 
under  the  head  more  conspicuous  and  involucrate  than  in  other  species 
of  the  group,  one  or  two  of  them  equalling  or  surpassing  the  involucres. 
Flowers  small.  E.  multiceps,  Nees,  much  anterior  to  Bentham's  name, 
has  been  wholly  overlooked,  which,  from  the  place  of  publication,  is  not 
surprising. 

29.  E.  pauciflorum,  Pursh,  Fl.  2,  p.  735.  Glabrescens,  Armerice 
facie ;  caudicis  ramis  brevissimis  crebris ;  foliis  linearibus  subspathula- 
tisve  margine  revolutis  in  petiolum  longe  attenuatis  supra  mox  glabratis  ; 
scapo  subspithamoeo ;  involucris  in  capitulo  5-10  turbinato-campanu- 
latis  5-dentatis ;  perigonio  albo  glabro,  segmentis  ovalibus ;  filamentis 
inferne  pubescentibus.  —  Nebraska  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colo- 
rado, Bradbury,  H.  Engelmann,  Parry. 

*  *  Majores,  subacaules,  caulibus  basi  nunc  breviter  adsurgente 
tantum  foliatis  ;  pedunculo  valido  scapiformi  nudo  capitulo  aut 
solitario  aut  paucis  umbellatis  sat  magnis  superato;  involucris 
brevi-campanulatis  truncatis  (dentulis  5-8  membranula  prorsus 
connexis)  permultifloris.  Bi'acteola?  villoso-plumosissima?  ex  in- 
volucro  mox  exserUe.  Perigonium  semper  album,  glaberrimum, 
segmentis  latis.     {Desmocephalorum  Benth.  species.) 

30.  E.  latifoliuji,  Smith  in  Rees  Cycl.  Soepius  1-2-pedale;  foliis 
ovalibus  basi  lata  rotundatis  cordatisve  subtus  albo-lanatis  supra  cum 
scapo  lana  araneosa  plus  minus  decidua;  involucris  in  capitulo  nunc 
pollicem  lato  5-12  lanatis  5-dentulis ;  perigonii  segmentis  lato- 
obovatis.  E.  arachnoideum,  Esch.  —  Coast  of  California,  from  Santa 
Cruz  northward  to  Humboldt  Co.  Leaves  one  to  two  inches  long,  on 
petioles  (as  in  other  species)  of  variable  length. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,  1870.  167 

31.  E.  oblongifolium,  Benth.  Eriog.  &  in  DC.  I.  c.  Gracilius, 
spithamseum  ad  pedalem  ;  f'oliis  oblongis  ovalibusque  basi  saepius  acutis  ; 
involucris  glabratis  G-8-dentulis  ;  perigonii  segmentis  oblongo-obovatis. 
—  California,  along  tbe  coast,  with  the  same  range  as  the  preceding,  of 
which  it  is  likely  to  prove  a  smaller  or  depauperate  and  narrower-leaved 
variety ;  the  matted  tomentum  sometimes  deciduous  even  from  the 
lower  face  of  the  leaves.  Var.  /3.  ?  minus,  Benth.  in  DC,  with  only 
five  and  more  prominent  teeth  to  the  involucre,  is  probably  different ; 
but  the  solitary  specimen  is  incomplete  and  insufficient. 

§  8.  Capitellata.  (Desmocephalorum  sp.  Benth.)  Flos  basi  baud 
producta  ipsa  cum  pedicello  articulatus :  perigonium  6-partitum 
glabrum  vel  villosulum,  segmentis  obovato-oblongis  fere  aequalibus. 
Involucra  (truncata  subdentata)  pluriflora,  pauca  in  capitula 
pi.  m.  paniculato-cymosa  in  scapo  nudo  congesta,  nunc  tantum 
gemina,  alaria  nec-non  solitaria.  Bracteolre  plumosaa.  Ovarium 
glabrum.  Embryo  incurvus,  cotyledonibus  latis  bre vibus.  —  Herba? 
perennes,  foliis  omnibus  radicalibus  latis  margine  sa?pius  undulatis, 
scapis  1  -  3-pedalibus  nudis  junciformibus  nunc  fistulosis  cum  in- 
volucris mox  glabratis  vel  glabris,  floribus  (an  semper  ?)  albis. 

32.  E.  nudum,  Dougl.  in  Benth.  Eriog.  Foliis  subtus  cano-(quando- 
que  fulvo-j  tomentosis  ovatis  rarius  obovatis  basi  saspius  subcordatis, 
petiolo  plerumque  longo  gracili ;  panicuke  dichotomy  raniis  elongatis  ; 
involucris  cylindraceo-campanulatis  ore  truncato  (dentibus  6-8  mem- 
branula  prorsus  connexis),  alaribus  sessilibus ;  perigonio  extus  soepius 
glabro  intus  basi  nunc  parce  piloso.  E.  arachnoideum,  Hook.  &  Arn. 
Bot.  Beech.,  non  Esch.  —  Oregon  and  California,  chiefly  towards  the 
coast.     Magnopere  variat: 

Var.  /3.  (E.  offline,  Benth.  in  DC.)  Sublanatum,  nempe  scapo  in- 
volucrisque  lana  araneosa  tarde  decidua  obductis. — Umqua,  Pickering 
and  Brackenridge  in  Wilkes's  Expedition  ;  Jeffries  in  herb.  Kew ;  ap- 
parently a  form  with  foliaceous  bracts  at  the  lower  nodes  of  the  scape, 
and  the  flowers  seem  to  be  yellow  ! 

Var.  y.  (pubijiorum,  Benth.  1.  c.)  Involucris  interdum  fere  om- 
nibus in  paniculas  ramis  solitariis,  perigonio  extus  pilosiore.  —  Califor- 
nia, Fremont,  Rich,  Heermann,  Horn,  &c.  But  there  are  traces  of 
this  pubescence  in  many,  if  not  most,  specimens  of  E.  nudum. 

Var.  8.  (E.  auriculatum,  Benth.  Eriog.)  Petiolis  basi  interdum  di- 
latatis  seu  auriculato-dentatis ;    scapo  nunc  inflato ;  involucris  saepius 


168  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

angustioribus  solitariis.  —  Commoner  southward  in  California,  especial- 
ly forms  with  the  scape  inflated,  of  which  Prof.  Brewer  collected  seve- 
ral, some  of  them  with  all  the  involucres  solitary  and  almost  as  in  the 
section   Virgata. 

33.  E.  elatum,  Dougl.  1.  c.  Foliis  mollissime  villoso-pubescentibus 
vel  subtus  fere  velutinis  ovato-oblongis  sublanceolatisve  basi  (raro  sub- 
cordatavel  subhastata)  in  petiolum  angustatis;  scapo  cum  panicula  rigido; 
involucris  magis  turbinatis  repando-5-dentatis,  alaribus  nonnunquam 
solitariis  longius  pedicellatis,  caeteris  nunc  potius  glomerato-congestis 
quam  capitatis  ;  perigonio  basi  extus  pilosulo.  —  Washington  Territory 
to  California  and  Nevada,  on  plains.  The  pubescence  of  the  flower  is 
variable  in  degree,  but  not  wanting  as  described  by  Bentham.  South- 
ward the  scape  is  sometimes  inflated. 

§  9.  Fasciculata,  Benth.  olim.  Flos,  etc.  prrecedentium.  Ovarium 
glabrum.  Involucra  (truncata  subdentata,  dentibus  membranula 
primum  connexis)  perpluriflora,  in  capitula  vel  cymulas  capituli- 
formes  congesta,  capitulis  pi.  m.  bracteatis  pedunculos  dichotomos 
vel  cymoso-umbellatos  terminantibus,  alaribus  (aut  ramo  altero 
abortiente  lateralibus  sessilibus.  Bracteolos  plumosaa.  —  Suffru- 
tices  foliosi,  foliis  parvulis  alternis  et  in  axillis  fasciculatis  subtus 
incanis  margine  sa?pius  revolutis ;  floribus  albis  nunc  roseo  tinctis, 

*  Extus  sericeo-villosis  baud  numerosissimis.  Folia  minus  conferta. 
Embryo  subrectus,  radicula  gracili  in  cotyledonibus  ovalibus  par- 
vulis leviter  inflexa. 

34.  E.  cinereum,  Benth.  Bot.  Sulph.  p.  45,  &  in  DC.  1.  c.  Fruti- 
cosum,  laxe  ramosum,  pube  tenui  canescens ;  foliis  secus  ramos  subfas- 
ciculatis  ovatis  margine  undulatis  minus  aut  vix  revolutis  subtus  incanis 
breviter  petiolatis  ;  pedunculis  elongatis  junciformibus  fere  nudis  su- 
perne  dichotomis  ;  capitulis  paucis  laxiusculis.  —  California,  San  Pedro, 
Hinds  or  Barclay ;  Santa  Monica,  on  sands  of  the  sea-shore,  "  a  shrub 
three  to  five  feet  high,  forming  dense  patches,"  Brewer.  Leaves  vary- 
ing from  orbicular  to  obovate,  ovate,  and  almost  oblong,  from  half  an 
inch  to  an  inch  in  length,  mostly  with  a  distinct  short  petiole.  Coty- 
ledons oval,  somewhat  excentric,  barely  twice  the  breadth  and  little 
more  than  half  the  length  of  the  slightly  inflexed  radicle. 

*  *  In  involucris  numerosissimis,  demum  secus  axin  elongandum 
baud  raro  quasi  racemosis,  extus  glabris  vel  pilosulis.  Suffrutices, 
ramis  creberrime  ac  fasciculatim  foliosis.     Folia  parva  margine 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,   1870.  169 

revoluta.    Radicula  in  cotyledonibus  orbiculatis  dimidio  brevioribus 
accumbenti-incurva. 

35.  E.  parvifolium,  Smitb  in  Pees  Cycl.  Primum  arenoso-lana- 
tum  ;  foliis  ovatis  seu  ovato-lanceolatis  undulatis  basi  abrupta  vel  obtusa 
pi.  m.  petiolatis  subtus  tomentosis  ;  ramis  floridis  seu  pedunculis  2-3- 
cbotomis  ;  perigoniis  glabris.  —  California,  near  tbe  coast ;  by  all  col- 
lectors, from  Hrenke  and  Menzies  downwards.  Var.  crassifolium, 
Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  no.  1940,  is  a  very  condensed  form,  from  the  sea- 
coast  at  Monterey. 

36.  E.  fasciculatum,  Benth.  Eriog.  Aut  glabrum  aut  tomen- 
tulosum  ;  foliis  oblongo-linearibus  seu  lineari-spathulatis  stepius  maxime 
revolutis,  majoribus  pi.  m.  in  petiolum  brevem  sensim  attenuatis ; 
pedunculo  nudo  gracili  sajpissime  umbellatim  diviso  3  -  6-radiato.  — 
California  from  Monterey  southward. 

Var.  a.  (E.  rosmarinifolium,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.  p.  164.  E.  fas- 
ciculatum, Benth.  Eriog.  p.  410.)  Preeter  folia  subtus  maxime  revo- 
luta tenuiter  albo-tomentosa  fere  glaberrimum ;  involucri  5-rcarinati 
dentibus  5  triangularibus  paullo  exsertis  ;  perigoniis  glabris. 

Var.  /3.  (E.  rosmarinifolium  /3.  foliolosum,  Nutt.  1.  c.  E.  fasci- 
culatum, Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.  p.  p.)  Plus  minus  pilosulo-pubescens ; 
involucro  magis  truncato  (dentibus  ultra  sinus  tenui-membranaceos 
haud  productis)   perigoniisque  extus  leviter  pubescentibus. 

Var.  y.  polifolium.  (E.  polifolium,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.)  Pube 
tenui  undique  cinereum  vel  canescens  ;  foliis  minus  revolutis,  pagina 
superiore  nunc  glabrescente ;  pedunculo  vulgo  longiore ;  involucro 
etc.  var.  /3.  —  From  Monterey  to  San  Diego  and  the  Gila.  The 
forms  a  and  y  are  seemingly  very  different,  but  they  run  together  com- 
pletely. The  teeth,  or  firm  portions  at  the  orifice  of  the  involucre,  do 
not  project  beyond  the  scarious-membranaceous  sinuses  except  in  the 
first,  and  in  this  sometimes  very  slightly. 

§  10.  Cortmbosa,  Benth.  Flos  basi  haud  producta  ipsa  cum 
pedicello  articulatus  ;  perigonium  6-partitum,  extus  glabrum,  seg- 
mentis  interioribus  stepissime  pi.  m.  minoribus.  Ovarium  glabrum 
vel  glabellum.  Involucra  pluriflora,  5  -  6-dentata,  cymosa,  nempe 
pedunculo  nudoapice  umbellatim  diviso, radiis  repitite  2-3-chotome 
vel  umbellatim  in  cymam  corymbiformem  subdivisis,  ultimis  seu 
pedicellis  brevibus  aut  (pnesertim  alaribus)  nullis.  Embryo  in- 
curvus,  cotyledonibus  orbiculatis  radiculae  multo  longiori  pi.  m.  ac- 

VOL.  VIII.  22 


170  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

cumbentibus.  Caules  inferne  saspius  foliosi.  Folia  plerumque  an- 
gusta  et  alterna,  etiam  radicalia  hand  cordata,  subtus  vel  utrinque 
pi.  m.  albo-lanata. 

*  Fruticuli,  nunc  caulibus  abbreviatis  parum  suffruticosis.  Peri- 
gonia  intus  glabra,  segmentis  subsimilibus.  Ovarium  superne  ad 
angulos  ssepe  scabridum. 

•»-  Rami  lignosi  erecti  vel  adsurgentes,  foliosi,  pedunculo  cymifero 
aut  brevi  aut  longiusculo  terminati.  Flores  albi  vel  rosei  (raro  in 
eadem  speciei  lutei)  ;  perigonio  basi  post  anthesin  srepius  eras- 
siusculo,  segmentis  obovatis  saltern  interioribus  emarginatis  vel 
retusis. 

37.  E.  eric^efolium,  n.  sp.  Depressum,  tortuoso-ramosissimum ; 
foliis  in  ramulis  creberrimis  subulato-linearibus  (lin.  2  longis)  supra 
glabris  subtus  albo-lanatis  sed  ob  margines  maxime  revolutos  quasi 
teretibus  subtus  leviter  canaliculars  ;  cyma  in  pedunculo  vix  ultra  folia 
suprema  exserta  parva  ex  involucris  3-7  confertis  tomentulosis  penta- 
gons breviter  5-dentatis  ;  floribus  albis  sesquilineam  longis.  —  Arizona, 
near  Fort  Whipple,  Drs.  Coues  and  Palmer,  Sept.  1865.  The  branches 
or  stems  we  possess  are  barely  a  span  long,  rigid,  and  wholly  fruticu- 
lose.  Involucre  a  line  and  a  half  long.  Segments  of  the  perigonium 
all  nearly  alike,  dilated-obovate. 

38.  E.  corymbosum,  Benth.  in  DC.  Sesqui-bipedale,  floccoso- 
lanatum  ;  ramis  validis  alte  foliosis  ;  foliis  oblongis  subundulatis  (8-18 
lin.  longis)  ;  cyma  late  corymbosa  floribunda ;  floribus  ut  videtur  albis 
sesquilineam  longis.  —  Utah  and  W..  New  Mexico,  Fremont,  Beck- 
with,  Newberry  (San  Juan  River,  in  Macomb's  Expedition),  Whipple. 
The  var.  divaricatum,  Torr.  &  Gray,  Pacif.  R.  R.  2,  p.  129,  &  4, 
p.  131,  is  not  unlike  Fremont's,  but  in  better  specimens,  and  much 
whitened  by  the  more  persistent  floccose  wool.  Cyme  broader  and 
fuller  than  in  the  broadest-leaved  forms  of  the  next  species,  which 
approach  this ;  but  the  flowers  mostly  twice  as  large,  and  the  stem  and 
branches  stouter. 

39.  E.  microthecum  (or  microtheca),  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  162. 
Humilius,  vix  ultrapedale,  a  basi  ramosissimum,  tomeuto  floccoso  nunc 
tenuiore  ;  foliis  angusto-oblongis  linearibusque  ;  cyma  aut  confertiflora 
aut  effusa  ;  floribus  albis  nunc  roseis  raro  luteis  haud  ultra  lineam 
longis.  —  Mountains  or  high  plains,  Nebraska  to  New  Mexico,  the 
interior  of  Northern  California,  and  Oregon.     This  includes  a  variety 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870.  171 

of  forms,  several  of  them  described  as  species ;  but  only  the  larger 
forms  with  broad  leaves,  and  some  with  much  larger  involucres  (var.? 
Fendlerianum,  Benth.)  and  approaching  the  preceding  species,  stand  in 
the  way  of  the  present  inevitable  union.     The 

Var.  a.  (E.  nricrotheca,  Nutt.,  Benth.  in  DC.)  is  a  low  form  with 
linear  or  linear-oblong  nearly  plane  leaves  and  open  corymbose  cymes 
on  a  rather  long  peduncle  ;  involucres  a  line  to  a  line  and  a  half  long. 
E.  laxiflorum,  Nutt.  (the  var.  0.  ?  laxiflorum,  Benth.)  is  the  same,  with 
involucres  a  trifle  larger  and  fewer  in  the  cyme.  Forma  alpina,  pyg- 
mcea.  A  very  depauperate,  short-stemmed,  and  comparatively  long- 
peduncled  alpine  form  was  gathered  by  Prof.  Brewer  in  Sonora  Pass, 
Sierra  Nevada,  alt.  9,000  feet,  in  loose  sand  ;  and  somewhat  similar 
ones,  only  two  inches  high,  on  the  Humboldt  Mountains,  Nevada,  alt. 
10,000  feet,  by  S.  Watson.  Geyer's  253,  with  white  flowers,  and  a 
broader-leaved  form  with  yellow  flowers,  collected  by  S.  Watson  on 
the  Wasatch  Mountains  in  Utah  (both  with  short  and  low  leafy 
branches  and  long  peduncles),  connect  this  with  the 

Var.  0.  Fendlerianuji,  Benth.  Majus,  latifoliura  ;  involucris 
lin.  2  longis  in  cyma  arapla  laxa. —  New  Mexico,  Fendler,  no.  767. 
Remarkable  for  the  size  of  the  parts,  the  leaves  being  an  inch  or  an 
inch  and  a  half  long,  including  a  distinct  petiole  of  four  to  sis  lines,  flat, 
and  four  or  five  lines  wide.  Specimens  from  Nevada  (Brewer,  Torrey, 
Bloomer,  dec),  some  with  narrower,  others  with  almost  oval  leaves, 
hardly  an  inch  long,  connect  this  with 

Var.  y.  coxfertifloruji.  (E.  confertiflorum,  Benth.)  Fruticu- 
losum,  foliosum ;  foliis  anguste  oblongis  ;  cymis  confertifloris  saspius 
contractis.  —  Utah  to  interior  of  Oregon,  and  northern  part  of  Cali- 
fornia. Flowers  either  white,  deep  rose-color,  or  sometimes  apparently 
yellow.  Bentham's  var.  Stansburyi  has  the  dense  floribund  cyme 
of  this,  but  the  longer  naked  peduncle  and  narrow  revolute  leaves  of 
some  of  the  succeeding  forms. 

Var.  S.  leptophyllum.  (E.  Simpsoni,  Benth.  in  DC.  excl.  /3. 
E.  effusum,  var.  leptophyllum,  Torr.  in  Sitgreaves  Rep.  p.  168,  excl. 
tab.  10.  E.  effusum,  var.  foliosum  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  2,  p.  129.)  Folio- 
sum  ;  foliis  anguste  linearibus  margine  valde  revolutis  glabratis ;  cyma 
brevi  saspius  conferta  floribunda.  —  Utah  and  New  Mexico,  Gunnison, 
Woodhouse,  Simpson,  Whipple,  Newberry.  Bentham's  E.  Simpsoni, 
var.  Jloccoso-lanata,  is  only  E.  annuum.  Torre}' 's  plate  of  E.  effusum, 
var.  leptophyllum   (Sitgreaves,  t.  10),  with  long  naked  peduncle,  short 


172  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

caudex-like  stem,  and  strongly  toothed  involucre  (this  said  in  the  let- 
ter-press to  be  nearly  toothless,  and  the  stems  leafy),  really  belongs  to 
his  E.  Fremonti,  i.  e.  to  E.  brevicaule. 

Var.  e.  effusum  (E.  effusion,  Nutt.  1.  c.)  Magis  lanatum  ;  foliis 
oblongo-linearibus  nunc  angustioribus  margine  demum  pi.  m.  revo- 
lutis ;  cyma  floribunda  decomposita.  paniculato-effusa,  radiis  ssepius 
longioribus ;  floribus  albis.  —  Nebraska  to  Montana  and  N.  New  Mexico. 
Some  specimens  (such  as  192,  Dr.  Parry,  from  Huefano  Mountains, 
and  Bentham's  /3.  rosmarinoides,  which  is  not  from  California,  proba- 
bly from  the  Platte)  connect  this  perfectly  with  the  preceding  form, 
and  with  the  proper  E.  microthecum. 

Var.  £.  leptocbadon.  (E.  leptocladon,  Torr.  &  Gray  in  Pacif. 
R.  R.  2,  p.  129.)  Gracilius ;  foliis  linearibus ;  cymis  laxe  paniculatis, 
involucris  nunc  (ramulo  altero  abortiente)  unilateralibus.  —  On  Green 
River,  Utah,  Gunnison. 

The  name  E.  microthecum,  rather  than  effusum,  is  adopted  for  the 
species,  because  the  latter  is  imperfectly  characterized  from  a  speci- 
men not  yet  in  flower,  and  the  name  is  far  from  applicable  to  all  the 
forms. 

-»—  -t—  Rami  foliati  lignescentes  brevissimi  vel  casspitoso-depressi,  pe- 
dunculum  nudum  elongatum  scapiformem  herbaceum  proferentes. 
Flores  prascedentium,  sed  perigonii  segmenta  inter  se  fere  asqualia. 
Pedunculi  et  involucra  5-dentata  glabri  vel  mox  glabrati. 

40.  E.  brevicaule,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  Caaspitoso-fruticulosum  ;  fo- 
liis linearibus  oblongo-linearibus  vel  anguste  spathulato-oblanceolatis 
in  petiolum  gracilem  attenuatis  undique  niveo-lanatis  vel  supra  gla- 
brescentibus  ;  scapis  rigidis  3-10-pollicaribus;  cyma  repitite  umbella- 
tim  vel  trichotome  divisa,  ad  nodos  calyculiformi-bracteatis  ;  peri- 
gonii nunc  Havi  segmentis  obovato-oblongis.  E.  brevicaule,  campanida- 
tum  fy  micranthum,  Nutt.  1.  c.  E.  Fremonti,  Torr.  in  Frem.  Rep. 
unpublished.  E.  effusum  var.,  Torr.  in  Sitgreaves  Rep.  t.  10  (non 
descr.  p.  168).  E.  effusum  var.?  nudicaule,  Torr.  Bot.  Whipp.  Pacif. 
R.  R.  4,  p.  132.  —  Rocky  Mountains,  from  the  Platte  to  N.  New 
Mexico,  Utah,  and  adjacent  parts  of  Oregon.  Nuttall's  three  species 
(one  of  them  omitted  by  Bentham)  are  not  permanently  distinguish- 
able, even  as  varieties,  and  some  forms  of  the  preceding  species  are 
occasionally  too  close.  The  leaves  vary  from  1  to  2|  inches  long,  ex- 
clusive of  the  petiole,  and  from  one  to  five  lines  in  breadth,  their  margins 


OF     ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870.  173 

at  length  mostly  revolute.  Cyme  ample,  sometimes  rather  fastigiate, 
sometimes  very  open  ;  the  bracts  at  each  node  short  and  connate  into  a 
ealyculus,  which  is  white-woolly  inside.  Involucres  either  glabrous 
or  the  wool  early  deciduous,  varying  from  oblong  to  cyathiform-cam- 
panulate,  and  from  a  line  and  a  quarter  to  nearly  two  lines  in  length  ; 
the  flowers  of  about  the  same  length. 

41.  E.  loxchophtllum,  n.  sp.  Caespitosum  ?  elatius  ;  caulibus  basi 
vix  lignescente  breviter  foliatis  ;  foliis  lanceolatis  seu  lato-linearibus  in 
petiolum  gracilem  attenuatis  subtus  albo-lanatis ;  pedunculo  elongato  in 
cymam  repitite  trichotomam  paniculoeforinem  soluto  ;  bracteis  inferi- 
oribus  filiformibus,  summis  subulatis  ;  perigonii  albi  segmentis  obovatis 
retusis.  —  On  the  Rio  Blanco,  interior  of  New  Mexico  ?  Newberry  in 
Macomb's  Expedition  :  herb.  Torr.  Leaves  not  much  crowded  on  the 
base  of  the  single  stem  seen,  about  three  inches  long,  and  tapering  into 
a  petiole  of  an  inch  or  more  in  •length,  obtuse,  rather  thin,  flat ;  the 
somewhat  scape-like  peduncle  with  the  loose  cyme  a  foot  in  length,  the 
primary  divisions  four  inches  long.  Involucres  fewer-flowered  than  in 
the  preceding,  the  flowers  of  about  the  same  size. 

*  *  Annua,  transmontana,  caulibus  laxe  ramosis  inferne  tantum 
foliosis.  Perigonia  rosea,  intus  glaberrima,  segmentis  consimilibus 
fere  aequalibus.     Bracteolas  vix  barbellatae. 

42.  E.  truncatuji,  n.  sp.  Laxe  floccoso-lanatum,  pedale ;  foliis 
plerisque  ad  nodos  inferiores  subfasciculatis  spathulatis  oblongisve  in 
petiolem  gracilem  attenuatis ;  pedunculis  elongatis  nudis ;  cyma  laxa 
2-3-chotoma  ex  involucris  pauciusculis  multifloris  oblongo-campanulatis 
ore  truncato,  alaribus  sessilibus ;  bracteis  minimis  ;  perigonii  segmentis 
obovatis.  —  California,  on  the  summit  of  the  eastern  peak  of  Monte 
Diablo,  Brewer.  Leaves  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  including  the  petiole. 
Involucre  two  lines  long,  thin  and  scarious  between  the  broad  greenish 
ribs,  which  are  connected  to  the  very  top.     Perigonium  a  line  long. 

*  *  *  Annua,  cismontana,  caulibus  elatis  strictis  sursum  longe 
foliatis.  Perigonia  alba,  fundo  lana  longa  tenuissima  arachnoidea 
instructo,  segmentis  disparibus,  exterioribus  multo  majoribus. 
Bracteolaa  tenuiter  plumosae.     Cymae  decomposita?  floribundae. 

43.  E.  axxdum,  Nutt.,  Benth.  in  DC.  Albo-lanatum  ;  foliis  oblon- 
gis  basi  attenuatis  plerisque  petiolatis  ;  involucris  niveo-lanatis  intus 
glabris  breviter  5-dentatis ;  perigonii  segmentis  exterioribus  late 
obovatis,   interioribus    oblongis.      E.    Lindheimerianum,    Scheele    in 


174  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Linnsea.  E.  Simpsoni  /3.  floccoso-lanata,  Benth.  1.  c.  —  Plains  of 
Nebraska,  Arkansas,  and  Texas  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  New 
Mexico.  —  Forma  parviflora,  involucris  brevioribus  lana  floccosiore, 
caule  cyrais  nonnullis  axillaribus  proferente.  E.  cymosum,  Benth. 
1.  c.  —  "Western  Texas,  Wright.     N.  Chihuahua,  Thurber. 

44.  E.  multiflorum,  Benth.  Eriog.  Lana  floccosa  albidum  ;  foliis 
oblongis  lanceolatisque  undulatis,  caulinis  sessilibus  basi  obtusa  vel 
auriculata  ;  involucris  perplurimis  5-lobatis  extus  saepe  denudatis  intus 
ai'achnoideo-lanatis ;  perigonii  segmentis  eximie  biseriatis,  exterioribus 
orbiculato-ovalibus  demum  sinu  profundo  cordatis,  interioribus  fere 
linearibus.  —  Plains  of  Arkansas,  Louisiana,  and  Texas. 

§  11.  Virgata,  Benth.  Flos  basi  haud  producta  ipsa  cum  pedi- 
cello  articulatus ;  perigonium  6-partitum  fere  semper  glabrum. 
Ovarium  glabrum  vel  ad  angulos  hispidulum.  Involucra  (sajpius 
parva  vel  angusta)  sessilia,  secus  ramos  paniculae  plerumque  vir- 
gatos  unilateraliter  disposita.  Embryo  incurvus,  cotyledonibus 
brevibus  radicular  gracili  pi.  m.  incumbentibus. 

*  Perennia,  in  paucis  basi  suffruticosum,  incano  nunc  floccoso- 
lanatum.  Flores  albi,  nunc  roseo  tincti,  glaberrimi,  in  involucro 
plures. 

-t-  Perigonium  basi  lata  quasi  truncatum,  ob  segmenta  3  exteriora 
accrescentia  lato-ovalia  marginibus  a  basi  ipsa  discretis  atque 
subauriculato-rotundatis.  Panicula  saepe  dichotoma.  Bracteaj 
plerumque  subfoliosi. 

45.  E.  niveum,  Dougl.  in  Benth.  Eriog.  Tomento  denso  (in 
caulibus  floccoso)  candido-lanatum,  ultrapedale,  basi  suffruticosum  ;  cau- 
libus  floridis  infei'ne  foliatis  vel  subnudis  ;  foliis  ovatis  oblongisve  longius 
petiolatis  ;  involucri  dense  lanati  dentibus  3-4  subulatis  cum  bracteis 
pi.  m.  recurvo-patentibus,  ceteris  minutis  vel  nullis  ;  perigonii  segmentis 
exterioribus  mox  accresceutibus  orbiculato-ovalibus  (basi  fere  cordu- 
latis)  interiora  obovato-spathulata  inferne  angustata  includentibus.  — 
Interior  of  Oregon  and  Washington  Territory,  Douglas,  Geyer,  Spal- 
ding, Cooper,  Lyall. 

Var.  decumbens  (E.  decumbens,  Benth.  1.  c.)  :  forma  ramosiore, 
ramis  nunc  decumbentibus  magis  foliatis,  floribus  paullo  majoribus.  — 
Interior  of  Oregon,  Douglas.  No  other  specimens  are  so  well  marked 
as  those  of  Douglas,  but  Spalding's  plant  approaches  them.  Bracts  in 
the  species  mostly  equalling  or  exceeding  the  involucre,  the  three  more 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  175 

or  less  spreading  or  recurved  teeth  of  which  (sometimes  as  long  as 
the  tube  itself,  but  variable)  are  peculiar. 

46.  E.  dichotomum,  Dougl.  1.  c.  Prrecedenti  subsimilis ;  ramis  e 
caudice  ca?spitoso-multicipiti  brevibus  crebre  foliatis  ;  foliis  oblongis  in 
petiolum  attenuatis ;  pedunculis  strictis  scapiformibus  rarius  foliatis 
(subpedalibus) ;  bracteis  appressis  involucro  breviuscule  obtuseque 
subasqualiter  3-5-dentato  brevioribus;  perigonii  segmentis  exterioribus 
obovato-ovalibus.  —  Forma  humilis,  E.  alburn,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  Forma 
paniculis  magis  virgatis,  E.  strictum,  var.  laehnostegia,  Benth.  in  DC. 
Interior  of  Oregon,  and  Utah,  Douglas,  Nuttall,  Fremont. 

-•—  -i—  Perigonium  basi  acutum,  segmentis  conformibus. 

++  Scaposa,  stricta. 

47.  E.  strictum,  Benth.  Eriog.  excl.  /3.  Basi  cagspitoso-ramosis- 
simum  ;  foliis  confertis  spathulatis  seu  obovato-oblongis  in  petiolum 
longe  angnstatis  subtus  albo-lanatis ;  scapis  gracillimis  (pedalibus)  glabris 
vel  mox  glabratisdi-trichotome  ramosis;  bracteis  parvis  subulatis  adpres- 
sis;  involucris  (lineam  longis)  glabratis  campanulatis  equaliter  5-denta- 
tis  ;  perigonii  segmentis  ovalibus  oblongisve  ;  ovario  glaberrimo.  —  Blue 
Mountains  of  Oregon,  Douglas  only.  We  find  no  specimen  from 
Fremont,  except  of  the  var.  laehnostegia,  which  clearly  belongs  to  the 
foregoing  species.  This  has  similar  dichotomous  inflorescence,  but 
much  more  slender,  and  involucres  and  flowers  only  half  as  large. 

48.  E.  RACEMOSUJr,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  Floccoso-lanatum  ;  foliis  e 
caudice  subterraneo  longe  petiolatis  ovatis  oblongisve  nunc  subcordatis 
subtus  albo-lanatis ;  scapo  valido  (1  -  2-pedali)  nudo  rariusve  ad  nodos 
inferiores  folioso-bracteatis  ;  involucris  tubuloso-campanulatis  obtuse  5- 
dentatis  floribundis  secus  ramos  subsimplices  paucos  rigidos  stricte 
spicatis  appressis ;  perigonii  majusculi  (lin.  2  longi)  rosei  seu  albi 
segmentis  obovatis ;  ovario  glaberrimo  vel  superne  scabrido.  E. 
orthocladon,  Torr.  in  Sitgreaves  Rep.  p.  167,  t.  8,  &  DC.  1.  c.  E. 
obtusum,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c,  forma  foliis  subrotundis. — N.  New 
Mexico  and  Utah,  Fendler,  Fremont,  Gambell,  Remy,  Simpson, 
Woodhouse,  Bigelow,  Newberry,  Watson.  Leaves  1  -  2  J  inches  long, 
the  petioles  mostly  still  longer.  Scape  rigid,  usually  only  once  or  twice 
forked,  sometimes  more  paniculate ;  the  branches  erect  and  strict,  when 
few  elongated  ;  the  numerous  involucres  approximate  and,  with  their 
numerous  flowers,  forming  a  virgate  spike  rather  than  a  raceme.  Coty- 
ledons orbicular,  very  excentric,  rather  shorter  than  the  incurved  radicle. 


176  PROCEEDINGS   OP  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

++  ++  Caulescentia,  cliff u  so-panic  u  lata. 

49.  E.  Wrightii,  Torr.  in  DC.  1.  c.  E  basi  suffruticosa  raraosum, 
1  -  2-pedale ;  ramis  inferne  foliosis ;  foliis  oblongo-ovatis  vel  sub- 
lanceolatis  basi  angustatis  utrinque  vel  subtus  albo-lanatis  (6-12  lin. 
longis),  minoribus  ssepe  in  axillis  fasciculatis ;  panicula  dicbotome 
ramosa  ;  involuci-is  parvi-bracteatis  secus  ramos  rigidulos  laxius  spicatis 

5  -  6-dentatis  (lin.  1  -  1  \  longis)  ;  perigonii  (lin.  1-1^-  longi)  segmentis 
lato-obovatis  vel  exterioribus  suborbiculatis ;  ovario  superne  praesertim 
ad  angulos  birtello-scabro.     E.  Wrightii  (Torr.),  trachygonum  (Torr.) 

6  helianthemifolium,  Bentb.  in  DC.  1.  c.  —  S.  W.  Texas  to  Arizona, 
Nevada,  and  California,  Wright,  Parry,  Thurber,  Newberry,  Palmer, 
Torrey,  Brewer,  &c.  But  Scheer's  plant  from  Chihuahua  appears  to 
be  E.  potycladon,  Benth.  A  polymorphous  species.  The  E.  trachy- 
gonum has  larger  and  more  numerous  flowers ;  var.  Jloccosum,  Benth. 
shorter  involucres  ;  and  a  depauperate  form  from  Nevada  (Anderson, 
Bloomer,  Torrey,  Brewer)  very  short  leafy  branches  and  more  scape- 
like peduncles. 

*  Annua,  vel  in  spec,  prima  forte  perennantia.  Flores  parvi,  albi 
vel  rosei,  basi  acuti  vel  acutiusculi.     Bractere  parvae,  adpressae. 

-t-  Involucra  tubulosa,  lin.  3^-2  longa,  in  depauperatis  E.  viminei 
vix  minora,  adpressa. 

■►+  Pluriflora,  canescenti  -  lanata,  secus  ramos  plerumque  subsim- 
plices  dissita.  Perigonium  glabrum  (lin.  1  - 1  \  longum),  segmentis 
obovatis  fere  sequalibus.  Plantse  juniores  omnino  albo-lanataa, 
tomento  caulium,  etc.  demum  floccoso  rarius  deciduo. 

50.  E.  elongatum,  Benth.  Bot.  Sulph.  &  in  DC.  1.  c.  Caulibus 
ramisve  virgatis  e  basi  indurascente  (vix  perenni  ?)  sesqui-tripedalibus 
nudis  basim  versus  foliis  oblongo-lanceolatis  petiolatis  parce  nunc  par- 
cissime  instructis ;  involucris  3  -  3£  lin.  longis  sat  multifloris  secus 
ramos  simplices  strictos  spicatis  remotis,  ore  repando-truncato  ;  brac- 
teolis  sursum  parce  villoso-barbatis ;  perigonio  albo  vel  subroseo ; 
ovario  glabro.  —  California,  plains  and  hills,  from  Monterey  to  San 
Diego,  &c.  Dr.  Torrey,  in  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  and  Ives  Exped., 
refers  this  to  E.  virgatum,  to  which  indeed  it  is  related,  and  the  root 
probably  is  not  really  perennial.  Besides  the  greater  size  and  stout- 
ness, and  the  more  numerous  flowers  in  the  involucre,  the  achenium  is 
more  tapering,  the  embryo  of  twice  the  size,  a  line  or  more  in  length, 
and  the  radicle  springs  from  near  the  uppermost  part  of  the  oval- 
orbicular  cotyledons. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    26,   1870.  177 

51.  E.  virgatum,  Bentli.  in  DC.  Caule  gracili  1^-2  pedali  aut 
basi  tantum  aut  superne  parcius  foliis  ovatis  oblongisve  instructis, 
ramis  paucis  plerumque  simplicibus  longe  virgatis  nunc  paniculato- 
raraosis ;  involucris  dissitis  2-2^  lin.  longis,  ore  5-dentato ;  brac- 
teolis  vix  barbellatis  ;  perigonio  albo  ;  ovario  et  achenio  abrupte  ros- 
trato  superne  saltern  ad  angulos  birtello-scabris.  —  California,  on  tbe 
plains,  usually  more  northern  than  the  preceding,  Fremont,  Bridges, 
Wallace,  Brewer,  Bolander,  &c.  Embryo  half  a  line  long,  with  short 
orbicular  accumbent  cotyledons.  A  luxuriant  form  collected  by  Bo- 
lander, two  or  three  feet  high,  with  the  numerous  virgate  branches  here 
and  there  leaf-bearing,  passes  into 

Var.  roseum  (E.  roseum,  Durand  &  Hilgard,  in  Jour.  Acad. 
Philad.  3,  p.  45  (1854)  &  Pacif.  R.  R.  5,  p.  14,  t.  15)  :  caule  ramoso 
ad  paniculam  usque  laxam  foliato  ;  involucris  in  ramulis  brevibus 
paucis  ;  perigonio  roseo.  —  Pose  Creek,  California,  Dr.  Heermann  : 
earlier  published  than  E.  virgatum.  To  this  belongs  E.  verticillatum, 
Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c,  the  earliest  name,  but  most  imperfectly  charac- 
terized from  a  specimen  not  yet  in  flower. 

++  ++  Involucra  pauciflora  vel  subpluriflora,  anguste  tubulosa  (haud 
ultra  lineas  2  longa),  secus  ramulos  tenues  paniculre  diffusa?  amplaa 
dissita,  perigoniis  (glabris  aut  pilosis)  etiam  fructiferis  longiora. 
Bracteola?  vix  barbellatos.  Plantar  demissas  (spithamea?  ad  peda- 
lem),  superne  tenuiter  tomentosae  vel  glabrae. 

52.  E.  dasyanthemum,  n.  sp.  Lana  tenui  flocculosa  cinereum 
vel  superne  glabratum,  inferne  foliatum  ;  foliis  subtus  incano-lanatis 
rotundatis  in  petiolum  abrupte  angustatis ;  involucris  pauci-plurifloris 
breviter  5-dentatis ;  perigonio  extus  saltern  basi  tenuiter  villoso, 
segmentis  obovatis  fere  requalibus.  (E.  vimineum,  var.  eriocladon 
Benth.  in  DC.  ?  Spec,  in  herb.  Benth.  &  herb.  Torr.  haud  reperta.) 
—  California  :  near  Clear  Lake,  Bolander,  Torrey  ;  also  Borax  Lake, 
Torrey,  a  more  glabrate  form,  both  as  to  the  panicle  and  involucre, 
and  the  exterior  of  the  flower,  the  pubescence  of  which  in  other  speci- 
mens is  very  conspicuous.  Branches  of  the  diffuse  panicle  less  slender 
and  compound,  and  the  flowers  rather  larger,  than  in  E.  vimineum  ; 
the  involucre  commonly  hoary,  and  fully  two  lines  long,  sometimes 
15  -  20-flowered. 

53.  E.  viMiNEDsr,  Dougl.  in  Benth.  Eriog.  Foliis  radicalibus  rotun- 
datis subtus   incani-  supra  araneoso-lanatis  ;  involucris  sparsis  pauci- 

VOL.   VIII.  23 


178  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

floris  brevissirae  5-dentatis  cum  ramis  tenuissimis  panicula;  effuso- 
decompositre  glabris ;  perigonio  glaberrimo,  segmentis  exterioribus  late 
obovatis,  interioribus  angustioribus. —  Washington  Territory  to  Cali- 
fornia and  Nevada ;  apparently  very  common.  Involucre  slender, 
about  a  line  and  a  half  or  sometimes  two  lines  long. 

++  ++  ++  Involucra  pauci-  vel  subpluriflora,  oblongo-campanulata, 
subturbinata,  5-dentata,  circa  lineam  longa,  secus  ramulos  tenues 
panicuke  plerumque  ramosissimze  dissita  vel  sparsa.  Perigonium 
glabrum,  post  anthesin  involucro  brevius,  segmentis  interioribus 
angustioribus.  Folia  subtus  albo-  supra  srepiusque  cum  ramis  et 
involucris  floccoso-lanata,  nunc  omnia  radicalia,  nunc  plus  minus 
caulina. 

54.  E.  gracile,  Benth.  Bot.  Sulph.  &  in  DC.  1.  c.  Ssepius 
ramosissimum,  panicuke  ramis  patentibus ;  foliis  ovatis,  oblongisve ; 
bracteolis  in  involucro  brevibus  tenuiter  subglanduloso-barbellatis  ; 
perigonii  (albi  vel  rosei)  segmentis  exterioribus  obovatis,  interiori- 
busve  oblongis.  —  California  and  Nevada,  apparently  common  and 
widely  variable  ;  some  of  the  glabrate  forms  approaching  E.  vimineum, 
which  has  similar  only  minutely  barbellate  bractlets  at  the  base  of  the 
pedicels.     Bentham's  original  plant  has  leaves  on  the  lower  nodes. 

Var.  /3.  effusum  :  humile ;  panicula  decomposita  patentissima 
involucrisque  sa3pius  glabratis  ;  foliis  omnibus  radicalibus.  —  Chiefly 
southward,  and  in  Nevada  ;  the  involucres  and  flowers  sometimes 
rather  large  for  the  species,  sometimes  very  small. 

Var.  y.  leucocladon  (E.  leucocladon,  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  p.  333, 
&  in  DC.  1.  c.)  :  albo-lanatum  ;  caule  nudo  subsimplici ;  ramis  pani- 
cula? paucioribus  strictiusculis  ;  floribus  albis. 

Var,  8.  acetoselloides  {E.  acetoselloides, Tovw  in  DC.  1.  c.)  :  albo- 
lanatum  ;  caule  longe  usque  ad  paniculam  subsimplicem  foliato  ;  floribus 
rubentibus.  —  California,  Fitch,  Shelton,  only  in  herb.  Torr. ;  and  Remy 
collected  a  form  connecting  with  the  preceding. 

55.  E.  polycladon,  Benth.  in  DC.  Lana  persistente  dealbatum  ; 
caule  2  -  3-pedali  usque  ad  paniculam  amplam  strictiusculam  foliato ; 
foliis  oblongis  obovatisque  ;  bracteolis  in  involucro  pilis  tenuissimis 
longissimis  parciusculis  villosis  ;  perigonii  albi  segmentis  exterioribus 
flabellato-cuneatis,  interioribus  obovato-spathulatis,  utrisque  basi  at- 
tenuates. —  S.  W.  Texas,  Wright,  to  Chihuahua,  Potts  (E.  helian- 
themifolium,  Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.,  quoad  pi.  "  herb.  Scheer,")  and  Ari- 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  179 

zona,  Thurber,  Palmer,  &  Coues.  A  stouter  and  larger-flowered  form 
near  San  Antonio,  New  Mexico,  Dr.  Bigelow,  in  Whipple's  Expedi- 
tion. This  species  is  to  be  distinguished  from  forms  of  the  preceding 
with  leafy  stem  and  erect  branches  of  the  panicle  by  the  long  and 
delicate  villosity  of  the  bracteoles,  and  by  the  perigonium.  The  pan- 
icle is  ample,  but  the  branches  erect  or  strict. 

++++++++  Involucra  saspius  brevi-campanulata,  parva,  perigoniis 
post  anthesin  auctis  breviora,  secus  ramulos  paniculaa  nudae  ple- 
rumque  intricatos  sparsa,  dentibus  4-5  latis  rotundatis.  Brac- 
teolae  in  involucro  paleolatre.     Folia  omnia  subradicalia. 

56.  E.  Heermanni,  Durand  &  Hilgard  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  p.  14, 
(Bot.)  t.  17.  Glaberrimum,  vel  forte  glabratum,  dichotomo-ramosissi- 
mum ;  involucris  secus  ramulos  breves  divaricatos  paucis  brevi-cam- 
panulatis  lineam  longis  latisque  plurifloris  bracteas  ovato-subulatas 
2  -  3-plo  superantibus  ;  bracteolis  glanduloso-ciliatis,  exterioribus  line- 
aribus,  intimis  filiformibus ;  perigoniis  glabris,  fructiferis  lin.  2  longis, 
segmentis  exterioribus  rotundatis  interioribus  oblongo-spathulatis  multo 
majoribus  ;  achenii  rostro  hirtello-scabro.  E.  genicidatum,  Durand  & 
Hilgard  in  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  3,  p.  45,  non  Nutt.  —  California,  Pose 
Creek,  Dr.  Heermann.  Sterile  plains  of  Humboldt  Co.,  Nevada,  Tor- 
rey.  Old  flowering  branches  only ;  the  base  of  the  plant,  leaves,  and 
root  not  collected.     But  the  species  cannot  be  mistaken. 

57.  E.  Plumatella,  Durand  &  Hilgard,  1.  c.  t.  16.  Floccoso- 
lanatum,  humile  ;  foliis  radicalibus  orbiculatis  longe  petiolatis  subtus 
albo-lanatis ;  paniculae  decompositae  ramis  rigidulis  floribundis  nunc 
rectis  nunc  tortuosis  demum  implectentibus;  involucro  minimo  campan- 
ulato  paucifloro  bracteas  baud  excedente ;  bracteolis  filiformibus  vix 
barbellatis ;  perigoniis  albis  et  roseo-purpureis  glabris  lineam  longis, 
segmentis  conformibus  (interioribus  paullulum  angustioribus  vix  longi- 
oribus)  quasi  panduriformibus  ;  achenio  sursum  hirtello-scabrido.  — 
Pose  Creek,  California,  Heermann  ;  apparently  a  stouter  form  than 
common.  Nevada,  chiefly  in  the  desert,  Anderson,  Bloomer,  Stretch, 
Torrey,  Watson.  A  span  high,  or  rarely  taller,  from  an  annual  root;  the 
panicles  commonly  forming  implexed  matted  masses,  their  branchlets 
usually  slender  and  rather  brittle.  Segments  of  the  perigonium 
obovate-cuneiform  and  broadly  refuse,  when  dry  appearing  panduriform 
by  the  incurving  of  their  margins  about  the  middle.  Embryo  much 
incurved,  the  cotyledons  wholly  accumbent. 


18U  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Var.  ?  Palmeri:  panicula  patentissima ;  involucris  cylindraceia 
fere  lineam  longis  bracteas  sgepius  super'antibus,  floribus  (albis)  dimidio 
minoribus;  bracteolis  paucibarbatis.  —  Arizona,  Dr.  Palmer,  1869. 
This  appears  to  be  intermediate  in  character  between  E.  Plumatella 
and.E.  gracile,  and  is  perhaps  of  a  distinct  species.  The  flowers  are 
like  the  former,  except  in  size,  or  the  segments  a  trifle  narrower  and 
perhaps  the  inner  ones  more  decidedly  longer. 

58.  E.  intricatum,  Benth.  Bot.  Sulph.  p.  46,  t.  22.  Foliis  radicalibus 
suborbiculatis  longe  petiolatis  viscoso-pubescentibus;  panicula  divaricato- 
ramosissima  involucrisque  minimis  brevi-campanulatis  paucifloris  gla- 
berrimis ;  bracteolis  obovato-  vel  cuneato-oblongis  ciliolatis ;  perigonii 
extus  parce  hirtelli  segmentis  obovatis  conformibus  ;  ovario  glabro.  — 
San  Bartolome,  Lower  California,  Hinds.  Bentham  describes  the 
perigonium  as  glabrous ;  but  the  scattered  hairs  on  the  outside  of  the 
perigonium  are  represented  in  the  plate. 

§  12.  Pedunctjlata,  Benth.  Flos  basi  ipsa  (lata  rariusve  acuta) 
cum  pedicello  articulatus.  Ovarium  glabrum.  Involucra  pauci- 
pluriflora,  5-dentata,  omnia  pedicellata,  terminalia  et  alaria,  soli- 
taria :  pedicelli  sagpius  elongati,  in  ramis  2  -  3-chotomis  pedun- 
culi  aphylli  parvi-bracteoli  scapiformis  laxe  paniculati.  Embryo 
praicedentium.  Herba?  plerumque  annual,  foliis  latis  radicalibus  vel 
in  caule  brevi  sgepissime  rotundatis,  inflorescentia  cum  involucris 
nunquam  pubescente,  floribus  plerumque  albis  seu  albidis. 

*  Panicula  divaricato-ramosissima  glandulis  claviformibus  obsita : 
involucra  pauciflora.  Annua,  scaposa,  humilia.  Ob  pedicellos 
perbreves  sp.  sequentis  Virgatis  approximanda. 

59.  E.  brachypodum,  n.  sp.  Foliis  rotundatis  laxe  albo-lanatis  ; 
panicula  divaricatissima  fere  humifusa  rigida  ;  pedicellis  involucro  glan- 
duloso  8-12-floro  baud  longioribus  ;  bracteolis  sublinearibus  hirsuto- 
ciliatis  ;  perigonii  glabri  segmentis  exterioribus  cordato-ovatis  obtusis- 
simis,  interioribus  dimidio  minoribus  ovatis  longe  obtuseque  acuminatis. 
—  Western  borders  of  California,  in  alkaline  sands  around  Kingston 
Spring,  llemy,  in  herb.  Mus.  Paris.  Branches  of  the  panicle  stouter 
and  more  rigid  than  in  the  next ;  the  involucre  and  also  the  accres- 
cent perigonium  a  line  long. 

60.  E.  glandulosum,  Nutt.  ex  Benth.  in  DC.  Foliis  rotundatis 
viridibus  parce  pilosis ;  panicula  tenui  effusa ;  pedicellis  capillaribus 
involucro   eglanduloso    perpaucirioro   multoties   longioribus ;    perigonii 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870.  181 

segraentis  oblongo-ovatis  acutiusculis  suba?qualibus  extus  parce  hirsutis. 
Oxytheca  glandulosa,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.  p.  170.  —  "  Rocky  Mountains 
of  Upper  California,"  according  to  Nuttall  ;  an  impossible  habitat. 
Dr.  Gambell  probably  collected  it  in  New  Mexico.  Involucre  and 
flowers  half  a  line,  the  divaricate  pedicels  two  or  three  lines  long.    . 

*  *  Panicula  cum  pedunculo  et  involucris  (iis  pedicellisque  raro  mi- 
nutissime  glandulosis)  laevissima. 

-i—  Effuso-ramosissima  floribunda ;  pedicellis  rigidis  nunc  subrace- 
moso-secundis  mox  deflexis.  Involucra  pluriflora,  circa  lineam 
longa.  Perigonium  glaberrimum.  Achenium  rostro  plus  minus 
scabro.     Annua  ;  sp.  prima  etiam   Virgatis  approximanda. 

61.  E.  deflexum,  Toit.  in  Ives  Colorado  Exped.  Bot.  p.  24.  Sub- 
validum  ;  foliis  omnibus  radicalibus  orbiculatis  subcordatis  floccoso- 
lanatis  (majoribus  sesquipollicaribus)  longe  petiolatis ;  paniculre  nunc 
ultrapedalis  ramis  rigidis  junceis  srepius  divaricatis ;  pedicellis  brevis- 
simis  saltern  involucro  brevi-campanulato  vel  hemisphrerico  breviori- 
bus  ;  bracteolis  (extimis  lato-linearibus,  intimis  filiformi-spathulatis) 
barbato  ciliatis ;  perigonii  albi  basi  obtusissimi  segmentis  exterioribus 
orbiculatis  basi  cordatis,  interioribus  minimis  obovatis  retusis  multoties 
minoribus.  —  S.  E.  California,  on  the  Colorado,  &c,  Schott,  New- 
berry, Cooper.  In  sand,  in  a  canon  of  the  Wasatch  Mountains,  Utah, 
S.  Watson,  in  Clarence  King's  Expedition.  Tucson,  S.  Arizona,  Dr. 
Palmer:  a  form  with  the  smaller  involucres  shorter  than  the  pedicel. 
Involucre  a  line  long  and  about  as  broad,  rather  many-flowered,  the 
five  teeth  broad  and  rounded.  Exterior  segments  of  the  perigonium 
becoming  a  line  in  length  and  breadth,  the  inner  segments  hardly  longer 
than  the  ovary. 

62.  E.  nutans,  n.  sp.  Tenellum  ;  folds  omnibus  radicalibus  rotun- 
dis  floccoso-lanatis  longe  vel  breve  petiolatis  ;  panicula  efFusa  ;  pedi- 
cellis nutantibus  cum  involucro  late  campanulato  2-3-plo  breviori 
minutissime  viscoso-glandulosis ;  bracteolis  filiformibus  creberrime 
glandulosis;  perigonii  late  rosei  basi  obtusissimi  segmentis  exterioribus 
late  ovalibus  emarginatis  (fere  obcordatis),  interioribus  oblongis  retusis 
paullo  brevioribus  plus  dimidio  minoribus  demum  conduplicatis.  —  Ne- 
vada :  canon  at  the  eastern  base  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  Lieut.  Beck- 
with  ;  passed  over  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  2,  p.  129,  as  E.  cernuum.  Canon 
in  W.  Humboldt  Mountains  and  Unionville  Valley,  S.  Watson  in  C. 
King's  Expedition.     The  specimens  at  most  are  barely  a  span  high  ; 


182  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

the  leaves  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  the  panicle  rather  simple. 
Involucre  a  line  long  and  about  as  broad,  rather  few-flowered.  Pedicels 
two  or  three  lines  long :  perigonium  as  long,  or  at  length  longer. 

63.  E.  Watsonii,  n.  sp.  Gracile  ;  foliis  pra3cedentis  srepius  sub- 
cordatis  ;  panicula  decomposita  patentissima  laxe  floribunda  ;  pedicel- 
lis  eglandulosis  patenti-deflexis  involucro  angusto-  vel  clavato-campan- 
ulato  vix  plurifloro  2-3-plo  nunc  paullo  longioribus;  bracteolis  setaceis 
parce  glanduloso-barbellulatis ;  perigonii  albi  vix  rosei  basi  obtusi 
segmentis  conformibus  ovalibus  parum  retusis,  interioribus  paullulum 
minor ibus.  —  Nevada,  in  the  Humboldt  Mountains,  Torrey.  Star 
Canon,  W.  Humboldt  Mountains,  alt.  5,000  feet,  S.  "Watson,  in  C. 
King's  Expedition.  The  exceedingly  effuse  panicle  spreads  in  the 
largest  specimens  over  a  foot  in  breadth.  Pedicels  much  less  deflexed 
than  in  the  next,  the  longest  fully  three  lines  long,  and  nearly  thrice  the 
length  of  the  involucre,  but  many  of  the  later  ones  not  longer  than  it, 
that  is,  a  line  or  a  line  and  a  quarter  in  length,  either  smooth  or  very 
minutely  and  obscurely  glandular.  Perigonium  a  line  long,  or  slightly 
more  when  accrescent,  narrower  than  in  E.  nutans,  and  not  so  very 
broad  at  the  base,  but  6-parted,  and  not  narrowed  at  base  in  the  manner 
of  the  next. 

64.  E.  cernuum,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  162.  Gracile;  foliis  radi- 
calibus  (nunc  in  caule  brevi)  orbiculatis  vel  obovatis  sublonge  pe- 
tiolatis  floccoso-lanatis ;  panicula  effuso-decomposita  saepius  maxime 
floribunda ;  pedicellis  mox  deflexis  lasvibus  involucro  campanulato 
2  -  4-plo  longioribus  ;  bracteolis  setaceis  brevibus  subundis  ;  perigonii 
albi  vel  subrosei  6-fidi  basi  turbinata  acuta  segmentis  exterioribus 
quadratis  emarginatis  retusis  interiores  oblonga  dimidio  angustiora 
vix  superantibus.  —  Plains  of  the  Platte  to  New  Mexico  and  Utah. 
A  span  to  a  foot  high  ;  the  panicle  in  the  larger  plants  very  widely 
spreading  and  floriferous.  Involucre  at  most  a  line  long.  Flowers 
barelv  a  line  long  when  accrescent,  often  considerably  less,  smaller 
than  any  others  of  this  sub-section,  and  well  distinguished  from  all 
others  of  this  section  by  the  top-shaped  base  or  tube,  which  is  fully 
half  the  length  of  the  segments  and  tapers  to  the  narrow  insertion. 

Var.  tenue  :  panicula  graciliore  minus  florifera ;  pedicellis  capil- 
laribus  elongatis  (3-  12  lin.  longis),  involucro  minori  vel  tenuiori.  — 
Nevada  and  Utah;  foot-hills  of  the  Humboldt  and  Wasatch  Mountains, 
S.  Watson,  in  Clarence  King's  Expedition.  With  just  the  flowers, 
&c.  of  E.  cernuum,  —  this   differs   remarkably  in   the   filiform   looser 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  183 

and  scarcely  rigid  divisions  of  the  panicle;  the  ultimate  ones  or  pedicels 
less  refracted,  sometimes  a  full  inch  in  length,  commonly  half  an  inch, 
and  therefore  many  times  longer  than  the  fewer-flowered  involucre. 

-i—  +~  Effusa,  sa?pius  ramosissima,  pedicellis  nunquam  deflexis.  In- 
volucra  haud  linea  longora,  interdum  minuta,  pauci-subpluriHora. 
Perigonium  basi  fere  semper  obtusissimum.  Annua  ;  folia  radi- 
calia  vel  subradicalia,  rotundata,  nunc  basi  cordata  petiolata. 

++  Subtus  albo-lanata,  supra  plerumque  floccosa.  Perigonia  involucro 
grossius  5  -  6-dentato  haud  longiora.  Bractea2  sajpissime  intus 
lanatre. 

a.  Pedicelli  breves  (lin.  1-5  longi)  cum  panicula  tota  rigiduli. 
Perigonii  glaberrimi  segmenta  maxime  disparia. 

65.  E.  rotundifolium,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Humile ;  foliis  supra 
mox  denudatis  ;  panicula  e  collo  ramosissima  (spithamoea)  rigidula 
floribunda;  involucris  late  campanulatis  subplurifloris ;  bracteolis  parce 
phimosis ;  perigonio  albo  glaberrimo  parum  ultra  medium  6-Jido,  seg- 
ments exterioribus  flabelliformi-dilatatis  retusis,  interioribus  anguste 
oblongis.  —  Western  borders  of  Texas  and  adjacent  parts  of  New 
Mexico,  "Wright,  Bigelow,  Thurber,  Parry.  Involucre  seldom  a  line 
long,  almost  of  the  same  breadth.  Flowers  three  fourths  of  a  line 
long,  with  a  broadly  campanulate  base,  and  the  outer  segments  much 
dilated  upwards,  so  as  to  be  usually  much  broader  than  long ;  the 
inner  ones  small  and  narrow. 

b.  Pedicelli  tenues  saepissime  capillares,  alares  semi-sesquipollicares. 
Perigonia  basi  tenuiter  pilosula  vel  glabra.  Herbce  tenellce, 
cyma  2-3-chotoma  tenera  cum  scapo  spithama?a,  in  depauperatis 
subsimplici;  foliis  lamina  semipollicari  seu  minori. 

66.  E.  Thurberi,  Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  176.  Foliis  rotun- 
datis  ssepius  rugosis  ;  scapo  1  -  2-pollicari  primum  lanuloso ;  bracteis 
3  -  4-natis  conspicuis  calyculiformibus ;  involucro  late  turbinato- 
campanulato  10-18-floro;  bracteolis  vix  ullis;  perigonio  albo  (fruc- 
tifero  lineam  longo)  5-partito  basi  brevi  extus  minutissime  parceque 
hirsutulo,  segmentis  valde  disparibus  panduriformibus,  exterioribus 
lobo  terminali  maximo  rotundato  (demum  latiore  quam  longo)  in 
centro  tenuiter  arachnifero,  auriculis  basim  versus  parvis,  interioribus 
subhastato-lanceolatis  parvulis  superne  vix  dilatatis.  —  California,  in 
sandy  ravines  near  San   Pasqual,  Thurber.     Los  Angeles,  Wallace. 


184  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

S.  Arizona,  near  Camp  Grant,  Palmer.  —  The  minute  pubescence  at 
the  base  of  the  perigonium,  and  the  tuft  of  most  delicate  cobwebby  hairs 
on  the  centre  of  the  disk  of  the  exterior  segments,  have  been  over- 
looked. Pedicels  and  involucre  often  obscurely  viscid-glandular ;  the 
latter  a  line  long. 

67.  E.  Thomasii,  Torr.  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  4,  p.  364.  Foliis  rotun- 
datis  ovatisque  ;  bracteis  ad  nodos  paniculas  effusas  minimis ;  involucro 
paucifloro  ;  bracteolis  paleaceis  margine  parce  longe  villosis  ;  perigonio 
albo  vel  flavido  (vix  semilineam  longo)  basi  tenuiter  hispidulo,  seg- 
mentis disparibus  subpanduratis  sequilongis  apice  parum  dilatatis 
obtusissimis,  exterioribus  basi  latiore  demum  subcordatis,  interioribus 
dimidio  angustioribus  sublineari-oblongis.  —  Fort  Yuma,  S.  E.  Cali- 
fornia, Gen.  Thomas ;  very  slender  specimens,  not  a  span  high,  with 
almost  capillary  scape  and  panicle,  also  larger  but  less  developed 
specimens:  Fort  Mohave  (Fremont,  locality  not  given),  Cooper;  larger 
specimens  :  Camp  Grant,  Arizona,  Palmer ;  very  slender  form.  Invo- 
lucre little  over  half  a  line  in  length. 

68.  E.  pusillum,  n.  sp.  Foliis  rotundis  obovatisque  in  petiolum 
sa^pius  angustatis ;  bracteis  parvulis  quaternis  ad  nodos  basique 
panicuke  subsimplici ;  involucro  fere  hemisphasrico  10  -  15-floro  minu- 
tim  glanduloso ;  bracteolis  obovatis  spathulatisque  inferne  laxe  ara- 
neoso-lanatis ;  perigonio  aureo  (nunc  purpureo  tincto  lineam  longo 
(extus  tenuiter  glanduloso-puberulo  profunde  5-partito,  segmentis  fere 
conformibus,  exterioribus  ovali-obovatis  quam  interiores  oblonga  paullo 
majoribus.  —  Foot-hills  of  Trinity  Mountains,  borders  of  the  Truckee 
Desert,  Nevada,  S.  Watson  in  C.  King's  Expedition.  From  two  inches 
to  a  span  high  ;  the  involucre  barely  a  line  long.  To  this  probably 
belongs  a  specimen  from  "  Bearside  Mountain  "  in  the  same  region, 
coll.  Newberry  ;  but  the  involucres  are  smaller  and  few-flowered  ;  the 
flowers,  however,  "yellow." 

69.  E.  reniforme,  Torr.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Foliis  reniformi-  vel  cor- 
dato-orbiculatis  dense  mollissime  albo-lanatis  ;  bracteis  parvulis  lanatis  ; 
involucris  late  campanulatis  haud  glandulosis  8-12-floris;  bracteolis 
prrecedentis ;  perigonio  ut  videtur  albo  vel  subroseo  (semilineam 
longo)  glabro,  segmentis  ovatis,  interioribus  paullo  minoribus. —  S.  E. 
California,  probably  on  the  Mohave,  Fremont.  Fort  Mohave,  Cooper. 
Arizona,  Palmer.  All  scanty  and  incomplete  specimens.  Involucre 
about  a  line  long,  sometimes  seemingly  much  smaller  and  fewer- 
flowered. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY   26,  1870.  185 

++  ++  Folia  pubescentia  nunc  glabrata,  nunquam  lanata  vel  to- 
mentosa ;  petioli  elongati.  Perigonia  flavula,  extus  crebre  hirta, 
involucro  minimo  4  -  5-fido  paucifloro  fere  duplo  longiora,  seg- 
mentis  conforrnibus  subrequalibus.  Bracteoe  baud  lanatae.  Pani- 
cula  e  scapo  rigidulo  soepe  fistuloso  effuso-ramosissima,  elatior, 
pedieellis  divaricatis  capillaribus  tenuissimis  (semi-ultrapollicari- 
bus)  glaberrimis  involucris  multoties  longioribus. 

70.  E.  TRiCHOPODUii,  Torr.  in  Emory,  Rep.  of  Reconn.  p.  151, 
1848  (perperam  E.  trichopes),  Bentb.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Foliis  tenuiter 
pubescentibus  vel  supra  glabris  ovalibus  rotundisve  nunc  subcordatis  ; 
panicula3  ramis  elongatis  cum  scapo  brevi  vel  brevissimo  rigidulis  ; 
pedieellis  tenuissimis  ;  involucro  semilinea  sagpius  breviore  ;  perigonii 
segmentis  ovato-lanceolatis.  —  S.  W.  Texas  through  New  Mexico  and 
Arizona  to  S.  E.  California.  In  the  stronger  specimens  the  scape  is 
more  or  less  fistulous,  but  not  inflated,  and,  with  the  very  branching 
panicle,  from  one  to  two  feet  high. 

71.  E.  inflatum,  Torr.  in  Frem.  2d  Rep.  &  in  DC.  1.  c.  Foliis 
hirsuto-  seu  velutino-pubescentibus  nunc  glabratis  orbicularis  vel  ro- 
tundo-cordatis ;  scapo  elongato  superne  fusiformi-inflato ;  panicu- 
lae  ramis  rigidulis  inferne  longe  nudis,  primariis  raro  inflatis  ;  pedi- 
eellis capillaribus  ;  involucro  semilinea  nunc  subbreviori  nunc  longi- 
ori ;  perigonii  segmentis  ovatis  (demum  lineam  longis).  —  In  dry  or 
desert  districts  of  California,  Arizona,  and  Nevada.  E.  cordatum, 
Torr.  in  DC.  1.  c.  (of  which  the  specimens  are  lost)  is  doubtless  a 
glabrate  and  depauperate  state  of  this  species,  or  possibly  of  the  fore- 
going.    The  two  are  disposed  to  run  together. 

.n.  ++  ++  Folia  utrinque  glabra  (an  glabrata?)  ut  tota  planta.  Peri- 
gonia involucro  vix  lineam  longo  paucifloro  longissime  pedicel- 
lato  haud  longiora. 


o 


72.  E.  Gordoni,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Foliis  subcoriaceis  rotundis 
glabris ;  pedunculis  e  radice  pluribus  brevibus  in  paniculam  repetite 
dichotomam  laxam  divisis,  ramis  gracilibus  ;  pedieellis  subcapillaribus 
ultrapollicaribus  erectis ;  involucro  turbinato-campanulato  5-dentato  ; 
perigonii  glaberrimi  (albi  vel  subrosei  ?)  segmentis  exterioribus  ovatis 
interiora  oblonga  paullo  superantibus  ;  bracteolis  minute  glandulosis. 
—  "  In  the  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  Platte,  Gordon,"  in  herb.  Hook. : 
found  only  by  Gordon,  and  in  specimens  nearly  past  flowering.    About 

vol.  viii.  24 


186  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

a  foot  high,  with  sparse  involucres.  Fresh  specimens  of  this  little- 
known  species  are  most  desirable.  The  root  plainly  is  not  peren- 
nial. 

+.  +_  +_  Minus  ramosa  nunc  oligocephala,  pcdicellis  elongatis  erec- 
tis.  Involucra  H-21  lin.  longa,  pluri-multiflora.  Perigonium 
glabrum,  basi  brevi  turbinata.  Bracteae  minima?.  Bracteola?  in 
involucro  villosre.     Perennia  seu  biennia,  foliis  baud  cordatis, 

73.  E.  tenellum,  Torr.  in  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  2,  p.  241.  Caudice 
suffruticoso  multicipiti  csespitosum ;  foliis  confertissimis  ovatis  nunc 
rotundis  longius  petiolatis  utrinque  albo-tomentosis ;  scapo  seu  pedun- 
culo  ramis  panicuke  2  -  3-dichotoma3  sparsis  pedicellisque  elongatis 
gracillimis  lasvibus  ;  involucro  turbinato-campanulato  (1^-2  lin.  longo) 
vix  plurifloro ;  perigonio  petaloideo  albo  6-partito,  segmentis  disparibus 
retusis  vel  emarginatis,  exterioribus  late  obovatis  seu  orbiculatis  quam 
interiora  lineari-oblonga  paullo  breviora  post  anthesin  conniventia 
multo  majoribus.  —  Colorado,  at  the  base  of  the  Pocky  Mountains  to 
N.  New  Mexico  and  W.  Texas.  The  original  E.  tenellum,  which  de- 
serves the  name,  is  the  smallest  and  most  slender,  wholly  acaulescent 
form,  coll.  in  Colorado  and  New  Mexico  by  James,  Emory,  Fendler, 
Bigelow,  and  Parry ;  the  scape  with  the  rather  simple  panicle  hardly 
a  foot  high,  the  blade  of  the  leaves  less  than  half  an  inch  long,  the 
flower  a  line  or  in  fruit  a  line  and  a  half  in  length.  Var.  leptocladon, 
Benth.  (W.  Texas,  Wright),  is  simply  larger  and  more  robust,  the 
ampler  and  more  compound  panicle  attaining  a  foot  and  a  half  or  two 
feet  in  height. 

Var.  caulescens  (var.  y.  ramosissimum  &  E.  phztyphyUum  (Torr.), 
Benth.  in  DC.)  :  ramis  e  caudice  lignescente  adsurgentibus  (4  - 10 
poll,  longis)  foliosis;  foliis  srepe  majoribus  lamina  nunc  ultra  semipol- 
licari ;  panicula  ampliore  floribunda ;  involucro  et  perigoniis  fructiferis 
lin.  l£-2  longis.  —  W.  Texas,  Riddell,  Wright,  Lindheimer,  and 
Parry;  specimens  collected  by  the  latter  passing  into  the  ordinary 
E.  tenellum  by  the  scapelike  peduncle  and  small  panicle. 

74.  E.  ciliatum,  Torr.  in  DC.  1.  c.  Radice  bienni  seu  annua ; 
foliis  radicalibus  rosulatis  obovato-spathulatis  in  petiolum  marginatum 
attenuatis  prater  margines  costamque  barbato-ciliatos  glabris ;  scapo 
pedunculisque  paucis  elongatis  ;  involucro  late  campanulato  multifloro 
(lin.  2  longo)  ;  perigonio  atro-rubente  crassiusculo  6-fido  basi  turbinato, 
segmentis  ovatis  acutis,  interioribus  post  anthesin  paullo  angustioribus 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  187 

longioribusque.  —  Northern  Mexico ;  in  the  vicinity  of  Buena  Vista, 
Edwards ;  Monterey,  Gregg. 

§  13.  Pseudo-stipulata  (Substipirfata),  Benth.  Flos  basi  obtusis- 
siraa  cum  pedicello  articulatus,  extus  minute  glandulosus.  Ova- 
rium glabrum.  Achenium  acute  triquetrum.  Involucra  soepius- 
que  pedicelli  Pedunculatorum.  Caules  ramosi  foliati,  sed  folia 
rite  evoluta  semper  secundaria,  nempe  in  axillis  caulinorum  ad 
bracteas  oppositas  seu  3  -  4-nas  stipukeformes  redactorum  gemina 
vel  fasciculata.     Embryo  praBcedentium.     Herbse. 

*  Involucra  sublonge  pedicellata,  multiflora,  5-dentata,  dentibus  bre- 
vibus  latis.  Flores  in  pedicellis  brevibus  baud  ultra  bracteolas 
exserti. 

75.  E.  axgulosum,  Benth.  Eriog.  p.  406,  t.  18,  f.  1.  Annuum, 
floecoso-lanosum,  demum  glabrescens ;  caulibus  erectis  in  paniculam 
effusam  repetito  2  -  3-chotomam  divisis  ;  ramis  acute  4  -  6-angulatis  ; 
pedicellis  filiformibus  patentissimis ;  foliis  radicalibus  spathulatis  vel 
rotundatis,  caulinis  propriis  bracteosformibus  parvis  stipulas  brunneo- 
scariosas  mentientibus,  axillaribus  geminis  vel  fasciculatis  oblongo- 
linearibus  lanceolatisque ;  involucris  brevi-campanulatis  seu  hemisphae- 
ricis  minute  glandulosis  nunc  fere  laavibus ;  fructiferis  demum  explana- 
tis  bracteas  internas  (potius  quam  bracteolas)  inferne  lanigeras  late 
spathulatas  vix  adaaquantibus  ;  perigonio  roseo  vel  albo  profunde  5- 
partito,  segmentis  exterioribus  ovatis  concavis,  interioribus  demum 
longioribus  lanceolato-oblongis.  —  California  and  Nevada,  apparently 
common.  A  span  to  a  foot  high,  at  length  diffuse.  Pedicels  from 
six  to  twelve  lines  long.  Flowers  barely  one  line  long,  on  slender 
internal  pedicels  which  do  not  exceed  the  firm  dilated  bracts  that 
subtend  them ;  the  proper  bractlets  minute  and  capilary,  and  villose- 
plumose  or  often  wanting. 

76.  E.  Greggii,  n.  gp.  Subpedale,  e  radice  perenni  erectum,  pu- 
berulum,  subglandulosum  ;  foliis  radicalibus  et  fasciculorum  spathulatis 
in  petiolum  marginatum  attenuatis  subciliatis  glabellis  (petiolis  nunc 
parce  hirsutis),  caulinis  3  -  4-nis  lanceolatis  brevibus  herbaceis  in  och- 
ream  basi  connatis  ;  pedicellis  subracemosis  erectis,  inferioribus  ultra- 
pollicaribus  ; .  involucro  turbinato-campanulato  ;  bracteolis  tenuibus 
hirsutis  ;  perigonio  purpurascente  profunde  6-fido,  segmentis  conformi- 
bus  ovato-oblongis.  —  N.  Leon,  Mexico,  on  a  high  plain  near  San  Juan 
de  la  Vaqueria,  Gregg.     Has  been  taken  for  a  variety  of  E.  ciliatum, 


188  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

(and  is  mentioned  in  DC.  Prodr.  in  a  note  under  that  species)  ; 
but  it  is  very  different.  Flowering  sterns  rather  simple  and  rigid, 
bearing  fascicles  of  leaves  in  most  of  the  axils.  Involucre  two  lines 
long ;  the  larger  of  the  contained  bracts  and  bractlets  lanceolate 
and  scarious ;  the  others  filiform.  Pedicels  of  the  flower  apparently 
compressed,  little  exceeding  a  line  in  length,  and  about  the  length  of 
the  perigonium. 

*  *  Involucra  alaria  pleraque  sessilia,  minima,  fere  5-partita,  pau- 
ciflora. 

77.  E.  divaricatum,  Hook.  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  5,  p.  265 ;  Benth. 
in  DC.  1.  c.  Annuum,  demissum,  a  basi  divaricato-ramosissimum, 
minute  pubescens  ;  foliis  radicalibus  ovatis  spathulatisque  longius  pe- 
tiolatis,  caulinis  secundariis  intra  primaria  parva  stipulaaformia  subu- 
lato-linearia  geminis  conformibus  superne  gradatim  minoribus ;  peri- 
gonii  albidi  segmentis  oblongis  subasqualibus. —  Utah,  on  saline  clayey 
soils,  within  the  high  calcareous  hills  of  the  Upper  Colorado,  Geyer. 
Less  than  a  span  high.  Lamina  of  the  leaf  from  six  to  three,  or  the 
ultimate  ones  only  one  or  two  lines  long.  Flowers  little  over  half  a 
line  in  length.  All  the  developed  leaves  on  the  stem  and  branches 
appear  to  spring  from  within  the  stipule-like  true  cauline  ones. 

§  14.  Foliosa,  Benth.  Flos  basi  brevissima  acutata  vel  obtusa 
perigonii  5-partiti  cum  pedicello  exserto  articulatus.  Ovarium 
glabrum.  Involucra  4-8-fida  vel  partita,  nunc  in  pedicellis 
paniculata  vel  subraceraosa  modo  Pedunculatorum,  nunc  in  dicho- 
tomiis  sessilia.  Caules  fbliosi :  folia  caulina  rite  evoluta,  opposita 
seu  verticillata  (ima  tantum  alterna)  et  in  axillis  fasciculata. 
Embryo  prcecedentium.     Herba3  annuse. 

*  Salsuginosa :  involucri  phylla  fere  discreta  inaequalia.  Perigo- 
nium fructiferum  achenio  acutissime  triquetro  arete  conforme. 

78.  E.  salsuginosum,  Hook.  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  5,  p.  264.  Glabrum, 
diffuso-ramosissimum,  usque  ad  apicem  foliosum ;  foliis  subcarnosis, 
imis  spathulatis  oblongisve,  superioribus  linearibus  ;  involucris  alaribus 
sessilibus  paucisve  ramulos  seu  pedunculos  filiformes  terminantibus 
paucifloris  e  bracteis  linearibus  basi  subcoalitis  vel  discretis ;  floribus 
subsessilibus ;  perigonio  subherbaceo  extus  minute  hirtello,  segmentis 
oblongis  subtequalibus  apice  tantum  scariosis.  —  Utah,  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains   near  the  sources  of  the  Colorado,  on  saline  clayey  soils, 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    26,   1870.  189 

Nuttall,  Geyer.     An  inch  to  a  span  high.      Perigonium  in  fruit  barely 
a  line  long. 

*  *  Rumiciflora:  involucra  plus  minus  pedunculata,  multiflora, 
profunde  5  -  8-fida,  lobis  linearibus  foliaceis.  Perigonii  peta- 
loidei  segmentis  disparibus,  exterioribus  basi  cordatis.  Folia 
inferiora  lata. 

79.  E.  Abertianum,  Torr.  in  Emory,  Reconn. ;  Benth.  in  DC. 
1.  c.  Yillosum  seu  laxe  molliterque  pubescens,  paniculato-ramosum ; 
ramis  fere  ad  apicem  saspius  foliatis  erectis;  foliis  inferioribus  ovatis 
vel  subcordatis  longius  petiolatis  ssepius  undulatis,  ramealibus  lanceo- 
latis  linearibusve  subsessilibus ;  pedunculis  alaribus  inferioribus  ple- 
rumque  gracilibus,  superioribus  involucro  sequilongis  vel  brevioribus  ; 
perigonii  glabri  rosei  segmentis  exterioribus  orbiculatis  sinu  profundo 
clauso  cordatis  quam  interiora  lineari-oblonga  subpandurata  apice 
retusa  multo  latioribus.  —  W.  Texas  (Wright)  to  Chihuahua,  Arizona, 
&c. :  apparently  common.  A  span  to  a  foot  high,  very  variable  in 
size,  foliage,  &c.  The  enlarged  exterior  segments  of  the  perigonium 
become  nearly  two  lines  long,  the  lobes  at  the  deeply  cordate  base  cov- 
ering the  small  and  narrow  tube  of  the  perigonium. 

*  *  *  Spergulina:  involucra  effuso-paniculata  in  pedicellis  lasvibus 
capillaribus,  parva,  pauciflora,  5  -  8-fida.  Perigonia  petaloidea, 
segmentis  haud  cordatis.  Caules  gracillimi,  internodiis  elongatis : 
folia  caulina  angusto-linearia,  marginibus  nunc  revolutis. 

80.  E.  pharnaceoides,  Torr.  in  Sitgreaves  Rep.  p.  167,  t.  11,  & 
in  DC.  1.  c.  Pubescens ;  foliis  subtus  cano-tomentosis  supra  glabres- 
centibus  ;  involucris  5  -  8-fidis  8-12-floris;  bracteolis  filiformibus 
villosis  ;  perigonio  glabro  albo  vel  roseo,  segmentis  exterioribus  latis- 
sime  ovatis  concavis,  fructiferis  basi  bigibbosis  quam  interiora  oblongo- 
linearia  retusa  brevioribus  ;  antheris  nigricantibus.  —  New  Mexico  and 
Arizona,  Wright,  Bigelow,  Sitgreaves,  Thurber,  Coues  and  Palmer. 
Commonly  about  a  foot  high ;  with  leaves  about  an  inch  long  and  a 
line  or  less  in  width.  Pedicels  one  or  two  inches,  and  involucre  one 
or  two  lines  long.  Perigonium  when  accrescent  a  little  over  a  line 
in  length. 

81.  E.  spergulinum,  Gray  in  Proceed.  Amer.  Acad.  7,  p.  389. 
Tenuius  ;  foliis  cum  basi  caulis  parce  hirsutis  glandulosisque  utrin- 
que  viridibus  ;  panicula    magis   eflfusa,  pedicellis    tenuissimis ;  involu- 


190  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

cris  minimis  4-fidis  sesquifloris  glabris ;  bracteolis  nullis  ;  perigonio 
albo  basi  pilosulo,  segmentis  asqualibus  cuneato-oblongis,  exterioribus 
obtusis  vel  retusis,  interioribus  apice  truncato  pi.  m.  eroso-tridentatis. 
—  California,  in  the  Mariposa  Grove,  &c,  Bridges,  Brewer,  Bolan- 
der.  Nevada,  Anderson,  Bloomer.  Pedicels  seldom  more  than  an 
inch  long,  truly  capillary.  Involucre  only  half  a  line,  but  the  flower 
a  line  or  with  age  a  line  and  a  half  long :  usually  only  one  is  de- 
veloped, but  there  is  always  a  rudiment  of  a  second  flower.  Ache- 
nium  lenticular. 

3.   OXYTHECA,  Nutt.  p.  p.,  Benth.  in  DC.  1.  c. 

Involucrura  pauciflorum,  cyathiforrae,  4-fidum,  lobis  aristatenui  su- 
perlatis.  Flores,  bracte'ola?,  etc.  Eriogoni.  Achenium  lenticulare. 
Radicula  longa  cotyledonibus  orbiculatis  accumbens.  —  Annua?,  Cali- 
fornia?, unica  e  Cordilleras  Chili  et  Mendozre,  divarieato-ramosissima>, 
laxiflorre,  ramis  teneribus  glandulis  parvis  pedicellatis  hinc  inde  con- 
spei-sis.  —  Genus  Eriogono  proximum,  nunc  speciebus  novis  confir- 
matum. 

*  Tnvolucra  omnia  pedicellata  ;  pedicellis  alaribus  saltern  inferioribus 
gracillimis  nudis.     Folia  bracteasque  tantum  mucronatse. 

1.  0.  dendroidea,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  169;  Benth.  1.  c.  Effuse 
cymoso-ramosissima ;  foliis  radicalibus  lanceolatis  seu  lineari-lanceolatis 
hirsutulis,  caulinis  bracteisve  gradatim  diminutis  basi  nunc  subconnatis; 
aristis  involucri  soepe  inoequalibus.  —  Forma  tenuior  floribunda  est 
Brisegnoa  Chilensis,  Remy  in  Gay  Fl.  Chil.  5,  p.  292,  tab.  58,  et 
Tetraraphis  apiculata,  nunc  Oxytheca  apiculata,  Miers.  Forma  vege- 
tior  magis  foliata,  floribus  sparsis,  O.foliosa,  Nutt.  1.  c.  —  This  larger 
foliose  form  was  collected  in  Nevada  near  Empire  City  by  Dr.  Torrey, 
and  recently,  in  Clarence  King's  Expedition,  by  S.  Watson,  who  also 
gathered  in  abundance  in  the  Douglas  Range,  Nevada,  a  very  slender 
and  exceedingly  floriferous  form,  quite  like  the  South  American. 
All  Nuttall's  specimens  we  have  seen  are  intermediate  between  the 
two.  The  involucres  vary  from  half  a  line  to  nearly  a  line  in  length, 
not  counting  the  awn,  upon  the  length  of  which  no  dependence  can 
be  placed. 

*  *  Involucra  subsessilia  vel  bracteis  plus  minus  connatis  suffulta. 


OF   ARTS   ANB    SCIENCES:    JANUARY   26,  1870.  191 

2.  O.  Watsoni,  n.  sp.  Effuse  ramosissima;  foliis  radicalibus  spa- 
thulatis  pubescentibus  ;  bracteis  ovatis  seu  ovato-lanceolatis  basi  tan- 
turn  soepius  hinc  connatis,  superioribus  decrescentibus  lobisque  involucri 
aristis  suis  rigidis  dimidio  brevioribus.  —  Monitor  Valley,  Nevada, 
Sereno  Watson  in  C.  King's  Expedition,  July,  18G8.  A  span  to  ten 
inches  high.  Radical  leaves  an  inch  or  more  long,  much  broader  and 
blunter  than  those  of  the  foregoing  species.  Lower  bracts  about  two 
lines  long,  rigid,  mostly  decurved,  their  bases  commonly  connate  on 
one  side.  Pedicels  not  more  than  half  a  line  long,  about  the  length  of 
the  body  of  the  involucre  they  support,  or  when  apparently  lengthened 
then  bibracteolate  near  their  apex  :  the  awns  of  these  upper  bracts 
and  of  the  about  three-flowered  involucre  a  line  and  a  half  or  two 
lines  in  length.     Fruit  not  seen. 

3.  0.  perfoliata,  n.  sp.  Chorizanthis  perfoliatce  admodum  similis, 
demissa,  divaricato-ramosissima  ;  foliis  glaucescentibus  (srepe  rubentibus 
in  sicco  chartaceis),  radicalibus  spathulatis,  caulinis  bracteisve  sursum 
vix  decrescentibus  (internodio  dimidio  brevioribus),  in  centro  perfoli- 
atis  disciformibus  subtrigono-orbiculatis  venulosis  triaristulatis  ;  invo- 
lucris  in  dichotomiis  sessilibus  solitariis,  lobis  subulato-lanceolatis  aristis 
suis  aequilongis.  —  Nevada,  Fremont,  second  Expedition.  Unionville, 
Humboldt,  and  Truckee  valleys,  on  the  borders  of  the  desert,  May  to 
July,  1868,  S.  Watson  in  C.  King's  Expedition.  A  most  remarkable 
species,  uniformly  leafy  to  the  tips  of  the  branches,  or  only  the  latest 
eauline  or  rameal  leaves  or  bracts  much  reduced  in  size  :  these  are  all 
centrally  perfoliate  disks,  from  half  an  inch  to  nearly  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter, manifestly  composed  of  a  whorl  of  three  wholly  connate  leaves, 
the  slender  short  awns  answering  to  their  tips  ;  at  the  first  fork,  how- 
ever, there  is  commonly  an  involucre-like  whorl  of  three  or  four  small 
leaves,  connate  only  at  the  base.  Involucre  a  line  and  a  half  long  ex- 
clusive of  the  rigid  awn,  which  is  a  prolongation  of  a  much  more  con- 
spicuous costa  than  in  the  other  species.  Flowers  from  four  to  six, 
conspicuously  pedicellate.  Perigonium  pubescent,  its  segments  ovate 
and  acute.  Achenium  turgidly  ovate-lenticular,  pointed :  cotyledons 
thickish. 

4.  CENTROSTEGIA,  Gray  in  DC.  1.  c. 

Involucrum  1— 3-florum,  tubulosum,  5  -  6-de'ntatum,  basim  juxta 
3  —  6-calcaratum,  calcaribus  divaricatis  dentibusque  cuspidatis  seu 
aristatis.     Flores,  fructus,  etc.     Chorizanthis  ;  foliato  et  inflorescentia 


192  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

laxa  sect.  Mucronece.  —  Annua?,  Californica?,  demissas,  fere  glabrae,  foliis 
radicalibus  spathulatis,  ramealibus  bracteisve  saepius  trifidis,  lobis  aris- 
tulatis,  involucris  subsessilibus.  Genus  inter  Chorizanthem  (Mucro- 
neam)  et  Oxythecam. 

1.  C.  Thurberi,  Gray,  1.  c.  Glabra;  involucro  1  -  2-floro  char- 
taceo  venuloso  apice  tantum  5-dentato,  costis  baud  prominulis,  cal- 
caribus  3  grossis  conicis  dentibusque  ovatis  breviter  cuspidatis  ;  peri- 
goniisegmeutis  lineari-spathulatis  basin  versus  hirsuto-ciliatis.  (Embryo 
incurvo-excentricus,  radicula  longa.)  San  Felipe,  Thurber,  who  alone 
has  met  with  it. 

2.  C.  leptoceras,  Gray  in  herb.  Kew.  Glabella  ;  ramis  divaricatis; 
involucro  hirsutulo  2  -  3-floro  6-fido,  dentibus  lanceolato-subulatis  aris- 
tatis  (arista  unico  longiore),  calcaribus  6  aristiformibus  apice  uncinatis 
tubo  dimidio  brevioribus ;  perigonii  segmentis  ovalibus  dorso  parce 
pilosis.  —  Plains  of  San  Gabriel,  Lobb  in  herb.  Kew. 

5.  CHORIZANTHE,  R.  Br. 

Involucrum  uniflorum,  gamophyllum,  basi  inappendiculatum,  tubo 
saepius  angulato  vel  costato,  dentibus  lobisve  2-6  fere  semper  cuspide 
vel  arista  terminatis  ssepius  inaequalibus.  Flos  inclusus  vel  parum 
exsertus,  in  involucro  subsessilis  seu  breviter  pedicellatus.  Perigoniura 
tenue  vel  corollinum,  6-lobum  vel  6-partitum.  Stamina  9,  raro  3  vel 
6.  Achenium  trigonum.  Embryo  Eriogoni,  nunc  rectus  cotyledonibus 
angustioribus,  nunc  incurvo-excentricus  vel  cotyledonibus  latis  radicular 
pi.  m.  accumbentibus.  —  Plantar  humiles,  involucris  sessilibus  cymoso- 
congestis  vel  sparsis,  foliis  oppositis  verticillatisque  seu  inferioribus 
saapius  alternis.  —  Ghorizanthe  &  Mucronea,  Benth.  Eriog.  &  in  DC. 
1.  c.     Acanthogomim,  Torr. 

§  1.  Euchorizanthe.  Involucrum  tubulosum,  6-dentatum,  6- 
costatum,  angulatum,  saspius  coriaceum,  costis  validis  in  cuspidem 
vel  aristam  sajpius  pi.  m.  uncinatam  excurrentibus.  Stamina 
juxta  basim  perigonii  6-lobi  inserta.  Folia  nunquam  cordata, 
integra,  saltern  caulina  angusta  basi  attenuata. 

*  Annua?,  Californica;,  Scariosce,  nerape  iuvolucris  in  glomerulas 
capituliformes  congestis,  limbo  pi.  m.  albo-scarioso  (necnon  praa- 
cocibus  vegetioribus  in  dichotomiis  pi'imariis  solitariis  ex  toto 
herbaceis). 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY   26,  1870.  193 

-i—  Involucri  limbus  omnino  prater  costas  petaloideo-scariosus,  rotato- 
expansus,  breviter  6-lobus.     Caulis  erectus :  capitula  densa. 

1.  C.  membranacea,  Bentb.  Eriog.  1.  c.  p.  419,  t.  7,  f.  1.  Arane- 
oso-lanata ;  foliis  bracteisque  conformibus  linearibus  mucrone  debili ; 
capitulis  solitariis  paucisve  secus  ramos  subsimplices  dissitis,  fructiferis 
iis  Scabiosarum  similibus ;  involucro  prater  basim  et  costas  validas  in 
aristularn  excurrentes  prorsus  scarioso,  limbo  maxime  dilatato.  —  Not 
rare  in  California ;  a  most  marked  species. 

2.  C.  stellttlata,  Bentb.  PI.  Hartw.  no.  1937.  Hirto-pubescens, 
fastigiato-ramosa ;  foliis  eaulinis  fere  linearibus ;  bracteis  acerosis 
pungenti-aristulatis  pilis  rigidioribus  birsutis ;  capitulis  subcymosis ; 
involucri  tubo  angusto  insigniter  ?equaliter  6-costato  (lin.  2  longo), 
limbo  abrupto  prater  costas  validas  in  aristularn  excurrentes  toto  albo- 
scarioso  quadruplo  longiore ;  perigonii  segmentis  obcordato-bilobis ; 
antheris  oblongo-linearibus.  —  Known  as  yet  only  in  Hartweg's  collec- 
tion from  the  valley  of  the  Sacramento. 

3.  C.  Douglasii,  Benth.  Eriog.  1.  c.  Humilis,  villoso-pubescens  ; 
foliis  eaulinis  spathulatis  seu  spathulato-lanceolatis ;  bracteis  acerosis 
pungentibus  ;  capitulis  saepius  umbellatis  globosis  ;  involucri  circa  lin. 
2  longi  tubo  intequaliter  angulato  limbo  brevi  abrupto  (albo  vel  roseo) 
cum  aristis  subulatis  inrequalibus  2  -  3-plo  longiore ;  perigonii  seg- 
mentis apice  truncatis  subcrenulatis  ;  antheris  lineari-oblongis.  —  The 
genuine  C.  Douglasii  has  apparently  been  collected  only  by  Douglas, 
and  lately  by  Prof.  Brewer,  —  by  the  latter  on  very  dry  hills  in 
Santa  Margarita  Valley,  sparingly  and  in  depauperate  specimens. 
The  expanded  scarious  limb  of  the  involucre,  when  not  torn  down,  is 
angulate-lobed  in  the  manner  of  the  preceding,  i.  e.  the  stout  costa? 
which  project  as  awns  are  connected  high  up  by  the  scarious  mem- 
brane.    Bentham's  var.  Hartioegi  must  be  united  to  C.  pungens. 

h—  -t—  Involucri  limbus  5-partitus,  nempe  dentibus  ad  faucem  usque 
discretis  aut  margine  aut  fere  toto  albo-scariosis.  Caules  laxi,  a 
basi  ramosi,  saepius  difFusi ;  pube  plus  minus  villosa :  capitula 
plerumque  irregulariter  paniculata  :  bracteas  pungenti-aristatae, 
supremse  aristiformes.  —  Adsunt  fere  semper  involucra  pauca 
pracociora  solitaria  dentibus  accrescentibus  herbaceis  immar- 
ginatis. 

4.  C.  diffusa,  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  no.  1938.    Pilosula,  tenella;  foliis 
plerisque  radicalibus  spathulatis  seu  oblongo-ovatis  (cum  petiolo  4-12 
VOL.  VIII.  25 


194  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

lin.  longis)  ;  glomerulis  parvis  laxiusculis  ;  involucro  haud  ultra  lineam 
longo,  dentibus  ovatis  prater  costam  toto  scariosis  cum  aristis  (1-2 
multo  majoribus  tubura  adrequantibus)  insequalibus ;  antheris  ovalibus. 
—  Monterey,  on  dry  and  sandy  plains,  Hartweg ;  near  tbe  sea- 
beach,  Parry  (in  herb.  Torr.),  the  specimens  of  the  latter  less 
pubescent  and  more  floribund. 

5.  C.  pungens,  Benth.  Eriog.  1.  c.  t.  19.  Molliter  hirsuto-villosa ; 
caulibus  plerumque  diifusis  ramosis  inferne  foliatis ;  foliis  spathulatis 
vel  sublanceolatis  ;  glomerulis  irregularibus  ;  involucro  (lin.  1  J- 2^ 
longo)  dentibus  basi  herbaceis  nunc  latissime  nunc  angustius  scarioso- 
marginatis  ovatis  nunc  ovato-subulatis  ina^qualibus,  majoribus  bracteis- 
que  longius  pungenti-aristatis ;  antheris  oblongis.  —  Apparently  the 
commonest  species  along  and  near  the  coast  of  California,  and  most 
variable  in  size ;  the  larger  forms  coarse,  with  the  thickish  stems  or 
branches  a  foot  or  two  long  ;  the  depauperate  forms  slender,  sometimes 
no  more  than  two  or  three  inches  high.  The  scarious  margins  of  the 
teeth  of  the  involucre  are  commonly  very  broad  and  thin,  but  occa- 
sionally narrow  and  inconspicuous  in  the  dry  state.  C  Douglasii, 
var.  Hartwegi,  Benth.  in  DC.  (C.  nudicaulis,  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  no. 
1935,  non  Nutt.)  is  one  of  the  stout  and  more  upright  forms  of  this 
species,  with  broad  and  rounded  scarious  teeth,  distinct,  however,  quite 
to  the  base.  O.  angustifolia,  \Nutt.,  Benth.  in  DC,  is  one  of  the 
depauperate  forms  of  G.  pungens. 

*  *  Annuse,  Californicaa  cum  unica  Chilensi,  immarginatce,  dentibus 
involucri  ex  toto  herbaceis  vel  coriaceis  saspe  corniformibus,  sinu- 
bus  tantum  scariosis. 

+-  Cymoso-confertifloroe,  involucris  in  cymulis  glomerulisve  confertis 
cum  alaribus  solitariis  in  dichotomiis.  Stamina  (spec,  ultima  ex- 
cepta)  9. 

++  Perigonii  segmenta  infra  apicem  pectinato-fimbriata.  Erectae, 
scaposa?,  pedunculo  nudo  in  cymam  repetito-  2-3-chotomam  diviso, 
foliis  omnibus  radicalibus  spathulatis  ovalibusque,  bracteis  aceroso- 
subulatis,  flore  in  involucro  sessili. 

6.  C.  laciniata,  Torr.  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  7,  Bot.  p.  19.  Nana,  sub- 
villosa ;  cyma  floribunda ;  involucri  dentibus  subulato-aristatis  fere 
sequalibus  tubo  2  -  4-plo  brevioribus  ;  perigonio  involucro  duplo  longi- 
ore,  segmentis  triangulari-lanceolatis  longe  crebreque  fimbriatis  apice 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY    26,  1870.  195 

caudatis. —  San  Felipe,  California,  Dr.  Antisell,  in  Parke's  Expedi- 
tion. The  beautifully  fringed  and  conspicuously  tail-pointed  seg- 
ments of  the  perigonium  are  commonly  exserted  two  lines  beyond  the 
orifice  of  the  involucre. 

7.  C.  fimbriata,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  1G8  ;  Torr.  in  Pacif.  R.  R.  5, 
Bot.  t.  8.  Humilis,  subvillosa  vel  glabella ;  involucri  dentibus  validis 
subulatis  aristatis  tubo  paullo  vel  dimidio  brevioi'ibus  ;  perigonio 
minus  exserto,  segmentis  infra  apicem  oblongum  obtusum  irregulariter 
lacero-fimbriatis.  —  Abundant  on  dry  hills  near  San  Diego,  Nuttall, 
Parry,  Thurber,  &c,  and  east  to  the  Mohave  River,  Thomas,  Cooper, 
&c.  This  was  collected  by  Botta  many  years  ago,  from  whose  speci- 
mens, preserved  at  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  a  drawing  was  long  ago 
made  by  Decaisne  and  engraved  for  Mirbel,  who  was  to  have  pub- 
lished Botta's  collection. 

•n-  -n-  Perigonii  segmenta  integerriina  vel  apice  tantum  crenulata. 
Caules  subundi. 

8.  C.  staticoides,  Benth.  Eriog.  1.  c.  Erecta  (bipollicaris  ad 
pedalem) ;  foliis  plerisque  radicalibus  spathulatis  oblongis  rotundisve 
hirsutulis  subtus  plerumque  tomentosis ;  cyma  effuse  corymbosa ;  invo- 
lucri dentibus  subulatis  breviter  aristatis  seu  aristulatis,  inrequalibus, 
majorihus  tubo  angusto  2  -  3-plo  brevioribus.  —  G.  nudicaule  &  C.  dis- 
color, Nutt.  1.  c.  From  San  Luis  Obispo  and  Santa  Barbara  County, 
Brewer,  Torrey,  to  San  Diego,  Nuttall,  &c,  and  Fort  Tejon,  Xantus 
(published  as  C.  procumbens). 

9.  C.  proctoibens,  Nutt.  1.  c,  Benth.  in  DC.  Demissa,  sub- 
hirsuta ;  foliis  spathulatis  ;  ramis  (poll.  2-4  longis)  diffusis  vel  de- 
cumbentibus ;  cymulis  irregularibus  paniculatis ;  involucri  dentibus 
corniformibus  subulato-aristatis,  2-4  majoribus  tubo  parum  brevi- 
oribus. C.  uncinata,  Nutt.  1.  c.  —  San  Diego,  &c,  Nuttall,  Thurber, 
Blake.  A  depressed  plant,  very  fragile  with  age,  and  the  awns  more 
constantly  uncinate  than  in  related  species.  Tube  of  the  involucre 
barely  a  line  long. 

10.  C.  uniaristata,  n.  sp.  Diffusa,  pube  molli  subcinerea ;  foliis 
spathulatis  subtus  piloso-pubescentibus ;  cymulis  laxiusculis ;  bracteis 
aristatis ;  involucri  dentibus  corniformibus,  unico  arista  recta  valida 
tubo  brevi-oblongo  paullo  vel  subduplo  longiore,  ceteris  cuspide 
brevi  superatis ;  staminibus  3.  —  New  Idria,  California,  in  very  dry 
places,    Brewer.      Achenium    slender.      Embryo    straight    or    very 


196  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

slightly  incurved :   cotyledons   linear-oblong,  nearly  twice  the   length 
of  the  radicle. 

■h-  J—  Paniculato-laxiflora?.     Stamina  3  —  6. 

11.  C.  brevicornu,  Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  177.  Cinereo- 
puberula,  subspithamrea ;  foliis  plerisque  radicalibus  nunc  linearibus 
nunc  obovato-spathulatis  ;  bracteis  parvulis  uncinato-mucronatis  ;  invo- 
lucris  angustis  prismaticis  secus  ramos  subsimplices  panicute  plerisque 
dissitis,  dentibus  subasqualibus  subulato-aristulatis  recurvis  tubo  (lin. 
2  —  3  longo  vix  semilineam  lato)  3  -  5-plo  breviore  ;  perigonii  lobis 
integerrimis ;  starninibus  3.  —  S.  E.  California  to  the  Gila  and  Ne- 
vada, Fremont,  Parry,  Newberry,  Watson,  the  latter  from  Truckee 
Valley,  near  the  desert,  and  different  from  other  specimens  in  the 
spatulate-obovate  instead  of  almost  linear  leaves.  No  well-developed 
or  exserted  flowers  seen. 

12.  C.  COmmissuralis,  Remy,  Fl.  Chil.,  the  only  annual  species 
not  North  American,  is  most  related  to  G.  brevicornu,  is  similar  in 
habit  and  inflorescence,  and  in  the  narrow  involucre,  but  is  more 
downy.  The  flowers  examined  have  six  stamens,  and  are  not  quite 
sessile  in  the  involucre.     Embryo  straight;  cotyledons  narrow. 

*  *  *  Perennes  suffrutescentes,  Chilenses,  involucris  corymboso- 
glomeratis,  dentibus  herbaceis  quandoque  muticis. 

13.  C.  virgata,  Benth.,  14.  C.  pedunctjlaris,  Benth.,  15.  C. 
Macr^ei,  Benth.,  16.  C.  ramosissima,  Benth.,  17.  C.  paniculata, 
Benth.,  18.  C.  vaginata,  Benth.,  19.  C.  frankenioides,  Remy, 
20.  C.  glabresceks,  Benth.;  vide  DC.  Prodr.  14,  p.  24.  Of  these 
Chilian  perennial  species  we  have  nothing  to  remark.  Most  of  them 
have  a  pretty  long  cylindraceous  tube  to  the  perigonium,  on  which  the 
stamens  are  borne  either  below  the  middle  or  near  the  base. 

§  2.  Mucronea.  Involucrum  2  -  4-quetrum,  2  -  4-lobatum,  char- 
taceo-coriaceum,  lobis  herbaceis  arista  recta  superatis.  Stamina 
9,  basi  perigonii  6-partiti  inserta.  Annua?,  Californica?,  nunquam 
tomentosaa,  divergenti-ramosissima?,  involucris  in  dichotomiis  et 
secus  ramulos  graciles  paniculatos  sparsis,  foliis  in  sicco  perga- 
maceis,  caulinis  bracteisque  conformibus  sursum  sensim  minori- 
bus  amplexicaulibus  pi.  m.  stellato-trilobis,  lobis  cuspidatis  vel 
aristatis.  Flos  in  involucro  breviuscule  seu  longiuscule  pedicel- 
latus. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  197 

21.  C.  perfoliata,  Gray  in  Proceed.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  1860. 
Hirsutula,  subglandulosa  seu  glabella ;  foliis  caulinis  perfoliatis ;  invo- 
lucro  tetraquetro  quadridentato,  dentibus  breviter  inoequaliter  subulato- 
aristatis  ;  perigonii  segmentis  versus  apicem  laciniatis.  (Embryo  rec- 
tus.) —  Fort  Tejon,  California,  Xantus.  On  very  dry  rocky  bills, 
near  San  Luis  Obispo  and  Mt.  Oso,  Brewer.  "  Wbole  plant  turning 
bright  scarlet." 

22.  C.  Californica,  Gray,  I.  c.  Hirsutior ;  foliis  caulinis  am- 
plexicaulibus,  superioribus  alte  trilobis  ;  involucro  compresso  ssepis- 
sime  bilobo  subasqualiter  biaristato,  rarius  3  -  4-quetro  aristis  additis 
brevioribus;  perigonii  segmentis  integerrimis.  Mucronea  Californica, 
Bentb.  Eriog.  p.  416,  t.  20. —  Found,  so  far  as  we  know,  only  by 
Douglas,  Nuttall,  and  Parry,  and  only  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Diego. 
In  Parry's  specimens  the  angles  and  teeth  of  the  involucre  are  com- 
monly three  or  four. 

§  3.  Acanthogonum.  Involucrum  3  -  5-dentatum  seu  lobatum, 
coriaceum,  tubo  transverse  venuloso  vel  corrugato,  lobis  inas- 
qualibus  immarginatis.  Stamina  6-9,  fauci  perigonii  6-lobi  in- 
serta :  fllamenta  brevia  :  anthers  breves.  Annua?,  Californica?, 
nana?,  foliis  ovatis  spathulatisve  integris  petiolatis  muticis,  involu- 
cris  pi.  m.  glomeratis.  Flos  in  involucro  pedicellatus,  tenuiter 
bracteolatus. 

The  genus  Acanthogonum,  Torr.,  seemed  to  rest  securely  upon  its 
three-lobed  and  angled  involucre,  the  faucial  insertion  of  the  stamens, 
and  the  remarkable  spiny  bracts.  But  a  second  species  was  after- 
wards added  with  a  tei*ete  involucre ;  and  now  we  must  associate 
with  these  two  others  which  in  different  ways  connect  with  Chorizanthe, 
leaving  only  the  character  of  the  insertion  of  the  stamens,  —  which, 
moreover,  in  A.  corrugatum,  is  not  quite  so  high  as  in  the  others,  while 
in  some  Chilian  species  of  Chorizanthe  they  are  borne  rather  far  up 
on  the  tube. 

*  Involucrum  late  triquetrum,  tricostatum,  dentibus  lobisve  5:  brac- 
teae  innocuae. 

23.  C.  polygonoides,  n.  sp.  Diffuso-rauiosissima,  depressa,  laxe 
hirsuto-pubescens ;  foliis  bracteisque  spathulatis  petiolatis  muticis, 
summisve  minimis  tantum  mucronatis  ;  involucris  laxius  paniculato- 
glomeratis  demum  induratis  obpyramidato-triquetris  tricostatis,  lobis  3 
triangulato-subulatis  in  aristam  spinescentem  apice  subhamatam  desi- 


198  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

nentibus  cum  2  intermediis  parvis  vel  minimis;  staminibus  6,  filamentis 
brevissimis.  —  "  Reservoir  Hill,"  Placerville,  California,  Mr.  Rattan. 
An  insignificant  weedy  plant,  three  or  four  inches  high,  the  branches 
when  old  fragile  at  the  joints,  as  in  many  other  species,  in  habit  resem- 
bling O.  procumbens.  Fruiting  involucre  with  its  broadly  obpyramidal 
tube  a  line  and  a  half  long,  glabrate ;  the  longer  and  widely  divergent 
lobes  with  the  pungent  stout  awn  about  the  same  length,  or  even  longer; 
the  two  intermediate  and  much  smaller  pungent-pointed  teeth  not  arising 
from  any  obvious  costal.  Tube  of  the  perigonium  cylindraceous ;  the 
stamens  some  of  them  opposite  and  some  alternate  with  the  lobes. 
Achenium  and  seed  ovate-pyramidal.     Embryo  as  in  the  following. 

*  *  Involucrum  trigonum,  6-costatum,  trifidum :  bracteae  spini- 
formes. 

24.  C.  rigid  A.  P)rgmpea,primum  lanata;  caule  Q--2-pollicari)  parum 
ramoso  demum  crassiore  lignescente  ;  foliis  ovatis  seu  obovatis  subtus 
albo-tomentosis  longe  petiolatis ;  involucris  in  axillis  sessilibus  solita- 
riis  vel  confertis  bracteis  elongatis  aristreformibus  seu  lanceolatis 
spinescenti-cuspidatis  demum  induratis  suffultis,  lobis  3  inaaqualibus 
ovato-  seu  triangulari-lanceolatis  cuspide  spinescente  recta  terminates 
tubo  brevi-campanulato  (majore  duplo)  longioribus ;  perigonii  tubo 
cylindraceo  basi  obtuso  ;  staminibus  9.  Acanthogonum  rigidnm,  Torr. 
Pacif.  R.  R.  4  (Bot.  Whipp.),  p.  132,  &  5,  p.  365,  &  Bot.  Mex. 
Bound,  p.  177  (excl.  ref.  "tab.  8").  — On  the  desert  of  S.  E.  Califor- 
nia and  the  neighboring  parts  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico,  Bigelow, 
A.  B.  Gray,  Thomas,  Newberry,  Cooper,  Parry ;  also  Nevada  as  far 
north  as  Truckee  Valley,  Watson.  The  older  plants  horrid  with  the 
tufted  bracteal  spines,  of  which  the  larger  are  about  an  inch  in 
length.  Stamens  perhaps  always  9.  The  older  involucres  thin  and 
scarious  between  the  reticulations.  Cotyledons  orbicular,  accumbent 
on  the  base  of  the  slender  curved  radicle. 

*  *  *  Involucrum  tubo  tereti  angusto,  costis  obsoletis,  dentibus  3 
vel  5  cum  bracteis  parvulis  breviter  cuspidatis.  Herbse  exiles, 
caule  1  -  3-pollicari  demum  subcymoso-ramoso. 

2o.  C.  corrugata.  Albido-lanata ;  foliis  ovatis  seu  ovali-rotun- 
dis  longe  petiolatis  ;  involucris  demum  subcymosis,  lobis  3  ovato-lan- 
ceolatis  cum  bracteolis  herbaceis  cuspide  recurva  apiculatis  tubo  subcla- 
vato  eximie  corrugato  (fructifero  fere  tuberculato)  sublongioribus;  tubo 
perigonii  basi  attenuato ;  staminibus  6  —  9.     Acanthogonum  corruga* 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  26,  1870.  199 

tinn,  Torr.  Pacif.  E.  R.  5,  p.  364.  —  In  the  same  district  as  the  preced- 
ing, near  Fort  Yuma,  Gen.  Thomas.  Tube  of  the  involucre  nearly 
two  lines  long,  cylindrical  with  an  attenuated  base. 

26.  C.  Watsoni,  n.  sp.  Canescenti-pubescens ;  foliis  angusto- 
spatbulatis  lanceolatisve  ;  involucris  subsparsis  paniculatis,  dentibus  5 
valde  ina?qualibus  cum  bracteis  parvulis  aceroso-subulatis  cuspide 
recurva  superatis,  unico  (rarius  duobus)  majori  seu  foliaceo-ampliato 
tubo  cylindrico  pedicelliformi  la?vi  nunc  subrequilongo,  caeteris  subulatis 
parvis  ;  tubo  perigonii  cylindrico  ;  stamiuibus  9  ;  embryone  recto,  coty- 
ledonibus  linearibus  radicula  longioribus.  —  Nevada,  on  the  borders  of 
the  desert,  Humboldt,  Reese-River,  and  Grass  valleys,  Torrey,  Stretch, 
C.  Watson  in  Clarence  King's  Expedition.  Leaves  small.  Involucre 
one  and  a  half  or  at  length  two  lines  long,  most  of  the  five  teeth  about 
half  a  line  long,  but  the  enlarged  foliiform  one  oval,  oblong,  or  lanceo- 
late :  sometimes  two  or  three  of  them  are  more  or  less  accrescent. 
Flower  on  a  slender  pedicel.  Seed  linear-subulate.  Cotyledons  re- 
markably long  and  slender. 

6.  LASTARRLEA,  Remy. 

Involucrum  nullum.  Flores  cymoso-glomerati :  perigonium  coriaceo- 
herbaceum,  6-dentatum,  involucrum  Chorizanthis  admodum  simulans, 
dentibus  subulatis  cuspide  recurva  uncinata  terminatis.  Stamina  3,  fauci 
perigonii  inserta,  lobis  interioribus  opposita,  brevia,  utrinque  dente 
membranaceo  seu  filamento  sterili  comitata.  Ovarium  sessile.  Ache- 
nium  triquetrum.  Embryo  subarcuatus,  cotyledonibus  angustis,  ra- 
dicula longioribus.  —  Herbula  annua  multicaulis,  foliis  linearibus, 
floralibus  bracteisve  oblongis  seu  lanceolatis  verticillatis  cuspide 
recurva  uncinata  armatis  tenacibus. 

1.  L.  Chilensis,  Remy  in  Gay,  Fl.  Chil.  5,  p.  289,  t.  58,  f.  1  ; 
DC.  Prodr.  14,  p.  186.  Chili,  Bertero,  Gillies.  —  California,  J.  Blake: 
station  unknown ;  but  probably  introduced  at  some  time  from  Chili, 
perhaps  in  the  fleece  of  sheep  and  cattle,  as  the  hooked  cusps  or  short 
and  stout  awns  of  the  bracts  and  calyx  are  tenacious,  and  the  joints 
very  fragile. 

7.  PTEROSTEGIA,  Fischer  &  Meyer. 

Involucrum  monophyllum  !  tenue,  primum  florem  sessilem  fulcrans 
eodemque  brevius,  rotundatum,  pi.  m.  bilobum,  fructiferum  valde  am- 
pliatum,  scariosum,  achenium  laxe  amplectens,  vesiculosum,  reticula- 


200  PKOCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

turn,  dorso  bigibberoso-saccatum.  Perigoniuin  6-  (raro  5-)partitum, 
segmentis  oblongo-lanceolatis  requalibus.  Stamina  segmentis  perigonii 
numero  requalia,  basi  eorum  inserta,  quandoque  pauciora.  Acbeuium 
triquetrum.  Embryo  in  albumine  carnoso  vel  farinoso  copioso  excen- 
tricus,  cotyledonibus  orbiculatis  radicular  accumbentibus. —  Herbas  an- 
nua^ Californicae,  caulibus  tenuibus  dicbotomo-ramosissimis  diffusis,  foliis 
oppositis,  inferioribus  s*pe  bilobis  lobis  nunc  iterum  2-3-lobatis,  superi- 
oribus  quandoque  pi.  m.  crenulato-denticulatis;  involucris  primum  mini- 
mis terminalibus  alaribusque  subsessilibus ;  floribus  flavidulis  parvis. 

The  involucre  has  been,  as  we  suppose,  wrongly  described  as  di- 
phyllous.  It  is  rightly  said  by  Hooker  (in  Bot.  Beechey)  to  be  "  two- 
lobed."  These  lobes  may  answer  each  to  one  of  a  pair  of  leaves,  like 
the  cauline,  but  united  on  one  side,  in  a  manner  sometimes  observed  in 
the  bracts  of  Oxytlteca ;  but  we  are  confident  that  the  whole  rather 
answers  to  a  single  bracteolar  leaf,  which  is  two-lobed  after  the  fashion 
of  the  lower  cauline  leaves ;  and  so  is  homologous  (not  with  the  invo- 
lucre of  Eriogonum  but)  with  a  bractlet  in  Nemacaulis*  Bentham's 
view  (in  Bot.  Sulph.  &  DC.  Prodr.  14,  p.  27),  first,  that  there  are  a 
pair  of  these  involucral  leaves,  and  second,  that  each  is  composed  of 
three  leaves,  the  contiguous  margins  of  which  expand  into  the  dorsal 
wings  or  crests,  is  most  of  all  untenable.  These  crests  are  gibberosities, 
one  for  each  lobe,  sometimes  shallow  or  inconspicuous,  sometimes  very 
deep  and  large,  and  crest-like  or  wing-like. 

1.  P.  drymarioides,  Fischer  &  Meyer,  Ind.  Sem.  Petrop.  2,  p.  23, 
&  Sert.  Petrop.  fasc.  3,  tab.  fol.  ;  Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot.  Beech,  t.  90. 
Tenella,  pilosulo-pubescens  ;  foliis  inferioribus  longe  petiolatis  flabelli- 
formibus  obcordato-bilobis  seu  emarginatis  nunc  bis  bilobis,  superioribus 
ramealibusque  rotundatis  obovatis  spathulatisque  haud  raro  crenulato- 
denticulatis  ;  involucro  fructifero  (lin.  l~13rlongo)  profundius  bilobo 
margine  dentato  vel  laciniato.  P.  microphylla,  diphylla,  &  var.  biloba, 
Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c.  —  Common  in  California  along  the  coast :  very 
variable. 

2.  P.  macroptera,  Benth.  Sulph.  p.  44.  Major,  rigidior ;  ramis 
junioribus  cano-pubescentibus  ;  foliis  (ramealibus)  spathulatis  integer- 
rimis  subcarnosis  vix  petiolatis ;  involucro  fructifero  (semipollicari) 
margine  sinuato.  —  Bay  of  Magdalena,  Lower  California,  Hinds. 

*  Payer,  who  in  his  Organogenie,  tab.  64,  has  well  shown  its  development,  we 
find,  takes  a  similar  view. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    FEBRUARY    8,   1S70.  201 

Six   Hundred   and    seventeenth   Meeting. 

February  8,  1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the 
recent  decease  of  Overbeck,  at  Rome,  of  the  Foreign  Honorary 
Members. 

Dr.  E.  H.  Clark  made  a  communication  on  the  results  of 
an  analysis  of  one  thousand  cases  of  disease  in  general  practice, 
as  to  the  curative  action  of  drugs. 

Dr.  Bowditch  made  a  communication,  illustrated  by  a  chart, 
on  the  apparent  connection  of  cloudy  days  and  mortality  from 
consumption,  for  the  period  from  1811  to  1857,  and  in  this 
vicinity. 

Two  papers  by  Mr.  G.  W.  Hill  were  presented  at  the  meet- 
ing of  December  11,  1869. 

The  following  problem  seems  to  possess  some  interest,  and  I  have 
not,  in  my  reading,  met  with  any  discussion  of  it :  — 

To  determine  the  elements  of  the  orbit  of  a  planet  or  satellite, 
which  moves  in  a  circle  in  the  plane  of  the  ecliptic,  from  three  obser- 
vations of  its  direction  from  the  earth,  made  at  equal  intervals  of  time  ; 
the  positions  of  the  earth  and  the  central  body  at  these  times  being 
known,  but  the  sum  of  the  masses  of  the  central  body  and  the  planet 
or  satellite  being  unknown. 
Or,  geometrically  stated,  — 

In  a  plane,  given  a  point  as  centre  and  three  straight  lines,  required 
to  describe  a  circle,  so  that  the  arcs  intercepted  between  the  first  and 
second,  and  the  second  and  third,  lines  may  be  equal. 

Let  generally  R  denote  the  distance  of  the  central  body  from  the 
earth  ; 
"  "        L  its  longitude  as  seen  from  the  earth  ; 

"  "         r  the  radius  of  the  orbit  of  the  planet ; 

"  "         A  its  longitude  as  seen  from  the  earth ; 

"  "         x  its  longitude  as  seen  from  the  central  body. 

Moreover,  employ  the  subscripts  (_-,)  ,  (0)  ,  (x)  ,  to  denote  the  special 
values  of  the  above  quantities,  which  have  place  respectively  at  the 
three  times  of  observation  in  their  order. 
VOL.   VIII.  2fi 


202  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

If  a  perpendicular  be  let  fall  from  the  central  body  on  the  straight 
line  which  joins  the  earth  and  the  body  whose  orbit  is  to  be  deter- 
mined, its  length  is  obviously 

Ji  sin  (X  —  L)  ; 

another  expression  for  the  length  of  the  same  line  is 

rsin  (x— *X). 

Hence  for  the  three  times  of  observation,  the  three  equations 

r  sin  (x_i  — X_0  =  #_i  sin  (X_1—L_1), 
r  sin  (xo  —  *o)  =  ^o  sin  (X0  —  L0), 
r  sin  (xi     —     X:)  =  i?x      sin  (Xx     —     Lx). 

But  since  the  orbit  is  circular,  x  increases  uniformly  with  the  time, 
and  consequently  xo —  X-i  =  Xi  —  Xo  =  V  suppose. 
Thus  the  above  equations  may  be  written 

r  sin  (xo  —  n  —  X_j)  =  I2_1  sin  (X_x  —  Z_j)  =  a_v 
r  sin  (Xo         — X0    )  =  ^o     sin  (X0     — L0    )  =  a0, 
r  sin  (x0  +  rj  —     Xx)  =  Rx     sin  (Xx     —  Lx    )  =  ax, 

which  serve  to  determine  the  three  unknown  quantities  r,  xo>  and  77 ; 
and  it  will  be  noticed  that  their  right-hand  members  are  known  quan- 
tities. 

If  the  sum  of  the  masses  of  the  central  body  and  the  body  whose 
orbit  is  sought  is  denoted  by  /z,  and  the  common  interval  of  time  be- 
tween the  observations  by  t, 

thus,  if  ft  were  known,  two  observations  would  suffice  to  determine  the 
orbit ;  but  if  fi  is  not  known,  77  must  be  regarded  as  an  independent 
unknown  quantity.  Hence  the  necessity  for  the  restriction  put  at  the 
end  of  the  statement  of  the  problem.  Also  by  this  restriction  the 
problem  is  made  to  depend  on  the  solution  of  an  algebraical  equation 
instead  of  a  transcendental  one. 

The  equations  can  be  simplified  by  taking  two  unknown  quantities, 
<•>  and  a,  instead  of  xo  ar>d  q,  such  that 

Xx  +  X_! 


=  Xo  — 


2 
Xi-X_i 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    FEBRUARY  8,  1870.  203 

and  putting 

3  — g X°- 

Then  the  equations  become 

r  sin  (a  —  <r)  =  a_v 

r  sin  («  -|-  S)  =  a0, 

r  sin  (J  -{-  <r)  =  ax. 
Or, 

«i  4-  a-i 

r  sin  g>  cos  o-  =  -=— ! -. 

2 

r  sin  (co  -|-  5)  =  «0, 

ai  —  a  _  i 
r  cos  or  sin  o-  = -. 

If  r  sin  »  and  r  cos  <a  are  eliminated  from  these  equations,  and  we 
make 

«i  +  a-i 


2  a0 

Ql  —  <*  — l 


-  cos  8  =  a  =  c  cos  £, 
sin  S  =  b  =  c  sin  /3, 


2a0 

where  c  may  be  taken  as  positive  and  the  quadrant  of  /3  becomes  deter- 
minate, or  /3  may  be  assumed  between  the  limits  ±  90°,  there  will  be 
obtained,  for  the  determination  of  <r,  the  equation 

sin  2  a-  =  2  c  sin  (a-  -\-  /3). 
The  computation  of  c  and  /3  may  be  facilitated  by  introducing  the 
auxiliary  quantities  k  and  (,  such  that 

k  sin  f  =  -p — 

V2a0 

£  cos  £  =  -rj— , 

V2a0 
then 

c  cos  /3  =  &  cos  (4o°  —  f)  cos  S. 

c  sin  /3  =  £  sin  (45°  —  £)  sin  8. 
It  is  evident  that  the  determination  of  o-  depends  on  the  solution  of 
an  equation  of  the  fourth  degree ;  but  its  value  can  be  very  readily 
obtained  from  the  above  equation  by  the  tentative  process  ;  and  then 
r  and  o>  by  means  of  the  equations 

aok  cos  (45°  —  Q 


r  sin  &> 


r  cos  a 


cos  a- 
a0  k  sin  (45°  —  £) 


sin  a- 
and  finally  xo  and  rj  by  means  of  the  relations  given  above. 


204  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

There  is  a  very  simple  geometrical  construction  of  the  roots  of  the 
equation  in  a.  Making  cos  o-  =  x>  and  sm  v  =  V'  tne  values  of  x  and 
y  are  the  co-ordinates  of  the  intersections  of  the  curves  whose  equa- 
tions are 

x2  +  f=h 

(x~a)(j-b)  =  ab 

Consequently,  if  we  construct  the  equilateral  hyperbola  whose  equa- 
tion is 

xy=±l, 

and  from  a  point  on  it,  whose  co-ordinates  are 

.1  a 


yl  =  - 


V  ±ab' 


•  iab' 


as  centre,  we  describe  a  circle,  whose  radius  is  ,  and  then  draw 

V/±ab 

radii  to  the  points  of  intersection  of  the  curves,  the  angles  made  by  these 
radii  with  the  x  axis  °f  co-ordinates  are  the  values  of  or.  Since  the 
centre  of  the  circle  is  on  the  hyperbola,  there  are  at  least  two  intersec- 
tions, and  thus  the  equation  in  o-  has  at  least  two  real  roots.  The  geo- 
metrical construction  readily  affords  the  condition  which  a  and  b  must 
satisfy  in  order  that  there  may  be  four  real  roots.  The  condition  is, 
that  the  length  of  the  straight  line  drawn  from  the  point  a,  b,  on  the  hy- 
perbola whose  equation  is 

xy=ab 

normal  to  the  opposite  branch,  shall  be  less  than  unity.  The  equation 
to  the  normal  which  passes  through  the  point  %",  y"  on  this  curve,  is 

x"(x-x")-y"(y-f)  =  o. 

The  condition  that  it  passes  through  the  point  a,  b,  gives 

X    (X   -  a)  -  y"  (y"  -  b)  =  0, 

X  V"  =  a  b. 

If  we  multiply  the  first  of  these  by  x"%  we  get 

X"*(X"  —  a)  -ab(ab  —  b  *")  =  0, 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    FEBRUARY  8,   1870.  205 

or,  rejecting  the  useless  factor  \  —  a, 

X"3  +  a  b2  =  0, 
whence 

x"  =  -  vTb2, 

and  by  interchanging  a  and  b, 

y"  =  -  f^. 

And  thus  the  length  of  the  normal 

y/  tf  -  a)2  +  (/  -  b)2  =  [(a  +  ^Tb2)2  +  (b  +  ^b)2]1 


=  [a3  -j-  baj2. 


Consequently, 


if  a3  _j_  b?  <^  1,  there  will  be  four  real  roots ; 

"  af  -4_  bf  =  1,  there  will  be  four,  and  two  will  be  equal ; 

«  a3  _|_  bs  ^>  1,  there  will  be  only  two  real  roots. 

We  will  now  show  how  to  arrive  at  a  direct  solution  of  the  problem 
by  the  employment  of  trigonometric  formulas.  If  tan  <r  is  taken  for 
the  unknown  quantity,  the  equation,  on  which  the  solution  of  the  prob- 
lem depends,  is 

[c  cos  /3  tan  <r  -\-  c  sin  /3]2  (1  -f"  tan2  o-)  =  tan2  o-, 

or  if  we  put  tan  a-  =  x> 

(x  +  tan^(x2+l)=^, 
or,  expanded, 

x<  +  2  tan  /3.  x3  +  ^=^  x2  +  2  tan  /3.x  +  tan2/3  =  0. 

A  quantity  p  may  be  assumed,  such  that  this  biquadratic  shall  be 
resolved  into  the  two  quadratics 

„     .     _  sin  a  cos  (/3  -4-  w)         ,  a  ,  A 

y   -+-  2  —      „  y  -4-  tan  |8  tan  u  =  0, 

x    ~  cos  0  cos  2  /i      A    '  M  r 

„         _  cos  u  sin  (/3  —  u)        .  _   -  .  A 

y2  4-  2 — —  y  -4-  tan  /3  cot  u  =  0. 

x   ~  cos  /3  cos  2  /*      *    '  M         ^ 

That  this  is  possible  will  be  evident  on  multiplying  the  left-hand 
members  of  these  equations  together,  for  after  some  reductions  easy  to 
make,  all  the  coefficients,  with  the  exception  of  that  of  y2,  will  be  found 


'206  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

to  be  identical  with  those  of  the  biquadratic ;  and  consequently  11  is 
determined  by  the  equation 

tan  0  [tan  M  +  cot,.]  +  2  *"  ^  M  sin  (0  -  ,.)  cos  (0  +  M)  =    C-l 

L        r    '  rj    '  cos3  /3  cos2  2  /i  c2  cos2  /3' 

or 

c2  sin  2  0  c2  sin  2  /.  [sin  2  /x  —  sin  2  0]  2 

sin  2  /x  1  —  sin2  2  ti  ' 


or 

^3 


sin3  2  it  -f  (c2  —  1)  sin  2  /i  —  c2  sin  2  0  =  0. 

That  this  cubic  will  always  give  at  least  one  real  value  for  p,  is  evi- 
dent on  making  in  the  left-hand  member  sin  2  ti  successively  equal  to 

—  1,  0,  and  -j-  1  ;  the  results  obtained  are 

—  c2  (1  -f-  sin  2  j8),  always  negative  ; 

—  c2  sin  2  0,  negative  or  positive,  according  to  the  sign  of  sin  2  0  ; 
-(-  c2  (1  —  sin  2  0),  always  positive. 

Moreover,  it  is  plain  that  there  is  one  real  value  of  /.,  which  makes 
sin  2  n  and  sin  2  0  have  like  signs  ;  this  value  we  shall  adopt. 
Making,  according  as  e2  is  greater  or  less  than  unity, 

c2  =  sec2,  y,  or  c2  =  cos2  y ', 

the  above  cubic  is  solved  by  these  formulae  (see  Chauveuet's  Trigo- 
nometry, p.  96),  it  being  necessary  to  make  three  different  cases. 


tan  <f>  = 


Case  I. 
2  sin2  y  tan  y 
VH  sin  2  0    ' 


tan  yf/  =  tan    ~, 

2 
sin  2  a  =  -7=  tan  y  cot  2  \Jr. 
^3         '  r 


Case  n. 

2  sin  7'  tan2  y 
sin   <£  =   — 7=^ '-, 

V  27  sin  2/3 

tan  y  =  tan     —, 

.     -,  2      . 

sin  z  u  =  —  —  sin  v  cosec  2  sir. 
^3  r 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     FEBRUARY    8,   18T0.  207 


Case  III. 

sin  3  0=    V^si"^, 
2  sin  y'  tan2  y' 

2 
sin  2j*  =  —  sin  y'  sin  (0  ±  60°). 

V  o 

When  $  is  impossible  in  Case  II.,  the  formulas  of  Case  III.  must 
be  used;  and  the  upper  or  lower  member  of  the  double  sign  in  the 
second  equation  must  be  taken  according  as  sin  2  /3  is  positive  or  nega- 
tive ;  in  order  that  sin  2  /x  may  have  the  same  sign  with  sin  2  fi.  All 
the  auxiliary  angles  (f>,  \^,  and  fi  may  be  taken  between  the  limits 
±  90°.  Since  sin  2  fi  sin  2  /x  is  always  positive,  tan  fi  tan  fi  and  tan 
fi  cot  fi  are  so  likewise,  since  they  are  respectively  equivalent  to 

sin  2  fi  sin  2  /u  sin  2  /3  sin  2  /a 

j       2~o 2      and   -  — .       .  „    . 

4  cos'  fi  cos11  /x  4  cos-  fi  sin-  /x 

Let  us  take  two  auxiliary  angles  6  and  ff,  determined  by  the  equa- 
tions 

.     _  tan?  fi  tan*  /x  cos  fi  cos  2  /x 

Sin    -    8     -. t-t — : r , 


sin  2  ff  =  - 
or  by  the  equations 

sin  2  6  =  q: 


sin  /x  cos  (fi  -4-  fi) 

tan*  fi  cot*  ii  cos  /3  cos  2  /x 
cos  /x  sin  (fi  —  li) 


cos  2  fj.  /sin  2  /3 


1  +  /0  Vsi 


cos  03  +  /x)  y  sin  2  /x' 

.     .   /1,  cos  2  u  /sin  2  fi 

Sm  2  '  =  T  sin  03  -  M)  V  smT^' 

where  the  upper  or  lower  of  the  signs  must  be  taken  according  as 

cos  fi   .        .  .    cos  fi    .        .  , 

- in  the  first  and in  the  second  are  positive   or  negative  ; 

sin  n  cos  /x  ° 

and  2  5  and  2  ff  may  also  be  taken  within  the  limits  ±  90°.    The  four 
values  of  x  or  tan  a  are  then 

tan  a  =  tan*  /3  tan'  ^  tan  #, 
tan  a  =  tan*  /3  tan*  /x  cot  0, 
tan  o-  =  tan*  fi  cot*  /x  tan  ff, 
tan  o-  =  tan*  fi  cot*  /i  cot  ff. 

If  the  value  of  sin  2  0  or  of  sin  2  ^  does  not  fall  within  the   limits 


208  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

±  1,  it  indicates  that  the  two  corresponding  values  of  tan  o-  are  imagi- 
nary. The  ambiguity  in  the  determination  of  o-  from  its  tangent  is  to 
be  removed  by  taking  it  in  that  quadrant  which  permits  the  equation 

sin  2  a  =  2  c  sin  (o-  -\-  /3) 
to  be  satisfied. 

Although  all  these  roots  will  satisfy  the  equations  with  which  we 

began  this  discussion,  yet  they  do  not  all  necessarily  belong  to  the 

problem.     The  reason  of  this  is,  that  the  three  equations  are  not  a 

complete  statement  of  all  the  conditions  of  the  problem.     If  we  denote 

by  A  the  distance  of  the  body,  whose  orbit  we  are  determining,  from 

the  earth,  we  shall  have 

A_j  =  r  cos  (Xo  —  v  —  A_i)  +  -R-i  cos  (X_x  —  L_{), 
A0     =  r  cos  (xo  —  Xo)  +  ^o  cos  (X0  —  L0), 

Ax  =r  cos  (Xo  +  7  —  *i)  +  -#i  cos  (xi  —  A)- 
The  conditions  of  the  problem  demand  that  A_x,  A0  and  Ax  shall  be 
essentially  positive.  Hence,  if  any  system  of  values  of  r,  xo  and  rj  ren- 
ders any  of  these  quantities  negative,  it  must  be  rejected.  These  re- 
jected solutions  really  belong  to  the  problem  when  one  or  more  of  the 
quantities  X_x,  X0  and  X2  are  increased  by  180°.  In  fact,  on  referring 
to  the  equations  with  which  we  started,  we  see  they  are  not  altered 
when  any  one  of  the  quantities  X  is  increased  by  180°.  The  geometri- 
cal statement  of  the  problem  is  more  comprehensive  than  the  applica- 
tion of  it  to  the  discovery  of  the  elements  of  circular  orbits.  Instead 
of  the  above  criteria  for  the  rejection  of  solutions  not  applicable,  the 
following,  which  is  simpler,  may  be  used,  viz.  that  x  always  must  lie 
in  the  angle  between  L  -\-  180°  and  X  which  is  less  than  180°. 
This  example  is  added  for  the  sake  of  illustration  :  — 
Suppose  in  the  case  of  Venus  revolving  about  the  sun  we  have  these 
data, 

Wash.  Mean  Time.  A  L  log  R 

1869  Jan.    1.0         250°  22'  59".l         281°  24'  54".9         9.9926528 
"    June  15.0  94   37  54.  9  84   33  34.  1         0.0069342 

"    Nov.  27.0         292     3  21.  2         245   32  49.  3         9.9939666 

There  will  be  found 

log  a_!  =  9.7048977n,  log  a0  =  9.2497072,    log  ay  —  9.8545925, 
log*      =0.5426896,         £  =324°  41' 4."52,      8  =  176°35' 15."25, 
loga      =9.7678074n,  log  b    =9.3111404. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    FEBRUARY  8,  1870.  209 

Constructing  the  equilateral  hyperbola  whose  equation  is  xy  =  —  1, 
and  the  circle  whose  radius  is  2.89,  and  the  co-ordinates  of  its  centre 
x  ■=.  -j-  1.G9,  y'  =  —  0.59,  we  find  the  two  roots  of  the  equation  in  <r, 
a-  =  7^°,  o-  =  24H°.  In  fact,  the  value  of  a?  -f-  W  =  1.0475  shows 
that  the  equation  has,  in  this  case,  but  two  real  roots.  Pursuing  the 
calculation, 

log  c  =  9.7928205,   /3  =  160°  44'  24".60,   y'  =  51°  38'  20".85. 

Case  II.  is  to  be  used  here. 

</>  =  —  50°  40'  40".00,  ty  =  —  37°  56'  3".23,  /*  =  —  34°  30'  27".50 
6  =  14°  49'  46".36,  ff  is  impossible,  which  confirms  the  preceding 
statement  about  the  number  of  real  roots  ;  and  the  values  of  o-  are 

o-  =  7°  23'  36".9o  and  <r  =  241°  37'  18".04. 

If  we  employ  the  tentative  process  with  the  equation 

sin  2  <r  =  2  c  sin  (a-  -f-  ]3), 

we  shall  get  o-  =  7°  23'  36".97  and  <r  =  241°  37'  17".95  ;  as  these 
values  are  more  accurate,  we  shall  use  them.     The  two  solutions  are 

a  =  1°  16'  6".99,  »  —  197°  31'  54".15, 

log  r  =  0.  6767422,  log  r  =  9.8624217, 

Xo  =  272°  29'  17".14,  Xo  =  108°  45'    4".30, 

t)  =    28    13  48  .02,  t)  =  262    27  29  .00. 

On  applying  the  above-mentioned  criteria,  the  first  solution  is  seen 
to  be  inadmissible,  it  makes  An  and  Ax  negative.  If  both  X0  and  A:  are 
increased  by  180°,  the  solution  will  apply.  The  given  example  has 
then  but  one  solution.  Below  we  give  a  comparison  between  the  val- 
ues of  the  elements  of  Venus's  orbit  as  found  in  this  example,  and  those 
of  the  "  Tables  "  ;  the  differences  are  of  course  to  be  attributed  to  the 
neglect  of  the  eccentricity  and  inclination  of  the  orbit,  and  in  a  smaller 
degree  to  aberration  and  perturba  ions. 

From  the  Example.  From  the  Tables. 

Mean  Distance  from  the  sun         0.7284868  0.7233323 

Mean  Longitude  Jan.  1.0  1869    206°  17'  35".30        204°  57'  28".89 
Mean  Motion  in  Julian  Year        2091552".2  2106641".438 


vol.  vnr.  27 


210  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 


New  Method  for  facilitating  the  Conversion  of  Longitudes  and  Lati- 
tudes of  Heavenly  Bodies,  near  the  Ecliptic,  into  Right  Ascensions 
and  Declinations,  and  vice  versa. 

In  the  computation  of  a  Lunar  Ephemeris,  the  conversion  of  the  lon- 
gitudes and  latitudes  into  right  ascensions  and  declinations  forms  no 
inconsiderable  part  of  the  work  to  be  done.  Prof.  Hansen,  at  the  end 
of  his  "  Tables  de  la  Lune,"  has  given  some  tables,  with  the  view  of 
diminishing  the  amount  of  labor  required  in  this  conversion. 

But  their  employment  seems  to  me  to  possess  little,  if  any,  advantage 
over  the  use  of  the  ordinary  formula?  of  spherical  trigonometry.  I  pro- 
pose the  following  method,  which  perhaps  in  a  slight  degree  is  more 
ready  than  that  of  Prof.  Hansen. 

Designating  the  right  ascension,  declination,  longitude,  latitude,  and 
the  obliquity  of  the  ecliptic  respectively  by  a,  8,  I,  b  and  e,  we  have  the 
following  equations 

sin  S  =  cos  e  sin  b  -f-  sin  e  cos  b  sin  I 

.     ,     .     sin  e    .     n  ,.     .     sin  e    .     n         ,. 

=  cos  e  sin  b  -\ —  sin  (/  -\-  b)  -\-  — —  sin  (/  —  o), 

6   +   &   +   S 

cos ■ 

a  +  6h  2  /  _[_  90° 

tan  ___  -  -     e  _  tan  -31 

cos i—J 

The  first  equation  is  well  known,  the  second  is  easily  derived  from 
the  known  formula,  expressed  in  the  usual  notation, 

A          B          sin  (s  —  c) 
tan  —  tan  —  =  ^ -, 

2  2  sin  s 

when  we  remember  that,  in  considering  the  triangle,  formed  by  the 
heavenly  body  and  the  poles  of  the  equator  and  ecliptic,  A,  B,  s  and 

c  are  replaced  by  90°  +  a,  90°  —  I,  90°  -f  e  ~  ^  +  8)  and  e. 

Suppose  we  were  to  tabulate  the  functions  cos  e  sin  A  and  ~— —  sin   A 

for  a  certain  value  of  e  (as  23°  27'  20"  which  is  nearly  its  value  at 
present),  and  in  small  side  tables  put  the  variations  of  these  functions 

for  increments  of  1",  2" 9"  in  e ;  we  should  have  the  value  of  sin  8 

by  entering  the  first  table  with  the  argument  A  =  b,  and  the  second 
successively  with  the  arguments  A  =  I  -j-  b  and  A  =  I  —  b,  and 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    FEBRUARY    8,   1870.  211 

adding  the  results  thus  obtained,  after  having  corrected  them  for  the 
deviation  of  the  value  of  e  from  that  adopted  in  the  tables.  After 
which  the  value  of  8  could  be  obtained  from  a  table  of  natural  sines. 
For  the  case  of  the  moon,  the  first  function  would  need  tabulation  only 
between  the  limits  A  =  0°  and  A  =  5°  17' ;  it  might  be  tabulated  for 
every  10".  The  second  would  have  to  be  tabulated  from  0°  to  90°; 
it  might  be  given  for  every  minute  of  arc.  The  number^  in  these  ta- 
bles might  be  rendered  always  positive  by  adding  a  constant  to  them  ; 
as,  for  instance,  0.1  to  the  first  function,  and  0.2  to  the  second;  and 
thus  the  addition  of  the  three  terms  of  sin  8  be  made  easier. 

We  should  then  have  to  subtract  0.5  from  the  sum,  in  order  to  get 
sin  8  ;  or  we  might  prepare  a  special  table,  which,  with  the  argument 
0.5  -f-  sin  8,  should  give  8.  But  by  the  addition  of  these  constants,  the 
extent  of  the  tables  would  be  doubled,  as  it  would  be  necessary  to  tab- 
ulate the  numbers  which  correspond  to  negative  values  of  the  argu- 
ments. 

The  factor  by  which  tan  — ^ must  be  multiplied  to  obtain  tan 

a  -4-  fih 

— ^ —  is  always  positive,  and,  e  being  regarded  as  constant,  is  a  func- 

id 

tion  of  b  -f-  8,  and,  for  negative  values  of  b  -f-  8,  its  value  is  the  recip- 
rocal of  that  which  corresponds  to  positive  values  of  b  -4-  8.  Moreover, 
when  b  -j-  8  is  a  tolerably  small  angle,  it  does  not  differ  much  from 
unity,  and  varies  very  uniformly.  In  the  case  of  the  moon  b  -{-  8 
rarely  exceeds  the  limits  ±  34°,  and  the  common  logarithm  of  this 
quantity  lies  .between  9.9447979  and  0.0552021  ;  and  its  rate  of  change 
per  minute  of  arc  in  b  -\-  8  varies  only  from  262  to  289  units  of  the 
seventh  decimal  place.     We  may,  with  the  better  advantage,  tabulate 

the  function 

.               e  —  A                          e  -f-  A 
log  cos  — log  cos , 

for  every  minute  of  arc  of  the  argument  A  from  0°  to  34°,  with  the 

I  _t_  90° 
precept  that  it  is  to  be  subtracted  from  log  tan  ■— ^- —  when  b  -|-  8  is 

a  positive  angle,  but  added  when  b  -4-  8  is  negative.  It  will  be  neces- 
sary to  append  to  the  table  the  variation  of  the  function  for  a  change 

in  e.    The  functions  log  tan  (45°  -j-  — )  arid  log  tan  (45°  -f-  — )  can  be 

found  from  the  logarithmic  tables,  but  some  labor  would  be  spared  had 

we  tables  which  gave  log  tan  (45°  -\-  — )  with  the  argument  A  both 


212  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

in  arc  and  time;  which  tables  would  be  useful  in  many  other  cases,  since 
this  function  is  frequently  met  with  in  trigonometric  formulas. 

The  modifications  necessary  in  applying  this  method  to  the  inverse 
problem  of  determining  the  longitude  and  latitude  from  the  right  as- 
cension and  declination  are  obvious.  The  variations  due  to  the  change 
of  the  obliquity  might  perhaps  be  neglected  in  using  the  tables,  espe- 
cially in  the*  case  of  the  declination,  and  computed  at  the  end  by  means 
of  the  very  simple  formula? 

da  ^ 

-3—  =  —  tan  8  cos  a, 

a  e 

d8 

-r-  =       sin  a. 

de 

Take  this  example  for  illustration  :  — 

On  January  14.0,  1871,  G.  M.  T.  we  have  in  the  case  of  the  moon, 

I  =  206°  40'  35."9         *  =  23°  27'  19."81 

b  =  +  5      3  16.0    From  Tab.  I.,  Arg.  b,  +  0.0808224 

—  1.7  X  (Af  =-019)  0 
/  4-  b  =  211    43  51.9    From  Tab.  II.,  Arg.  1  +  b,  —  0.1046706 

—  11.7  X  Ai  +2 
I  —  b  =  201    37   19.9    From  Tab.  II.,  Arg.  I  —  b,  —  0.0733354 

—  8.2  X  Ae  +2 

b—  —  5    34  37.16         sin  8  —  0.0971832 

b  +  8  =  —  0    31  21.16  log  tan  148°  20'  17."95  9.7900662 

a  —  13h  46m  19M2  From  Tab.  III.,  to  be  added,  0.0008223 

4-  0.09  XAf  0 


n 


log  tan  9h  53m  98.56  9.7908885n 

The  objection  to  this  method  is,  that  so  many  arguments  I  -\-b,l —  b, 

b  -\-  8,  45°  4 >  and  a  from  45°  -|-  -5  are  to  be  formed ;  but  this  is 

confessedly  less  fatiguing  than  the  taking  of  tabular  quantities  from  a 
table. 

It  may  be  allowed  to  notice  here  a  series,  which  determines  a  in 
terms  of  I,  viz. :  — 


2  t_  e  4__  b  4-  8 
2 


a  =  I  4-  ~  tan  z  tan  -  ~T  "  cos  I 


—  -  tan2  -  tan2    "T"     sin  2  I 

—  7  tan3  -  tan3  — £ —  cos  3  I 
3         2  2 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  I    FEBRUARY    8,  1870. 


213 


4-  -  tan4  -  tan4  — !— -  sin  4  / 


4           2 
+  &C 

As  tan  —  tan     ~*~    ,  in  the  case  of  the  moon,  is  always  between  the 


limits  ±   — ,  the  above  series  is,  for  this  body,  quite  convergent. 

OX 

f  —  A 


cos 


I  add  the  values  of  the  function  log 


cos 


+  A 


,  computed  for  every 


degree  from  0°  to  35°  of  the  argument  A  and  for  e  =  23°  27'  20". 


A 


log 


e  +  A 


0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 


.0000000 

.0015736 

.0031474 

.0047218 

.0062969 

.0078730 

.0094503 

.0110292 

.0126098 

.0141924 

.0157773 

.0173647 

.0189549 

.0205482 

.0221447 

.0237449 

.0253489 

.0269570 

.0285694 

.0301866 

.0318087 

.0334360 

.0350688 

.0367074 

.0383521 

.0400032 

.0416610 

.0433258 

.0449979 

.0466776 

.0483653 

.0500612 

.0517658 

.0534793 

.0552021 

0.0569346 


15736 
15738 
15744 
15751 
15761 
15773 
15789 
15806 
15826 
15849 
15874 
15902 
15933 
15965 
16002 
16040 
16081 
16124 
16172 
16221 
16273 
16328 
16386 
16447 
16511 
16578 
16648 
16721 
16797 
16877 
16959 
17046 
17135 
17228 
-  17325 


As 


Change  of  this 

function  for  an  inc. 

in  e  of  1"  in  units 

of  the  seventh 

decimal. 


+  0.00 

2 

0.19 

6 

0.38 

7 

0.57 

10 

0.77 

12 

0.96 

16 

1.15 

17 

1.34 

20 

1.54 

23 

1.73 

25 

1.92 

28 

2  12 

31 

2.31 

32 

2  50 

37 

2.70 

38 

2.89 

41 

3.09 

43 

328 

48 

3.48 

49 

368 

52 

3.88 

55 

4  08 

58 

4.28 

61 

4.48 

64 

4.68 

67 

4.88 

70 

5.08 

73 

5.29 

76 

5.49 

80 

5.70 

82 

5.90 

87 

6.11 

89 

6.32 

93 

6.53 

97 

6.74 

+  6.95 

214  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN  .ACADEMY 

Six  hundred   and   eighteenth   Meeting. 

March  8,  1870. — Adjourned  Statute  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the 
recent  decease  of  Dr.  Theodore  Strong,  of  New  Brunswick, 
N.  J.,  of  the  Associate  Fellows. 

The  President  communicated  a  report  from  the  Council, 
nominating  candidates  for  Associate  and  Foreign  Honorary 
membership,  and  also  read  nominations  of  candidates  for  Resi- 
dent Fellowship. 

A  committee  was  appointed  to  confer  with  other  learned 
societies  to  secure  a  building  for  their  accommodation  with 
the  Academy.  The  Vice-President,  and  Messrs.  Nathaniel 
Thayer,  William  Gray,  J.  I.  Bowditch,  and  C.  W.  Eliot,  were 
appointed  on  this  committee. 


Six  hundred   and   nineteenth   Meeting. 

April  12, 1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  called  the  attention  of  the  Academy  to  the 
recent  decease  of  Rev.  Dr.  Frothingham,  of  the  Resident 
Fellows. 

Mr.  C.  F.  Adams  communicated  two  papers  by  W.  B.  Bur- 
den, of  England,  which  were  referred  to  Mr.  Francis  and  Mr. 
Batchelder  as  a  committee  to  examine  them. 


Six  hundred  and  twentieth   Meeting. 

May  10,  1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  relative  to  ex- 
changes. 

Dr.  Clark  made  a  communication  on  the  medical  and 
physiological  action  of  the  chloral  hydrate.    • 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY    10,   1870.  215 

Professor  Lovering  made  the  following  communication  :  — 

"  Optical  Meteorology  has  been  developed  mathematically  with  great- 
er success  than  any  other  department  of  this  complex  science.  The 
principal  features  of  a  fully  developed  halo  are :  1.  The  inner  circle, 
concentric  with  the  luminary,  and  having  a  radius  of  about  22°.  2.  The 
outer  circle,  also  concentric  with  the  luminary,  and  having  a  radius  of 
about  46°.  Both  of  these  circles,  called  the  smaller  and  larger  halos, 
are  tinged  with  the  colors  of  the  spectrum,  the  blue  being  the  outermost 
color.  3.  The  parhelion  circle  which  passes  through  the  luminary  and 
is  parallel  to  the  horizon.  This  circle  is  white.  4.  Upon  this  circle,  and 
at  a  distance  of  22°  or  more  from  the  luminary,  are  two  mock  suns, 
the  edges  towards  the  sun  being  reddish  and  the  opposite  edges  bluish. 
5.  A  sort  of  tail  stretching  from  these  mock  suns  horizontally,  and  op- 
posite to  the  line  which  connects  them  with  the  sun,  to  the  distance  of 
43°  28',  or  more,  from  the  sun.  6.  The  tangent  curve  to  the  inner  halo. 
7.  The  tangent  curve  to  the  outer  hald. 

All  these  features  of  the  halo  are  satisfactorily  explained  by  refrac- 
tion and  reflection,  produced  by  hexagonal  prisms  of  ice,  floating  or 
sinking  in  the  higher  region  of  the  atmosphere.  These  particles  may 
be  so  situated  as  to  present  three  independent  cases.  1.  They  may  be 
indiscriminately  in  all  possible  positions.  2.  The  axes  of  the  prisms 
may  be  parallel  and  vertical,  the  sides  of  the  prisms  facing  all  azimuths. 
3.  The  axes  of  the  prisms  may  be  horizontal,  but  in  all  possible  azimuths. 
The  Jirst  case  would  exist  when  the  particles  of  ice  were  newly  formed, 
and  had  not  accumulated  so  much  velocity  that  the  resistance  of  the  air 
would  bring  the  surface  of  least  resistance  to  the  front.  If  the  three 
dimensions  of  the  crystal  were  nearly  the  same,  there  would  be  no  sur- 
face of  least  resistance,  and  the  air  would  exercise  no  directing  influ- 
ence.  The  second  case  would  arise,  as  the  consequence  of  increasing 
velocity  and  resistance,  if  the  minimum  section  of  the  prism  was  parallel 
to  the  base.  The  third  ca.se  would  arise,  under  similar  circumstances,  if 
the  minimum  section  was  perpendicular  to  the  base.  All  three  cases 
might  coexist  at  the  same  moment,  because  some  of  the  prisms  were 
long  and  others  short,  and  because  some  of  the  prisms  had  had  less 
time  than  others  to  fall,  and  accumulate  velocity  and  resistance,  since 
their  first  formation. 

Of  the  various  angles  formed  by  the  sides  and  ends  of  these  prisms, 
some  would  exceed  the  limit  of  transmission,  others  would  be  zero  and 
produce  no  refraction.      There  would  remain,  of  the  available  angles, 


216  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

those  of  60°  made  by  alternate  faces,  and  those  of  90°  made  by  the 
faces  and  ends  of  the  prisms.  The  inner  halo  is  caused  by  refraction 
through  an  angle  of  60°,  the  refracting  edges  being  parallel  to  the  tan- 
gents to  different  parts  of  the  halo.  The  outer  halo  is  caused  by  refrac- 
tion through  an  angle  of  90°,  the  refracting  edges  of  different  prisms 
being  parallel  to  different  tangents.  Both  halos  require  that  the  prisms 
should  be  scattered  at  random,  so  that  a  sufficient  number  would  be  found 
in  the  required  positions.  The  white  parhelion  circle  is  produced  by 
reflection  from  the  sides  of  the  prisms  when  their  ax;es  are  vertical. 
These  same  prisms,  acting  through  the  angle  of  60°,  would  produce  the 
mock  suns  whenever  they  stood  in  the  position  of  minimum  deviation ; 
while  others,  not  in  the  position  of  minimum  deviation,  would  produce 
the  colored  appendages  to  the  mock  suns.  These  same  prisms,  acting 
through  the  angle  of  90°,  would  cause  the  tangent  curve  to  the  larger 
halo  of  46°.  If  the  luminary  were  above  the  horizon,  reflection  from 
the  upper  end  of  these  prisms  would  produce  an  uncolored  image  of  the 
luminary  underneath  the  real  luminary ;  but  this  image  would  not  be 
visible  unless  the  observer  were  elevated  to  a  great  height  above  the 
surface  of  the  earth.  If  the  luminary  were  a  little  below  the  horizon, 
reflection  from  the  lower  end  of  these  prisms  would  produce  a  similar 
image  above  the  luminary,  and  above  the  horizon,  which  would  be  visi- 
ble ;  and  hence  the  luminary  might  appear  to  have  risen  again  after  set- 
ting. When  the  axes  of  the  prisms  are  horizontal,  refraction  by  the 
angle  of  60°  would  cause  the  tangent  curve  to  the  inner  halo  of  22°. 
If  large  numbers  of  prisms  were  floating  contemporaneously  in  all  three 
positions,  all  these  phenomena  might  coexist ;  otherwise,  only  a  portion 
of  these  various  features  would  be  displayed.  It  is  evident,  therefore, 
that  both  halos  might  be  wanting,  and  yet  one  or  both  of  the  curves 
which  are  tangent  to  them  might  appear.  If  the  tangent  curve  to  the 
larger  halo  of  46°  is  seen,  generally  the  mock  suns  and  the  parhelion 
circle  are  also  seen,  even  in  the  absence  of  the  halo  itself.  In  other 
words,  all  which  vertical  prisms  are  capable  of  producing  would  gen- 
erally, though  not  necessarily,  be  seen  at  the  same  time. 

These  general  features  are  somewhat  changed  by  the  altitude  of  the 
sun,  or  other  luminary,  above  the  horizon.  When  the  sun  is  in  the  hori- 
zon, the  parhelia  are  at  the  same  distance  from  it  as  the  inner  halo,  and 
rest  upon  it.  As  the  sun  rises  they  go  outside  of  the  halo,  and  become 
impossible  when  the  altitude  of  the  sun  exceeds  60°  45'.  The  lengths 
of  the  tails  affixed  to  the  mock  suns  increase  as  the  sun  rises,  until  the 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY    10,   1870.  217 


f 


limiting  angle  of  transmission  is  reached.  There  is  an  interior  as  well 
as  a  superior  tangent  arc  to  the  halo  of  22°.  Their  figures  are  complex, 
and  they  join  in  a  single  curve,  circumscribing  the  halo  itself,  when  the 
altitude  of  the  sun  exceeds  29°  15'.  The  inferior  arc  is  rarely  visible, 
unless  the  sun  is  more  than  22°  high.  The  halo  of  46°  is  less  bright 
than  that  of  22°,  because  it  is  larger  and  broader;  and  more  light  is 
reflected  by  the  prisms  under  the  larger  incidences.  The  tangent  curve 
to  this  halo  is  a  circular  arc  having  the  zenith  for  its  centre.  It  cannot 
be  formed  if  the  sun's  altitude  exceed  32°  12'.  The  semi-amplitude 
increases  from  57°  48'  to  90°.  But  when  it  is  90°,  its  height  is  also  90° 
and  its  radius  is  reduced  to  zero.  The  maximum  brightness  is  in  the 
middle  of  the  whole  arc.  This  arc  actually  touches  the  halo  of  46°  only 
when  the  altitude  of  the  sun  is  22°  8'.  It  sensibly  touches  between  the 
altitudes  of  15°  and  28°.  If  the  sun  were  in  the  horizon,  the  tangent 
arc  would  be  12°  4'  above  the  summit  of  the  halo.  If  the  sun  were  30° 
high,  the  tangent  arc  would  be  3°  39'  above  the  halo.  The  altitude  of 
22°  8'  is  most  favorable,  because,  in  this  case,  the  middle  of  the  arc  is 
formed  by  rays  which  have  suffered  a  minimum  deviation.  A  tan- 
gent arc  to  the  lowermost  point  of  this  halo  is  not  impossible,  but  rare. 
In  this  event,  the  light  must  enter  a  vertical  face  and  emerge  at  the  base. 
The  limits  of  altitude  are  complementary  to  those  which  the  superior 
tangent  requires  ;  that  is,  the  sun's  altitude  must  be  between  57°  48' 
and  90°,  the  arc  actually  touching  the  halo  at  the  special  altitude  of  67° 
52'.  If  the  axes  of  the  prisms  are  shifted  from  a  vertical  to  a  horizon- 
tal position,  the  inferior  and  superior  tangent  arcs  are  changed  to  what 
are  called  infra-lateral  and  supra-lateral. 

I  have  taken  renewed  interest  in  this  theory  of  halos,  which  has  been 
admirably  developed  by  Bravais,*  on  account  of  the  halo  seen  at  Cam- 
bridge, January  6, 1870.  This  halo  was  seen  about  two  o'clock,  when  the 
altitude  of  the  sun  was  not  far  from  25°.  The  principal  feature  of  the 
phenomenon,  on  that  occasion,  was  the  tangent  curve  to  the  halo  of  46°, 
though  the  halo  itself  was  not  visible.  At  Waltham,  the  mock  suns  were 
seen,  but  not  the  tangent  curve.  The  tangent  curve  seemed  to  be  a  com- 
plete circle,  and  the  colors  were  very  vivid,  the  red  being  the  outermost 
color,  or  nearest  to  the  sun.  I  have  stated  that,  theoretically,  the  maxi- 
mum amplitude  of  this  curve  is  180°,  and,  if  the  sun  had  an  altitude  of 
25°,  the  amplitude  would  be  only  about  138°.     The  history  of  halos  fur- 

*  Journ.  de  l'^cole  Poly  technique.     Cahier  31.     Tome  xviii. 
VOL.    VIII.  28 


21»  PKOCEEDINQS    OF   TIJE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

nislies  but  few  examples  of  this  extraordinary  occurrence,  —  a  complete 
circumzenithal  circle.  On  the  24th  of  January,  1838.  Lambert*  saw  at 
Wetzler  a  circle,  nearly  complete,  centred  about  the  zenith,  with  vivid 
prismatic  colors.  On  the  11th  of  July,  1749,  Anderonf  witnessed  at 
Norwich,  about  five  o'clock,  p.  M.,  when  the  sun  was  nearly  25°  high,  a 
white  circle  around  the  zenith.  Bravais  resorts  to  two  expedients  for 
explaining  the  enlargement  of  the  circumzenithal  arc  into  a  complete 
circle,  in  a  few  rare  cases.  In  the  first  place,  the  light  may  strike  the 
vertical  side  of  the  prism  too  obliquely  to  be  transmitted,  so  that,  after 
being  once  or  twice  reflected  upon  other  vertical  sides,  it  may  emerge 
from  sides  opposite  to  the  usual  ones.  In  the  second  place,  each  point 
of  the  arc,  originally  produced,  causes  a  parhelion  circle,  all  of  which  are 
superimposed  upon  the  arc  itself,  as  far  as  it  extends.  This  last  opera- 
tion, however,  would  produce  light  without  any  discoloration.  In  the 
halo  seen  at  Cambridge,  the  centre  of  the  circle  was  decidedly  south  of 
the  zenith.  This  fact  requires  us  to  suppose  that  the  parallel  axes  of 
the  prisms  were  not  exactly  vertical.  A  current  in  the  atmosphere 
mi^ht  change  the  direction  of  the  descending  particles  of  ice,  but  could 
the  lateral  motion,  with  the  air,  and  not  in  it,  develop  any  new  resist- 
ance which  would  direct  their  axes  away  from  the  zenith  ? 

I  will  now  exhibit  an  experiment  with  an  equilateral  triangular  prism 
of  glass,  and  also  a  hollow  one  filled  with  water.  The  axis  is  vertical, 
about  which  it  is  made  to  revolve  rapidly  by  clock-work.  With  a  single 
prism  and  sunlight,  or  any  bright  and  circular  artificial  light,  all  those 
features  of  the  halo  may  be  artificially  produced  which  have  been  re- 
ferred to  the  action  of  many  prisms  of  ice,  with  vertical  axes :  the 
single  prism,  in  its  motion,  assuming,  in  rapid  succession,  all  the  possible 
positions  of  these  many  prisms  in  the  atmosphere.  The  halos  them- 
selves can  be  produced  artificially,  either  by  a  conical  prism,  or  by  arti- 
ficial crystals  formed  .upon  a  plate  of  glass,  as  shown  by  Brewster  I  and 
others.  § 

The  sun  and  moon  are  sometimes  encircled  by  what  are  called  coro- 
na?.  A  corona  may  be  distinguished  from  a  halo  in  many  ways.  1.  It 
is  much  smaller  even  than  the  smallest  of  the  two  halos.  2.  It  is  not 
rigidly  bound  to  almost  invariable  dimensions,  as  the  halo  is.     3.  When 


*  Pogg.  Ann.  Physik  und  Chemie,  xlvi.  p.  660. 

t  Phil.  Trans,  xlvi.  p.  203. 

}  A  Treatise  on  Optics.     Amer.  edit.  1835,  pp.  232,  233. 

<>  Amer.  Journ.  xvi.  398. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY   10,  1870.  219 

it  is  bright  enough  for  the  colors  to  be  distinguished,  the  red  is  outside 
and  the  blue  inside.  4.  This  arrangement  of  the  colors,  as  well  as  the 
dimension  of  the  circle,  indicate  that  a  corona  is  not  produced  by  refrac- 
tion or  reflection  in  crystals  of  ice,  but  by  interference.  The  following 
experiments  which  I  shall  now  exhibit  to  the  members  of  the  Academy, 
will  illustrate  this  subject.  When  light  is  sent  through  the  intervals  be- 
tween straight  and  parallel  lines,  which  have  been  nicely  ruled  upon 
glass,  a  series  of  colored  fringes,  parallel  to  the  lines,  results  from  the 
interference  between  rays  which  pass  through  different  openings.  If 
the  glass  were  ruled  with  concentric  circular  lines,  close  together,  these 
colored  bands  would  become  circular,  and  surround  the  source  of  light. 
By  a  rapid  rotation  of  the  ruled  lines  in  theirown  plane,  subjective  rings 
result  from  the  parallel  fringes.  In  order  to  produce  the  required  rota- 
tion without  a  material  axis,  which  would  intercept  the  rays  of  light  from 
the  eye  of  the  observer,  a  platform  is  turned  rapidly  by  clock-work.  The 
border  of  this  platform  is  covered  with  cloth.  The  circular  frame  in 
which  the  graduated  glass  is  set  rests  upon  this  cloth,  with  its  plane  at 
right  angles  to  the  platform,  and  is  rotated  by  friction.  Friction-rollers 
at  the  sides  and  top  hold  it  in  its  place,  in  the  absence  of  any  material 
axis  of  rotation.  If  concentric  black  circles  are  accurately  drawn  upon 
paper,  and  then  photographed  upon  glass,  on  a  greatly  reduced  scale, 
the  photographed  plate  might  be  substituted  for  that  on  which  circular 
lines  had  been  scratched.  Again,  if  a  plate  of  glass  is  covered  with 
india-ink,  and  then  concentric  circles  are  scratched  upon  the  black  sur- 
face, leaving  the  intermediate  black  rings,  the  same  optical  experiment 
can  be  performed.  All  three  of  these  methods  have  been  tried,  but  the 
finest  and  neatest  circles  were  obtained  by  the  last  method ;  and  the  ex- 
perimental result  is  very  beautiful,  especially  if  the  ruled  glass  is  placed 
immediately  in  front  of  the  object-glass  of  an  opera-glass. 

Although  artificial  coronae  of  great  beauty  can  be  produced  in  these 
ways,  it  is  obvious  that  the  coronae  of  nature  must  have  a  much  simpler 
origin.  And  theory  shows,  that  if  lycopodium  powder,  the  particles  of 
which  are  small  and  spherical,  and  of  uniform  size,  is  sprinkled  upon 
glass,  a  luminous  spot,  seen  through  the  glass,  will  be  surrounded  with 
several  coronae,  which,  if  less  bright  than  those  produced  by  the  con- 
centric rulings,  on  that  very  account  have  a  greater  resemblance  to  those 
known  in  Meteorology.  It  appears  that,  in  this  indiscriminate  sprink- 
ling, myriads  of  minute  openings  are  left  everywhere  on  the  plate, 
enough  being  found  in  the  required  places  for  producing  the  colored 


220  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

rings.  Of  these  the  light  takes  advantage  for  producing  a  symmetrical 
effect,  just  as  in  the  formation  of  the  rainbow  it  selects  those  individual 
drops  of  moisture  which  serve  its  purpose,  while  the  remainder  of  the 
drops  are  inoperative.  A  piece  of  very  delicately  ground  glass  accom- 
plishes the  same  result.  In  the  atmosphere,  the  place  of  the  lycopodium 
powder  is  filled  by  the  particles  of  moisture  existing  in  the  vesicular  state  ; 
and  the  smaller  these  particles  the  larger  will  be  the  diameters  of  the 
corona?  which  they  produce.  In  this  way  these  particles  are  proved  to 
vary  between  the  .001  and  the  .002  of  one  inch  in  diameter.* 

Corona?  indicate  the  presence  of  the  cumulus  cloud ;  but  halos  imply 
the  cirrus  cloud,  floating  at  great  heights,  and  within  the  region  of  per- 
petual congelation.  For  halos  are  seen  even  in  the  summer  and  in  the 
tropics.  By  revealing  the  incipient  gathering  of  the  cirrus  cloud,  they 
may  foretell  the  approach  of  a  storm. 


Six    hundred  and   twenty-first  Meeting. 

May  24,  1870.  —  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  communicated  letters  relative 
to  exchanges,  and  read  a  report  from  the  Council  proposing 
nominations  for  Foreign  Honorary  and  Associate  Member- 
ship. 

The  Treasurer  presented  his  report  for  the  past  year,  and 
read  a  synopsis  of  it.  The  report  was  received,  to  be  entered 
on  the  records. 

Professor  Lovering  reported  from  the  Committee  of  Publica- 
tion its  expenditures  for  the  past  two  years.  The  report  was 
accepted. 

Professor  F.  H.  Storer  reported  for  the  Committee  on  the 
Library  on  the  condition  of  the  Library. 

Professor  Winlock  reported,  from  the  Rumford  Committee, 
the  completion  of  Vol.  I.  of  Count  Rumford's  works,  and  rec- 
ommendations of  this  committee  for  appropriations  from  the 
Rumford  Fund.  This  report  was  accepted,  and  in  accordance 
with  its  recommendations  the  following  votes  were  passed  :  — 


*  Kaemtz's  Complete  Course  of  Meteorology,  p.  111. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY    24,   1870.  221 

Voted,  That  fifteen  hundred  dollars  be  appropriated  from 
the  Rumford  Fund  to  continue  the  publication  of  Count  Rum- 
ford's  works. 

Voted,  That  five  hundred  dollars  in  gold  be  appropriated 
from  the  Rumford  Fund  to  be  expended  by  Dr.  B.  A.  Gould 
in  the  purchase  of  photometric  and  spectroscopic  apparatus  for 
an  observatory  at  Cordova  in  the  Argentine  Republic. 

The  Recording  Secretary  returned  the  papers  of  Mr.  W.  B. 
Burden,  for  the  Committee  to  which  they  were  referred,  with 
the  recommendation  that  they  be  referred  to  the  astronomical 
section  of  the  Academy. 

It  was  voted  to  adjourn  this  meeting,  at  its  close,  to  the 
second  Tuesday  in  June. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy :  — 

Charles  C.  Perkins,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  4. 

Nathaniel  Holmes,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 

Raphael  Pumpelly,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  1. 

George  Derby,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  3. 

Simon  Newcomb,  of  Washington,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  I.,  Section  1. 

Truman  H.  Safford,  of  Chicago,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  I.,  Section  1. 

Henry  J.  Clark,  of  Lexington,  Ky.,  to  be  an  Associate  Fel- 
low in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Alexander  Braun,  of  Berlin,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Mem- 
ber in  Class  II.,  Section  2,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Von 
Martius. 

Charles  Merivale,  of  Oxford,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary 
Member  in  Class  III.,  Section  3,  in  the  place  of  the  late  Dean 
Milman. 

The  annual  election  resulted  in  the  choice  of  the  following 
officers  for  the  ensuing  year  :  — 


222  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


Asa  Gray,  President. 

George  T.  Bigelow,  Vice-President. 

Joseph  Lovering,  Corresponding  Secretary. 

Edward  C.  Pickering,  Recording"  Secretary. 

Charles  J.  Sprague,  Treasurer. 

Frank  H.  Storer,  Librarian. 

Council. 

Thomas  Hill, 

Josiah  P.  Cooke,  y  of  Class  I. 

John  B.  Henck, 

Louis  Agassiz, 

Jeffries  Wyman,        y  of  Class  II. 

Charles  Pickering, 

Robert  C.  Winthrop, 

George  E.  Ellis,         y  of  Class  I  [I. 

Andrew  P.  Peabody, 

Rumford  Committee. 

James  B.  Francis,  Joseph  Winlock, 

Morrill  Wyman,  Wolcott  Gibbs, 

Edward  C.  Pickering,  Josiah  P.  Cooke, 

Frank  H.  Storer. 


Committee  of  Finance. 

ex  officio,  by  statute. 


Asa  Gray, 
Charles  J.  Sprague, 
Thomas  T.  Bouve,  by  election. 


The  other   Standing  Committees  were  appointed,  on  the 
nomination  of  the  President,  as  follows  :  — 

Committee  of  Publication. 

Joseph  Lovering,  Jeffries  Wyman, 

Francis  J.  Child. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY  24,   1870.  223 

Committee  on  the   Library. 

Francis  Parkman,  Charles  Pickering, 

John  Bacon. 

Committee  to  audit  the  Treasurer's  Accounts. 
Charles  E.  Ware,  Theodore  Lyman. 

Professor  Joseph  Winlock  exhibited  a  photograph  of  the 
sun  taken  with  a  lens  of  forty  feet  focus,  and  four  inches 
aperture.  As  it  is  difficult  to  place  a  tube  of  this  length  in 
an  inclined  position,  it  is  laid  horizontally,  and  an  image  of  the 
sun  is  reflected  into  it  by  a  plane  mirror  of  unsilvered  glass. 
When  this  mirror  was  blackened  on  one  side,  it  became  heated 
to  such  an  extent  as  to  shorten  the  focus  of  the  lens  nearly 
three  feet.  The  image  obtained  is  about  four  inches  in  diame- 
ter, and  is  free  from  the  distortion  produced  by  an  eye-piece. 
The  exposure  is  instantaneous,  and  is  effected  by  passing  a 
diaphragm  with  a  slit  in  it  between  the  lens  and  mirror.  A 
better  effect  is  thus  obtained  than  by  the  usual  method  of 
placing  it  near  the  plate-holder.  The  lens,  which  was  made  by 
Messrs.  Clark  and  Sons,  is  not  achromatic,  as  its  slight  curva- 
ture rendered  this  unnecessary.  It  was  corrected  for  spheri- 
cal aberration  by  means  of  an  artificial  star,  produced  by  a 
soda  flame,  and  a  collimator,  of  an  aperture  somewhat  greater 
than  that  of  the  lens. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  presented  the  following  an- 
nual report  of  the  Council :  — 

Since  the  last  report  of  the  Council,  the  following  gentlemen  have 
been  elected  members  of  the  Academy  :  — 

William  T.  Brigham,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  1. 

Algernon  Coolidge,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  1. 

Alfred  P.  Rockwell,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  I., 
.Section  4. 

Alpheus  Hyatt,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II.,  Sec- 
tion 3. 


224  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Edward  S.  Morse,  of  Salem,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  3. 

Thomas  W.  Parsons,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  4. 

James  M.  Barnard,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  II., 
Section  3. 

Henry  L.  Whiting,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  I., 
Section  2. 

Nathaniel  S.  Shaler,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  1. 

During  the  same  period,  the  Academy  has  lost  five  members  by 
death,  viz.:  — 

Two  Resident  Fellows,  one  Associate  Fellow,  and  two  Foreign 
Honorary  Members. 

Thomas  Sherwin  was  born  in  Westmoreland,  New  Hampshire, 
March  26,  1799.  His  parents  in  a  few  years  removed  to  New 
Ipswich  in  the  same  State,  and  soon  afterwards  to  the  adjoining  town 
of  Temple.  At  the  age  of  eight,  soon  after  the  death  of  his  mother, 
Thomas  went  to  live  with  a  relative,  Dr.  Crombie,  of  Temple,  and  re- 
mained with  him  six  years.  In  1813  he  spent  a  short  time  in  Ipswich 
Academy ;  but  his  father  having  met  with  misfortunes,  he  was  com- 
pelled to  leave  school,  and,  in  September  of  the  same  year,  he  was  ap- 
prenticed at  Groton,  Massachusetts,  to  learn  the  trade  of  a  clothier,  — 
a  trade  which  at  that  time  appears  to  have  consisted  mainly  in  taking 
cloth  as  it  came  from  the  domestic  looms,  and  fulling,  dyeing,  and 
dressing  it  for  the  market.  Here  he  remained  eight  years,  working 
diligently  at  his  trade,  and  winning  the  esteem  and  confidence  of  his 
employers.  He  was  able  to  attend  the  district  school  two  months  in 
the  year ;  but  his  natural  love  of  learning  often  led  him  to  devote  one 
or  two  hours  to  study  after  working  at  the  mill  until  ten  o'clock  at 
night. 

His  desire  to  obtain  a  college  education  had  now  become  so  strong 
that  he  left  his  trade,  and,  after  teaching  a  district  school  in  Harvard 
for  a  short  time,  began  his  preparation  for  college  at  the  academy  in 
Groton  in  April,  1820.  He  completed  it  at  the  New  Ipswich  Acad- 
emy, and  entered  Harvard  College  in  1821.  Here,  notwithstanding  his 
imperfect  preparation,  he  soon  placed  himself  among  the  foremost 
scholars,   particularly  in   mathematics,  and    graduated  with   honor  in 


OP    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY    24,   1870.  225 

1825.  For  a  year  he  had  charge  of  the  academy  at  Lexington,  and 
was  then  appointed  tutor  in  mathematics  in  the  College.  In  1827  he 
commenced  civil  engineering  with  Loammi  Baldwin,  and,  in  the  same 
year,  under  James  Hayward,  was  employed  on  the  preliminary  survey 
of  the  Boston  and  Providence  Railroad.  Relinquishing  this  business 
on  account  of  a  severe  illness,  he  in  1828  opened  a  private  school  for 
boys,  in  Boston,  and  the  next  year  was  elected  sub-master  of  the  Eng- 
lish High  School.  In  1837  he  was  elected  master  of  the  school,  and 
continued  to  hold  the  position  to  the  time  of  his  death. 

As  master  of  the  English  High  School,  Mr.  Sherwin  gained  his 
highest  distinction.  The  best  work  of  his  life  was  here.  He  inspired 
his  pupils  with  his  own  love  of  thoroughness,  and  taught  them,  not 
more  by  precept  than  by  example,  to  think  for  themselves,  and  to,  aim 
at  a  noble  manhood.  Under  his  charge  the  school  ranked  among  the 
best  in  the  country.  Indeed,  Mr.  Fraser,  in  his  report  to  the  British 
Parliament  on  the  schools  of  this  country,  says  :  "  The  English  High 
School  struck  me  as  the  model  school  of  the  United  States." 

In  all  educational  matters  Mr.  Sherwin  took  an  active  interest.  He 
aided  in  the  establishment  of  the  American  Institute  of  Instruction 
and  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Teachers'  Association,  and  became 
President  of  each  of  these  bodies.  He  was  also  one  of  the  founders 
of  the  Massachusetts  Teacher,  and  for  several  years  had  charge  of  its 
mathematical  department.  He  shared  in  the  organization  of  the  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology,  and,  as  a  member  of  its  govern- 
ment, was  one  of  its  most  active  and  earnest  promoters. 

Mr.  Sherwin  wrote  various  addresses  and  lectures  on  educational 
subjects,  and  contributed  several  papers  to  the  Mathematical  Monthly. 
In  connection  with  Mr.  S.  P.  Miles,  he  published  a  collection  of  Math- 
ematical Tables.  He  was  the  author,  also,  of  two  works  on  Algebra, — 
an  "  Elementary  Treatise  on  Algebra,"  and  a  "  Common  School  Al- 
gebra," —  both  of  which  have  long  held  a  high  place  in  our  schools. 

Mr.  Sherwin  was  elected  a  Fellow  of  this  Academy  in  1836.  In 
1868  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  New  England  Historic-Genea- 
logical Society. 

Mr.  Sherwin  died,  very  suddenly,  July  23,  1869.  On  that  day, 
not  feeling  quite  well,  he  consulted  a  p'hysician,  walked  home  in  a 
cheerful  mood,  and,  after  some  conversation  with  his  family  and  a 
walk  in  his  garden,  went  to  his  room,  took  a  book,  and  in  a  moment 
departed.     In  all  the  relations  of  life  Mr.  Sherwin  sustained  a  hi°-h 

vol.  viii.  29 


226  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

reputation.  In  boyhood  diligent  and  faithful,  in  youth  persevering  in 
his  efforts  to  secure  a  liberal  education,  as  a  teacher  attaining  rare 
success  by  conscientious  devotion  to  the  best  interests  of  his  pupils, 
patriotic  when  his  country  was  in  danger,  zealous  in  promoting  the 
cause  of  sound  education,  and  full  of  kindly  affection  towards  all,  he 
has  left  a  memory  that  will  be  long  and  lovingly  cherished. 

Nathaniel  Langdon  Frothinghau  was  born  in  Boston,  July 
23,  1793.  He  was  graduated  at  Harvard  University  in  1811.  He 
pursued  the  study  of  theology  at  Cambridge,  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Ware,  Senior,  and  from  1812  to  1815  inclusive  officiated  in  the 
College  as  instructor  in  Rhetoric  and  Oratory.  In  1815  he  was 
ordained  pastor  of  the  First  Church  in  Boston.  In  1818  he  married 
Ann  Gorham,  daughter  of  Peter  C.  Brooks.  In  1836  he  received  the 
degree  of  S.  T.  D.  from  Harvard  University.  In  1850  he  resigned  his 
parochial  charge,  retaining  the  undivided  respect  and  affection  of  his 
people,  and  continuing,  until  disabled  by  bodily  infirmity,  to  take  an 
active  and  efficient  interest  in  the  prosperity  of  the  parish,  and  in  the 
labors  and  services  of  his  successor  in  its  ministry.  His  life,  during 
his  retirement,  was  devoted  mainly  to  literary  pursuits,  hardly  impeded 
by  the  gradual  failure  of  sight,  which  terminated  in  total  blindness. 
Other  eyes  replaced  his  own  for  several  years,  and  his  mind  retained 
its  clearness,  vigor,  and  fruitfulness  for  many  months  after  his  vision 
was  closed  upon  the  outward  world.  For  the  last  two  or  three  years, 
however,  disease  and  infirmity  have  incapacitated  him  both  for  labor 
and  for  enjoyment,  and  life  was  becoming  a  weariness  and  a  burden, 
when  it  was  mercifully  closed  on  the  4th  of  April,  1870. 

Dr.  Frothingham's  distinction  lay  in  the  purity,  keenness,  delicacy, 
and  high  culture  of  the  assthetic  nature.  In  other  respects  the  peer  of 
able  and  accomplished  men,  in  this  he  could  have  had,  if  here  and 
there  an  equal,  no  superior.  Taste  was  in  him  genius,  wisdom,  and 
power.  It  imparted  a  new  and  rare  beauty,  even  to  trite  thoughts;  it 
crystallized  his  scholarship  in  the  most  graceful  forms ;  it  gave  law  to 
his  most  indifferent  words  and  acts. 

He  was  a  scholar  by  inclination  and  by  lifelong  habit.  He  was  well 
versed  equally  in  classical  and  in  modern  literature.  He  became  famil- 
iar with  the  German  language  at  a  very  early  period,  and  was  well 
read  in  German  theology,  while  intimately  conversant  with  the  poetry 
and  imaginative  literature  to  which  that  language  is  the  key.  By  no 
means  narrowly  utilitarian,  he  loved  all  knowledge  for   its   own   sake, 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY  24,   1870.  227 

without  reference  to  its  availableness  for  immediate  service  ;  and  he 
thus  became  possessed  of  much  of  that  rare  and  recondite  erudition 
which  enriches  and  fertilizes  the  mind,  though  it  may  contribute  but 
little  to  one's  professional  ability  or  fame. 

As  a  preacher,  Dr.  Frothingham  held  a  high  and  somewhat  unique 
position.  His  sermons  were  most  appreciated  by  minds  of  the  largest 
culture,  and  yet  in  thought  and  in  diction  they  were  not  above  the 
comprehension  of  any  person  of  moderate  intelligence.  Here  his  ex- 
quisite taste  gave  at  once  law,  scope,  and  limit.  Quaint,  but  never 
irreverent;  elegant  in  style,  yet  without  lapsing  into  euphuism  ;  never 
forgetting  the  solemnity  of  time,  place,  and  purpose,  yet  instinctively 
shunning  the  mere  commonplaces  of  devout  thought;  solicitous  always 
to  instruct  and  impress  his  hearers,  and  ready  to  avail  himself,  for  this 
end,  of  as  wide  a  diversity  of  topics,  illustrations,  and  allusions,  as  was 
consistent  with  the  sacredness  of  the  occasion, —  he  wrote  few  sermons 
that  were  not  listened  to  with  vivid  interest,  and  held  in  enduring  re- 
membrance. Yet  his  sermons  by  no  means  indicated  his  full  capacity 
of  grappling  with  the  highest  and  the  greatest  subjects.  He  seemed 
unwilling  to  write  anything  that  was  not  whole  and  complete  in  itself; 
and  there  are  many  topics  on  which  it  is  impossible  to  write  a  perfectly 
rounded  and  finished  treatise  that  can  be  read  in  half  an  hour.  He 
essayed  no  subject  which  could  not  be  thus  compressed  naturally  and 
gracefully.  His  range  therefore,  as  a  preacher,  was  broad,  rather  than 
high  or  deep  ;  but  within  that  range  few  ministers  have  been  so  uni- 
formly apt,  rich,  and  edifying.  He  was  peculiarly  felicitous,  not  only 
in  his  treatment  of  special  occasions  for  pulpit  utterance,  but  in  creating 
such  occasions ;  so  that  whatever  had  worthily  claimed  the  attention  or 
interest  of  his  hearers  during  the  week  was  not  unlikely  on  Sunday  to 
be  presented  in  its  religious  aspects  and  lessons. 

As  a  poet,  Dr.  Frothingham  won  indeed  a  high  reputation,  but  a 
fame  far  below  his  merit.  As  he  wrote  no  long  poem,  and  published 
no  collection  of  his  poetry  till  very  late  in  life,  the  public,  and  even  his 
friends,  awoke  but  slowly  and  tardily  to  the  recognition  of  his  genius 
in  this  department.  But  as  from  time  to  time  a  hymn  or  a  metrical 
composition,  in  conception  a  gem  of  pure  radiance  in  a  setting  of 
wonderful  beauty,  appeared  under  his  signature,  in  the  programme  of 
a  religious  or  civic  festival,  or  in  the  pages  of  a  monthly  or  quarterly, 
it  was  felt  more  and  more  that  he  was  indeed  a  poet  by  divine  ri^ht 
and  gift ;  and  there  are  some  of  his  lyrics  that  can  hardly  fail  to  per- 


228  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

petuate  his  name,  when  all  other  memorials  of  him  shall  have  passed 
away.  Here,  too,  we  mark  not  onlj  "  the  vision  and  the  faculty- 
divine,"  but  equally  the  unerring  taste,  incapable  of  an  incongruous 
image,  a  mixed  metaphor,  an  unapt  epithet,  a  halting  rhythm,  or  a 
forced  rhyme.  He  professed  to  translate  a  great  many  German 
poems  ;  but  he  made  them  all  his  own.  He  is,  indeed,  in  these  versions, 
true  to  the  original ;  but  he  transposes  rather  than  translates  it,  seeking 
not  so  much  for  synonymous  words  and  phrases,  as  for  equivalent 
force  and  beauty  of  expression. 

In  character  Dr.  Frothingham  was  worthy  of  his  sacred  profession, 
of  the  affection  with  which  he  was  regarded  by  all  who  knew  him 
well,  and  of  the  general  reverence  which  followed  him  to  his  retire- 
ment and  to  his  grave.  In  manners  and  conversation  his  strongly 
marked  individuality  was  so  held  in  check,  alike  by  good  taste  and  by 
benevolence,  as  to  be  piquant  indeed,  but  never  otherwise  than  genial 
and  attractive.  He  had  many  warm  friends,  perhaps  few  intimates. 
Generous,  hospitable,  kind,  tenderly  thoughtful  for  the  feelings  and  the 
rights  of  others,  he  did  untold  good  in  those  quiet,  unostentatious 
ways  in  which  genuine  philanthropy  can  work  without  shout  or  song. 
He  was  conservative  both  from  taste  and  from  principle ;  but  his  con- 
servatism had  in  it  no  bitterness  or  exclusiveness,  —  he  only  preferred 
doing  good  in  his  accustomed  ways,  while  he  conceded  cordially  the 
freedom  of  choice  he  claimed.  As  a  pastor,  he  was  tenderly  beloved  5 
and  in  all  professional,  social,  and  domestic  relations  he  has  left  only 
the  most  precious  and  blessed  memories. 

Dr.  Frothingham's  only  published  volumes  were  "  Sermons  in  the 
Order  of  a  Twelvemonth  "  and  two  volumes  of  Poems.  Of  occasional 
sermons  and  other  pamphlets  he  printed  many.  He  contributed 
largely  to  our  best  periodical  literature,  and  to  every  important  publi- 
cation of  that  kind  issued  in  Boston,  for  considerably  more  than  half 
a  century ;  and  his  papers  thus  published,  and  because  of  their  form 
forgotten,  would  fill  nearly  half  as  many  volumes  as  they  covered 
years. 

Theodore  Strong  was  born  at  South  Hadley,  Massachusetts,  in 
July,  1790,  and  died  at  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey,  February  1,  1869. 
His  father  was  a  clergyman,  and  there  had  been  an  unbroken  line  of  min- 
isters in  the  family  of  his  mother  for  eleven  generations.  He  took  his 
bachelor's  degree  at  Yale  in  1812,  and  was  immediately  appointed  tutor 
in  Mathematics  at  Hamilton  College,  Clinton,  New  York.    He  was  soon 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY  24,  1870.  229 

after  appointed  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy,  and 
held  that  chair  until  1827,  when  he  was  called  to  the  similar  chair  made 
illustrious  by  the  genius  of  Dr.  Robert  Adrain,  at  Rutgers  College, 
New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey,  where  he  continued  in  active  duty  until 
1862.  He  married,  in  1819,  Lucy  Dix,  of  Boston,  who  survives  him, 
with  three  of  their  seven  children  ;  one  son  of  great  promise,  who  was 
in  the  army,  fell  during  the  late  civil  war. 

As  a  teacher  Dr.  Strong  was  remarkable  for  his  faith  in  spontaneous 
effort,  and  his  utter  want  of  faith  in  any  sort  of  coercion  ;  he  would 
arouse  the  enthusiasm  of  his  pupils  to  study  subjects,  not  compel  them 
to  study  books.  With  this  faith  in  the  value  of  spontaneous  effort,  his 
desire  was  more  earnest  to  affect  the  character  of  the  students  than 
merely  to  give  them  specific  knowledge ;  and  with  his  firm  convictions 
of  the  truth  of  the  Christian  religion,  he  sought  ever  earnestly  to 
awaken  religious  life  in  his  scholars,  as  the  most  effectual  means  of 
arousing  intellectual  life. 

All  his  convictions,  whether  in  religion,  philosophy,  or  politics,  were 
very  strong,  held  with  extreme  tenacity,  and,  if  attacked,  defended  with 
courteous  but  earnest  warmth.  It  was  said  that  he  never  failed,  in  the 
College  Faculties  with  which  he  was  connected,  to  bring  the  majority 
to  his  views.  His  conclusions  were  never  hasty  ;  he  was  a  patient 
thinker  and  careful  reader,  and  took  especial  pleasure  in  the  writings  of 
the  deeper  English  theologians.  His  firmness  of  conviction  gave  pleas- 
ure even  to  those  who  differed  from  him ;  no  man  could  resist  the 
attraction  of  his  frank,  honorable  self-poise ;  and  it  was  good  also  to 
look  upon  a  man  of  such  robust  health,  maintained  by  habits  of  great 
activity  and  cheerful  self-control. 

His  mathematical  powers  lay  rather  in  the  direction  of  geometry 
than  in  analysis,  yet  his  analytical  power  was  also  great.  He  was  too 
far  advanced  in  years,  at  the  time  when  the  modern  rapid  developments 
began,  to  be  much  affected  by  them,  but  has  himself  taken  important 
steps. 

The  following  is  an  imperfect  list  of  Dr.  Strong's  mathematical 
writings :  — 

1.  Twenty-two  communications  in  Gill's  Mathematical  Miscellany. 

2.  Seven  communications  in  the  Cambridge  Miscellany. 

3.  Twenty-two  papers  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science,  viz. :  — 

On   Trigonometric  and   Diophantine  Problems,  Vols.   I.   and 
XXXI. 


230  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Problems  with  Geometrical  Construction,  Vol.  II. 

On  the  Binomial  Theorem,  Vol.  XII. 

On  Central  Forces,  Vols.  XVI.,  XVII.,  XIX,  XXL,  XXII. 

Capillary  Attraction,  Vol.  XVIII. 

On  the  Motion  of  a  System  of  Bodies,  Vols.  XXIV,  XXV., 

XXVI. 
Parallelogram  of  Forces,  Vols.  XXVI.,  XXIX. 
Composition  and  Resolution  of  Forces,  Vol.  XXVIII. 
Variation  of  Constants  in  Elliptic  Motion,  Vol.  XXX. 
Virtual  Velocities,  Vols.  XLII.,  XLIII. 
Differential  Equations,  Vol.  XLII. 

Differential  Calculus,  and  Taylor's  Theorem,  Vol.  XLV. 
Exponential  and  Logarithmic  Theorems,  Vol.  XLVIII. 

4.  A  Paper  in  Runkle's  Mathematical  Monthly  for  April,  1860,  on 
the  Extraction  of  Roots,  and  one  in  June,  1861,  on  the  Equilibrium  of  the 
Lever. 

5.  A  Treatise  on  Elementary  and  Higher  Algebra,  New  York, 
1859. 

6.  A  Treatise  (in  MSS.)  on  the  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 
It  would  be  difficult  to  find  in  the  history  of  science  a  character  more 

simple,  more  noble,  or  more  symmetrical  in  all  its  parts  than  that  of 
Thomas  Graham,  and  he  will  always  be  remembered  as  one  of  the 
most  eminent  of  those  great  students  of  nature,  who  have  rendered  our 
Saxon  race  illustrious.  He  was  born  of  Scotch  parents  in  Glasgow  in 
the  year  1805,  and  in  that  city,  where  he  received  his  education,  all 
his  early  life  was  passed.  In  1837  he  went  to  London  as  Professor 
of  Chemistry  in  the  newly  established  London  University  now  called 
University  College,  and  he  occupied  this  chair  until  the  year  1855, 
when  he  succeeded  Sir  John  Herschel  as  Master  of  the  Royal  Mint,  a 
post  which  he  held  to  the  close  of  his  life.  His  death,  on  the  16th  of 
September  last,  at  the  age  of  sixty,  was  caused  by  no  active  disease, 
but  was  simply  the  wearing  out  of  a  constitution  enfeebled  in  youth  by 
privations  voluntarily  and  courageously  encountered  that  he  might  de- 
vote his  life  to  scientific  study.  As  with  all  earnest  students,  that  life 
was  uneventful,  if  judged  by  ordinary  standards;  and  the  records  of  his 
discoveries  form  the  only  materials  for  his  biography.  Although  one 
of  the  most  successful  investigators  of  Physical  Science,  the  late  Master 
of  the  Mint  had  not  that  felicity  of  language  or  that  copiousness  of 
illustration,  which  added  so  much  to  the  popular  reputation  of  his  dis- 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  !    MAY    24,   1870.  231 

tinguished  contemporary,  Faraday ;  but  his  influence  on  the  progress  of 
science  was  not  less  marked  or  less  important.  Both  of  these  eminent 
men  were  for  a  long  period  of  years  best  known  to  the  English  public 
as  teachers  of  Chemistry,  but  their  investigations  were  chiefly  limited 
to  physical  problems  ;  yet,  although  both  cultivated  the  border  ground 
between  Chemistry  and  Physics,  they  followed  wholly  different  lines 
of  research.  While  Faraday  was  so  successfully  developing  the  princi- 
ples of  electrical  action,  Graham  with  equal  success  was  investigating 
the  laws  of  molecular  motion.  Each  followed  with  wonderful  constancy, 
as  well  as  skill,  a  single  line  of  study  from  first  to  last,  and  to  this  con- 
centration of  power  their  great  discoveries  are  largely  due. 

One  of  the  earliest  and  most  important  of  Graham's  investigations, 
and  the  one  which  gave  the  direction  to  his  subsequent  course  of  study, 
was  that  on  the  diffusion  of  gases.  It  had  already  been  recognized 
that  impenetrability  in  its  ordinary  sense  is  not,  as  was  formerly  sup- 
posed, a  universal  quality  of  matter.  Dalton  had  not  only  recognized 
that  aeriform  bodies  exhibit  a  positive  tendency  to  mix,  or  to  penetrate 
through  each  other,  even  in  opposition  to  the  force  of  gravity,  but  had 
made  this  quality  of  gases  the  subject  of  experimental  investigation. 
He  inferred,  as  the  result  of  his  inquiry,  "  that  different  gases  afford 
no  resistance  to  each  other;  but  that  one  gas  spreads  or  expands  into 
the  space  occupied  by  another  gas,  as  it  would  rush  into  a  vacuum ; 
at  least,  that  the  resistance  which  the  particles  of  one  gas  offer  to  those 
of  another  is  of  a  very  imperfect  kind,  to  be  compared  to  the  resistance 
which  stones  in  the  channel  of  a  stream  oppose  to  the  flow  of  running 
water."  But  although  this  theory  of  Dalton  was  essentially  correct 
and  involved  the  whole  truth,  yet  it  was  supported  by  no  sufficient  evi- 
dence, and  he  failed  to  perceive  the  simple  law  which  underlies  this 
whole  class  of  phenomena. 

Graham,  "  on  entering  on  this  inquiry,  found  that  gases  diffuse  into 
the  atmosphere  with  different  degrees  of  ease  and  rapidity."  This  was 
first  observed  by  allowing  each  gas  to  diffuse  from  a  bottle  into  the  air 
through  a  narrow  tube  in  opposition  to  the  solicitation  of  gravity. 
Afterwards  an  observation  of  Doebereiner  on  the  escape  of  hydrogen 
gas  by  a  fissure  or  crack  in  a  glass  receiver  caused  him  to  vary  the 
conditions  of  his  experiments,  and  led  to  the  invention  of  the  well- 
known  "  Diffusion  Tube."  In  this  simple  apparatus  a  thin  septum  of 
plaster  of  Paris  is  used  to  separate  the  diffusing  gases,  which,  while  it 
arrests  in  a  great  measure  all  direct  currents  between  the  two  media, 


232  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

does  not  interfere  with  the  molecular  motion.  Much  later,  Graham 
found  in  prepared  graphite  a  material  far  better  adapted  to  this  pur- 
pose than  the  plaster,  and  he  used  septa  of  this  mineral  to  confirm  his 
early  results,  in  answer  to  certain  ill-considered  criticisms  in  Bunsen's 
work  on  Gasometry.  These  septa  he  was  in  the  habit  of  calling  I113 
"  atomic  filters."  By  means  of  the  diffusion  tube  Graham  was  able  to 
measure  accurately  the  relative  times  of  diffusion  of  different  gases,  and 
he  found  that  equal  volumes  of  any  two  gases  interpenetrate  each  other 
in  times  which  are  inversely  proportional  to  the  square  roots  of  their  re- 
spective densities,  and  this  fundamental  law  was  the  greatest  discovery 
of  our  late  Foreign  Associate.  It  is  now  universally  recognized  as 
one  of  the  few  great  cardinal  principles  which  form  the  basis  of  Physi- 
cal Science. 

It  can  be  shown,  on  the  principles  of  pneumatics,  that  gases  should 
rush  into  a  vacuum  with  velocities  corresponding  to  the  numbers  which 
have  been  found  to  express  their  diffusion  times  ;  and,  in  a  series  of  ex- 
periments on  what  he  calls  the  "  Effusion"  of  gases,  Graham  confirmed 
by  trial  this  deduction  of  theory.  In  these  experiments  a  meas- 
ured volume  of  the  gas  was  allowed  to  find  its  way  into  the  vacuous  jar 
through  a  minute  aperture  in  a  thin  metallic  plate,  and  he  carefully 
distinguished  between  this  class  of  phenomena  and  the  flowing  of  gases 
through  capillary  tubes  into  a  vacuum,  in  which  case,  however  short 
the  tube,  the  effects  of  friction  materially  modify  the  result.  This  last 
class  of  phenomena  Graham  likewise  investigated,  and  designated  by 
the  term  "  Transpiration." 

While,  however,  it  thus  appears  that  the  results  of  Graham's  inves- 
tigation were  in  strict  accordance  with  Dalton's  theory,  it  must  also  be 
-  evident  that  Graliam  was  the  first  to  observe  the  exact  numerical  re- 
lation which  obtains  in  this  class  of  phenomena,  and  that  all-impor- 
tant circumstance  entitles  him  to  be  regarded  as  the  discoverer  of  the 
law  of  Diffusion.  The  law,  however,  as  first  enunciated,  was  purely 
empirical,  and  Graham  himself  says  that  something  more  must  be  as- 
sumed than  that  gases  are  vacua  to  each  other,  in  order  to  explain  all 
the  phenomena  observed ;  and  according  to  his  original  view  this  rep- 
resentation of  the  process  was  only  a  convenient  mode  of  expressing 
the  final  result.     Such  has  proved  to  be  the  case. 

Like  other  great  men,  Graham  built  better  than  he  knew.  In  the 
progress  of  Physical  Science  during  the  last  twenty-five  years,  two 
principles  have  become  more  and  more  conspicuous,  until  at  last  they 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY    24,   1870.  233 

have  completely  revolutionized  the  philosophy  of  Chemistry.  In  the 
first  place  it  has  appeared  that  a  host  of  chemical  as  well  as  of  physi- 
cal facts  are  co-ordinated  by  the  assumption  that  all  substances  in  the 
state  of  gas  have  the  same  molecular  volume,  or,  in  other  words,  con- 
tain the  same  number  of  molecules  in  a  given  space ;  und  in  the  second 
place,  it  has  become  evident  that  the  phenomena  of  heat  are  simply 
the  manifestations  of  molecular  motion.  According  to  this  view,  the 
temperature  of  a  body  is  the  vis  viva  of  its  molecules ;  and  since  all 
molecules  at  a  given  temperature  have  the  same  vis  viva,  it  follows 
that  the  molecules  must  move  with  velocities  which  are  inversely  pro- 
portional to  the  square  roots  of  the  molecular  weights.  Moreover, 
since  the  molecular  volumes  are  equal,  and  the  molecular  weights 
therefore  proportional  to  the  densities  of  the  aeriform  bodies  in  which 
the  molecules  are  the  active  units,  it  also  follows  that  the  velocities  of 
the  molecules  in  any  two  gases  ai'e  inversely  proportional  to  the  square 
roots  of  their  respective  densities.  Thus  the  simple  numerical  rela- 
tions first  observed  in  the  phenomena  of  diffusion  are  the  direct  result 
of  molecular  motion,  and  it  is  now  seen  that  Graham's  empirical  law 
is  included  under  the  fundamental  laws  of  motion.  Thus  Graham's 
investigation  has  become  the  basis  of  the  new  science  of  molecular 
mechanics,  and  his  measurements  of  the  jates  of  diffusion  prove  to 
be  the  measures  of  molecular  velocities. 

From  the  study  of  diffusion  Graham  passed  by  a  natural  transi- 
tion to  the  investigation  of  a  class  of  phenomena  which,  although 
closely  allied  to  the  first,  as  to  the  effects  produced,  differ  wholly 
in  their  essential  nature.  Here  also  he  followed  in  the  footsteps  of 
Dalton.  This  distinguished  chemist  had  noticed  that  a  bubble  of  air 
separated  by  a  film  of  water  from  an  atmosphere  of  carbonic  an- 
hydride gradually  expanded  until  it  burst.  In  like  manner  a  moist 
bladder,  half  filled  with  air  and  tied,  if  suspended  in  an  atmosphere 
of  the  same  material,  becomes  in  time  greatly  distended  by  the  in- 
sinuation of  this  gas  through  its  substance.  This  effect  cannot  be  the 
result  of  simple  diffusion,  for  it  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  thin- 
nest film  of  water,  or  of  any  liquid,  is  absolutely  impermeable  to  a  gas 
as  such,  and,  moreover,  only  the  carbonic  anhydride  passes  through 
the  film,  very  little  or  none  of  the  air  escaping  outward.  The  re- 
sult depends,  first,  upon  the  solution  of  the  carbonic  anhydride  by  the 
water  on  one  surface  of  the  film ;  secondly,  on  the  evaporation  into  the 
air,  from  the  other  surface,  of  the  gas  thus  absorbed.     Similar   ex- 

VOL.  VIII.  30 


234  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

periments  were  made  by  Drs.  Mitchell  and  Faust,  and  others,  in  which 
gases  passed  through  a  film  of  india-rubber,  entering  into  a  partial 
combination  with  the  material  on  one  surface,  and  escaping  from  it  on 
the  other. 

Graham  not  only  considerably  extended  our  knowledge  of  this  class 
of  phenomena,  but  also  gave  us  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  mode 
in  which  these  remarkable  results  are  produced.  He  recognized  in 
these  cases  the  action  of  a  feeble  chemical  force,  insufficient  to  pro- 
duce a  definite  compound,  but  still  capable  of  determining  a  more  or 
less  perfect  union,  as  in  the  case  of  simple  solution.  He  also  dis- 
tinguished the  influence  of  mass  in  causing  the  formation  or  decomposi- 
tion of  such  weak  chemical  compounds.  The  conditions  of  the  phenom- 
ena under  consideration  are  simply  these :  — 

First.  A  material  for  the  septum  capable  of  forming  a  feeble  chem- 
ical union  with  the  gas  to  be  transferred. 

Secondly.  An  excess  of  the  gas  on  one  side  of  the  film  and  a 
deficiency  on  the  other. 

Thirdly.    Such    a   temperature    that   the  unstable  compound    may 
orm  at  the  surface,  where  the  aeriform  constituent  is  present  in  large 
mass,  while  it  decomposes  at  the  opposite  surface,  where  the  quantity 
is  less  abundant. 

One  of  the  most  remai-kable  results  of  Graham's  study  of  this  pecu- 
liar mode  of  transfer  of  aeriform  matter  through  the  very  substance  of 
solid  bodies  was  an  ingenious  method  of  separating  the  oxygen  from 
the  atmosphere.  The  apparatus  consisted  simply  of  a  bag  of  india- 
rubber  kept  distended  by  an  interior  framework,  while  it  was  exhausted 
by  a  Sprengel  pump.  Under  these  circumstances  the  selective  affinity 
of  the  caoutchouc  determines  such  a  difference  in  the  rate  of  transfer 
of  the  two  constituents  of  the  atmosphere  that  the  amount  of  oxygen 
in  the  transpired  air  rises  to  forty  per  cent,  and  by  repeating  the 
process  nearly  pure  oxygen  may  be  obtained.  It  was  at  first  hoped 
that  this  method  might  find  a  valuable  application  in  the  arts,  but  in 
this  Graham  was  disappointed ;  for  the  same  result  has  since  been 
effected  by  purely  chemical  methods,  which  are  both  cheaper  and  more 
rapid. 

These  experiments  on  india-rubber  naturally  led  to  the  study  of 
similar  effects  produced  with  metallic  septa,  which,  although  to  some 
extent  previously  observed  in  passing  gases  through  heated  metallic 
tubes,  had  been  only  imperfectly  understood.     Thus,  when  a  stream  ot 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY    24,   1870.  235 

hydrogen  or  carbonic  oxide  is  passed  through  a  red-hot  iron  tube,  a  no 
inconsiderable  portion  of  the  gas  escapes  through  the  walls.  The  same 
is  true  to  a  still  greater  degree  when  hydrogen  is  passed  through  a  red- 
hot  tube  of  platinum,  and  Graham  showed  that  through  the  walls  of  a 
tube  of  palladium  hydrogen  gas  passes,  under  the  same  conditions,  al- 
most as  rapidly  as  water  through  a  sieve.  Moreover,  our  distinguished 
Associate  proved  that  this  rapid  transfer  of  gas  through  these  dense 
metallic  septa  was  due,  as  in  the  case  of  the  india-rubber,  to  an  actual 
chemical  combination  of  its  material  with  the  metal,  formed  at  the  sur- 
face, where  the  gas  is  in  excess,  and  as  rapidly  decomposed  on  the  op- 
posite face  of  the  septum.  He  not  only  recognized  as  belonging  to  this 
class  of  phenomena  the  very  great  absorption  of  hydrogen  by  platinum 
plate  and  sponge  in  the  familiar  experiment  of  the  Doebereiner  lamp, 
but  also  showed  that  this  gas  is  a  definite  constituent  of  meteoric  iron, — 
a  fact  of  great  interest  from  its  bearing  on  the  meteoric  theory. 

We  are  thus  led  to  Graham's  last  important  discovery,  which  was  the 
justification  of  the  theory  we  have  been  considering,  and  the  crown- 
ing of  this  long  line  of  investigation.  As  may  be  anticipated  from  what 
has  been  said,  the  most  marked  example  of  that  order  of  chemical  com- 
pounds, to  which  the  metallic  transpiration  of  aeriform  matter  we  have 
been  considering  is  due,  is  the  compound  of  palladium  with  hydrogen. 
Graham  showed  that  when  a  plate  of  this  metal  is  made  the  negative 
pole  in  the  electrolysis  of  water,  it  absorbs  nearly  one  thousand  times 
its  volume  of  hydrogen  gas,  —  a  quantity  approximative^  equivalent  to 
one  atom  of  hydrogen  to  each  atom  of  palladium.  He  further  showed 
that  the  metal  thus  becomes  so  profoundly  altered  as  to  indicate  that  the 
product  of  this  union  is  a  definite  compound.  Not  only  is  the  volume 
of  the  metal  increased,  but  its  tenacity  and  conducting  power  for  elec- 
tricity are  diminished,  and  it  acquires  a  slight  susceptibility  to  magnet- 
ism, which  the  pure  metal  does  not  possess.  The  chemical  qualities 
of  this  product  are  also  remarkable.  It  precipitates  mercury  from  a 
solution  of  its  chloride,  and  in  general  acts  as  a  strong  reducing  agent. 
Exposed  to  the  action  of  chlorine,  bromine,  or  iodine,  the  hydrogen  leaves 
the  palladium  and  enters  into  direct  union  with  these  elements.  More- 
over, although  the  compound  is  readily  decomposed  by  heat,  the  gas  can- 
not be  expelled  from  the  metal  by  simple  mechanical  means. 

These  facts  recall  the  similar  relations  frequently  observed  between 
the  qualities  of  an  alloy  and  those  of  the  constituent  metals,  and  suggest 
the  inference  made  by  Graham,  that  palladium  charged  with  hydrogen 


236  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

is  a  compound  of  the  same  class,  —  a  conclusion  which  harmonizes  with 
the  theory  long  held  by  many  chemists,  that  hydrogen  gas  is  the  vapor 
of  a  very  volatile  metal.  This  element,  however,  when  combined  with 
palladium,  is  in  a  peculiarly  active  state,  which  sustains  somewhat  the 
same  relation  to  the  familiar  gas  that  ozone  bears  to  ordinary  oxygen. 
Hence  Graham  distinguished  this  condition  of  hydrogen  by  the  term 
"  Hydrogenium."  Shortly  before  his  death  a  medal  was  struck  at  the 
Royal  Mint  from  the  hydrogen  palladium  alloy  in  honor  of  its  discov- 
ery ;  but  although  this  discovery  attracted  public  attention  chiefly  on 
account  of  the  singular  chemical  relations  of  hydrogen,  which  it  brought 
so  prominently  to  notice,  it  will  be  remembered  in  the  history  of  science 
rather  as  the  beautiful  termination  of  a  life-long  investigation,  of  which 
the  medal  was  the  appropriate  seal. 

Simultaneously  with  the  experiments  on  gases,  whose  results  we  have 
endeavored  to  present  in  the  preceding  pages,  Graham  carried  forward 
a  parallel  line  of  investigation  of  an  allied  class  of  phenomena,  which 
may  be  regarded  as  the  manifestations  of  molecular  motion  in  liquid 
bodies.  The  phenomena  of  diffusion  reappear  in  liquids,  and  Graham 
carefully  observed  the  times  in  which  equal  weights  of  various  salts 
dissolved  in  water  diffused  from  an  open-mouth  bottle  into  a  large  vol- 
ume of  pure  water,  in  which  the  bottle  was  immersed.  He  was  not, 
however,  able  to  correlate  the  results  of  these  experiments  by  such  a 
simple  law  as  that  which  obtains  with  gases.  It  appeared,  nevertheless, 
that  the  rate  of  diffusion  differs  very  greatly  for  the  different  soluble 
salts,  having  some  relation  to  the  chemical  composition  of  the  salt  which 
he  was  unable  to  discover.  But  he  found  it  possible  to  divide  the 
salts  into  groups  ot  equi-diffusive  substances,  and  he  showed  that  the 
rates  of  diffusion  of  the  several  groups  bear  to  one  another  simple  nu- 
merical ratios. 

More  important  results  were  obtained  from  the  study  of  a  class  of 
phenomena  corresponding  to  the  transpiration  of  gases  through  india- 
rubber  or  metallic  septa.  These  phenomena,  as  manifested  in  the  trans- 
fer of  liquids  and  of  salts  in  solution  through  bladder,  or  a  similar  mem- 
brane, had  previously  been  frequently  studied  under  the  names  of  exos- 
mose  and  endosmose,  but  to  Graham  we  owe  the  first  satisfactory 
explanation.  As  in  the  case  of  gases,  he  referred  these  effects  to  the 
influence  of  chemical  force,  combination  taking  place  on  one  sm-face  of 
the  membrane,  and  the  compound  breaking  up  on  the  other,  the  differ- 
ence  depending,  as  in  the  previous  instance,  on  the  influence  of  mass. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY  24,   1870.  237 

He  also  swept  away  the  arbitrary  distinctions  made  by  previous  experi- 
menters, showed  that  this  wbole  class  of  phenomena  are  essentially 
similar,  and  called  this  manifestation  of  power  simply  "  osmose." 

While  studying  osmotic  action,  Graham  was  led  to  one  of  his 
most  important  generalizations,  —  the  recognition  of  the  crystalline 
and  amorphous  states  as  fundamental  distinctions  in  chemistry. 
Bodies  in  the  first  state  he  called  crystalloids ;  those  in  the  last 
state,  colloids  (resembling  glue).  That  there  is  a  difference  in  struct- 
ure between  crystalloids,  like  sugar  or  felspar,  and  colloids,  like 
barley  candy  or  glass,  has  of  course  always  been  evident  to  the  most 
superficial  observer ;  but  Graham  was  the  first  to  recognize  in  these 
external  differences  two  fundamentally  distinct  conditions  of  matter  not 
peculiar  to  certain  substances,  but  underlying  all  chemical  differences, 
and  appearing  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  in  every  substance.  He 
showed  that  the  power  of  diffusion  through  liquids  depends  very  much 
on  these  fundamental  differences  of  condition,  —  sugar,  one  of  the  least 
diffusible  of  the  crystalloids,  diffusing  fourteen  times  more  rapidly  than 
caromel,  the  corresponding  colloid.  He  also  showed  that,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  general  chemical  rule,  while  colloids  readily  combine 
with  crystalloids,  bodies  in  the  same  condition  manifest  little  or  no 
tendency  to  chemical  union.  Hence  in  osmose,  where  the  membranes 
employed  are  invariably  colloidal,  the  osmotic  action  is  confined  almost 
entirely  to  crystalloids,  since  they  alone  are  capable  of  entering  into 
that  combination  with  the  material  of  the  septum  on  which  the  whole 
action  depends. 

On  the  above  principles  Graham  based  a  simple  method  of  sepa- 
rating crystalloids  from  colloids,  which  he  calls  "  dialysis,"  and  which 
was  a  most  valuable  addition  to  the  means  of  chemical  analysis.  A 
shallow  tray,  prepared  by  stretching  parchment  paper  (an  insoluble 
colloid)  over  a  gutta-percha  hoop,  is  the  only  apparatus  required. 
The  solution  to  be  "  dialyzed  "  is  poured  into  this  tray,  which  is  then 
floated  on  pure  water,  whose  volume  should  be  eight  or  ten  times 
greater  than  that  of  the  solution.  Under  these  conditions  the  crystal- 
loids will  diffuse  through  the  porous  septum  into  the  water,  leaving  the 
colloids  on  the  tray,  and  in  the  course  of  a  few  days  a  more  or  less 
complete  separation  of  the  two  classes  of  bodies  will  have  taken  place. 
In  this  way  arsenious  acid  and  similar  crystalloids  may  be  separated 
from  the  colloidal  materials  with  which,  in  the  case  of  poisoning,  they 
are  usually  found  mixed  in  the  animal  juices  or  tissues. 


238  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

But  besides  having  these  practical  applications,  the  method  of  dialysis 
in  the  hands  of  Graham  yielded  the  most  startling  results,  developing  an 
almost  entirely  new  class  of  bodies  as  the  colloidal  forms  of  our  most 
familiar  substances,  and  justifying  the  conclusion  that  the  colloidal  as 
well  as  the  crystalline  condition  is  an  almost  universal  attribute  of 
matter.  Thus,  he  was  able  to  obtain  solutions  in  water  of  the  colloidal 
states  of  aluminic,  feoric,  chromic,  stannic,  metastannic,  titanic,  molybdic, 
tungstic,  and  silicic  hydrates,  all  of  which  gelatinize  under  definite 
conditions  like  a  solution  of  glue.  The  wonderful  nature  of  these  facts 
can  be  thoroughly  appreciated  only  by  those  familiar  with  the  subject, 
but  all  may  understand  the  surprise  with  which  the  chemist  saw  such 
hard,  insoluble  bodies  as  flint  dissolved  abundantly  in  water  and  con- 
verted into  soft  jellies.  These  facts  are,  without  doubt,  the  most  im- 
portant contributions  of  Dr.  Graham  to  pure  chemistry. 

In  this  sketch  of  the  scientific  career  of  our  late  Associate,  we  have 
followed  the  logical,  rather  than  the  chronological,  order  of  events, 
hoping  thus  to  render  the  relations  of  the  different  parts  of  his  work 
more  intelligible.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  the  two  lines 
of  investigation  we  have  distinguished  were  in  fact  interwoven,  and 
that  the  beautiful  harmony  which  his  completed  life  presents  was  the 
result,  not  of  a  preconceived  plan,  but  of  a  constant  devotion  to  truth, 
and  a  childlike  faith,  which  unhesitatingly  pressed  forward  whenever 
nature  pointed  out  the  way. 

Although  the  investigations  of  the  phenomena  connected  with  the 
molecular  motion  in  gases  and  liquids  were  by  far  the  most  important 
of  Dr.  Graham's  labors,  he  also  contributed  to  chemistry  many  re- 
searches which  cannot  be  included  under  this  head.  Of  these,  which 
we  may  regard  as  his  detached  efforts,  the  most  important  was  his 
investigation  of  the  hydrates  and  other  salts  of  phosphorus.  It  is  true 
that  the  interpretation  he  gave  of  the  results  has  been  materially  modi- 
fied by  the  modern  chemical  philosophy,  yet  the  facts  which  he  estab- 
lished form  an  important  part  of  the  basis  on  which  that  philosophy 
rests.  Indeed,  it  seems  as  if  he  almost  anticipated  the  later  doctrines  of 
types  and  polybasic  acids,  and  in  none  of  his  work  did  he  show  more 
discriminating  observation  or  acute  reasoning.  A  subsequent  investi- 
gation on  the  condition  of  water  in  several  crystalline  salts  and  in  the 
hydrates  of  sulphuric  acid  is  equally  remarkable.  Lastly,  Graham  also 
made  interesting  observations  on  the  combination  of  alcohol  with  salts, 
on   the  process  of  etherification,  on  the  slow  oxidation  of  phosphorus, 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY    24,   1870.  239 

and  on  the  spontaneous  inflammability  of  phosphuretted  hydrogen.  It 
would  not,  however,  be  appropriate  in  this  place  to  do  more  than 
enumerate  the  subjects  of  these  less  important  studies ;  and  we  have 
therefore  only  aimed  in  this  sketch  to  give  a  general  view  of  the 
character  of  the  field  which  this  eminent  student  of  nature  chiefly 
cultivated,  and  to  show  how  abundant  was  the  harvest  of  truth  which 
we  owe  to  his  faithful  toil. 

Graham  was  not  a  voluminous  writer.  His  scientific  papers  were  all 
very  brief,  but  comprehensive,  and  his  "  Elements  of  Chemistry  "  was 
his  only  large  work.  This  was  an  admirable  exposition  of  chemical 
physics,  as  well  as  of  pure  chemistry,  and  gave  a  more  philosophical  ac- 
count of  the  theory  of  the  galvanic  battery  than  had  previously  appeared. 
Our  late  Associate  was  fortunate  in  receiving  during  life  a  generous 
recognition  of  the  value  of  his  labors.  His  membership  was  sought  by 
almost  all  the  chief  scientific  societies  of  the  world,  and  he  enjoyed  to  a 
high  degree  the  confidence  and  esteem  of  his  associates.  Indeed,  he 
was  singularly  elevated  above  the  petty  jealousies  and  belittling  quarrels, 
which  so  often  mar  the  beauty  of  a  student's  life,  while  the  great  love- 
liness and  kindliness  of  his  nature  closely  endeared  him  to  his  friends. 
He  was  never  married,  keeping  house  with  a  sister  at  No.  4  Gordon 
Square,  where  he  dispensed  a  liberal  hospitality,  which  has  been  en- 
joyed by  many  of  .our  scientific  countrymen  who  have  visited  London 
during  the  last  twenty  years. 

In  concluding,  we  must  not  forget  to  mention  that  most  genial  trait 
of  Graham's  character,  his  sympathy  with  young  men,  which  gave  him 
great  influence  as  a  teacher  in  the  College  with  which  he  was  long 
associated.  There  are  many  now  prominent  in  the  scientific  world 
who  have  found  in  his  encouragement  the  strongest  incentive  to 
perseverance,  and  in  his  approval  and  friendship  the  best  reward  of 
success. 

Frederic  Overbeck  was  born  at  Lubeck  on  the  2d  of  July,  1789, 
and  commenced  his  studies  in  art  at  a  very  early  age.  In  1806  he 
entered  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  at  Vienna.  His  natural  tendencies, 
fostered  by  the  counsels  of  Eberhard  Wachter,  soon  led  him  to  the 
exclusive  study  of  the  Pre-Raphaelite  painters.  This  brought  him 
into  such  open  opposition  to  the  professors,  whose  principles  were 
those  of  the  classical  school  of  Mengs  and  David,  that  he  was  dis- 
missed from  the  Academy,  and  in  the  year  1810  went  to  Rome, 
where  he  found  himself  in  a  thoroughly  congenial  atmosphere.     Six 


240  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

years  lafer,  when  Niebuhr  arrived  there  as  Prussian  ambassador,  he 
found  Overbeck  and  other  young  artists,  who  were  then  laying  the 
foundations  of  the  new  school  of  painting  in  Germany,  divided  into 
two  parties,  professing  utterly  opposed  principles.  These  were  the 
Nazarenes,  so  called  from  their  mode  of  life  and  their  austerity  of 
demeanor,  whose  leaders,  Overbeck,  Wilhelm,  Schadow,  and  Veit,  late 
converts  to  Romanism,  looked  upon  art  as  the  servant  of  religion, 
and  lived  like  monks  in  the  old  convent  of  San  Isidoro,  preparing  then- 
simple  meals  in  the  kitchen  of  the  convent ;  and  the  Pagans,  as  they 
might  have  been  denominated,  who  were  devout  adoi'ers  of  the  antique. 
This  latter  party  numbered  Thorwaldsen,  Koch,  and  Schlick  in  its 
ranks.  Cornelius  stood  midway  between  the  two  parties,  but  his  dis- 
like of  the  proselytism  which  was  practised  by  the  Nazarenes  rather 
impelled  him  in  the  opposite  direction ;  and,  although  a  Catholic, 
he  openly  said  that  when  they  made  their  first  convert  he  would 
become  a  Protestant. 

Niebuhr  tells  us  that  the  Catholicism  of  Cornelius  was  at  bottom 
nothing  more  than  the  creed  of  the  old  Protestants,  "  thanks  to  the 
training  which  he  had  received  from  a  pious,  though  by  no  means  big- 
oted mother  "  ;  but  Overbeck,  he  adds,  "  is,  on  the  contrary,  an  enthusi- 
ast, and  quite  illiberal ;  he  is  a  very  amiable  man  and  endowed  with  a 
magnificent  imagination,  but  incapable  by  nature  of  standing  alone, 
and  by  no  means  so  clear-headed  as  he  is  practical." 

In  the  society  of  such  men  as  Niebuhr,  Bunsen,  and  Brandis  these 
artists  met  on  the  most  friendly  terms,  though  certain  topics  (teste 
Niebuhr)  were  necessarily  excluded  from  conversation  on  account  of 
the  Catholicism  of  Overbeck  and  Schadow. 

A  few  years  after  Overbeck  had  settled  at  Rome,  the  Prussian 
Consul-General,  Salomm  Bartholdy  (Mendelssohn's  uncle),  proposed 
to  him,  together  with  Veit,  Schadow,  and  Cornelius,  to  decorate  with 
frescos  a  room  in  the  Palazzo  Zuccheri,  where  he  resided,  offering 
himself  to  meet  all  material  expenses.  Thus  these  young  and  ardent 
spirits  were  enabled  to  carry  out  their  long-cherished  project  of  reviv- 
ing an  almost  forgotten  art  in  the  very  city  where  its  greatest  master- 
pieces had  been  executed,  nearly  three  centuries  before,  by  the  hands 
of  Raphael  and  Michael  Angelo. 

The  history  of  Joseph  was  selected  for  treatment,  and  Overbeck 
painted  the  episode  of  Joseph  sold  by  his  brethren  to  the  Ishmaelites. 
In  this,  his  first  important  work,  the  young  artist  displayed  his  life- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    MAT  24,  1870.  241 

long  merits  and  defects.  We  need  go  no  farther  to  understand  him ; 
for,  unlike  men  of  original  genius,  Overheck  had  but  one  style,  or,  to 
speak  more  correctly,  but  one  manner,  which  too  often  degenerated 
into  mannerism.  He  was  in  no  sense  progressive  ;  his  art  wanted 
individual  life  ;  it  was  a  plant  carefully  trained  after  the  outward 
pattern  of  a  phase  of  art  which  still  keeps  its  high  place  because  it 
was  the  spontaneous  growth  and  vital  expression  of  the  age  which 
produced  it,  —  a  ghost  clad  in  Pre-Raphaelite  garments,  cold,  cor- 
rect, full  of  evidences  of  careful  study,  but  never  inspired,  never 
living.  Now  and  then,  as  in  this  very  fresco,  or  in  his  great  pic- 
ture of  The  Influence  of  Religion  upon  the  Arts  in  the  Staedel  In- 
stitute at  Frankfort,  we  are  charmed  by  a  naive  grace  and  simplicity  ; 
but  this  is  because  we  are  thinking  of  Perugino,  rather  than  of 
Overbeck. 

After  completing  their  work  at  the  Palazzo  Zuccheri,  Overbeck, 
Schadow,  and  Cornelius  painted  frescos,  representing  scenes  selected 
from  the  poems  of  the  four  great  Italian  poets,  in  the  casino  of  the 
villa  of  Prince  Massimo,  near  St.  John  Lateran.  Overbeck  took  his 
subject  from  Tasso  ;  but  he  was  not  the  man  required  for  such  a  work, 
and  could  not  rise  to  the  same  level  as  when  his  pencil  was  employed 
upon  Biblical  scenes.  In  dealing  with  these  he  was  in  his  element, 
and  the  long  series  of  charcoal  drawings  which  he  commenced,  while 
living  at  the  Palazzo  Cenci,  for  an  illustrated  German  Bible,  are,  as 
it  seems  to  us,  by  far  his  best  works.  For  color  he  had  no  feeling. 
His  oil  pictures  are  positively  disagreeable  from  their  leaden  tones, 
false  scale  of  crude  tints,  and  inharmonious  juxtaposition  of  colors ; 
but  his  simple  outline  drawings,  only  slightly  shaded,  are  masterly. 
His  most  important  paintings,  besides  those  already  mentioned,  are 
the  Miracle  of  St.  Francis  and  the  Roses,  in  the  Church  of  Sta.  Maria 
degli  Angeli  at  Assisi ;  Christ  in  the  Garden,  at  Hamburg ;  and  the 
Entrance  of  Christ  into  Jerusalem,  in  the  Church  of  the  Virgin  at 
Lubeck.  After  residing  fifty-nine  years  at  Rome,  Overbeck  died  there 
of  rapid  consumption  on  the  12th  of  November,  1869. 

No  one  who  has  ever  seen  him  can  forget  his  striking  appearance. 
Like  his  art,  he  was  an  .anachronism.  Clad  in  a  long  purple  robe 
bordered  with  gray  fur,  and  wearing  a  cap  of  the  same  material  and 
trimmings  upon  his  head,  grave  and  sober  in  his  walk  and  conversa- 
tion, he  looked  as  if  he  had  stepped  out  of  one  of  Holbein's  pictures. 
Could  he  have  been  set  down  in  the  Rotterdam  of  the  sixteenth  cen- 

VQL.  VIII.  31 


242  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

tury,  he  might  have  met  Erasmus  without  startling  him  as  he  startled 
the  stranger  of  our  day  who  saw  him  for  the  first  time  in  the  streets  of 
Rome  or  in  his  studio  on  the  Esquiline. 

He  was  so  gentle  and  kindly  that  all  felt  drawn  towards  him,  while 
at  the  same  time  his  reverend  aspect  inspired  those  who  approached 
him  with  veneration.  The  purity  of  his  life  was  reflected  in  his  per- 
son, as  in  his  art,  and  the  atmosphere  which  surrounded  him  was  so 
far  removed  from  the  tumultuous  rush  of  modern  existence,  that  when 
you  left  him,  and  plunged  again  into  the  world  as  it  is,  you  carried 
away  a  thousand  longings  for  that  world  of  which  he  seemed  a  part. 
Overbeck  was  a  priest  of  Art,  to  whom  it  was  a  holy  thing,  and  never 
a  means  of  gaining  money  or  men's  applause. 

The  thanks  of  the  Academy  were  voted  to  the  retiring 
Secretary,  Mr.  Wright,  for  his  long  and  faithful  service. 


Six  hundred   and   twenty  second   Meeting. 

June  1-1,  1870.  —  Adjourned  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Letters  in  acknowledgment  of  their  election  as  Fellows  were 
received  from  C.  C.  Perkins,  Esq.,  Professor  N.  Holmes,  and 
Dr.  George  Derby. 

Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson  was  appointed  to  the  Auditing  Commit- 
tee in  place  of  Dr.  Ware,  absent  in  Europe. 

Professor  Lovering  proposed  that  Chapter  I.,  Section  II.,  of 
the  Statutes  of  the  Academy,  be  amended  by  the  substitution 
of  the  word  "  five"  for  "  three,"  and  also  for  the  word  "  two," 
so  that  the  article  shall  read  "  and  an  annual  assessment  of  five 
dollars,  with  such  additional  sum,  not  exceeding  five  dollars, 
as  the  Academy  shall,  by  a  standing  vote,  from  time  to  time 
determine."  Referred  to  a  committee  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Lovering,  Clark,  and  Quincy. 

The  President  called  attention  to  the  fact,  that,  in  the  new 
Dictionary  of  Latin  and  Byzantine  Greek  by  Professor  Sopho- 
cles, no  mention  is  made  of  the  "  Glossary,"  published  by 
the  Academy  as  the  seventh  volume  of  its  Memoirs,  of  which 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,  1870.  243 

the  later  work  is  a  development.  He  had  reason  to  believe 
that  the  omission  would  be  supplied. 

The  Vice-President  and  Professors  Parsons  and  Holmes 
were  appointed  a  committee  to  consider  whether  the  cost  of 
printing  Professor  Lovering's  memoir  upon  the  Aurora  Bo- 
realis  could  rightly  be  defrayed  from  the  Rumford  Fund,  and 
also  what  disposition  should  be  made  of  any  proceeds  which 
might  accrue  from  the  republication  by  the  Academy  of  Count 
Ptumford's  works. 

It  was  voted  to  appropriate  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  to 
be  expended  by  the  Library  Committee,  and  three  hundred 
and  fifty  dollars  to  be  expended  by  the  Committee  on  Publica- 
tions. 

Mr.  Porter  C.  Bliss  made  a  communication  on  the  Ethnol- 
ogy of  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  southern  part  of  South  Amer- 
ica. 

The  President  read  by  title  the  following  papers  :  — 

1.   Reconstruction  of  the  Order  Diapensiacecc.    By  Asa  Gray, 

The  name  of  this  group  was  first  used  by  Link,  for  a  tribe  of  Com 
volrulacece, —  which  was  wide  of  the  mark.  But  the  order  was  founded 
by  Lindley  in  1836  (Introd.  Nat.  Syst.  ed.  2).  The  two  genera  and 
species  of  which  it  was  constituted,  however,  have  on  the  one  hand 
been  appended  to  Ericaceae,  as  by  Endlicher  and  Dr.  Hooker,  or  on  the 
other  referred  to  Polemoniacece,  as  by  Don,  Fries,  and  Alph.  DeCan- 
dolle.  Decaisne,  indeed,  keeps  up  the  order  (Decaisne  and  LeMaout, 
Triiite  Gen.  Bot.)  ;  but  as  he  intercalates  it  between  the  Pyrolece  and 
Vaccinece,  admitting  those  and  kindred  groups  as  orders,  his  view  coin- 
cides with  that  of  Endlicher  and  Hooker.  In  the  second  and  subse- 
quent editions  of  the  Man.  Bot.  N.  United  States,  I  had  followed  the 
other  course.  But,  after  an  attentive  study  of  the  Polemoniacece  of  the 
Northern  hemisphere,  I  can  no  longer  recognize  the  relationship.  The 
plants  in  question  have  neither  the  gamophyllous  calyx,  nor  the  convo- 
lute aestivation  of  the  corolla,  nor  the  usually  three-cleft  style,  nor  the 
hypogynous  disk,  nor  the  pretty  large  embryo  with  flattened  or  folia- 
ceous  cotyledons  of  Polemoniacece;  nor  do  the  latter  anywhere  show 
an  approach  to  the  stamens  of  Diapensia.  That  these  points  of  differ- 
ence from  Polemoniacece  are  all,  with  one  exception,  points  of  agree- 


244  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

ment  with  Ericacece,  must  be  conceded,  as  also  the  similarity  of  habit. 
But  the  complete  absence  of  an  hypogynous  disk,  and  the  insertion  of 
the  stamens  upon  (instead  of  with)  the  corolla,  are  characters  which 
ought  to  weigh  heavily,  in  the  absence  of  all  the  peculiar  marks  of 
Ericacece,  —  such,  for  instance,  as  the  indusiate  stigma,  tetrahedral  pol- 
len, &c.  Dr.  Hooker,  after  due  mention  and  consideration  of  these 
points  (in  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  9,  p.  372),  yet  finds,  in  his  remarkable 
genus  Diplarche,  strong  evidence  of  a  transition  between  Diapensia 
and  Loiseleuria,  his  genus  having  one  set  of  stamens  adnate  high  up  on 
a  corolla  which  much  resembles  in  shape  that  of  Diapensia  Lapponica. 
But  Diplarche  exhibits  the  disk,  the  stigma,  and  the  pollen  characteris- 
tic of  Ericacece,  and  has  neither  the  filament  nor  the  anther  of  Dia- 
pensia and  Pyxidanthera. 

There  is  a  genus,  however,  which  accords  with  these  in  the  whole  gen- 
eral structure  of  the  flower,  and  even  in  that  of  the  filament  and  anther. 
This  is  Shortia,  Torr.  &  Gray,  published,  upon  most  imperfect  charac- 
ters, at  the  close  of  an  article  of  mine  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science 
and  Arts,  vol.  42,  in  the  year  1841,  two  years  earlier,  apparently,  than 
the  fully  characterized  Schizocodon  of  .Siebold  and  Zuccarini.  The  his- 
tory of  this  genus,  and  of  the  identification  of  the  almost  .unknown 
Alleghanian  plant  with  that  of  Japan,  is  given  in  the  following  note,* 

*  "At  the  end  of  the  separate  herbarium  of  Michaux,  in  the  museum  of  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  is  preserved  a  specimen,  ticketed,  'Hautes  montagnes  de 
Carolinie,  an  Pyrola  spec.  ?  an  genus  novum  1 '  The  scapes  bear  the  dehiscent 
capsule,  tipped  with  a  style,  and  surrounded  by  the  sepals ;  the  corolla  and  stamens 
are  absent.  A  sketch  of  the  specimen,  a  leaf,  and  the  summit  of  one  of  the  scapes 
were  obligingly  presented  to  me  by  Professor  Decaisne.  With  more  zeal  than 
judgment,  I  drew  up  the  characters  from  this  unique  and  incomplete  specimen,  and 
in  this  Journal  for  January,  1841,  in  a  note  to  an  account  of  a  botanical  excursion 
to  the  mountains  of  North  Carolina,  I  published  the  plant  under  the  name  of 
Shortia  galacifolia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Contrary  to  my  hopes  and  expectations,  the 
plant  has  not  yet  turned  up  in  its  native  haunts.  The  late  Dr.  Short,  who  has 
since  gone  to  his  rest,  deserved  better  commemoration  at  our  hands  than  this  emp- 
ty name  of  a  most  obscure  plant.  Indeed,  our  botanists,  applying  the  old  law 
maxim,  De  non  apparentibus  et  de  non  existenlibus  eadem  est  ratio,  are  not  unreason- 
ably doubting  if  there  ever  was  any  such  plant.  Some  lucky  botanist  will  proba- 
bly rediscover  it  in  the  region  around  the  Black  Mountains.  What  I  have  now  to 
announce  is,  that  the  genus  is  found,  and  probably  the  very  species,  in  a  widely 
distant  region  indeed,  but  just  where,  after  all  we  have  been  learning,  it  was  not 
unnatural  to  expect  it. 

"  In  the  vear  1843,  if  I  mistake  not  (I  cannot  at  this  moment  ascertain  the  exact 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,  1870.  245 

which  was  published  in  the  Journal  above  mentioned,  in  the  year 
1867. 

Finally  Galax  of  Linnaeus,  —  a  genus  of  undetermined  affinity, — 
as  I  now  perceive,  has  its  floral  peculiarities  and  its  relationship  ex- 
plained upon  comparison  with  Shortia  or  Schizocodon.  Its  corolla  (still 
somewhat  gamopetalous,  as  Baillon  remarks  in  Adansonia,  1,  p.  196) 
is  deeply  parted ;  and  the  stamens  with  the  interposed  squamula?,  or 
sterile  series  of  stamens,  are  connate  into  a  tube,  which  not  a  little 
resembles  the  corolla  of  Diapensia,  the  fertile  stamens  occupying  the 
sinuses  of  its  petaloid  divisions  instead  of  those  of  the  corolla.  The 
style  also  is  short,  and  there  is  no  persistent  columella  in  the  axis  of 
the  capsule.  Galax  has  been  referred  to  Pyrolacece  ;  but  the  points  of 
resemblance  are  few,  and  the  differences  many  and  great,  in  corolla, 
androecium,  style,  seeds,  &c. 

If,  then,  these  two  outlying  genera  are  truly  related  to  Diapensia,  as 
I  suppose  them  to  be,  the  group  which  they  compose  will  hardly  be 
referred  to  Ericaceae.  As  a  distinct  small  order,  Galax  included,  the 
name  Diapensiacece  should  be  preferred  to  Galacinece.  For  Don's 
order  Galacinece,  though  the  earlier  in  date,  was  a  thoroughly  hetero- 
geneous assemblage. 

The  diagnoses  of  the  genera  here  brought  together  are  as  follows  :  — 

date,  none  being  given  in  the  separate  issue),  the  late  Professor  Zuccarini  published 
a  plant  from  the  mountains  of  Japan  under  the  name  of  Schizocodon  soldanelloides ; 
and  Dr.  Maximowiez  last  year  added  two  other  species,  S.  ilicijblius,  which  he 
thinks  too  closely  resembles  the  original  species,  and  S.  imiflorus.  Of  the  latter,  as 
well  as  of  S.  soldanelloides,  Dr.  Maximowiez  has  obligingly  supplied  me  with  speci- 
mens. S.  unijlorus  appears  to  differ  (and  perhaps  too  little)  from  the  original  spe- 
cies chiefly  in  the  single-flowered  scape,  broader  bracts,  broader  and  more  numer- 
ously-nerved sepals,  and  more  slender  style.  Of  this  as  of  Shortia  galacifolia,  the 
corolla  and  stamens  are  unknown.  Until  these  parts  are  found,  and  prove  to  be 
different,  1  may  venture  to  assume  that  the  two  are  identical ! 

"  Dr.  Maximowiez,  the  latest  and  best  botanical  explorer  of  Japan  and  the  adja- 
cent regions  northward,  and  whose  excellent  specimens  have  been  liberally  supplied 
to  some  of  the  principal  herbaria  of  this  country  (where  they  are  most  interesting), 
is  sedulously  engaged  upon  a  Flora  Japonica.  It  should  be  left  for  him  to  decide 
which  generic  name  should  be  adopted,  the  earlier  and  incomplete  or  the  later  and 
complete  one. 

"  As  to  the  affinities  of  the  genus,  I  had  thought  mostly  of  Galax,  itself  of  un- 
detected relationship.  The  fringed  Soldanel!a-like  corolla  and  the  similar  foliage 
are  unaccompanied  by  any  other  structural  resemblances.  Zuccarini  simply  refers 
the  genus  to  Polemoniacece ;  and  I  will  add  that  its  nearest  known  relative  is  Dia- 
pensia." 


246  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Ord.  Diapensiace^e,  Lindl.  (auctus.)  Herba?  perennes,  nunc  suf- 
fruticuloso-perennantes,  alternifoliae,  pentamera?,  gamopetala? ;  calyce 
5-sepalo  persistente  corollaque  hypogynis  a?stivatione  quincuncialibus ; 
staminibus  corolla?  adnatis  laciniis  ejusdem  alternis,  filamentis  sa?pius 
dilatatis,  antherae  loculis  horizontaliter  vel  oblique  bivalvibus ;  polline 
simplici ;  disco  plane  nullo  ;  ovario  (ima  basi  lata  cum  calycis  fundo 
levissime  concreta)  3-(raro  4-)  loculari ;  stylo  unico;  stigmate  subtrilobo 
nudo ;  ovulis  indefinite  numerosis  in  placentis  axilibus  anatropis  vel 
amphitropis  ;  capsula  loculicida ;  semiiiurn  testa  reticulata  nucleo  con- 
formi  vel  relaxata ;  embryone  parvo  tereti  in  albuinine  carnoso,  cotyle- 
donibus  brevissimis. 

Tribus  I.  Diapensie^e.  —  Filamenta  petaloideo-dilatata,  corolla? 
campanulatn?  usque  ad  sinus  adnata ;  sterilia  nulla:  anthera?  bilocu- 
lares.  Placenta?  crassa?  columella?  pei"sistenti  adnata?.  —  Planta?  suffru- 
ticuloso-ca?spitantes,  depressa?,  sempervirentes,  foliosissima? ;  foliis  parvis 
sessilibus  enervibus  integerrimis  ;  floribus  terminalibus  solitariis. 

1.  Pyxidanthera,  Michx.  Calyx  pluribracteatus.  Antbera?  loculi 
rima transversa  bivalves,  valvula  inferiore  cuspide  appendiculata.  Ovula 
in  loculis  plurima,  ampbitropa.  Semina  subglobosa,  testa  nucleo  con- 
formi.  —  Laxe  repenti-cavpitans,  flore  inter  folia  rosulata-  sessili. — 
P.  barbulata,  Micbx.  Fl.  1,  t.  17;  Gray,  Bot.  Text  Book,  ed.  3, 
cum  ic.  xyl. ;  Lindl.  Veg.  Kingd.  p.  606,  cum  ic.  xyl. ;  Bot.  Mag.  t. 
4592. 

2.  Diapensia,  L.  Calyx  2-3-bracteatus.  Anthera?  mutica?  loculi 
basi  divergentes  obliqui,  rima  descendente  bivalves.  Ovula  in  loculis 
numerosissima,  anatropa.  Semina  subcubica,  testa  nucleo  subconfonni. 
—  Pulvinato-ca?spitantes,  pedunculo  saltern  fructifero  evoluto  scapifor- 
mi.  —  D.  Lapponica,  L.  (Decaisne  &  LeMaout.  Trait.  Bot.  p.  235, 
cum  ic.  xyl.  opt.)  2  D.  Hijialaica,  Hook.  f.  Kew  Jour.  Bot. 
p.  372,  t.  12. 

Tribus  II.  Galacine^e.  —  Filamenta  fertilia  (complanata)  cum 
totidem  sterilibus  vel  squamulis  alternis  connata,  veldiscreta.  Anthera? 
mutica?.  Ovula  anatropa.  Semina  sursum  imbricata,  testa  relaxata,  ad 
chalazam  producta.  —  Herba?  acaules  ;  foliis  longe  petiolatis  rotnndato- 
cordatis  plus  minus  dentatis  venosis  perennantibus  scapisque  elongatis 
racemoso-uni-multifloris  e  rbizomatibus  repentibus  ortis. 

3.  Shortia,  Torr.  &  Gray,  1841,  (Schizocodon,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  1843.) 
Corolla  infundibuliformi-campanulata,  5-loba  ;  lobis  fimbriato-multifidis. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,   1870.  247 

Stamina  discreta  :  filamenta  fertilia  usque  ad  fauceru  (sub  sinubus)  ad- 
nata :  antbera?  biloculares  fere  Diapensice,  loculis  connectivurn  margi- 
nantibus  demum  transversis.  Squamuke  seu  filamenta  sterilia  oppositi- 
petala  corolla?  supra  basim  inserta,  lineares.  Stylus  elongatus.  Semina 
in  placentis  amplis  columella?  persistenti  adnatis  numei'osissima,  sur- 
sum  imbi'icata,  oblique  ovata,  ad  cbalazam  obtuse  apiculata.  —  Folia 
repando-dentata,  sa?pius  retusa,  laxe  venosa.  Scapus  uni-pauciflorus, 
superne  squamoso-bracteatus,  bracteis  sepalisque  demum  cbartaceis 
nervosis.  —  S.  galacifolia,  Torr.  &  Gray  in  Sill.  Jour.  1.  c.  —  Schi- 
zocodon  soldanelloides,  Sieb.  &  Zucc,  Act.  Acad.  Monac.  1843,  t.  2, 
f.  1,  S.  ilicif alius  et  S.  uniflorus,  Maxim,  aut  species  peraffiues,  aut  in 
unicam  conjungenda?  ? 

4.  Galax,  L.  Corolla  5-partita,  lobis  obovato-spatbulatis  integer- 
rimis.  Stamina  5  fertilia  cum  sterilibus  squamulisve  in  tubum  basi 
corolla?  adnatum  apice  10-dentatum  connata,  dentibus  subspatbulatis, 
fertilibus  quam  sterilia  brevioribus  et  apice  latioribus  antheram  uni- 
locularem  tranversim  bivalvem  introrsum  adnatam  gerentibus.  Stylus 
brevissimus.  Placenta?  ab  axi  sa?pius  tripartibili  dissepimentis  adnata 
secedentes.  Semina  plurima,  angusta,  sursum  longe  attenuata. —  Folia 
crebre  dentata,  reticulata.  Scapus  nudus,  racemum  multi-  et  parvi- 
florum  gerens ;  bracteis  minimis  fere  obsoletis. —  G.  aphylla,  Linn. 
Erythrorhiza  rotandifolia,  Michx.  Fl.  2,  p.  35,  t.  36. 

2.  Revision  of  the  North  American  Polemoniacece.   By  Asa  Gray. 

I.    Stamina  incequaliter  inserta. 

1.  PHLOX.  Corolla  Irrpocraterimorpha.  Filamenta  brevia,  inclusa.  Ovula  in 
loculis  1-5.  Semina  sub  aqua  imrautata,  tegumento  simpliei  albumini  adha?- 
rente.  —  Folia  integerrima,  saltern  inferiora  opposita. 

2.  COLLOMIA.  Corolla  aut  hypocraterimorpha  aut  infundibuliformis.  Fila- 
menta gracilia,  soepius  exserta.  Ovula  in  loculis  solitaria,  pauca,  vel  pluri- 
ma. Semina  humefacta  mucilaginosa  spirillifera.  —  Folia  omnia  vel  plera  alter- 
na,  saepius  pinnatipartita  vel  incisa. 

II.    Stamina  cequaliter  inserta.     Semina  humectata  plerumque  spirilli- 
fera vel  mucilaginosa. 

3.  GILIA.  Corolla  a  hypocrateriformi  ad  subrotatam.  Filamenta  haud  dccli- 
nata  inappendiculata.  — Folia  varia. 

4.  FOLEMOXIOI.  Corolla  ab  infundibuliformi  ad  rotatam.  Filamenta  gra- 
cilia,  plus  minus  declinata,  basi  piloso-appendiculata.  Folia  alterna,  pinna- 
tisecta. 


248  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

These  are  the  best  diagnostic  characters  to  be  had  for  the  Polemoni- 
aceous  genera  with  which  we  have  here  to  do.  One  other,  Lceselia,  is 
not  unlikely  to  be  found  along  our  Mexican  frontier.  The  genera  at 
first  sight  would  appear  to  be  more  obviously  and  strictly  limited  than 
they  actually  prove  to  be ;  and,  except  for  certain  connecting  forms, 
their  number  might  be  properly  increased  by  the  severance  of  one 
polymorphous  genus  into  several,  which,  for  the  want  of  a  little  ex- 
tinction, just  fail  to  establish  their  characters.  These  plants  may  also 
interest  the  philosophical  botanist  in  another  particular,  namely,  in  what 
seems  to  be  the  indications  of  an  incipient  dimorphism,  discernible  in 
sundry  species,  but  in  none  of  them,  perhaps,  completely  carried  out 
into  reciprocally  long  and  short  filaments  and  style.  For  instance,  in 
some  species  of  Gilia,  section  Leptosiphon,  the  style  is  long  in  some 
individuals  and  short  in  others,  while  the  stamens  are  uniform  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  at  least  in  one  species  of  the  section  Ipomopsis  the  stamens 
are  exserted  in  some  individuals  and  included  in  others,  with  little  or 
no  obvious  difference  in  the  style.  In  view  of  these  facts,  we  may  sus- 
pect that  the  two  sorts  of  style  which  Professor  Thurber  and  Profes- 
sor Torrey  have  detected  in  the  genus  Phlox  (namely,  that  more  than 
half  the  species  have  a  long  style,  so  that  the  stigmas  are  often  ex- 
serted, while  the  rest  have  very  short  ones,  bearing  the  stigmas  low 
down  in  the  tube  of  the  corolla)  are  somehow  of  dimorphic  nature. 
Yet  it  is  only  in  P.  subulata  that  I  have  seen  both  long  and  short 
styles  ;  and  here  the  short-styled  plant  has  (irrespective  of  this  charac- 
ter) been  described  as  a  distinct  species  (P.  nivalis,  P.  Hentzii),  and  is 
apt  to  have  a  pair  of  ovules  in  each  cell,  while  the  long-styled  P.  subu- 
lata rarely  shows  more  than  one.  Moreover,  in  the  Speciosa  group 
this  character  of  the  style  really  furnishes  one  of  the  most  available 
specific  distinctions.  "Whatever  view  be  taken  of  it,  the  case  may 
properly  be  compared  with  that  of  certain  species  of  the  generally 
dimorphic  genus  Primula,  mentioned  by  Mr.  Scott  (in  Jour.  Linn. 
Soc.  8,  p.  80),  which,  so  far  as  known,  are  either  long-styled  or  short- 
styled  without  their  complementary  fellow.  Similarly  the  two  species 
of  Gilia  composing  the  group  which  I  have  named  Giliandra  might 
be  regarded  as  the  long-stamened  form,  of  which  the  short-stamened 
counterpart  is  unknown  or  non-existent.  A  state  of  things  which,  al- 
though singular,  is  intelligible  upon  the  doctrine  of  the  gradual  evolu- 
tion of  specific  and  dimorphic  differences. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  14,  1870.  249 

1.  PHLOX,  L. 

Corolla  hypocraterimorpha,  ore  angusto.  Stamina  tubo  valde  inas- 
qualiter  insert  a  :  filamenta  brevissima  vel  brevia,  inclusa.  Stylus  nunc 
elongatus,  faueem  ada?quans  vel  superans,  nunc  brevissimus.  Ovula 
in  loculis  1,  2,  rarissime  3-5.  Semina  sub  aqua  iramutata,  tegumen- 
to  simpliei  albumini  adha?rente  nee  mucilagine  nee  spirillis  pra?dito. — 
Herba?  vel  suffruticuli  Amer.  Borealis,  foliis  integerrimis,  caulinis 
sessilibus  oppositis  summisve  alternis,  corollas  a?stivatione  niaxime  con- 
volutiva. 

§  1.  Latifolice,  Perennes,  America?  Boreali-Orientales,  uniovulatae. 

*  Thyrsi 'florce ;  cymulis  compactis  in  paniculam  floribundam  vel 
thyrsum  digestis,  pedicellis  brevissimis  ;  caule  elato  stricto  ;  corol- 
la? lobis  integerrimis. 

1.  P.  paxiculata,  L.  P.  paniculata  (forma  pubescens)  &  P.  acu- 
minata, Pursh,  Benth.  in  DC.  P.  undulata,  Ait.  P.  Sichnanni, 
Lehm.  P.  scabra,  Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  t.  248.  P.  cordata,  Ell. ; 
Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  n.  ser.  t.  13.  P.  corymbosa,  Sweet,  1.  c.  t.  114, 
a  rough-pubescent  form.  P.  glandulosa,  Shuttleworth,  coll.  Rugel, 
pubescent  form. 

2.  P.  maculata,  L.,  Jacq.  Yind.  t.  127.  P.  pyramidalis,  Smith, 
Exot.  2,  t.  87  ;  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  t.  233  ;  very  floribund  cultivated  state. 
P.  odorata,  Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  t.  224.  P.  rejlexa,  id.  t.  232 
(hybrid).  P.  penduliflora,  Sweet,  1.  c.  n.  ser.  t.  46.  P.  suaveolens, 
Ait.  Kew.  ;  form  with  white  flowers  and  stem  often  spotless,  to  which 
belong  P.  tardiflora,  Penny  ex  Benth.,  and  P.  longijlora,  Sweet, 
Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  ser.  t.  31. 

*  *    CorymboscB ;    cymulis   corymbosis   nunc   simplicibus ;    caulibus 

erectis  vel  patentibus  ;  corolla?  lobis  latis  integerrimis  vel  obeor- 

datis. 
-K-    Glaberrimce,  nitida?,  erecta?  vel  adscendentes  ;  calycis  lobis  latis  ; 

corolla?  lobis  rotundatis  integerrimis.     Rarius  corymbo  vel  caule 

scabro-puberulo. 

3.  P.  ovata,  L.  Sp.  ed.  1,  p.  152.  Caulibus  e  basi  decumbente  vel 
repente  adscendentibus  (subpedalibus)  ;  foliis  ovatis  nunc  oblongo-lan- 
ceolatis  summisve  subcordatis,  infimis  in  petiolum  angustatis  ;  calycis 
dentibus  brevibus  ovatis  seu  lato-lanceolatis  acutis. —  Bot.  Mag.  t.  528. 
P.  Carolina,  var.  ovata,  Benth.  in  DC.  P.  latifolia,  Michx.  Fl.  1, 
p.  143.  —  Var.  elatior ;  foliis  lato-  seu  ovato-lanceolatis,  calycis  denti- 

vol.  vin.  32 


250  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

bus  acutatis.  P.  Carolina,  L.  Sp.  ed.  2.  P.  trijiora,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard. 
t.  293.  Open  woods,  &c,  upper  country  of  Alabama  and  Carolina 
along  the  Alleghanies  to  Huntingdon  Co.,  Penn.f  Porter.  —  P.  ovata 
is  the  earlier  name  (although  rendered  somewhat  obscure  by  the  char. 
"  floribus  solitariis,"  which  was  taken  from  Plukenet's  figure),  and  is 
the  more  to  be  preferred  as  the  original  of  P.  Carolina  is  one  of  those 
forms  which  seem  to  pass  gradually  into  P.  glaberrima.  The  Carolin- 
ian specimens  of  "  Gray  and  Carey,"  referred  in  the  Prodromus  to 
P.  glaberrima,  are  clearly  of  the  present  species. 

4.  P.  glaberrima,  L.  Caulibus  gracilibus  erectis  (1  -  2-pedali- 
bus)  ;  foliis  lineari-  nunc  oblongo-lanceolatis  summisve  anguste  ovato- 
lanceolatis  superne  sensim  angustatis  acuminatis  firmioribus  subaveniis 
margine  subrevolutis,  pagina  superiore  nitida  ;  calycis  dentibus  trian- 
gulari-  seu  lanceolato-subulatis  acutissimis.  —  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  n.  ser. 
t.  36.  P.  glaberrima  &  P.  Carolina  var.  nitida  &  puberula,  Benth. 
in  DC.  P.  trijiora,  Michx.  ;  forma  corymbo  ramosiore  laxiore.  P. 
nitida,  Pursh.  P.  suffruticosa,  Willd.  Enum. ;  Bot.  Reg.  t.  G8.  P. 
carnea,  Sims,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2155  ;  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  t.  711.  P.  Carolina, 
Walt.;  Sims,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1344,  var.  caule  scabro-puberula.  P.  revo- 
luta,  Aikin  in  Eaton  Man.  —  Prairies  and  open  grounds,  Ohio  and 
Wisconsin  to  Florida  and  Louisiana. 

"*""  -i—  Pilosoe  seu  Glandulosce  ;  caulibus  floriferis  erectis  vel  patenti- 
bus  ;  calycis  pi.  m.  pilosi  ssepius  viscidi  dentibus  elongatis  angustis 
seu  angustissimis ;  corollas  lobis  nunc  retusis  vel  obcordatis. 

+-»■   Estolonosa3. 

5.  P.  Floridana,  Benth.  in  DC.  Caule  stricto  bipedali  cum  foliis 
lineari-  seu  oblongo-lanceolatis  rigidulis  pilosulo  vel  glabello  apice  cum 
corymbo  glanduloso,  calycis  glandulosi  dentibus  lanceolato-setaceis ; 
corollae  lobis  obovatis  integerrimis. —  Chapm.  Fl.  p.  339.  P.  Caro- 
lina, Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  t.  190  ?  —  Dry  open  woods,  Florida,  Chap- 
man, Rugel,  &c.  Distinguished  from  P.  glaberrima  by  the  much 
longer  and  narrower  teeth  of  the  glandular-pubescent  calyx. 

G.  P.  pilosa,  L.  Caule  erecto  gracili  (1  -2-pedali)  cum  foliis  lan- 
ceolatis  linearibusque  (saspius  a  basi  sessili  ad  apicem  sensim  attenua- 
tis)  villoso  piloso  vel  pubescente  nunc  glabrato ;  corymbo  demum 
aperto  ;  calycis  aut  hirto-villosi  aut  pubescens  subviscidi  dentibus  elon- 
gato-  vel  tenuissime  subulato-setaceis  superne  nunc  arisliformibus ; 
corollas  lobis  obovatis  integerrimis. —  Bot.  Mag.  t.  1307;  Lodd.  Cab. 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE    14,  1S70.  251 

t.  1251.  P.  aristata,  Michx. ;  Lodd.  Cab.  t.  1731  ;  Torr.  Fl.  N.  Y.  2, 
t.  80.  —  New  Jersey  to  Saskatchawan,  Florida,  and  Texas.  Variable 
in   foliage,  pubescence,  &c. 

Var.  detonsa  :  forma  gracillima,  sa?pius  angustifolia,  la?vis,  corymbo 
calyceque  moilici?  parurave  pubescentibus.  —  P.  aristata,  Benth.  pro 
parte.  —  Florida,  Alabama,  Louisiana,  Texas. 

7.  P.  amcexa,  Sims.  Pube  molli  rarius  hirtella  pi.  m.  villosa  ;  cau- 
libus  adscendentibus  simplicibus  (G  — "15-pollicaribus)  ;  foliis  erectiuscu- 

is  oblongis  lanceolatis  seu  lineari-lanceolatis  acutiusculis  obtusisve, 
sum  mis  corymbum  compactum  bracteantibus  ;  ealycis  dentibus  anguste 
subulatis  acutissimis  vix  aristatis  ;  corolla?  lobis  obovatis  integerrimis 
raro  emarginatis. —  Bot.  Mag.  1. 1308.  P.  pilosa,  Walt.,  Michx.  &c. 
non  L.  P.  pilosa  ?  var.  Walteri,  Gray,  Man.  ed.  2.  P.  Walteri, 
Cliapm.  Fl.  p.  338.  P.  procumbens,  Gray,  Man.  ed.  5,  vix  Lehm. 
P.  involucrata,  Nutt.  herb.  —  Barrens,  dry  bills,  &c,  Virginia  and 
Kentucky  to  Florida.  Some  forms  nearly  approach  P.  pilosa,  with 
which  it  has  been  confounded,  especially  when  P.  aristata  has  been 
regarded  as  distinct. 

++  ++  Substolonifera?,  e  basi  caules  steriles  reptantes  vel  decumbentes 
proferentes  :  folia  breviuscula  lata. 

8.  P.  divaricata,  L. ;  Bot.  Mag.  t.  163.  P.  Canadensis,  Sweet,  Brit. 
Fl.  Gard.  t.  221.  Corolla?  lobi  obcordati  vel  cuneati  emarginati,  nunc, 
in  Var.  Laphamii,  Wood,  integerrimi.  P.  glomerata,  Nutt.  herb.  P. 
glutinosa,  Buckley  in  Sill.  Journ.  45,  p.  177,  as  to  the  specimens, 
but  the  char.  "  flowers  bright  red  or  scarlet,"  must  belong  to  some- 
thing else,  perhaps  to  some  confusion  of  memory. 

9.  P.  reptans,  Michx. ;  Vent.  Malm.  t.  107.  P.  stolonifera,  Sims, 
Bot.  Mag.  t.  563  ;  Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  n.  ser.  t.  293.  Both  names 
date  from  the  year  1803.  P.  crassi folia,  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  1. 1596.  As 
Dr.  Torrey  has  noted,  this  species  has  a  long,  often  exserted  style,  the 
preceding  a  very  short  one,  —  characters  we  may  suspect  to  be  related 
to  dimorphism  ;  but  if  so  the  counterpart  form  has  not  been  observed. 

*  *  *  Sparsiflorce,  linearifolia?,  bundles,  diffusa? ;  corolla?  pallide 
violacea?  lobis  cuneatis  in  segmenta  angusta  (linearia  seu  ob- 
longa)  bifidis. 

10.  P.  bifida,  Beck. ;  Gray,  Man.  Pubescens  ;  foliis  nunc  glabra- 
tis ;  corolla?  lobis  ultra  vel  ad  medium  usque  in  segmenta  sublinearia 
bifidis.  —  Prairies  of  Illinois  and  Missouri ;  in  spring. 


252  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

11.  P.  Stellaiua,  n.  pp.  Glaberrima,  easspitosa,  basi  subperen- 
nante;  foliis  angusto-linearibus  rigidulis,  superioribusbasi  parum  ciliatis; 
pedunculis  plerumque  unifloris  elongatis ;  corollas  "  pallide  cocrulea3 
nunc  fere  albas"  lobis  apice  in  segmenta  brevi-oblonga  bifidis. — 
"  Cliffs  of  Kentucky  River  (probably  above  Lexington),  in  the  fissures 
of  the  most  precipitous  rocks,"  found  only  by  the  late  Dr.  Short, 
May  1,  1829.  The  station  should  be  rediscovered.  Flowers  as  large 
as  those  of  the  foregoing  species.  Named  from  the  resemblance  to  a 
Stettaria  both  in  foliage  and  blossoms. 

§  2.  Subulatce,  Suffrutriculoso-perennantes,  Cis-Missisippiance,  sem- 

pervirentes,  uni-biovulatas  ;  foliis  fasciculatis  ;  corollas  lobis  tantum 

obcordatis. 

(P.  procumbens,  Lehm.  Ind.  Sem.  Hamb.  1828  ;  Sweet,  Brit.  Fl. 

Gard.  n.  ser.  t.  7  — referred  by  Bent  ham  to  P.  subulata  var.  latifolia, 

—  in  some  specimens  nearly  approaches  P.  subulata,  in  others  is  more 

like  P.  amcena,  for  which  in  Manual,  ed.  5,  I  mistook  it.    It  is  unknown 

as  an  indigenous  plant,  and  is  probably  a  hybrid  of  the  two  species 

above  mentioned.) 

12.  P.  subulata,  L.  P.  subulata  &  P.  setacea,  L.  Chiefly  with 
long  style  and  solitar}'  ovules. — P.  nivalis,  Lodd.  Bot.  Cab.  t.  780; 
Sweet,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  t.  185 ;  form  with  short  style,  ovules  com- 
monly, but  not  always,  in  pairs  (rarely  3)  in  each  cell,  and  corolla 
white.  P.  aristata,  Lodd.  1.  c.  t.  1731.  P.  Hentzii,  Nutt.,  with 
white  corolla,  its  lobes  entire  or  nearly  so,  short  style,  and,  in  Nuttall's 
specimens,  solitary  ovules.  —  Dry  open  ground,  New  York  to  Michigan 
and  Florida. 

§  3.  Occidentals  (transmontanas  et  montanas),  suffrutescentes  vel 
suffruticulosas,  raro  a  basi  usque  herbaceas,  uni-triovulatas ;  ramis 
uni  -  paucifloris  ;  foliis  plerumque  angustis  vel  parvis  margine 
saspius  pi.  m.  cartilagineo-incrassatis.  Species  difficillimas  ut  vide- 
tur  inosculantes. 

*  Pulvinato-ccespitosce,  suffruticuloso-perennantes,  sempervirentes ; 
foliis  brevibus  nunc  minimis  usque  ad  flores  solitarios  (sessiles,  in 
postrema  nunc  brevi-pedunculatos)  confertis  imbricatisve  ac  fas- 
ciculatis basibus  scarioso-connatis,  vetustis  marcescentibus  ;  ovulis 
solitariis.  Species  a  minimis  imbricatifoliis  ad  laxiores  patenti- 
folias  ordinate. 

-i—    Folia  saltern  ad  margines  pilis  arachnoideis  instructa, 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  14,  1870.  253 

++  Brevissima,  latiuscula  vel  squamiformia,  imbricata,  mollia,  tan- 
tum  raucronata.  Plantas  pulvinatae  musciformes ;  corollas  lobi 
integerrimi. 

13.  P.  Richakdsonii,  Hook.  Fl.  2,  p.  73,  t.  160.  Laxius  pulvi- 
nata  ;  foliis  oblongo-lanceolatis  (lin.  3  longis)  parcius  lanigeris  margini- 
bus incrassatis  raox  reflexis  imbricatis,  vetustis  laxe  patentibus  ;  corollas 
"  laste  lilacinas,"  tubo  calycem  dimidio  excedente,  lobis  late  cuneato- 
obovatis  lin.  3  longis.  — Arctic  sea-sbore. 

14.  P.  brtoides,  Nutt.  PL  Gamb.  p.  153.  Densius  pulvinata,  mini- 
ma, facie  Selaginellam  rvpestrem  referens,  copiose  mollissime  lanata  ; 
ramulis  discretis ;  foliis  arete  quadrifariam  imbricatis  squamasformibus 
ovato-  seu  triangulari-lanceolatis  (sesquilineam  longis)  etiam  marces- 
centibus  creberrime  appressis,  marginibus  subinflexis ;  corollas  tubo 
calycem  modice  superante,  lobis  cuneatis  sesquilineam  longis.  —  Di- 
viding ridge  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  (about  lat.  42°),  Nuttall. 

15.  P.  jiuscoides,  Nutt.  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  7,  p.  42,  t.  6,  p.  2 
Prascedenti  similis,  Bryum  aliquid  canescens  referens ;  ramis  brevibus 
confertissimis  ;  foliis  minus  stricte  quadrifariis  parcius  lanatis  ovato- 
lanceolatis  parum  mucronulatis  (sesquilineam  longis)  ;  corollas  tubo 
calycem  baud  superante. —  Rocky  Mountains  at  the  sources  of  the 
Missouri  River,  Wyeth. 

-t-t-  -H-  Folia  rigidiora,  subulata,  subacerosa  (lin.  3-4  longa),  minus 
appresso-imbricata.  Plantas  late  casspitantes,  corollis  ut  videtur 
albis. 

16.  P.  Hoodu,  Richards.  Appx.  t.  28.  Parcius  lanata,  glabrata; 
foliis  erectis  ;  corollas  tubo  calycem  baud  superante,  lobis  obovatis  in- 
tegris,  2-2-1-  lin.  longis.  —  Through  the  Saskatchavvan  region  from  lat. 
54°  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  about  lat.  44°. 

17.  P.  canescens,  Torr.  &  Gray,  Pacif.  R.  R.  2,  p.  8,  t.  6.  Magis 
lanata,  canescens  ;  foliis  e  basi  appressa  mox  patentibus  vel  subsquarroso- 
recurvis ;  corollas  tubo  calycem  pi.  m.  saspius  dimidio  superante,  lobis 
obovatis  integris  vel  emarginatis  lin.  3-4  longis.  —  Rocky  Mountains 
of  Colorado  and  throughout  Utah  to  New  Mexico  and  the  Sierra 
Nevada. 

h—  -i—  Folia  rigidiora  marginibus  basi  saltern  hirsuto-  vel  hirtello- 
ciliata,  nunc  nuda. 

18.  P.  c^spitosa,  Nutt.  1.  c.  t.  6,  f.  1.  Dense  seu  laxiuscule  cass- 
pitosa ;  foliis  rigidis  lineari-subulatis  seu  oblongo-linearibus   (lin.  4-6 


254  PKOCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

longis)  crebris  vel  creberrimis  hispido-  vel  hirtello-ciliatis  casterum 
glabris  vel  parce  hirtello-glandulosis ;  corolla?  tubo  calycem  parum 
superante,  lobis  obovatis  integris  lin.  3  longis.  —  Var.  rigid  A  :  depressa  ; 
foliis  aceroso-subulatis  deraum  recurvo-patentibus  parce  glanduloso-hir- 
tellis.  P.  rigida,  Bentb.  in  DC.  —  Var.  condensata  :  pulvinato- 
coespitosa  ;  foliis  brevibus  (lin.  2-3  longis)  creberrime  arrecto-imbrica- 
tis.  P.  Hoodii,  var.  Gray,  Enum.  PI.  Parry.  (298)  in  Sill.  Jour.  — 
Rocky  Mountains,  Colorado  to  Montana,  Oregon,  and  high  Sierra 
Nevada. 

19.  P.  Douglasii,  Hook.  Caaspitoso-ramosissima,  pubescens  vel 
glabella ;  foliis  rigidulis  acerosis  saspius  patentibus  minus  crebris,  mar- 
ginibus  aut  nudis  aut  basi  hirsutiusculo-ciliatis ;  flore  subsessili ;  co- 
rolla? (purpureae  seu  alba?)  tubo  calycem  pi.  m.  superante,  lobis  obovatis 
integris  lin.  3  longis.  —  Hook.  Fl.  2,  p.  73,  t.  158.  —  Var.  diffusa: 
rarnis  procumbentibus  foliisque  laxioribus  patentibus  minus  rigidis.  — 
Var.  longifolia  :  ramis  saspius  erectis  e  rhizomate  prostrato ;  foliis 
angustissime  vel  aceroso-linearibus  lin.  5—8  longis  minus  fasciculatis. 
P.  Hoodii,  Torr.  Ann.  Lye.  2,  p.  220,  &  in  Frern.  Rep.  P.  Sibirica, 
Hook.  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  3,  p.  290.  —  High  plains  and  mountains,  Mon- 
tana, Colorado,  and  Utah,  west  to  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  the  Cascades; 
the  var.  diffusa  on  the  Pacific  slopes  from  the  Yosemite  to  lat.  49°,  the 
var.  longifolia  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  in  Utah.  This  makes 
nearly  a  transition  to  P.  longifolia,  Nutt.  One  of  Nuttall's  specimens 
of  this  form,  named  by  him  P.  andicola,  exhibits,  along  with  flowers 
having  the  usual  inequality  in  the  stamens,  one  or  two  with  stamens 
perfectly  equally  inserted  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla  ! 

*  *  Speciosce,  basi  tantum  lignosaa  nunc  herbaceaa,  multicipites  vel 
laxe  casspitantes ;  foliis  vulgo  longioribus  linearibus  lanceolatisve 
raro  subovatis  laxis  nee  parumve  fasciculatis ;  floribus  solitariis 
vel  subcymosis  longius  pedunculatis  ! 

•i—   LongistylcB.* 

++  Frigidce;  foliis  caulibusque  laxe  coespitantibus  subflaccidis. 

*  The  character  of  the  style  —  in  this  division  elongated  and  frequently  equal- 
ling the  tube  of  the  corolla,  in  the  other  hardly  exceeding  or  even  equalling  the 
ovary  and  the  stigmas  —  may  be  suspected  to  be  dimorphic,  as  I  have  supposed 
to  be  the  case  in  P.  subulata.  But  in  this  group  there  is  no  evidence  of  it ;  and  the 
character  is  most  convenient  and  useful  in  the  arrangement  of  these  otherwise 
almost  inextricable  Western  Phloxes. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  !    JUNE  14,  1870.  255 

20.  P.  Sibirica,  L.  Bi-quadripollicaris,  piloso-pubescens  ;  foliis 
angusto-linearibus  margine  srepius  villosulis ;  pedunculis  nudis  uniflo- 
ris  ;  corolla?  tubo  lobis  suis  obcordatis  retusisve  calycique  a?quilongo 
vel  paullo  longiore ;  ovulis  in  loculis  binis.  (Gmel.  Fl.  Sib.  4,  t.  46, 
f.  2.)  Trautv.  Imag.  Fl.  Russ.  t.  24.  —  Kotzebue's  Sound  and  E. 
Siberia. 

++  ++  Temperatxz ;  foliis  cum  caulibus  basi  sufFruticosis  erectis  vel 
adsurgentibus  rigidulis:  corolla  alba  seu  rosea,  tubo  lobos  caly- 
cis  angusto-subulatos  superante. 

a.  StenophyllcB :  calycis  tubus  ad  basim  usque  membranulis  intercos- 
talibus  scariosis  mox  replicatis  saepius  angulatus. 

21.  P.  linearifolia.  Glaberrima  vel  superne  nunc  hirtello-pu- 
bens,  spithamaea  ad  pedalem,  corymboso-floribunda ;  foliis  angustissime 
linearibus  (1  —  2-pollicaribus)  ;  calycis  tubo  e  basi  lata  inter  costas  exi- 
mie  membranaceo-angulata  quasi  pyramidato,  dentibus  aceroso-subula- 
tis ;  corollas  tubo  calycem  paullo  excedente,  lobis  obovato-cuneatis  inte- 
gris  raro  retusis  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  binis.  —  P.  speciosa  var.  linearifolia, 
Hook.  Kew  Jour.  Bot.  3,  p.  289,  pro  parte.  P.  speciosa,  Lindl.  Bot. 
Reg.  t.  1351  ;  Benth.  in  DC,  non  Pursb.  —  Interior  plains  of  the  Co- 
lumbia River  and  its  tributaries,  the  Kooskooskie,  Clearwater,  &c, 
Douglas,  Spalding,  Geyer,  Burke,  Lyall.  • 

22.  P.  longifolia,  Nutt.  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  7,  p.  41.  Glabra  vel 
pubescens,  circa  spithamaea  ;  foliis  angustissime  vel  angusto-linearibus 
(1 -2^-pollicaribus)  quandoque  lanceolatis  ;  corollae  lobis  obovato- seu 
oblongo-cuneatis  integris  retusisve  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  fere  semper  solita- 
riis.  —  P.  speciosa,  p.  Hook.  Fl.  2,  p.  72,  &c.  P.  humilis,  Dougl.  in 
Benth.  1.  c.  —  a  small  form,  with  shorter  peduncles,  sometimes  appar- 
ently passing  into  P.  Douglasii,  var.  longifolia.  —  Var.  Stansburyi  : 
validior  ;  pube  ramorum  calycisque  pi.  m.  glandulosa  seu  viscosa,  foliis 
vulgo  latioribus;  corollae  tubo  calyce  saepius  duplo  longiore,  lobis  apice 
nunc  emarginatis  nunc  erosis  ;  loculis  1-2  ovarii  quandoque  biovu- 
latis.  P.  speciosa,  var.  ?  Stansburyi,  Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  145. 
—  Forma  brevifolia,  nana  ;  foliis  nunc  angusto-  nunc  oblongo-lan- 
ceolatis  semipollicaribus.  ■ —  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Cascades  and 
Sierra  Nevada,  and  from  Washington  Territory  to  Nevada  and  Utah. 
The  var.  Stansburyi  and  its  short-leaved  form  chiefly  in  the  southern 
districts,  and  extending  into  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  This  also  has 
usually  uniovulate  cells,  but  with  one  or  two  (rarely  perhaps  all  three) 
cells  sometimes  2-ovuled. 


256  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

b.  Brachyphyllce  :  calyx  sinubus  scariosis  vix  replicatis  subteres. 

23.  P.  adsurgens,  Torr.  in  herb.  Praeter  inflorescentiam  glabra  ; 
caulibus  diffusis  adscendentibus  gracilibus  (subpedalibus)  ;  foliis  ovatis 
seu  ovato-lanceolatis  acutis  semipollicaribus  plerumque  internodiis  mul- 
to  brevioribus  ;  pedunculis  subcymosis  calyceque  glanduloso-pubescen- 
tibus  ;  corolla?  tubo  calyce  subduplo  longiore,  lobis  obovatis  integris  ; 
ovarii  loculis  uniovulatis.  —  "  Canon  Pass,  Oregon,"  Prof.  A.  Wood.  — 
Tube  of  the  corolla  nearly  an  inch,  its  lobes  five  lines,  long.  Style 
exserted.  —  Peculiar  as  this  appears,  some  of  the  short-leaved  forms 
referred  to  the  preceding  species  make  an  approach  to  it. 

-l—  -h-  Brevistylce,  nempe  stylo  quam  stigmata  ovariumque  vulgo 
breviore.  Calyx  membranulis  intercostalibus  baud  replicatis 
cjlindraceus,  lobis  subulatis. 

24.  P.  speciosa,  Pursh.  Subviscoso-puberula  vel  glabrata,  1-4- 
pedalis  ;  ramis  e  basi  lignosa  decumbente  adsurgentibus  ;  foliis  lanceo- 
latis  seu  linearibus  (sesqui-bipollicaribus),  supremis  basi  plerumque 
dilatatis  ;  floribus  corymbosis  ;  corollas  rosea?  seu  alba?  tubo  calycem 
parum  superante,  lobis  obcordatis  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  solitariis.  Pursh  ! 
Fl.  1,  p.  149.  P.  speciosa,  var.  latifolia,  Hook.  Kevv  Jour.  3, 
p.  289.  P.  occidentalis,  Durand  in  Pacif.  R.  P.  4,  p.  125,  forma 
latifolia. —  Interior  plain  of  the  Columbia,  Washington  Territory,  to  the 
foot  hills  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  California.  —  Determined  from  an 
original  specimen  of  herb.  Lamb.,  now  of  herb.  Kew,  collected  on  the 
"  Plains  of  the  Columbia,  about  4  feet  high,  May  7,  1806,"  Lewis  and 
Clarke:  although  injured,  the  obcordate  lobes  of  the  corolla  are  con- 
spicuous. Corolla  in  the  larger  specimens  an  inch  or  even  more  in 
diameter. 

Var.  Sabini  :  corolla?  lobis  obovatis  basi  cuneatis  integerrimis  vel 
retusis. —  P.  speciosa,  var.  elatior,  Hook.  Fl.  1.  c.  P.  Sabini,  Dougl. 
in  Hook.  &  Benth.  1.  c.  —  Spokan  River,  Washington  Territory. 

Var.  Woodhousii:  nana;  foliis  linearibus  basi  nee  dilatatis;  flori- 
bus dimidio  minoribus ;  corolla?  lobis  cuneatis  obcordatis. — P.  Wood- 
housii, Torr.  ined.  P.  nana,  Torr.  Sitgreaves  Rep.  p.  165,  non 
Nutt.  —  Arizona  (lat.  35°,  long.  112°  20'),  Woodhouse  in  Sitgreaves 
Exped. 

25.  P.  nana,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c.  Glanduloso-pubescens  vel  hir- 
tella,  nunc  glabrata,  e  basi  frutescente  patenti-ramosa,  spithama?a  ad 
pedalem  ;  foliis  linearibus,  ramealibus  sa?pe  alteruis  ;  floribus  sparsis  ; 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,   1870.  257 

corollas  "  rubrae  "  roseas  vel  "  albas  "  tubo  calyceni  paullo  superante, 
lobis  amplis  latissime  cuneato-obovatis  integris  nunc  erosulis ;  ovuli's  in 
loculis  3,  rarius  binis.  P.  triovulata,  Thurber  in  Bot.  Mex.  Bound. 
p.  145.  —  Var.  glabella  :  ramis  simplicioribus  erectis  ;  foliis  angus- 
tioribus.  — New  Mexico  (near  Santa  Fe,  &c.)  and  adjacent  borders  of 
Texas  and  Colorado.  (No.  1654,  Wright,  may  be  added  to  the  num- 
bers cited  in  Mex.  Bound.  Survey  ;  this  and  504  are  of  the  smoothish 
and  more  erect  variety.)  Limb  of  the  corolla  commonly  an  inch, 
sometimes  an  inch  and  a  quarter  in  diameter  :  apparently  a  showy 
species.     No  state  of  the  plant  seen  can  justly  be  described  as  "canes- 

cently  pubescent." 

► 

§  4.  Annuce,  Texenses,  laxe  ramosas,  plus  minus  viseoso-pilosas  (pilis 
multiarticulatis  plerumque  glandula  parva  terminatis)  ;  foliis 
latiusculis,  superioribus  alternis  ;  calycis  (fructiferi  fere  ad  basim 
usque  fis>i)  lobis  setaceo-apiculatis  mox  recurvis  vel  patentibus ; 
stylo  stigmatibus  breviore  ;  seminibus  subalato-angulatis. 

*    Uniovulatce,  corymbifloraB. 

26.  P.  Drummondii,  Hook.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  3441 ;  Bot.  Reg.  t.  1949, 
Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  ser.  2,  t.  316  (forma  parviflora).  Folia  saspius  lanceo- 
lata  seu  oblonga,  superiora  basi  subcordata  semiamplexicaulia. 

Var.  yillosissima  :  pilis  viscosis  longis  crebris  ;  foliis  angusto-lan- 
ceolatis ;  floribus  magnis  subspai*sis.  —  Texas,  in  the  pebbly  bed  of 
the  Nueces,  Wright,  no.  1656. 

Var.  tenuis  :  spithamasa;  pube  breviore  parciore  in  foliis  plerum- 
que linearibus  basi  nunquam  dilatatis  nunc  evanida ;  cyma  laxiflora ; 
floribus  parvulis  ;  corollas  lobis  obovato-cuneatis  lin.  2- 4  longis. — 
Eastern  Texas,  Berlandier  (1822,  &c),  Drummond  (coll.  3,  312), 
Lindheimer  (424),  Wright. 

*  *  Pluri-(4i  -  5-)  ovulates,  sparsifloras. 

27.  P.  Rcemeriana,  Scheele  in  Linnasa,  21,  p.  752.  Humilis,  e  basi 
laxe  ramosa,  praster  margines  foliorum  calycisque  tubum  hirsutos  sub- 
glabra  ;  foliis  lanceolatis  oblongis  imisve  spathulatis,  caulinis  plerum- 
que alternis  ;  corolla  rosea  ampla,  tubo  glabro  calycis  lobos  lineares 
tantum  patentes  subaequante  lobis  suis  latissime  obovatis  (lin.  6-9 
longis)  breviore;  capsulas  loculis  oligospermis.  P.  macrantka,  Buck- 
ley in  Proceed.  Acad.  Philad.  1862,  p.  5.  —  Not  rare  in  the  central 
district  of  Texas,  Lindheimer,  Roemer,  Wright,  Buckley,  Thurber,  &c. 

vol.  viii.  33 


258  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

In  describing  this  remarkable  species,  neither  Scheele  nor  Buckley 
mentions  the  annual  root,  nor  the  prevailingly  alternate  leaves,  nor 
the  numerous  ovules  ;  indeed,  poor  Scheele  gives  the  character  "  loculis 
uniovulatis."  Dr.  Engelman  has  proposed  to  transfer  this  species  to 
Gilia ;  but  the  number  of  ovules  in  these  genera  proves  to  be  a 
wholly  secondary  character. 

2.  COLLOMIA,  Nutt.  mutatis  mutandis. 

Corolla  tubuloso-infundibuliformis  vel  hypocraterimorpha,  fauce 
ssepius  sensim  plus  minus  ampliata.  Stamina  fauci  vel  infra  faucem 
incequaliter  inserta  :  filamenta  gracilia,  saspe  exserta.  Ovula  in  loculis 
solitaria,  pauca,  vel  plurima.  Semina  humefacta  e  teguraento  simpliei 
tubulos  mucilaginosos  plerumque  spirilliferos  creberrime  protrudentia. 
—  Herbae  annua?,  raro  biennes,  foliis  alternis  imisve  oppositis  sa3pius 
incisis  nunc  pinnatisectis. 

Of  the  two  characters  which  in  the  Prodromus  distinguish  Colhmia 
from  Gilia,  namely,  the  unequally  inserted  stamens  and  the  solitary 
ovules,  Bentham  gave  evident  preference  to  the  latter,  as  appears 
from  his  removal  of  C.  lieteroplnjlla  to  Navarretia ;  yet  uniovulate 
species  are  left  in  Gilia.  As  it  is  now  abundantly  evident  that  none 
of  our  Polemoniaceous  genera  can  be  made  to  rest  upon  the  number 
of  ovules,  I  rely  so  completely  upon  the  remaining  character  that  I 
propose  to  remove  from  Gilia  to  Colhmia  two  multiovulate  species, 
in  which  I  detect  a  striking  inequality  in  the  insertion  of  the  stamens, 
and  even  to  add  an  unpublished  species  having  a  much-dilated  throat 
to  the  corolla. 

Collomia  nudicaulis,  Hook.  &  Arn.,  has  very  many  ovules,  and 
belongs  to  the  Leptosiphon  section  of  Gilia,  although  peculiar  in  its 
sessile  anthers  and  entire  leaves. 

The  "  mucilage"  so  copiously  developed  on  the  surface  of  the  seed 
when  immersed  in  water,  and  which  gave  name  to  the  genus,  consists 
of  innumerable  and  most  delicate  diaphanous  tubes,  which  lengthen 
wonderfully  when  wetted.  The  spiral  thread  which  they  contain  (on 
which  account  they  were  confounded  with  "  spiral  vessels,"  and  which 
uncoils  as  the  tube  softens  or  dissolves  into  jelly)  is  wanting  in  one 
species,  namely,  C.  gracilis.  In  this  and  in  the  several  following  spe- 
cies, the  mucilage  cells  are  beneath  a  more  or  less  evident  pellicle  or 
epidermis,  composed  of  fragile  tabular  cells,  which  are  thrown  off 
when  the  former  develop  and  protrude  under  moisture.  But  this  pel- 
licle is  not  obvious  in  the  typical  species. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,  1870.  259 

§  1.  EUCOLLOMIA.  Ovula  in  loculis  solitaria,  in  spec,  ultima 
2-3.  Annuae,  plu*  minus  viscoso-pubescentes. —  Collomia,  cum 
Navarretia  heterophytta,  Benth.  in  Proclr. 

*  GenuincB,  simplici-  et  sessilifoliic,  sajpius  confertifloraa,  calyce  ob- 
conico,  corolla  angusta.     Semina  maxime  spirillifera. 

•f-  Flores  capitato-glomerati,  folioso-bracteati,  infimi  in  dichoto- 
miis  nunc  subsolitarii. 

1.  C.  coccinea,  Lebm.,  Benth.  1.  c.  —  Chili." 

2.  C.  grandiflora,  Dougl.  —  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. — 
Var.  tenuiflora,  Benth.  in  DC. :  a  form  with  a  more  slender  corolla. 
Var.  cryptantha,  Regel :  perhaps  a  sport  of  cultivation. 

3.  C.  linearis,  Nutt.  —  Both  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  north 
to  Mackenzie  River :  also  on  the  shore  of  New  Brunswick,  Fowler, 
perhaps  a  waif. 

Var.  subulata  :  spithaniaea,  divergenti-ramosa ;  foliis  lineari-lan- 
ceolatis  seu  linearibus  utrinque  attenuatis ;  glomerulis  laxiusculis 
alaribus  imis  paucifloris  nunc  unifloris ;  calycis  lobis  e  basi  lata  attenu- 
ato-subulatis  tubo  parum  longioribus.  C.  tinctoria,  Kellogg  in  Proc. 
Acad.  Calif.  3,  p.  17,  t.  2,«ex  char.  —  E.  California  and  W.  Nevada, 
Lobb  (1857),  Dorr,  Stretch;  Klamath  Valley,  Oregon,  Kronkrite. 
And  S.  Watson  collected  in  Nevada  a  form  so  intermediate  as  to  for- 
bid our  regarding  it  as  a  distinct  species. 

-*—  h—   Flores  omnes  dissiti,  in  dichotomiis  solitarii. 

4.  C.  tenella,  n.  sp.  Viscoso-puberula,  e  radice  exili  3  —  4-polli- 
caris,  pusilla,  laxe  ramosa  ;  foliis  linearibus  uniformibus  integerrimis  ob- 
tusiusculis  basi  longius  attenuatis,  imis  oppositis  ;  floribus  subsessilibus  ; 
calycis  lobis  triangulatis  acutis  tubo  brevioribus  corolla  angusta  fere 
hypocraterimorpha  dimidio  brevioribus.  —  Nevada,  in  Wasatch  Moun- 
tains about  Parley's  Park,  Watson  in  King's  expedition.  —  Flowering 
almost  from  the  base.  Calyx  broadly  obconical,  barely  two  lines  long ; 
the  corolla  at  length  four  lines.  Leaves  about  an  inch  long,  all  scat- 
tered. 

*  *  Intermedia,  cymoso-sparsifloraa ;  foliis  sessilibus  integerrimis, 
inferioribus  saepius  oppositis ;  calyce  fere  5-partito  basi  obtusis- 
simo.     Semina  sub  aqua  mucilaginosa  sine  spirillis. 

5.  C.  gracilis,  Dougl.  Occurs  under  very  various  forms  in  the 
western  parts  of  North  and  South  America.  C.  micrantha,  Kellogg, 
1.  c.  tig.  3,  evidently  belongs  here. 


260  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

*  *  *  Giliceformes  ;  foliis  pinnatisectis  incisis  vel  3  -  5-partitis, 
inferioribus  petiolatis  alternis  ;  calyce  basi  obtuso  ;  corolla  fere 
hypocraterimorpha.     Seminasub  epidermide  tenerrima  spirillifera. 

6.  C.  gilioides,  Benth.  Flores  subsparsi,  staminibus  insertione 
minus  inajqualibus. —  Var.  glutinosa.  "Forma  corolla  ssepius  longi- 
ore,  staminibus  magis  inaequaliter  insertis  ;  ovulis  raro  binis.  C.  ylu- 
tinosa,  Benth.  Gilia  (AllopJtylhim)  divariata,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  155, 
a  slender  form.  —  These  appear  to  be  of  one  species.  The  protrusion 
or  inclusion  of  the  stamens  is  probably  an  individual  character  of  in- 
cipient dimorphism,  as  is  evidently  the  case  in  the  next. —  California. 

7.  C.  heterophylla,  Hook.  Navarretia  heteropliylla,  Benth., 
cum  syn.  Flores  pi.  m.  glomerati ;  staminibus  valde  inasqualibus ;  ovu- 
lis in  loculis  2-3.  —  British  Columbia  to  California. 

§  2.  PHLOGANTHEA.  Ovula  in  loculis  plurima  (6-12). 
Filamenta  quandoque  declinata,  turn  inaequalia  turn  inaequaliter 
inserta.  Folia  vel  segmenta  tenui-linearia  integerrima.  Thyrsi- 
florae  vel  sparsiflora?,  nee  viscidae.  Semina  ut  in  prioribus  spirilli- 
fera. 

*  Folia  caulina  semel  pinnati-3  -  7 -partita ;  corolla  ad  faucem 
usque  angusta. 

8.  C.  Cavanillesiana,  Don.  Biennis  vel  basi  indurata  perennis  ? 
pubescens  vel  puberula ;  caulibus  ramisve  virgatis  foliosis ;  thyrso 
angusto  saapius  racemiformi,  pedunculis  brevibus  glomeruli-floris  ; 
corolla  alba "  luteo-albicante "  Cav.  seu  purpurascente  (semipolli- 
cari),  tubo  calyce  2-3-plo  longiore  superne  paullo  sensim  ampliato, 
lobis  oblongis  ;  filamentis  fauci  plerumque  subobliquo  insertis;  antheris 
rotundis ;  ovulis  in  loculis  5-7.  Phlox  pinnata,  Cav.  Ic.  6,  p.  17, 
t.  528.  Cantaci  glnmeriflora,  Juss.  Ann.  Mus.  2,  p.  119.  Gilia 
glomeri flora,  Benth.  1.  c.  G.  multijlora,  Nutt.  pi.  Gamb.  —  Borders  of 
W.  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  adjacent  parts  of  Mexico. 
Doubtless  (as  Bentham  suspects)  not  from  Buenos  Ayres,  and  hardly 
yellow-flowered,  although  Galeotti's  specimens  seem  to  be  so,  and  are 
noted  on  the  ticket:  "fl.  orangees."  And  in  our  district  it  is  probably 
more  than  a  biennial.  G.  Don  having  referred  the  species  to  Col- 
lomia,  it  may  retain  the  new  specific  name  imposed  by  him  :  he  sup- 
posed the  ovules  were  solitary,  and  did  not  notice  the  obvious  inequality 
in  the  insertion  of  the  stamens. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  26l 

9.  C.  Thurberi,  n.  sp.  Biennis  ?  puberula ;  caulibus  e  basi  indu- 
rata  virgatia  sesquipedalibus  crebre  foliosis ;  inflorescentia  spicato- 
thyrsiformi  fere  prsecedentis ;  pedunoulis  pedicellisque  brevissimis ; 
ealycis  lobis  tubo  suba?quilongis  ;  corolla  "  crerulea  vel  lilacina"  hypo- 
craterimorpha,  tubo  ultrapollicari  sursum  sensim  parum  ampliato 
lobis  orbiculatis  calyceque  3-4-plo  longioribus ;  filamentis  fauci 
rectae  insertis;  antberis  brevi-oblongis ;  ovulis  in  loculis  8-9.  Gilia 
Thurberi,  Torr.  in  herb. —  New  Mexico,  near  the  copper  mines,  &c, 
Thurber.  Intermediate  between  the  foregoing  and  the  following,  with 
far  larger  flowers  than  the  former ;  from  their  size  and  abundance  ap- 
parently very  handsome. 

10.  C.  longiflora.  Annua,  glaberrima ;  foliorum  segmentis  angus- 
tissimis  elongatis  ;  caule  (subpedali  ad  bipedalem)  paniculato-ramoso 
laxifloro ;  peduuculis  unifloris  soepissime  gracilibus  subcorymbosis ; 
ealycis  lobis  tubo  brevioribus ;  corolla  alba  hypocraterimorpha,  tubo 
longissimo  (soape  sesquipollicari),  lobis  orbiculatis  ovatisve  (nunc 
acumine  apiculatis)  ;  filamentis  intra  tubum  superne  baud  ampliatum 
nunc  2-3  ad  faucem  valde  insequaliter  insertis;  antheris  oblongis ; 
ovulis  in  loculis  10-12.  Cantua  longiflora,  Torr.  Ann.  Lye.  Gilia 
longiflora,  Don,  Benth.,  &c.  —  Nebi'aska  to  New  Mexico,  W.  Texas, 
and  Arizona;  common  in  pine  forests,  &c. 

f  *  *  Folia  omnia  integerrima :  corolla  infundibuliformis. 

11.  C.  leptalea,  n.  sp.  Annua,  glandulosa  vel  glaberrima;  caule 
gracillimo  (4-  10-pollicari)  effuse  paniculato  ;  foliis  angusto-linearibus  ; 
floribus  sparsis  filiformi-pedicellatis  ;  corolla  alba  vel  purpurea,  tubo 
tenui  e  calyce  exserto  in  faucem  latam  lobis  ovatis  sublongiorem  am- 
pliato ;  filamentis.  valde  inrequaliter  insertis  ;  antheris  brevissimis ; 
ovulis  in  loculis  6. —  California,  in  the  Sierra  and  foot  hills,  from  Plumas 
to  Mariposa  County,  Bridges,  Newberry,  Mrs.  Davis,  Torrey,  Bolander, 
A.  Wood ;  the  latter  collected  a  more  glandular  form,  and  states  that 
the  corolla  is  "  scarlet."  Calyx  1-2,  corolla  5  —  7  lines  long. 
Flowers  very  loosely  panicled ;  pedicels  naked,  terminal  and  opposite 
the  leaves,  3-12  lines  long,  almost  capillary. 

3.  GILIA,  Ruiz  &  Pav. 

Corolla  infundibuliformis,  hypocraterimorpha,  nunc  fere  campanulata 
vel  rotata.  Stamina  fauci  vel  tubo  nunc  sinubus  corolla?  requaliter  in- 
serta :  filamenta  saepissime  gracilia,  haud  declinata,  basi  fere  semper 
nuda.     Ovula    in   loculis    plurima   vel    pauca,  in   nonnullis    solitaria. 


262  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Semina  humefacta  plerumque  (ut  Collomice)  mucilaginosa,  in  omnibu9 
oppositifoliis  palraatifidis  nee  spirillifera.  Herbse,  paucse  suffrutices, 
Labitu,  varire.  —  Gilia  et  Navarretia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.,  Benth.  in  DC. 

Thus  regarded,  Gilia  is  certainly  a  polymorphous  as  well  as  a  large 
genus;  but  definite  characters  are  vainly  sought  for  dividing  it  and  for 
keeping  Navarretia  separate.  The  most  natural  separation  would  seem 
to  be  into  three  genera,  characterized  mainly  by  the  foliage  :  —  namely, 
1.  Gilia,  with  alternate  and  pinnately  cut  or  divided  leaves  ;  2.  Lepto- 
dactylon,  frutescent  plants,  with  nearly  the  corolla  of  Phlox,  and  alter- 
nate palmately  parted  leaves  ;  and  3.  Leptosiphon,  annuals,  with  oppo- 
site and  palmately  divided  (or  entire)  leaves.  And  to  this  the  seeds  in 
some  sort  answer,  —  those  of  the  first  being  mostly  mucilaginous  and 
spirilliferous,  as  in  Collomia,  of  the  second  (always?)  unaltered  in 
water,  as  in  Phlox,  one  section  of  which  it  externally  resembles  in  fo- 
liage ;  -of  the  third,  more  or  less  mucilaginous,  but  destitute  of  spiricles  ; 
which  is  paralleled  by  the  one  Collomia,  C.  gracilis,  that  tends  to  have 
opposite  leaves, —  points  worth  noticing  by  those  who  accept  the  doc- 
trine of  the  derivation  of  species.  -But  Nuttall's  Siphonella  and  a  new 
opposite-leaved  Leptodactylon  nearly  efface  the  distinctions  between  the 
latter  and  Leptosiphon ;  some  species  of  the  opposite  and  palmate 
series  have  the  upper  leaves  prevailingly  alternate ;  one  of  the  alter- 
nate-leaved series  has  trisected  leaves  seemingly  of  the  palmate  sort; 
and  a  few  scattered  species  of  the  same  series  have  seeds  which  pro- 
duce neither  simple  mucilaginous  tubes  nor  spiricles  when  wet.  Those 
of  G.  {Ipomopsis)  coronopifolia  differ  in.  this  way  from  those  of  the 
nearly  related  G.  aggregata.  Similarly  G.  (Linanthns)  dicholoma  has 
seeds  with  a  loose  arilliform  external  coat,  under  which  are  apparently 
no  mucilage  cells  or  tubuli,  while  these  abound  under  the  closer  coat  in 
the  nearly  related  G.  Bigelovii,  as  in  the  other  species  of  that  series. 
It  is  obviously  impracticable,  therefore,  to  restore  any  of  those,  at  first 
apparently  well-marked  genera  which  Mr.  Bentham  proposed,  and 
afterwards  merged  in  Gilia.  To  complete  our  view  of  the  genus  I 
have  included  the  few  South  American  species. 

Series  I.  Palmati-  seu  Oppositifolice,  nempe  foliis  sessilibus  palma- 
tisectis  (segmentis  angustis  integerrimis)  in  perpaucis  integris,  oppositis 
vel  summis  ramealibusque  quandoque  alternis,  in  Leptodactylis  pleris 
alternis.  Semina  humefacta  tegumento  sogpius  mucilaginoso  sed  nun- 
quam  spirillifero. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JUNE    14,  1870.  263 

§  1.  DACTYLOPHYLLUM.  Corotfa  campanulata,  fere  rotata, 
vel  breviter  inf'undibuliformis,  lobis  obovatis.  Filamenta  gracilia  : 
antherre  ovales.  Ovula  in  loculis  plurima,  rarius  pauca.  Annuaa, 
pusilla?  vel  tenues,  saspissime  sparsifloros. 

*  Flores  in  dichotomiis  subpedicellati.  Corolla  campanulata,  tubo 
proprio  nullo,  lobis  integerrimis.     Folia  pleraque  tripartita. 

1.  G.  demissa,  n.  sp.  Divaricato-ramosissima,  depressa,  glabella; 
foliis  rigidulis,  segraentis  acerosis  ;  calyce  fere  5-partito,  segmentis  in- 
tequalibus  lanceolato-subulatis  marginibus  scariosis,  longioribus  saspe 
foliiformibus  corollam  albam  medio  5-lobam  adaequantibus  ;  staminibus 
inclusis  corollae  basi  insertis  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  7.  —  S.  E.  California 
and  adjacent  part  of  Arizona,  Fremont ;  mouth  of  Diamond  River, 
Newberry  (G.,  Dactyhphylhim,  n.  sp.  in  Ives  Exped.  p.  22);  near 
Fort  Mohave,  Cooper.  Plant  2-3  inches  high.  Flowers  somewhat 
cymosely  crowded,  the  upper  internodes  being  short :  pedicels  at  most 
a  line  long,  often  almost  wanting.     Corolla  3  lines  long. 

*  *  Flores  sparsi  tenuiter  saspius  longissime  pedicellati.  Corolla 
aut  breviter  infundibuliformis  aut  fere  rotata,  lobis  integerrimis. 
Folia  3  -  7-secta,  superiora  saepius  alterna,  scabro-hispidula,  hirsu- 
tula,  vel  fere  glabra.      Gilia  sect.  Dactylophyllum,  Benth. 

2.  G.  liniflora,  Benth.  Folia  Spergulce  facie ;  pedicellis  capil- 
laribus ;  corolla  (alba)  fere  rotata,  lobis  latis  calycem  bis  terve  supe- 
rantibus  ;  filamentis  summo  tubobrevissimo  insertis  basi  pubescentibus  ; 
ovulis  in  loculis  6-8.  —  Forma  major,  G.  liniflora,  Benth.,  corolla 
majuscula,  lobis  lin.  6-4  longis. —  California. 

Var.  pharnaceoides  (G.  pliarnaceoid.es,  Benth.;  Hook.  Fl.  2, 
t.161)  :  minor  vel  pusilla  ( G.  tenella,  Nutt.  ined.),  corolla?  lobis  3i  —  2 
lin.  longis.  —  California  to  British  Columbia  and  Rocky  Mountains. 

3.  G.  pusilla,  Benth.  Tenella  ;  foliis  brevioribus ;  pedicellis  capil- 
laribus  ;  corolla  (purpureo  tincta  seu  albida  fauce  luteola)  lobis  lato- 
obovatis  fauci  subcampanulatae  cum  tubo  proprio  brevissimo  sequilongis 
seu  longioribus  ;  filamentis  sub  sinubus  insertis  basi  fere  glabris  ;  ovulis 
in  loculis  3-5.  —  Forma  Chilensis,  minor,  G.  pusilla,  Benth.  corolla 
calyce  parum  longiore.  —  Var.  Californica  :  corollae  lobis  amplioribus 
calycem  bis  superantibus.      G.  Jilipes,  Benth.  Hartw.  p.  325. 

4.  G.  Bolaxderi,  n.  sp.  G.  pnsil/ce  simillima,  differt  corolla  (cae- 
ruleo  vel  purpureo  tincta)  tubo  angusto  calycis  tubum  cylindraceum 
subrequante  lobis  suis  fere  oblongis  cum  fauce  brevissimo  vix  ampliata 


264  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

pi.  ra.  longiore ;  pedicellis  quandoque  sesquipollicaribus ;  ovulis  in  lo- 
culis 2-5. —  California,  Sonoma  County,  on  dry  hills;  Russian  River, 
Bolander ;  —  Calaveras  Valley,  A.  Wood.  Corolla  three  or  four  lines 
long,  with  comparatively  small  lobes,  not  much  surpassing  the  calyx. 
From  the  form  of  the  corolla  and  the  length  of  its  cylindrical  tube, 
this  cannot  be  reckoned  a  variety  of  G.  pusilla. 

5.  G.  aurea,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  155,  t.  22.  A  basi  ramosa  diffusa 
2  -  4-pollicaris  ;  foliis  hispidulis  brevibus,  segmentis  angusto-linearibus 
vix  lin.  3  longis  ;  pedicellis  subcymosis  flore  majusculo  hand  longiori- 
bus  ;  corolla  srepius  flava,  lobis  late  obovatis  patentibus  fauci  ampliato- 
infundibuliformi  cum  tubo  brevissimo  sequilongis ;  filamentis  prope 
sinus  insertis  glabris  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  circiter  10.  —  California,  from 
Santa  Barbara  or  Los  Angeles  to  Arizona  and  New  Mexico.  Corolla 
rather  ampliate-funnelform  than  campanulate,  the  border  4-6  lines  in 
diameter  when  expanded,  bright  or  light  yellow,  sometimes  apparently 
white. —  Var.  decora:  corolla  alba  seu  violacea  fauce  nunc  fusco- 
purpurea.     California,  Fremont,  Brewer,  the  latter  on  Monte  Diablo. 

*  *  *  Flores  solitarii  paucive  Vamos  terminantes,  breviuscule  pedi- 
cellati.  Corolla  late  breviter  infundibuliformis,  lobis  amplis  fimbri- 
olato-  seu  eroso-dentatis.  Filamenta  glabra,  basim  versus  corolla? 
inserta.  Ovula  numerosa.  Folia  omnia  opposita  simplicissima. 
—  Fenzlia,  Benth.  olim.      Gilia  sect.  Dianthoides,  Endl.,  Benth. 

6.  G.  dianthoides,  Endl.  Atakta,  t.  29  ;  Hook.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  4876. 
G.  dianthijiora,  Steud.  Nom.  Fenzlia  dianthijiora,  Benth.  in  Bot.  Reg. 
F.  speciosa  &  F.  concinna,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c.  —  California,  from 
Santa  Barbara  southward.  Flowers  variable  in  size,  hue  (lilac,  purple, 
or  almost  white,  with  yellow  or  dark  purple  throat),  and  in  the  denticu- 
lation  of  the  lobes,  which  in  Coulter's,  no.  464,  is  minute. 

§  2.  LINANTHUS,  Endl.,  Benth.  Corolla  hypocraterimorpha,  tubo 
calycis  tubum  cylindricum  adasquante,  lobis  late  cuneato-obovatis 
asstivatione  valde  convolutivis  margine  obsolete  crenulatis  vel 
erosis.  Stamina  tubo  corollas  infra  medium  inserta,  inclusa:  fila- 
menta gracilia.  Ovula  in  loculis  numerosa  (20  —  40).  Capsula 
oblonga  vel  cylindracea.  —  Annua?,  erectaa,  glaberrimae ;  foliis 
oppositis  3-5-sectis,  inferioribus  saepe  (in  pauperrimis  nunc 
omnibus)  integris,  segmentis  lineari-filiformibus ;  fioribus  ternai- 
nalibus  alaribusque  subsessilibus  albis  ;  calycis  lobis  acerosis.  — 
Linanthus,  Benth.  in  Bot.  Reg. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  265 

7.  G.  diciiotcoia,  Benth.  in  DC.  cum  syn.  Spithamasa  ad  subpe- 
dalem,  grandiflora  ;  corollas  lobis  semi-subpollicaribus  ;  antheris  lineari- 
bus  ;  seminibus  subrotundis,  tegumento  externo  laxo  arilliformi  albo 
tenui-reticulato  ab  interiori  multo  minore  soluto,  hurnefactis  nee  muci- 
la"inosis.  —  Common  in  California. 

8.  G.  Bigelovii,  n.  sp.  Saspius  tenuior,  parviflora ;  corolla  ealycis 
lobos  vix  superante,  limbo  tubo  suo  2-3-plo  breviore ;  antheris  ovali- 
bus ;  seminibus  ovalibus,  tegumento  confbrmi  sub  aqua  mucilaginoso. 
—  G.  dichotoma,  var.  parvi flora,  Torr.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  147.  —  W. 
Texas  on  the  Rio  Grande  and  adjacent  parts  of  New  Mexico,  Bigelow, 
"Wright,  to  Arizona,  Palmer,  and  Utah,  Watson.  Leaves  sometimes 
all  entire,  the  upper  more  commonly  trisected.  Lobes  of  the  corolla 
not  over  two  lines  in  length,  cream-white,  the  outside  often  reddish. 

§  3.  LEPTOSIPHON,  Endl.,  Benth.  Corolla  hypocraterimorpha, 
tubo  saspius  filiformi  elongato,  fauce  brevissima  nunc  abrupte 
plus  minus  ampliata  parum  infundibuliformis.  Stamina  fauci 
inserta  :  antherae  breves.  Ovula  in  loculis  6-16.  —  Annuas, 
hurailes  vel  tenellae  ;  foliis  oppositis  angustis  ;  floribus  saepius  par- 
vulis  at  latis  cum  bracteis  foliiformibus  fulcrantibus  capitato-glo- 
meratis.  (Stylus  in  diversis  stirpibus  aut  elongatus  plus  minus 
exsertus,  aut  rarius  brevis  inclusus !)  —  Leptosiphon,  Benth.  olim. 

*  Palmatifolice,  Genuince,  Californicas,  pilosae  ;  caulibus  foliosis  ;  foliis 
5-7-partitis  et  in  axillis  fasciculatis,  segmentis  angusto-linearibus 
vel  filiformibus.  Corolla  lobis  integerrimis.  Filamenta  gracilia  e 
fauce  pi.  m.  exserta.     Ovula  in  loculis  6-  10. 

-i—  Brevi- Grandiflora,  validiores  ;  corollas  tubo  lobis  amplis  (semi- 
pollicaribus)  obovatis  parum  longiori  bracteas  villoso-hirsutas  raro 
superante. 

9.  G.  densiflora,  Benth.  in  DC,  cum  syn.  Prodr.  G.  grandiflora, 
Benth.  1.  c.  {Leptosiphon  grandiflorus,  Benth.  Bot.  Reg.)  :  forma  tan- 
tum,  saspius  tenuior,  tubo  corollas  parum  longiori,  limbo  minori. 

h—  -H-  Tenuiflorce,  graciliores,  saepius  tenellae  ;  corollas  tubo  lobis 
(11-4  lineas  tantum  longis)  ovalibus  ovatisve  3  -  6-plo  longiori. 
(Species  difficillimae,  an  confluentes  ?) 

10.  G.  axdrosacea,  Steud.,  Benth.  Multicaulis  ;  corollae  (haud 
flavae)  tubo  e  bracteis  hirsuto-  seu  villoso-ciliatis  longe  exserto  circa 
pollicem  longo  lobis  triplo  longiori. 

VOL.  VIII.  34 


266  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Var.  detonsa.  Subglabra  ;  bracteis  foliisque  parum  hispidulo-cili- 
atis.  —  California,  Bridges,  Brewer.  Nevada  near  Carson  City,  An- 
derson, a  Somewhat  intermediate  form. 

11.  G.  micrantha,  Steud.,  Benth.     Gracilis;  corollas  tubo  pertenui 

(sub-sesquipollicari  lobis  (lin.  2-3  longis)  multoties  long-iori  ;  bracteis 

foliisque    floralibus    molliter    breviter    pubescentibus.  —  Leptosiphon 

parvijlorus  &  luteus,  Benth.  Bot.  Reg.     L.  parvijlorus  var.  rosaceus, 

Hook.  f.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  58G3  (Gilia  longituba,  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.)  : 
forma  spectabilis  corolla  majuscula  laste  rosea.  —  Corolla  lutea,  albida, 
nunc  lilacina  vel  rosea,  nunc  aurea  (var.  aurea,  Benth.  1.  c). 

12.  G.  tenella,  Benth.  PI.  Hartw.  Depressa,  parvula  ;  corollas 
tubo  minus  attenuato  lin.  6-9  longo,  lobis  sesquilineam  longis  (roseis 
lilacinisve  fauce  lutea)  ;  bracteis  etc.  hispidulo-ciliatis.  L.  bicolor, 
Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c.  chiefly.  —  The  most  northern  in  range,  from 
Santa  Barbara  to  Puget  Sound.  Has  been  confounded  with  the  pre- 
ceding. 

13.  G.  ciltata,  Benth.  1.  c.  Rigidior,  hirto-pubescens,  3-12-pol- 
licaris  ;  corollas  tubo  (lin.  6-7  longo)  ultra  bracteas  hirsutissimo-cilia- 
tas  vix  exserto,  lobis  sesquilineam  longis  ;  calycis  lobis  acerosis.  —  N. 
California  to  the  borders  of  Nevada. 

*  *  Simplicifolicz,  glaberrimas,  pygmeas ;  internodio  infra  capitu- 
lum  nunc  prolifer  unico  ;  foliis  bracteisve  ovato-  nunc  subangusto- 
lanceolatis.  Corollas  lobis  cuneatis  margine  repando  vel  1-3- 
dentato.  Antheras  fauce  inclusas  sessiles.  Ovula  in  loculi3 
10-16. 

14.  G.  nudicaulis.  Collomia  nudicaulis,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot. 
Beech.  —  S.  E.  Oregon,  Tolmie.  Nevada,  &c,  Anderson,  Stretch, 
Watson.  South  Park,  Colorado,  E.  Hall,  a  diminutive  form.  There 
are  no  leaves  from  the  persistent  oval  cotyledons  up  to  the  head, 
from  half  an  inch  to  three  inches.  Corolla  white,  pink,  or  yellow,  the 
exserted  tube  three  or  four  lines  long. 

§  4.  SIPHONELLA.  Leptosiphon  referens,  sed  corollas  tubus  caly- 
cem  baud  superans,  faux  magis  infundibuliformi-ampliata,  ovula 
in  loculis  pauca,  flores  minus  congesti. —  Perennes  basi  nunc  suf- 
frutescente,  pube  minuta  molli  subcinerea.  Calyx  cylindraceus, 
firmus,  striatulus,  mox  5-partitus,  lobis  lanceolato-subulatis,  mar- 
ginibus  crassiusculis  sinubusque  haud  membranaceis  vel  scariosis. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  14,  1S70.  267 

Corolla  alba  fauce  flava,  tubo  extus  puberulo,  lobis  obovatis. 
Filamenta  brevia  e  fauce  subexserta :  antheras  ovali-oblongae. — 
Sip/wnella,  Nutt.  in  herb. 

15.  G.  Nuttallii,  n.  sp.  Spithamam  ad  pedalem  ;  caulibus  e  basi 
suffrutescente  plurimis  simpliciusculis  ;  foliis  3  -  7-partitis  internodio 
saepius  brevioribus,  segmentis  angusto-linearibus  raucronatis  (lin.  6-9 
longis) ;  floribus  in  glomerulum  foliosum  confertis;  ovulis  in  loculis 
binis.  —  Siphonella  montancr  &  S.  parviflora,  Nutt.  herb.  —  Rocky 
Mountains  of  Colorado  and  Utah  to  the  Sierra  Nevada  in  California, 
Nuttall,  Fremont,  Anderson,  Brewer,  Watson.  —  Tube  of  corolla  four 
or  five,  the  lobes  two  or  three  lines  long. 

16.  G.  floribunda,  n.  sp.  Ultrapedalis ;  caulibus  e  basi  frutes- 
cente  ramosis  gracilibus ;  foliorum  segmentis  fere  acicularibus  interno- 
dia  saapius  adaequantibus  ;  floribus  laxiuscule  corymboso-cymosis,  non- 
nullis  pedicellatis ;  ovulis  in  loculis  4  :  cast,  fere  prascedentis.  —  Cali- 
fornia, probably  on  S.  E.  borders,  Coulter,  no.  454.  Lower  California 
50  miles  S.  of  San  Diego,  E.  TV".  Morse,  1866,  ex  A.  Wood.  Pine 
woods  of  Arizona,  Coues  and  Palmer,  1865.  —  Flowers  "delicate- 
scented,"  rather  larger  and  much  more  numerous  than  those  of  G. 
Nuttallii  (some  forms  of  which  nearly  approach  it),  either  densely 
or  loosely  cymose-clustered  at  the  extremity  of  copious  paniculate  or 
corymbose  branchlets. 

§  5.  LEPTODACTYLON,  Benth.  Corolla  hypocraterimorpha, 
tubo  e  calyce  demum  pi.  m.  exserto,  fauce  subinfundibuliformi-am- 
pliata.  Stamina  fauci  vel  infra  faucem  inserta:  filamenta  brevia 
vel  brevissima :  antheras  breves  inclusag.  Ovula  in  loculis  plu- 
rima.  Semina  tegumento  conformi,  humefaeta  nee  mucilaginosa 
nee  spirillifera  !  —  Perennes,  suffruiicosae,  nunc  caespitosas,  foliosis- 
simas  ;  foliis  alternis  vel  in  unica  oppositis  et  in  axillis  fasciculatis 
palmatipartitis,  segmentis  integerrimis  cum  calycis  lobis  acerosis 
subulatisve  pungentibus  ;  floribus  roseis  lilacinis  albisve  concin- 
nis  aut  cymuloso-confertis  aut  solitariis  ramulos  breves  terminan- 
tibus  sessilibus.  —  Leptodactylon,  Hook.  &  Arn. 

*  Folia  in  caulibus  brevibus  fere  herbaceis  opposita ! 

17.  G.  Watsoni,  n.  sp.  Hirtello-scabrida,  subglandulosa,  nunc 
glabrata  ;  caulibus  gracilibus  (circ.  spitbamaeis)  fere  herbaceis  e  caudice 
lignescente  crasso  ;  foliis  3-5-partitis  patentissimis,  segmentis  tenui- 
acerosis  internodiis  saspe  brevioribus ;  calycis  lobis  tubo  dimidio  brevi- 


268  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

oribus  ;  corolla  alba  fauce  subpurpurea  ;  antheris  faucialibus ;  ovulis 
in  loculis  circa  10.  —  Wasatch  Mountains,  Utah,  Watson.  Tube  of 
the  corolla  and  lobes  each  half  an  inch  long.  Connects  Leptodactylon 
intimately  with  the  two  preceding  sections  of  Gilia. 

*  *  Folia  omnia  alterna,  rigidiora,  et  in  axillis  crebre  fasciculata. 
Suffrutices. 

18.  G.  Californica,  Benth.  in  DC.  Ramis  foliisque  creberrimis 
mox  patentissimis  primum  laxe  tomentoso-pubescentibus  ;  corollte  rosese 
seu  lilacinoe  lobis  amplis  late  cuneato-obovatis  soepe  erosulis  ;  antheris 
lineari-oblongis  infra  faucem  ;  ovulis  in  quoque  loculo  20-25.  Lep- 
todachjlon  Calif  or  nicum,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot.  Beech,  p.  369,  t.  89,  Bot. 
Mag.  t.  4872.  —  California  south  to  San  Bernadiuo.  Limb  of  the 
showy  corolla  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter. 

19.  G.  pungens,  Benth.  1.  c.  Viscido-pubescens,  puberula,  vel 
glabrata ;  foliis  plerumque  erectiusculis  vel  strictis ;  corollas  rosese  al- 
bidas  seu  flavidas  lobis  fere  dimidio  minoribus  saspius  angustioribus  ; 
antheris  faucialibus  oblongis ;  ovulis  in  quoque  loculo  8-10.  G. 
pungens  &  G.  Hookeri,  Benth.  1.  c,  cum  syn. —  Plains  of  the  upper 
Platte  and  Columbia  to  E.  California  and  Arizona.  Very  variable: 
the  original  Cantua  pungens,  Torr.,  from  the  Platte,  is  a  low  and  mi- 
nutely pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous  form.  — Var.  c^espitosa  {Lepto- 
dactyhn ccespitosum,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.)  :  pulvinato-depressa,  glabres- 
cens,  subherbacea.  Upper  Platte.  —  Var.  Hookeri  {Phlox  Hookeri, 
Dougl.  in  Hook.  Fl.  t.  159)  :  forma  elatior  viscido-pubens,  foliis  in 
ramis  floridis  nunc  sparsioribus.  The  flowers  not  found  of  "  bright 
yellow"  color,  as  noted  by  Douglas.  —  Var.  squarrosa:  segmentis 
foliorum  subulatis  validioribus  patentibus  vel  squarroso-recurvis.  Arid 
districts  of  Nevada  and  Utah,  coll.  Anderson,  Watson,  &c. 

Series  II.  Pinnati-Alternifolice,  nempe  foliis  pinnatisectis  lobatis 
dentatisve  rarissime  integerrimis.  Semina  humefacta  tegumento  mu- 
cihiginoso  tubulos  spirilliferos  porrigente  (no.  44,  47,  48,  59,  60,  ex- 
ceptis). 

§  6.  NAVARRETIA.  Flores  capitato-glomerati,  crebre  foliaceo- 
bracteati.  Calycis  lobi,  uti  bractearum,  rigidi,  acerosi,  spinulosi 
nunc  laciniati,  nunc  inasquales.  Corolla  tubuloso-subinfundibuli- 
formis,  gracilis,  lobis  parvulis  oblongis.  Stamina  sub  fauce  inserta  : 
antherae  breves.  Ovarium  quandoque  dimerum.  Annute,  fere 
semper   Californicae,  scepius  viscidae,  nunquam  albo-lanataj,    foliis 


OP  ARTS  AND   SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  269 

1  -  2-pinnatifidis  incisisve,  lobis  plerumque  pungentibus.  Bracteae 
in  nonnullis  palmatifidae.  (Semina  humefacta  tubulis  cellulisve 
spirilliferis  minus  elongatis.)  —  Navarretia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.,  Bentb. 
jEgochloa,  Bentb.  olim. 

*  Folia  nonnulla  plus  minus  bipinnatifida  vel  incisa  :  stamina  fauce 
corollas  violaceae  inclusa,  saepius  inaequilonga,  vix  inaequaliter  in- 
serta  :  ovula  in  loculis  8-12.     Herba  viscida,  fcetida. 

20.  G.  squarrosa,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot.  Beecb.  p.  151.  (ffoitzia 
squarrosa,  Escbsch.)  G.  pun  gens,  Hook.  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2977.  Navar- 
retia, Hook.  &  Arn.  squarrosa,  Hook.  &  Arn.  1.  c.  p.  368 ;  Benth. 
cum.  syn.  Prodr. 

*  *  Folia  plera  vel  nonnulla  bipinnatifida  vel  incisa :  stamina  e 
fauce  exserta :  ovula  in  loculis  1-4. 

h—  Rigida,  validior,  5  -  12-pollicaris. 

21.  G.  cotuLjEFOLIa,  Steud.  Navarretia  pubescens  et  cotulcefolia, 
Bentb. :  the  former  more  pubescent ;  the  latter  as  commonly  with 
cells  uniovulate,  even  in  original  specimens  ;  both  sometimes  biovulate. 
The  name  here  retained  is  the  better  one ;  moreover,  the  herbage  is 
said  by  Professor  Brewer  to  exhale  the  odor  of  Maruta  Cotula. 

+-  -)—   Graciliores  vel  demissae. 

22.  G.  intertexta,  Steud.  Erecta,  nunc  patenti-ramosa,  nee  vis- 
cida nee  glandulosa,  pub  i  alba  in  caule  subrobusto  (3  -  7-pollicari) 
retrorsa  hirsuta ;  foliis  glabratis,  segmentis  aceroso-spinescentibus 
divaricatis  simpliciusculis ;  floribus  arete  glomeratis  ;  calycis  tubo  cum 
basi  bractearum  albo-hirsutissimo,  lobis  corollam  albam  adaequantibus  ; 
ovulis  seminibu?que  in  loculis  3-4.  —  Navarretia  intertexta,  Hook. 
Fl.  p.  75.  —  Columbia  River  to  Northern  California  and  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

23.  G.  MINIMA,  Depressa,  subpollicaris,  nunc  cagspitans,  glabrata ; 
foliis  minus  divisis  acicularibus ;  calycis  tubo  glabello  sinubus  latis 
tantum  albo-piloso  lobis  inaequalibus  (corollam  albam  subasquantibus) 
aequilongo ;  ovulis  in  loculis  1-3.  —  Nav.  minima,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb. 
p.  160.  —  Arid  interior  of  Oregon  and  Nevada  to  Colorado  (Nicollet, 
Geyer,  Vasey,  &c). 

24.  G.  Breweri,  n.  sp.  Erecta,  nunc  difTuso-ramosissima,  1-6- 
pollicaris,  undique  minutissime  glanduloso-pubera;  segmentis  foliorum 
subsimplicibus  aciculari-subulatis  ;  floribus  minus  glomeratis ;  calycis 
lobis  conformibus  angusto-subulatis  tubo  suo  (capsulam  breviore)  3  - 


270  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

4-plo  longioribus  corollam  flavam  (I'm.  3-4  longara)  adrequantibus ; 
ovulis  in  loculis  1-3.  —  Sierra  Nevada,  at  Ebbett's  and  Amador  Pass, 
alt.  8,000  feet,  Brewer.  From  the  W.  Humboldt  Mountains,  Nevada, 
to  the  Wasatch,  G  -  9,000  feet,  S.  Watson. 

25.  G.  leucocephala.  Gracilis,  3  -  6-pollicaris,  haud  glandu- 
losa;  ramis  infra  capitulum  densum  retrorsim  pubescentibus ;  foliis 
subflaccidis  glabris,  segmentis  filiformibus  saspius  indivisis,  floralibus 
etiam  vix  pungentibus  ;  calycis  tubo  sinubus  saltern  villoso-pubescente ; 
corolla  alba  (lin.  4  longa)  calycem  superante,  lobis  staminibus  soepius 
brevioribus ;  ovulis  in  loculis  2.  —  Navarretia  leucocephala,  Benth.  PI. 
Hartw.  p.  324.  —  California,  chiefly  on  the  Sacramento  and  its  tribu- 
taries. 

26.  G.  Navarretia,  Steud.,  Nav.  involucrata,  Ruiz  &  Paw,  the 
original  and  only  Chilian  species,  appears  to  be  nearer  G.  leucocephala 
than  to  G.  cotulcefolia  ;  but  in  fact  the  three  species  approach  each  other 
too  nearly. 

*  *  *  Folia  semel  pinnatifida  vel  incisa,  paucave  fere  integerrima  : 
stamina  e  fauce  corolla?  violaceo-purpurea?  nunc  alba?  vel  luteola? 
pi.  m.  exserta :  calycis  lobi  integerrimi  vel  in  G.  viscidula  rariter 
laciniati. 

h—  Gracillima?,  ramis  foliisque  paucisectis  filiformibus  :  bractea?  fere 
palmatipartita?. 

27.  G.  filicaulis,  Torr.  in  herb.  Erecta,  spithama?a,  superne 
minutissime  glandulosa ;  ramis  tenellis  pedunculiformibus  effuse  pani- 
culatis ;  foliorum  segmentis  rhachique  subsetaceis ;  corollas  violacere 
tubo  tenero  calycis  lobos  lanceolato-subulatos  parum  pungentes  longe 
superante;  ovarii  loculis  uni-(raro  bi-?)  ovulatis.  —  California,  Jef- 
fray,  no.  1474,  in  herb.  Kew.  Also  Bear  Mountain,  Mariposa  County, 
Torrey.  Leaves  sparse.  Heads  small,  rather  naked.  Flowers 
nearly  three  lines  in  length,  exceeding  the  palmately  few-cleft  inner 
bracts. 

28.  G.  divaricata,  Torr.  in  herb.  Diffusa,  nunc  patentissima, 
3  -  6-pollicaris,  superne  viscidulo-pubescens,  ramis  proliferis  pedunculi- 
formibus; foliorum  segmentis  rhachique  subulato-filiformibus,  bractea- 
rum  magis  pungentibus  ;  corolla?  purpurea?  vel  luteola?  tubo  infundi- 
buliformi  calycis  lobis  setaceo-subulatis  pungentibus  parum  longiore  ; 
ovarii  loculis  o  -  7-ovulatis.  —  California,  alone;  the  foot  hills  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada,  coll.  Shelton,  Rattan,  Bolander,  Torrey,  Mrs.  Davis, 
C.  Lee.  —  Flower  from  three  to  five  lines  long. 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  271 

h—  h—  Validiores,  viscidos  ;  foliis  rigidis  superioribus  proesertim  a 
basi  dilatatis,  lobis  dentibusve  spinulosis  vel  spinosis :  capitulis 
densis. 

29.  G.  viscidula.  Nav.  viscid ula,  Bcnth.  PI.  Hartw. —  Apparent- 
ly common  and  widely  spread  in  California.  The  lobes  of  the  calyx 
more  usually  entire.  It  is  described  as  with  solitary  ovules  in  the 
cells  ;  but  two  are  more  commonly  found,  even  in  Hartweg's  speci- 
mens ;  while  in  robust  forms  of  what  is  otherwise  indistinguishable 
from  the  species,  collected  by  Bridges,  Fitch,  Samuels,  Bolander,  &c, 
there  are  three  or  four  ovules  in  each  cell ! 

30.  G.  atracttlOides.  New.  atractyloides,  Hook.  &  Arn.  —  Cali- 
fornia, from  Monterey  to  San  Diego. 

-^ —  -*- —  -*- —  Depressa;,  parum  viscidae  ;  foliis  rigidis  versus  apicem  dila- 
tatis, dentibus  lobisve  cum  calycis  segmentis  longe  setiferis  ;  flori- 
bus  vix  congestis. 

31.  G.  setosissima.  Navarretia  setosissima,  Torr.  &  Gray,  Bot. 
Ives  Colorado  Exped.  p.  22.  Ovula  in  loculis  G  -  10.  — Var.  exigua, 
ovulis  in  loculis  3-5.  N.  Schottii,  Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound,  p.  145. — 
Arizona  and  S.  E.  California  on  the  Mohave,  &c,  Coulter,  Fremont, 
Newberry,  Schott,  Cooper. 

§  7.  HUGELIA.  Flores  capitato-glomerati,  crebre  foliaceo-bracteati ; 
bracteis  3  -  5-fidis  basi  calycibusque  lana  longa  implexa  albida 
vestitis,  lobis  utriusque  acerosis  subulatisve  cuspidatis.  Corolla 
plerumque  caerulea  hypocraterimorpha,  tubo  gracili,  lobis  saspius 
oblongis.  Antheroa  exsertas,  nunc  lineari-sagittata;,  nunc  breves. 
Ovula  numero  perquam  variabilia  !  —  Plantar  humiles,  juniora 
proesertim  floccoso-lanatae,  baud  viscidaa,  foliis  semel  pinnatiparti- 
tis  paucisve  integris  acerosis  vel  subulato-filiformibus.  —  Hugelia, 
Benth.  in  Bot.  Reg.  Gilia  sect.  Collomioides  (Endl.)  &  Pseudo- 
collomia,  Benth.  in  DC. 

In  this  group  I  can  make  nothing  of  the  number  of  the  ovules,  even 
as  a  specific  character.  In  two  specimens  apparently  exactly  alike,  one 
has  three  or  four,  the  other  only  two,  ovules  in  each  cell :  sometimes 
there  is  a  pair  in  one  or  two  of  the  cells,  and  a  solitary  one  in  the 
other.  In  none  have  I  detected  the  maximum  number  mentioned  in  the 
Prodromus,  i.  e.  ten  in  each  cell.  The  Hugelia  lidea,  Benth.,  probably 
had  not  yellow  flowers.  The  tube  of  the  corolla  lengthens  with  age  in 
all  the  species.     Gilia  gossypifera  is  better  placed  in  the  next  section. 


272  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

*  Perennis,   caulibus  rigidis  e  basi   suffruticosa :  anthers   lineari- 
sagittatae. 

32.  G.  densifolia,  Benth.  G.  (olim  Hugelia)  densifolia  &  elon- 
gata,  Benth.  1.  c.  —  No  other  specimens  of  G.  densifolia  have  been 
found  exactly  answering  to  those  of  Douglas  ;  these  have  5-7  (accord- 
ing to  Bentham  about  10)  ovules  in  each  cell,  those  of  G.  elongata 
only  two  or  three.  Specimens  collected  by  Xantus  at  Fort  Tejon,  and 
by  Dr.  Cooper  on  the  Mohave,  are  as  near  as  may  be  intermediate. 

*  *  Annua?,  graciliores,  demnm  paniculato-ramosae,  foliis  segmen- 
tisve  saepius  paucis  filiformibus. 

33.  G.  virgata,  Steud.,  Benth.  I.  c.  Priraum  stricticaulis,  sim- 
plex ;  antheris  (in  sicco)  linearibus  sagittatis  lineam  longis.  —  Hugelia 
virgata,  Benth.,  Hook.  Ic.  t.  200  (anthers  figured  too  short).  The 
ordinary  form  has  most  of  the  cauline  leaves  entire,  and  the  upper  of 
few  divisions.     Lobes  of  the  corolla  three  lines  long. 

Var.  floribunda  :  corymboso-ramosa ;  capitulis  majoribus  multi- 
floriti ;  foliis  magis  dissectis.  —  California,  Fitch,  Wallace,  Brewer. 
Ovules  vary  from  two  to  five  in  each  cell. 

34.  G.  floccosa.  Gracilior,  spithamaea,  demum  diffusa  paniculata" ; 
antheris  lineari-oblongis  vix  semilineam  excedentibus  ;  floribus  minoiv- 
bus;  ovarii  loculis  nunc  uni- nunc  bi- rarius  3  -  4-ovulatis. —  Hugelia 
lutea,  Benth.  in  Bot.  Beg.  Gilia  (Pseudocollomia,  Benth.)  lutescens, 
Steud.,  Benth.  in  DC.  —  California  to  Arizona,  interior  of  Oregon,  and 
Utah.  Flowers  blue  or  pale  purple,  becoming  white  only  in  age,  and 
though  appearing  yellowish  in  original  dried  specimens  of  Douglas, 
probably  never  yellow.  Hence  a  new  specific  name  is  required. 
Nuttall  has  an  unpublished  Hugelia  floccosa  in  his  herbarium,  but 
with  no  flowers  developed ;  and,  as  it  is  either  this  or  the  next,  the 
name  may  be  applied  to  the  present  species. 

35.  G.  filifolia,  Nutt.  Gamb.  p.  156.  Gracilis,  spithamaea  et 
ultra,  rigidula ;  foliis  plerisque  tripartitis  ;  antheris  ovalibus  minimis  ; 
corollas  tubo  parum  exserto  ;  ovarii  loculis  saepius  4  -  6-ovulatis. — 
Santa  Barbara  and  San  Isabel,  California,  Nuttall,  Thurber ;  and  Fort 
Mohave,  Cooper. 

Var.  diffusa  :  laxa,  nunc  ramosissima. —  Fort  Mohave  and  Nevada 
to  New  Mexico  and  the  borders  of  Texas.  Lobes  of  the  pale  purple 
or  blue  corolla  only  one  or  two  lines  long :  anthers  only  a  quarter  or 
one  third  of  a  line  in  length.  Forms  of  this  approach  the  preceding 
too  nearly. 


OP   ARTS   AND   SCIENCES:    JUNE   14,  1870.  273 

(G.  LANATA,  Lindl.  Jour.  Lond.  Hort.  Soc.  3,  p.  74,  said  to  come 
from  Mexico,  of  which  I  know  only  the  character,  is  probably  a  form 
of  G.  virgata  or  of  G.  Jilifolia.) 

§  8.  ELAPIIOCERA,  Nutt.  Flores  capitato-congesti,  bracteati,  raro 
cymoso-laxiusculi.  Corolla  (alba)  hypocrateriformis,  tubo  calycis 
lobossnepius  mucronato- vel  cuspidato-apiculatos  (baud  pungentes) 
adajquante  vel  paullo  (rarius  duplo)  superante.  Stamina  corol- 
las lobis  ovalibus  oblongisve  plus  minus  breviora,  sinubus  saapius 
inserta. —  Herbas  biennes  vel  perenries  vita}  ut  videtur  b  re  vis, 
nunc  annua},  humiles  ;  caulibus  fere  semper  lanoso-pubescentibus  ; 
calycibus  bracteisque  pilis  longis  viscidulis  multiarticulatis  crini- 
tis  ;  foliis  semel  pinnatifidis  vel  integris. 

*  Folia  integerrima  angustissima  :  flores  capitato-congesti :  filarnen- 
ta  gracilia,  exserta,  sed  coi'olla}  lobis  breviora. 

3G.  G.  Wrightii,  n.  pp.  Caulibus  virgatis  rigidis  circa  pedalibus 
e  basi  lignescente  seu  radice  forte  perenni?  usque  ad  apicem  foliosis ; 
foliis  rigidis  cuspidato-mucronatis ;  bracteis  lato-lanceolatis  hinc  inde 
laciniatis  cum  calycis  lobis  subulatis  aristato-cuspidatis  ciliatis  ;  corolla} 
lobis  oblongis  tubo  parum  exserto  (I'm.  4  longo)  dimidio  brevioribus  ; 
antheris  brevi-oblongis;  ovulis  in  loculis  3-4.  —  Western  frontiers  of 
Texas,  on  the  Rio  Grande  forty  or  fifty  miles  below  El  Paso,  C.  Wright, 
no.  496.     In  habit  like  a  Hugelia:  flowers  white  or  faintly  bluish. 

37.  G.  Gunnisoni,  Torr.  &  Gray,  Pacif.  R.  R.  2,  p.  129,  t.  9. 
Annua,  subglabra,  sparsifolia,  laxe  paniculato-ramoso,  ramis  capi- 
tulo  parvo  quasi  pedunculato  terminatis  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  2-3. — 
The  figure  is  characteristic.  We  have  it  only  from  Green  River, 
Utah,  Kreusfeldt,  and  San  Juan,  New  Mexico,  Newberry.  The  plants 
referred  to  in  Bot.  Mex.  Boundary  are  different:  Wright's  1642  is 
G.  jilifolia  var.  diffusa. 

»  *  Folia  aut  omnia  aut  nonnulla  in  lobos  paucos  angusto-lineares 
partita,  raro  omnia  integra  :  filamenta  corolla}  lobis  breviora  :  flores 
arete  capitato-glomerata.  —  Herba}  biennes  vel  perennes,  caudice 
vel  radice  dura. 

38.  G.  spicata,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  1.  c.  Caulibus  validis  erectis 
(4-10-poll.)  superne  capitula  plurima  in  spicam  longe  virgatam  inter- 
ruptam  foliosam  congesta  gerentibus;  foliis  nunc  trifidis  nunc  integerri- 
mis  cum  calycis  lobis  fere  muticis ;  corolla}  lobis  oblongo-ovatis  tubo 
vix  exserto  breviore  ;   antheris  fauce  subsessilibus ;   ovulis  in  loculis 

vol.  viii.  35 


274  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

4-6. —  Benth.  Kew  Jour.  3,  p.  290.  G.  spicata  &  G.  trijida,  Nutt. 
].  c.  Rocky  Mountains,  Colorado,  Nuttall,  Fremont,  Geyer,  Parry, 
Hall  &  Harbour.  —  Var.  capitata  :  forma  minor,  foliis  integerrimis, 
floribus  in  eapitulo  unico  terminali.  Rocky  Mountains,  Hall  &  Har- 
bour, no.  461. 

39.  G.  congesta,  Hook.  Caulibus  erectis  vel  diffusis  (3-12- 
poll.)  e  basi  subeasspitosa  ;  eapitulis  florum  solitariis  vel  paucis  eorym- 
bosis  densis  ;  foliis  3-7-partitis  paucisve  integerrimis,  lobis  ut  calycis 
aristulato-mucronatis  ;  corollas  lobis  ovalibus  tubo  suo  baud  exserto  vix 
brevioribus  ;  filamentis  sinubus  insertis  antberas  adasquantibus  vel  exce- 
dcntibu^  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  2-4. —  Hook.  Fl.  &'  Ic.  t.  235.  Colorado 
and  Nebraska,  to  Oregon  and  California  in  tbe  Sierra  Nevada. 

Var.  crebrifolia.  Depressa  ;  caulibus  (2-  3-pollicaribus)  foliosis- 
simis  monocephalis  ;  foliis  aceroso-subulatis  integris  par.vis  (lin.  3-6 
longis).  —  G.  crebrijolia,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  I.e. —  Rocky  Mountains,  on 
Big  Sandy  River,  Colorado,  Nuttall.  Specimens  from  Bear  River 
Valley,  Utab,  Watson,  connect  tbis  with  G.  congesta.  . 

40.  G.  iberidifolta,  Benth.  Kew  Jour.  3,  p.  290.  Prascedenti 
peraffinis  ;  foliis  rigidioribus  bracteisque  cuspide  validiore  mucronatis  ; 
eapitulis  corymbosis  laxioribus;  filamentis  brevioribus  ;  ovulis  in  loculis 
solitariis!  —  Scott's  Bluffs,  North  Platte,  Nebraska,  Geyer;  and  Black- 
water  of  the  same,  H.  Engelmann.  Not  elsewhere  met  with.  Per- 
haps a  form  of  G.  congesta. 

*  #  *  Folia  omnia  vel  plera  pinnatifida  vel  trifida  :  Mores  conferte 
cymulosi  demum  laxiusculi,  folioso-bracteati :  calycis  lobi  cum 
bracteas  aristulato-cuspidati.     Annuas,  humiles,  e  basi  ramosae. 

41.  G.  gossypifera,  Gillies,  ex  Benth.  in  Prodr.,  of  the  Andes  of 
Mendoza,  is  evidently  of  this  section,  and  most  like  the  following. 

.42.  G.  pumila,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  (1849).  Caulibus  laxe  lanosis 
foliosis  ;  foliis  angusto-linearibus  integris  vel  in  lobos  2-5  lineares 
divergentes  partitis  ;  corollas  tubo  (lin.  3-4  longo)  gracili  lobis  suis 
3  —  4-plo  calycis  lobis  duplo  longioribus  ;  filamentis  gracilibus  sinubus 
insertis  corollas  lobis  parum  brevioribus  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  5-6. —  G. 
trijida,  Benth.  Kew  Jour.  1.  c.  Western  borders  of  Texas  and  New 
Mexico,  Fendler,  Wright,  Bigelow,  &c,  to  the  Platte,  Nuttall,  Geyer, 
and  Utah,  S.  Watson. 

43.  G.  polycladox,  Ton*.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound.  Caulibus  diffusis 
subnudis  parce  pubescentibus  vel  puberulis  ;  foliis  pinnatihdis  incisisve, 
lobis  brevibus  oblongis  abrupte  spinuloso-mucronatis,  floralibus  flores 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  275 

superantibus ;  corolla?  tubo  (sesquilineari)  calycera  vix  superante ; 
limbo  parvo  ;  anther  is  fauci  insertis  subsessilibus  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  2. 
—  New  Mexico  and  western  frontiers  of  Texas,  Wright,  Bigelow,  to 
Utah,  S.  Watson. 

§  9.  IPOMOPSIS,  Benth,  pro  parte.  Flores  thyrsoideo-paniculati, 
parum  bracteati.  Corolla  (plerumque  coccinea)  tubuloso-infun- 
dibuliformis,  tubo  sensim  sursura  ampliato  calycis  lobos  subula- 
tos  suosque  lobos  ovatos  sen  lanceolatos  patentes  multum  supe- 
rante. Stamina  fauci  corolla?  vel  sub  sinubus  inserta,  lobis  baud 
longiora.  Ovula  in  loculis  plurima.  —  Biennes,  glabella?  seu 
pilosula?  ;  eaulibus  elongatis  ;  foliis  semel  pinnatifidis  ;  floribus 
speciosis.     Jpomopsis,  Michx.     Ipomeria,  Nutt. 

I  confine  this  group  to  the  original  species  and  two  others  nearly 
related  to  it.  •  As  arranged  by  Bentham  it  comprised  two  or  three  here 
referred  to  Eugilla.  As  to  G.  longi flora  and  G.  glomeruli  flora,  they 
prove  to  have  very  unequally  inserted  stamens,  which  is  the  sole 
character  of  Collomia.  The  tendency  to  dimorphism,  of  which  there 
are  traces,  or  perhaps  rather  incipient  manifestations,  in  various  portions 
of  the  genus,  is  most  marked  in  G.  aggregata.  The  included  stamens 
of  G.  subunda  perhaps  belong  to  the  short-stamened  form  of  the  spe- 
cies, but  no  other  is  known. 

*  Caules  alte  foliosi,  foliis  pinnatipartitis,  segmentis  filiformibus  seu 
angusto-linearibus. 

44.  G.  coronopifolia,  Pers.,  Benth.  cum  syn.  Prodr.,  et  G.  Flori- 
dana,  Don,  &  G.  Beyrichiana,  Bouche.  Elata ;  thyrso  virgato  com- 
pacto  ;  corolla?  lobis  ovatis  subpatentibus  filamentis  parum  longioribus  ; 
seminibus  humefactis  nee  mucilaginosis  nee  spirillifens !  tegumento 
externo  laxo  et  grossius  et  tenuissime  reticulato.  —  South  Carolina  to 
Florida  and  Texas. 

45.  G.  aggregata,  Spreng.,  Torr.  Bi— quadripedalis,  versus  pani- 
culam  laxam  sa?pe  ramosamnudiuscula  ;  floribus  suaveolentibus  ;  calyce 
sa?pissime  glanduloso,  lobis  subulatis  ;  corolla?  tubo  angusto,  lobis  ova- 
tis seu  lanceolatis  acutis  patentissimis  mox  recurvis ;  filamentis  aut  e 
tubo  exsertis  aut  inclusis ;  seminibus  mucilaginosis  et  spirilliferis  modo 
generis. —  G.  aggregata  (Cantua,  Pursh  !)  &  G.  pulchella  (Dough), 
Benth.  cum  syn.  Prodr.  —  From  Upper  Platte  and  Missouri  to  the 
Columbia  and  the  Pacific,  and  south  to  Arizona.  The  original  Can- 
tua  aggregata  is  one  of  the  forms  with  long  and  narrow  calyx-lobes. 
The  opposite  extreme  is  — 


276  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

Var.  Btudgesii  :  calycis  lobis  lato-subulatis  imrao  deltoideis  ;  cauli- 
bus  sesquipedalibus  laxis  parce  foliatis  ;  laciniis  foliorum  obtusissimis  ; 
floribus  parcis. —  California,  Bridges,  &c. 

*  *   Caules  subpedales  superne  nudi,  foliis  subpinnatifidis. 

46.  G.  subnuda,- Torr.  in  herb.  Glanduloso-puberula;  foliis  ad 
basin  caulis  superne  aphylli  laxe  ramosi  confertis  spathulatis  oblongis- 
ve  (pollicaribus)  breviter  inciso-lobatis ;  floribus  paucis  subeonfertis  ; 
corolloe  coccinese  vel  aurantiaea?  tubo  semipollieari  lobis  ovatis  obtusis 
triplo  longiore  ;  antheris  subsessilibus  fauce  inclusis.  —  Nevada  and 
Arizona  or  New  Mexico,. Newberry,  Stretch,  Palmer. 

§  10.  GILIANDRA.  Flores  thyrsoideo-paniculati.  Ipomopsidis. 
Corolla  (alba  vel  subcrerulea)  hypocraterimorpha,  tubo  calycem 
subduplo  superante  lobis  suis  obovatis  parum  longiore.  Filamenta 
sub  sinubus  inserta,  longe  (ultra  corollas  lobos)  exse'rta  :  antherce 
ovatas.  Ovula  in  loculis  G-8.  Semina  nee  mucilaginosa  nee 
spirillifera  !  —  Biennes,  glanduloso-puberula,  foliis  semel  pinnatifi- 
dis,  floribus  parvulis. 

47.  G.  stenotiiyrsa,  n.  sp.  Caule  e  radice  crassa  erecto  (>pitha- 
ma30  ad  subpedalem)  simplici  valido  usque  ad  thyrsum  virgatum 
racemiformem  folioso ;  foliis  floralibus  bracteisque  parvulis  integerri- 
mis,  ceteris  in  lobos  breves  oblongos  pinnatifidis.  —  Utah,  in  a  "  cedar 
forest,"  Uintah  Mountains,  Fremont.  Corolla,  half  an  inch  long,  appar- 
ently white. 

48.  G.  pinnatifida,  Nutt.  in  herb. ;  Gray  Fnum.  PL  Parry. 
Spithamtea  ad  sesquipedalem,  inferne  glabrata ;  panicula  composita 
laxe  ramosa ;  foliis  in  lobos  lineares  vel  angusto-oblongos  rariter  1  —  2- 
lobatos  pinnatipartitis  ;  bracteis  linearibus  subulatisve  parcis ;  stamini- 
bus  longe  exsertis.  —  N.  New  Mexico  and  Colorado  to  Snake  River, 
&c,  in  or  near  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Nuttall,  Fendler,  and  various 
collectors.  A  part  of  Geyer's  42  and  25,  referred  to  G.  inconspicua, 
belongs  here.  Tube  and  lobes  of  the  corolla  each  abo'ut  two  lines,  the 
much  exserted  stamens  three  lines  long.  Seeds  with  a  close  coat, 
wholly  unchanged  when  wetted. 

§  11.  MICROGILIA,  Benth.  in  DC.  Flores  secus  ramos  graciles 
laxe  spicatim  vel  paniculatim  dis^iti.  Calyx  brevi-campanulatus, 
5-dentatus.  Corolla  (alba)  hypocraterimorpha,  tubo  e  calyce 
paullo  exserto  lobis  duplo  longiore.  Stamina  tubo  inserta,  inclu- 
sa  :  antheioe   brevissimce.     Ovula  in  loculis  solitaria!  —  Annua?, 


OF   ARTS  AND   SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  277 

subglabra?,  ramosissima? ;  foliis   fere   filiformibus   seu   ramealibus 
tenui-subulatis  integerrimis  caulinisve  tripartitis,  floribus  minimis. 

49.  G.  minutiflora,  Benth.  1.  c.  Rigidula,  subscoparia,  1  -  2-pe- 
dalis  ;  foliis  caulinis  nonnullis  3-partitis,  ramealibus  subulatis  ;  flori- 
bus terminalibus  sa?peque  secus  ramulos  strictos  quasi  spicatis  ;  corolloe 
(lin.  vix  2  longre)  tubo  angusto  lobis  sais  calyceque  duplo  longiore  ; 
filamentis  gracilibus ;  capsula  ellipsoidea  (lin.  2  longa) ;  semine  oblon- 
go.  —  Collomia  (Picracolla)  linoides,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  p.  159.  —  Interior 
of  Oregon  (not  "  California"),  Douglas  ;  Colorado  and  Wyoming,  on  the 
Upper  Platte,  Nuttall,  Fremont. 

50.  G.  tenerrima,  n.  sp.  Effuse  ramosissima,  humilis  ;  ramis  ra- 
mulisque  filiformibus  ;  foliis  brevibus  integris  ;  floribus  laxe  paniculatis 
minutis;  pedicellis  tenuibus  divaricatis ;  capsula  subglobosa  (vix  line- 
am  longa)  ;  semine  ovoideo.  —  Utah,  on  bills  above  Bear  River,  near 
Evanston,  Watson  in  C.  King's  expedition. 

§  12.  EUGILIA.  Flores  paniculati,  sparsi,  vel  in  prioribus  eapita- 
to-glomerati,  sa?pius  ebracteati.  Corolla  (ca?rulea,  purpurea,  vel 
alba)  infundibuliformis,  seu  in  ultimis  fere  campanulata  vel  rota- 
ta.  Filamenta  gracilia,  ad  vel  prope  sinus  corolla?  inserta,  lobos 
haud  superantia.  Ovula  in  loculis  pauca  vel  plurima.  —  Folia 
pinnato-incisa  vel  dissecta.  —  Gllia  sect.  Eugilia  cum  spec.  Ipo- 
mopsidis  nonnullis,  Benth. 

*  Flores  in  cymam  capituliformem  longe  pedunculatam  digesti. 
Stamina  sinubus  ipsis  corolla?  brevis  inserta,  lobis  a?quilonga. 
Ovula  plurima.  —  Annua?,  Californicas,  erecta?  ;  foliis  2-3-pinnati- 
partitis,  segmentis  angustissimis  ;  corollis  sa?pius  ca?ruleis. 

51.  G.  capitata,  Dougl.  Corolla?  lobis  lineari-lanceolatis,  fauce 
parum  ampliata;  calyce  sa?pius  glabro. 

52.  G.  achille^ekolia,  Benth.  Flores  majores ;  corolla?  lobis 
obovatis  late  oblongisve  fauce  abrupte  insigniter  ampliata ;  calyce  pi.  m- 
lanoso. 

*  *  Flores  in  prioribus  subcongesti,  in  ca?teris  laxe  paniculati 
vel  dissiti.  Corolla  infundibuliformis  fauce  plus  minus  ampliata. 
Seminis  testa  spirillifera  modo  generis.  Annua?,  humiliores, 
nunc  diffusa?. 

+-  Pluriovulata?. 

53.  G.  multicaulis,  Benth.  cum  syn.  Prodr.  G.  stricta,  Scheele 
in  Linna?a,  21,  p.  755  ?     G.  millefoliata,  Fisch.  &  Meyer  :  forma  diffusa 


278  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

foliosa  parviflora.  (Calyx-teeth  in  char,  "tubo  suo  duplo  brevioribus," 
not  "  longioribus"  as  in  Prodr.) — Var.  tenera :  forma  depauperata 
exili,  pedunculo  sa?pe  unifloro.  G.  stricta,  Liebm.  Ind.  Hort.  Hafn. 
1853,  ex  char.  California.  To  this,  or  perhaps  to  the  preceding 
species,  may  probably  belong  Polemonium  capitatum,  Esch.  Mem.  Acad. 
Petrop. 

54.  G.  laciniata,  Ruiz  &  Pav. :  known  from  the  smaller  and  spar- 
ser-flowered forms  of  the  preceding  by  its  oblong  capsule.     Chili,  &c. 

55.  G.  tricolor,  Benth.  One  form  has  a  glabrous  calyx,  &c. 
California. 

56.  G.  tenuiflora,  Benth.,  Lindl.  Bot.  "Reg.  &c,  1888.  Califor- 
nia, not  common.  —  Var.  latifloua.  Corolla?  tubo  calyce  aut  paullo 
aut  duplo  longiore,  fauce  lobisque  amplioribus.  Los  Angeles  County  ? 
Fremont,  Wallace. 

57.  G.  inconspicua,  Dougl.  —  Columbia  River  to  the  Platte  and 
Arizona.  The  corolla  is  not  hypocrateriform,  as  described  and 
figured  in  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2883,  at  least  when  fully  developed.  It  is 
usually  ampler;  and  to  the  species  (which  is  a  widely  variable  one)  I 
must  refer  tack  G.  sinuata,  Dougl.,  Benth.  in  DC,  the  flowers  of 
which  sometimes  attain  thrice  the  size,  and  nearly  connect  with  the 
var.  latiflora  of  the  preceding !  G.  arenaria,  Benth.  (collected  on  the 
sea-beach  at  Monterey  by  Rich  and  Parry),  is  a  glandular-viscid  form, 
with  more  slender  corolla  (half  an  inch  long),  which  is  likely  to  pass 
into  G.  tenuiflora.  —  Geyer's  no.  25  and  42,  referred  to  G.  inconspicua 
by  Hooker,  is  partly  of  that  specie?,  partly  G.  pinnatijida. 

,,     -»—  n—  Pauci-  (in  loculis  2-3-)  ovulate. 

58.  G.  CRASSiFOLiA,  Benth.     Chili,  &c.     Near  67.  inconspicua. 

*  *  *  Flores  effuse  paniculati,  longius  pedicellati,  minimi.  Corolla 
tenui-infundibuliformis  vel  subcampanulata  (alba  seu  albida)  : 
stamina  juxta  sinus  inserta,  lobis  breviora.  Ovula  numerosa. 
Semina  humectata  mucilagine  spirillisque  destituta!  —  Annua?, 
pusillae,  e  basi  ramosissimoe,  foliis  radicalibus  semel  pinnatifidis  vel 
incisis. 

59.  G.'  leptomeria,  n.  sp.  Parum  glandulosa,  floribunda;  foliis 
radicalibus  spathulatis  seu  lanceolatis  leviter  pinnatilobatis,  cauliuis 
fere  integris  linearibus,  ramealibus  bracteisve  minimis ;  pedicellis 
erectis  flore  longioribus  seu  brevioribus ;  corolla  angusto-infundibuli- 
formi  sesquilineari  demum    elongata  (ad  lineas  3)  fere   hypocrateri- 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  279 

morpha,  tubo  calyce  lobis  suisque  ovatis  duplo  longiore  ;  ovulis  in 
loculis  plurimis  (seminibus  ^  una  longis). —  Mountain  valleys  of 
Nevada  and  Utab,  S.  Watson.  Resembles  some  most  depauperate  and 
small-flowered  forms  of  G.  inconspicua  ;  yet  well  marked  by  tbe  nar- 
row corolla  and  especially  by  tbe  seeds. 

GO.  G.  micro.meria,  n.  sp.  Fere  glabra,  tenella,laxa ;  foliis  inferi- 
oribus  pinnatifidis  lobis  oblongis  obtusis  divaricatis,  caeteris  linearibus 
integerrimis  ;  floribus  sparsis ;  pedicellis  filiformibus  elongatrs  patenti- 
bus  demum  recurvis  ;  corolla  oblongo-campanulata  lineam  longa  caly- 
cem  parum  superante,  lobis  brevibus ;  ovulis  in  loculis  vix  ultra  6 ; 
capsulasubglobosa  stylo  longiore.  —  Mountain  valleys  of  Nevada  and 
Utah,  S.  Watson.     Seeds  as  in  the  preceding. 

*  *  *  *  Flores  sparsi  longius  pedicellati,  sat  magni.  Corolla  aut 
campanulata  aut  rotata.  Calycis  lobi  lanceolato-subulati,  tubo 
suo  longiores.  Anthera?  srepius  oblongoe.  Humiles  seu  graciles- 
centes,  diffusa?. 

-i—  Annua?,  floribus  parvulis. 

++  Corolla  campanulata. 

61.  G.  campanulata,  n.  sp.  Parum  viscidulo-pubens,  2-3-polli- 
caris  ;  ramis  patentibus  ;  foliis  inferioribus  lanceolatis  parce  pinnati- 
fido-dentatis,  ramealibus  lineari-lanceolatis  soepe  integerrimis;  pedi- 
cellis flore  interdnm  brevioribus ;  corolla  campanulata  (alba?)  calyce 
duplo  longiore  leviter  5-loba ;  staminibus  basi  lata?  corolla  insertis 
inclusis  ;  ovulis  in  loculis  G- 7. — Foothills  of  Trinity  Mountains, 
Nevada,  Watson.  —  Corolla  three  or  four  lines  long ;  the  broad  lobes 
less  than  half  the  length  of  the  ample  (yellowish  ?)  throat,  at  the  base 
of  which  the  stamens  are  inserted :  no  narrowed  tube.  This  and  the 
two  preceding  species  are  among  the  discoveries  of  S.  Watson,  in  C. 
King's  expedition. 

++  ++  Corolla  fere  rotata. 

G'2.  G.  incisa,  Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.  G.  Lindheimr.riana,  Scheele 
in  Linnsea,  21,  p.  7G3.     Multiovulata.  —  East  Texas  to  Mexico. 

G3.  G.  Gayana,  Wedd.  Chi.  And.  2.  p.  82.  Pauciovulata  ;  "  semi- 
nibus  in  loculis  1  —  2."  —  Andes  of  Chili. 

•)—  H—  Perennes;  floribus  majusculis  ;"  corolla  fere  rotata;  ovarii 
loculis  pluriovulatis. 

64.  G.  fcetida,  Gillies,  Benth.  1.  c.     Andes  of  Chili. 


230  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Go.  G.  rigidula,  Benth.l.  c.  G.  glandulosa,  Scheele,  I.  c.  Flowers 
bright  blue,  showy,  according  to  Lindheimer  opening  widely  only 
in  direct  sunshine  late  in  the  afternoon  and  closing  at  sunset.  —  Texas 
to  Arizona  and  Mexico. 

Var.  acerosa.  Rigidior ;  ramis  e  basi  magis  lignosa  ad  apicem 
usque  crebre  foliosis,  segmentis  foliorum  plerisque  suhulatis  vel  acerosis 
subpungentibus  ;  pedicellis  flore  quandoque  brevioribus.  North  New 
Mexico  to  Arizona,  Fendler,  Gordon,  Wright,  &c. 

4.  POLEMONIUM,  Tourn. 

Corolla  ab  infundibuliformi  ad  rotatam.  Stamina  basim  versus 
corolla?  aaqualiter  inserta:  filamenta  elongata,  soepissime  declinata,  basi 
pi.  m.  piloso-appendiculata.  Ovula  in  loculis2-12.  Semina  hume- 
facta  tegumento  mox  mucilaginosoet  spirillifero  modo  Collomice.  Calyx 
magis  quam  in  Gilia  herbaceus,  sub  sinubus  vix  scarioso-membrana- 
ceus,  post  anthesin  accrescens,  lobis  muticis.  —  Herba?  perennes  rhizo- 
matibus  gracilibus,  raro  annua? ;  foliis  semel  pinnatis  vel  pinnatiparti- 
tis  ;  floribus  creruleis  violaceis  seu  albis. 

§  1.  Corolla  infundibuliformis  calycem  superans,  tubo  saapius  elon- 
gate Filamenta  basi  vix  dilatata  tantum  hirsutiuscula. —  Pe- 
rennes, nanae  e  rhizomate  repente,  viscido-glandulosoe,  moschatae, 
foliolis  perplurimis  minimis  confertis.     Transitus  ad  Giliam. 

1.  P.  confertum,  Gray,  Proc.  Acad.  Philad.  1863.  Spithamaaum; 
foliolis  3-5-sectis  secus  rhachin  quasi  verticillatis  vel  fasciculatis,  seg- 
mentis aut  late  ovalibus  aut  lineari-oblongis ;  floribus  (mellium  spiian- 
tibus)  capitato-congestis  nutantibus  demum  racemoso-spicatis  ;  calycis 
lobis  angustis  tubo  cylindraceo  seu  oblongo  plus  dimidio  brevioribus; 
corolla  caarulea,  tubo  angusto-infundibuliformi  calycem  superante  lobis 
suis  rotundatis  2-3-plo  longiore.  —  Rocky  Mountains  from  lat.  38°  to 
49°,  Nuttall,  Parry,  Hall  &  Harbour,  Lyall ;  E.  Humboldt  Mountains, 
Nevada,  Watson ;  and  high  sierras  of  California,  Brewer.  Corolla 
9-12  lines  long. 

Var.  mellitum,  Gray,  1.  c. :  laxius  ;  corolla  pallida  nunc  alba  polli- 
cari,  tubo  angusto  lobis  quaduplo  longiore.  —  Rocky  Mountains,  Hall 
&  Harbour,  &c.     Wasatch  Mountains,  Utah,  Watson. 

P.  viscosum,  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  Ilumilius;  foliolis  integerrimis 
ovatis  rotundisve ;  floribus  subcorymbosis  ;  calyce  subcampanulato, 
lobis  latioribus  tubo  subaaquilongo  corolla)  tubum  (lobis  suis  baud  longi- 
orem)    subaequantibus.  —  Rocky  Mountains,  about  lat.   40°,   Nuttall. 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,  1870.  281 

Mixed  with  dwarfed  specimens  of  the  preceding,  from  which  Nuttall'a 
character  of  "  elongated-lanceolate  segments  of  the  calyx"  was  proba- 
bly taken. 

§  2.  Corolla  inter  campanulatam  et  rotatam,  calyce  modice  longior. 
Filamenta  basi  quasi  in  lamellam  dilatata.  —  Perennes,  folio- 
lis  intcgris,  superioribus  nunc  alato-confluentibus,  inflorescentia 
laxiore. 

(P.  grandiflorum,  Benth.,  of  Mexico,  I  do  not  possess,  and  have 
barely  seen  in  herb.  Kew.) 

2.  P.  c^eruleum,  L.  Common  from  the  arctic  regions  and  Alaska 
to  California  and  through  the  Rocky  Mountains,  also  through  Northern 
Asia  to  Europe;  very  rare  eastward  (in  New  York  and  New  Jersey). 
—  P.  acutiflorum,  Willd.,  which  is  reduced  by  Ledebour  to  a  variety 
of  this  species,  is  an  Alaskan  form,  with  ovate  acute  lobes  to  the  co- 
rolla (Pallas,  Chamisso,  &c).  All  the  North  American,  like  the  Hima- 
layan, forms  of  this  species  incline  to  have  wing-angled  seeds,  — 
quite  as  much  so  as  in 

Var.  foliostssimuji  (P.  cceruleum,  var.  pterospcrma,  Benth.  in  DC. 
Prodr.).  Valde  viscido-pubescens ;  caulibus  bipedalibus  usque  ad 
apicem  cum  ramis  floridis  corymbo-is  foliosissimis;  foliolis  in  rhachin 
alato-marginatam  srepe  confluentibus ;  floribus  minoribus;  staminibus 
styloque  corolla  (calycem  2  -  3-plo  superante)  snepius  brevioribus. — 
Through  the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  Geyer,  Fendler,  Parry,  Vasey, 
Watson,  &c.     This  approaches 

3.  P.  Mexicanum,  Cerv.  (Mexico  ?)  This  is  distinguished  by  its 
shorter  corolla,  and  short  lobes  of  the  calyx,  which  are  only  half  the 
length  of  its  tube. 

4.  P.  iiujiile,  "Willd.  Spithamreum  ;  caulibus  laxis  1  -  2-fol:a- 
tis ;  floribus  subcorymbosis  paucis  longius  pedicellatis ;  calyce  ultra 
medium  o-fido ;  ovulis  2-4  seminibusque  1-2  in  quoque  loculo. — 
P.  pulchellum,  Bunge,  Ledeb,  &c.  P.  Richardsonii,  Graham.  P. 
capitatum,  Benth.,  non  Esch.  P.  pvdcherrimum,  Hook.,  a  small- 
flowered  form.  —  Rocky  Mountains  to  those  of  California,  and  through 
the  arctic  regions  and  Alaskan  islands  to  Siberia.  —  P.  capitatum  of 
Eschscholtz,  from  the  sands  of  California,  with  linear  leaflets,  &c, 
cannot  be  this  species,  —  is  probably  Gilia  multicaulis,  or  some  allied 
species  of  that  genus. 

5.  P.  reptaxs,  L.  Atlantic  States  from  New  York  south  and  west 
to  Nebraska. 

VOL.  VIII.  36 


282  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

§  3.  Corolla  (albida)  fere  rotata,  calyce  brevior.  Filamenta  basi 
sensim  dilatata,  parcissime  piloso-ciliata.  —  Anuuoe,  debiles,  sparsi- 
flora2  ;  foliolis  integris. 

6.  P.  micrantiium,  Benth.  1.  c.     British  Columbia  to  Nevada. 

3.  Miscellaneous  Botanical  Notes  and  Characters.     By  Asa 

Gray. 

NAMA,  L. 

The  outlines  of  a  monograph  of  this  genus  which,  in  the  year  1861, 
I  contributed  to  the  Proceedings  of  this  Academy  (vol.  5,  pp.  337-339) 
have  long  needed  some  corrections  and  additions.  The  following  notes 
for  a  revision  of  the  genus  were  mainly  drawn  up  in  the  Kew  Herba- 
rium, in  October,  18G9. 

§  1.  Folia  in  caulem  alato-decurrentia,  obovata  vel  spathulata,  pube 
moll i  villosa  seu  pilosa  :  rami  procumbentes. 

N.  Jamaicensis,  L.  Pedunculi  brevissimi.  Semina  costato-scro- 
biculata. 

N.  biflora,  Choisy.  Pedunculi  filiformes.  Semina  alveolata.  — 
Mexico,  collected  only  by  Berlandier. 

§  2.  Folia  caulina  omnia  vel  plera  basi  subamplexicauli  sessilia, 
baud  decurrentia,  pube  molli  nee  incana.     Annua?. 

N.  Berlandieri,  n.  sp.  N.  undulata  var.  macrantha,  Choisy, 
Hydrol.  t.  2,  f.  1.  Ramis  gracillimis  diffusis,  foliis  sparsioribus  tenui- 
oribus  ovali-oblongis  bine  inde  oppositis,  pedunculis  gracilioribus,  co- 
rolla majore,  capsula  oblonga  sepalis  apice  magis  dilatatis  subdimidio 
breviore,  seminibus  obsoletius  scrobiculatis,  diversa.  —  Tamaulipas, 
Mexico,  near  Reynosa,  Berlandier  (no.  21 16  =  GOO),  who  alone  has 
met  with  it. 

N.  undulata,  HBK.  Foliis  soepe  undulatis  omnibus  alternis  lineari- 
seu  spathulato-oblongis,  inferioribus  oblanceolato-spathulatis  basi  lon- 
gius  attenuatis;  cauleerecto;  pedunculis  plerumque  brevifsirais;  capsula 
matura  fere  lineari  calycem  suba?quante  ;  seminibus  eximie  alveolato- 
reticulatis.  —  Extends  from  Texas  and  New  Mexico  to  the  Andes  of 
Chili,  Gillies. 

§  3.  Folia  omnia  basi  attenuata  vel  petiolata  (nee  amplexicaulia  nee 
decurrentia). 


OF  ARTS   AND   SCIENCES  :    JUNE  14,  1870.  283 

*  Annua?,  pills  rigidis  vel  rigidiusculis  hirtse,  nee  incanre  :  folia  etiam 
inferiora  basi  longius  attenuata  vix  petiolata:  sepala  anguste  ex- 
acteque  linearia ! 

N.  iiispida,  Gray,  1.  c.  Semina  in  loculis  24-40,  oblonga,  haud 
ultra  £  lin.  longn,  obsoletissime  rugulosa. 

N.  demissa,  n.  sp:  E  radice  exili  patenti-ramosissima,  2-3-pol- 
icaris,  hirsuta  ;  foliis  spatbulato-linearibus ;  floribus  subsessilibus  ; 
seminibus  in  loculis  10-  12  ovalibus  ^  lin.  longis  obsolete  grossius  scro- 
biculato-rugosis  ;  eoet.  fere  praecedenfis. —  Dry  or  desert  regions  of  Ne- 
vada, Fremont,  Anderson,  Torrey,  Watson  in  King's  expedition  ;  forms 
with  ample  corolla  sometimes  twice  the  length  of  the  calyx.  Fort 
Colville,  Washington  Territory,  Lyall,  in  herb.  Kew.  :  a  ve\-y  low  and 
condensed  form,  with  corolla  not  exceeding  the  calyx:  characters  indi- 
cated by  Professor  Oliver. 

*  *  Annuoe,  pube  molliori  vel  breviori  parum  cinerea:  sepala  (ut  in 
pleris)  sursum  pi.  m.  dilatata. 

h—  Folia  basi  attenuata  vel  acuta,  plera  (saltern  superiora)  sessilia  vel 
subsessilia. 

++  Semina  haud   ultra  ^-lineam  longa,  lato-ovalia,  subloevia,  obso- 
letius  costata  et  areolata. 

N.  Saxdwicensis,  Gray,  1.  c.  Ramosissima,  pube  crebra  hirsutulo- 
cinerea  ;  foliis  brevibus  spathulatis  margine  mox  revolutis ;  pedunculis 
calyce  longioribus  vel  brevioribus;  floribus  parvis ;  corolla  calycem 
parum  superante;  capsula  ovali. 

N.  Coulteri,  n.  sp.  Laxe  ramosissima,  spithamrea,  hirsutulo- 
pubescens ;  foliis  oblongo-spathulatis  planis  membranaceis,  imis  tantum 
in  petiolum  attenuatis ;  pedunculis  calyce  brevioribus  srepius  brevissi- 
mis;  corolla  calyce  duplo  longiore ;  capsula  oblongn.  —  "California" 
[perhaps  Arizona],  Coulter,  no.  463.  Nazas  Valley,  Bolson  de  Mapi- 
mi,  Chihuahua,  Mexico,  Gregg.  It  much  resembles  A7",  dichotoma  ; 
but  is  well  distinguished  by  the  more  hirsute  pubescence  without 
viscidity,  the  larger  corolla  (about  five  lines  long),  and  especially  by 
the  seeds. 

++  ++  Semina  £-  ^-lineam  longa,  ovali-oblonga,  favosa. 

N.  dichotoma,  Ruiz  &  Pav.;  Gray,  1.  c.  Pube  brevi  plus  minus 
viscosa,  corolla  calycem  haud  vel  parum.  superaute,  capsula  ovato- 


284  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

seu  breviuscule  oblonga,  seminibus  grosse  insculptis,  distineta. —  Mex- 
ico to  Bolivia.  —  Var.  angtjstifolta  :  foliis  lineari-lanceolatis.  (Var. 
pane/flora,  Choisy  ?)  New  Mexico,  Fendler,  no.  G44,  also  Wright, 
no.  1584.  "Colorado,"  Hayden.  —  The  seeds  in  this  widely  diffused 
species  are  well  marked,  being  so  coarsely  pitted  that  five  or  six  pits 
fill  the  whole  girth ;  and  the  thick  obtuse  edges  of,  or  elevated  por- 
tions between,  the  pits  appear  likewise  to  be  minutely  rugose  under  a 
strong  lens. 

-f—  4—  Folia  omnia  graciliter  petiolata  :  semina  fere  lagvia. 

N.  t.atifolia,  n.  sp.  Erecta,  laxe  ramosa,  parce  tenuiter  hirsutula  ; 
foliis  membranaceis  ovatis  obtusis  basi  ssepius  cuneatis  (lin.  G-9  et 
petiolo  lin.  3-5  longis)  ;  pedunculis  flore  parvo  longioribus  ;  sppalis 
apice  insigniter  dilatatis  corollam  (albam)  adasquantibus  capsula  brevi- 
ovoideo  longioribus  ;  seminibus  globoso-ovoideis,  areolis  obsoletis.  JV.  ? 
rupincola,  Mart.  &  Gal.  ex  Walp.  Repert.  G,  p.  565.  —  Mexico,  Oax- 
aca,  in  fields  and  forests  of  the  western  Cordilleras,  at  the  altitude  of 
about  8,000  feet,  coll.  Galeotti,  no.  10G8.  Valley  of  Mexico,  coll. 
Bourgeau,  no.  G10. 

*  *  *  Perennes  ?  forte  annua?  caulibus  diffusis  basi  lignescenti- 
induratis,  pube  mollissima :  folia  parva,  cum  petiolo  brevi  semi- 
pollicaria  vel  minora:  sepala  sursum  latiora :  semina  minima. 

N.  rcpicola,  Bonpl.  ex  Chois.  1.  c.  Depressa,  pube  brevi  vix 
cinerea ;  foliis  obovatis  in  petiolum  marginatum  sensim  attenuatis ; 
seminibus  subglobosis  grosse  parceque  alveolatis.  iV.  origanifulia, 
Gray,  1.  c,  non  II BK.  N.  dichotoma  var.  parvifolia,  Torr.  Mex. 
Bound,  p.  147.  Northern  borders  of  Mexico  to  Yucatan  (Schott) 
and  Peru  ? 

N.  oric.anifolia,  II BK.  Nov.  Gen.  &  spec.  3,  p.  130,  t.  218. 
Cinereo-villosa,  subincana  ;  foliis  oblongo-spathulatis  ovalibusque  petiolo 
distincto;  pedunculis  sparsis  ealyce  longioribus ;  seminibus  lrevibus? 
....  —  Mexico.  The  principal  specimens  I  have  seen  (Sierra  Mad  re, 
Seemann)  seem  distinct  enough  from  the  foregoing,  which,  however, 
Kunth's  figure  too  much  resembles.  He  figures,  but  does  not  describe, 
the  seeds  as  smooth. 

*  *  *  *  Perennes,  proceriores  basi  suffruticosa,  foliis  floribusque 
majoribus,  pube  hispida  vel  sericeo-canescente.  Semina  in  H. 
hirsuta  ut  videtur  compressa  ?  in  caateris  ignota. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  285 

■i-  Mexicans;  foliis  Litis  penninerviis  basi  soepius  obtusa  distincte 
petiolatis,  floribus  in  cymula  laxa  tcrminali  nuda:  sepala  sursum 
latiora. 

N.  hirsuta,  Martens  &  Galeotti ;  Walp.  Repert.  1.  c.  Fere  his- 
pida  ;  foliis  viridibus  oblongis ;  corolla  baud  ultra  semipollicari. — 
Oaxaca,  Galeotti. 

N.  sericea,  Willd.:  Eoem.  &  Schutt.  Syst.  6,  p.  189.  Sericea  ; 
foliis  ovatis  seu  ovato-lanceolatis  subtus  incanis  ;  corolla  subpollicari. 
JV.  longiflora,  Cbois.  I.  c.  t.  2,  f.  2.  I  have  it  only  in  the  collection  of 
Coulter,  no.  914,  915. 

h—  h—  Californicae,  lana  araneosa;  foliis  lanceolatis  basi  sensim  at- 
tenuatis  vix  petiolatis,  floribus  in  glomerulos  sessiles  axillares  et 
terminales  confertis  :  sepala  angusta  sursum  baud  latiora. 

N.  Lobbii,  Gray  in  Proceed.  Am.  Acad.  6,  p.  37.  Sierra  Nevada, 
Lobb,  Mrs.  Davis,  Kellogg. 

N.  systyla.  Gray,  1.  c,  is  Draperia  systyla,  Torr.  in  Proceed.  Am. 
Acad.  7,  p.  401. 

LYCOPUS,  L. 

In  the  last  edition  of  the  Manual  of  Botany,  I  was  induced  to  con- 
sider all  the  American  Lycopi  with  acute-pointed  calyx-teeth  as  forms 
of  L.  Europceus.  Having  now  bad  occasion  to  study  them  anew,  I 
see  grounds  for  a  different  opinion,  and  for  disposing  our  species  as 
follows  :  — 

§1.  Stoloniferce, —  stolonibus  filiforraibus  elongatis  apice  demum 
tuberiferis. 

*  Calycis  dentes  4,  raro  5,  cum  bracteis  brevissimis  obtusi  vel  obtu- 
siusculi,  fructiferi  nuculis  breviores. 

1.  L.  Viuginicus,  L.  —  Forma  depauperata:  L.  xvni floras  Michx. 
Li.  pumilus  "Vahl.  —  Forma  procera,  var.  macropiiyllus  :  L.  macro- 
phylhts,  Benth. 

*  *  Calycis  dentes  5,  acutissimi,  nuculis  longiores. 

h~  Bracteas  minima?:  corolla  calyce  fere  duplo  longior :  stamina 
rudimentaria  brevissima,  ovalia  seu  linguajformia. 

L.  sessilifolius,  n.  sp.  Glaber;  caulibus  adscendentibus  humili- 
bus  acutiuscule  4-angulatis;  foliis  omnibus  arete  sessilibus  ovatis  Ian- 


286  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

ceolato-oblongisve  parcius  argute  serratis  ;  calycis  dentibus  subulatis 
rigidis.  —  L.  Europeans  var.  sessilifoUus,  Gray,  Man.  ed.  5,  p.  345. — 
Pine  Barrens  of  New  Jersey,  at  Atsion,  Canby,  and  Toms  River, 
C.  F.  Parker,  September. 

L.  kubellus,  Moeneh.  Suppl.  (1802).  Subglaber ;  caule  laxo 
suberecto  1  — 2-pedali,  angulis  obtusiusculis  ;  foliis  ovato-oblongis  seu 
oblongo-lanceolatis  medio  argute  serratis  utrinque  attenuatis  acumina- 
tis  petiolatis ;  calycis  dentibus  triangulato-subulatis  baud  rigidis.  — 
Presenius  in  Flora,  1842  ;  Bentb.  in  DC.  L.  obtusifolius  Vabl  ?  non 
Benth. :  but  if  so  a  depauperate  form,  and  probably  not  from  Hudson's 
Bay:  the  indications  of  habitat  in  the  plants  of  Michaux's  collection 
are  not  always  correct.  L.  Europceus,  var.  integrifulius,  Gray,  Man. 
L.  Arkansanvs,  Fresenius,  1.  c. ;  a  puberulent  form,  with  rather 
broader  and  less  pointed  calyx-teeth,  the  rudiments  of  sterile  stamens 
varying  from  Ungulate  to  linear-spatulate.  —  Pennsylvania?  and  Ohio 
to  South  Carolina,  Louisiana,  and  Arkansas. 

h—  +-  Bractea?  exteriores  acutissimi  flores  scepius  adosquantes  :  corolla 
calycem  vix  superans  :  stamina  rudimentaria  filiformia,  apice  capi- 
tellata  vel  clavellata. 

L.  lucidus,  Turcz.  Caule  valido  2-8-pedali  erecto  superne  acu- 
tangulo  ;  foliis  lanceolatis  vel  oblongo-lanceolatis  (poll.  2—4  longis) 
acutis  vel  acuminatis  grosse  argutissinie  serratis  basi  obtusa  nunc  acuta 
subsessilibus  ;  calycis  dentibus  attenuato-subulatis. 

Var.  Ajiericanus  :  foliis  vix  lucidis  utrinque  saspius  hirtello-pu- 
beris  ;  caule  plerumque  hirsutiori ;  calycis  dentibus  minus  rigidis.  L. 
obltisifolius,  Benth.  in  DC,  vix  Vahl.  —  Saskatchawan  (Bourgeau, 
&c.)  to  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  Fendler,  E.  Hall.  Our  plant  clearly 
is  not  to  be  separated  from  the  L.  lucidus  of  N.  E.  Asia,  which,  again, 
too  much  resembles  L.  australis,  in  which  also  the  dots  of  the  leaves 
are  unusually  large. 

§  2.  Estolonosce,  sed  rhizomatibus  pi.  m.  repentibus :  dentes  calycis 
5,  acutissimi,  rigidi,  corollam  suboequantes,  fructiferi  nuculis  longi- 
ores  :  bracteoe  subulata?,  nonnullas  flor3s  adaequantes.  Glabra?  vel 
pubescentes,  caulibus  acute  tetragonis,  foliis  soepius  incisis  vel 
pinnatifidis. 

L.  sinuatus,  Ell.  Caule  acutissime  tetragono  ;  foliis  lanceolatis  vel 
oblongis  acuminatis  irregulariter  incisis  et  laciniato-pinnatifidis  sura- 
misve  sinuato-dentatis  basi  attenuatis  in  petiolum  longiusculum ;  calycis 


OF  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  14,  1870.  287 

dentibus  triangulari-subulatis  brevi-cuspidatis ;  staminibus  rudimenta- 
riis  filiformibus  apice  capitellatis  seu  clavellatis.  L.  sinuatus,  exaltatvs, 
&  angustifolius,  Ell.  L.  vulgaris  &  august  if  alius,  Nutt.  Gen.,  sine 
char.  L.  Europceus  (Walt.  &c.),  van  sinuatus,  Gray,  Man.  1.  c. — 
From  Canada  to  Oregon,  California,  and  Florida. 

L.  Europ^eus,  L.  Caule  acutiuscule  tetragono ;  foliis  latioribus 
subsessilibus,  dentibus  lobisve  subsequalibus  ;  calycis  dentibus  subulatb- 
spinulosis;  staminibus  rudimentariis  obsoletis  vel  nullis.  —  Collected 
long  ago  by  Mr.  Elias  Durand  near  Norfolk,  Virginia,  where  it  was 
said  to  abound  ;  recently  detected  on  Petty's  Island,  near  Philadelphia, 
by  C.  F.  Parker,  on  waste  ballast :  adventive  from  Europe,  and  proba- 
bly not  established. 

SESELT,  L. 

It  is  on  the  whole  remarkable  that  so  many  of  the  leading  genera  of 
Umbelliferce  in  the  northern  parts  of  the  Old  World  should  be  without 
representatives  in  North  America.  Some  of  these  gaps  may  be  filled 
Avhen  the,  botany  of  our  Western  regions  comes  to  be  more  completely 
investigated ;  as  one  appears  to  be  now  by  the  two  species  of  Scseli 
here  characterized. 

The  first  of  these  plants  has  been  for  several  years  known  to  me  in 
a  specimen  collected  by  Nuttall,  in  flower  only,  and  presented  by  the 
kind  Mr.  Durand.  It  is  ticketed  by  Nuttall  "  Cynomarathrum  saxa- 
tile"  but  it  is  not  published.  The  same  plant,  in  fruit  only,  was 
gathered  by  Dr.  Parry  in  1867,  in  the  mountains  of  the  northeastern 
part  of  New  Mexico.  The  second  species  is  no.  221  of  Hall  and 
Harbour's  collection  in  the  skirts  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  flower 
only,  and  therefore  not  hitherto  determined.  Dr.  George  Vase}',  in 
going  over  the  same  ground  in  1868  at  a  later  season,  had  the  good 
fortune  to  obtain  specimens  in  fruit;  it  is  no.  221  of  his  recently  dis- 
tributed collection. 

S.  Nuttallii,  n.  sp.  Acaulescens,  glabrum ;  foliis  subternato-pin- 
natipartitis,  segmentis  linearibus  subulato-mucronatis,  majoribus  denti- 
bus lobisve  1-3  nunc  instructis  ;  scapo  simplicissimo  nudo  folia  baud 
superante  ;  floribus  ut  videtur  albis  ;  fructu  oblongo  glaberrimo  pedicello 
parum  longiore  dentibus  calycis  subulatis  conspicuis  coronato;  vittis  in 
pericarpio  parum  suberoso  ad  valleculas  et  bine  inde  sub  jugis  tenui- 
bus  ;  seminis  sectione  transversa  semicirculari  subcrenata.  —  Rocky 
Mountains,   Nuttall.     On   rocks,  Huefano  Mountains,  New  Mexico, 


288  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN  ACADEMY 

Parry,  coll.  1867,  no.  83.  —  A  span  high,  from  a  thickish  branching 
caudex.  Involucre  as  long  as  the  pedicels,  in  Nuttall's  specimen  whit- 
ish and  as  if  somewhat  petaloid,  the  leaflets  lanceolate  or  linear  and  a 
little  connate*  at  the  base.  Rays  of  the  umbel  from  three  to  six  lines 
long,  of  the  umbellets  one  or  two  lines  long.  Styles  long.  Fruit  a 
line  and  a  half  or  two  lines  in  length,  the  jugoe  rather  salient. 

S.  Hallii,  n.  sp.     Acaulescens,  glabrum  ;  foliis  pinnatisectis  3  -  5- 
jugis,    segmentis    cuneatis    oblongisve     incisis    vel    pinnatifidis,    lobis 
3-7    brevibus    mucronatis  nunc    paucidentatis ;    scapo    sirnplicissirno 
nudo    folia    superante ;    floribus    flavis;  fructu    anguste    oblongo    gla- 
berrimo    pedicello  brevissimo  multo    longiore  ;    dentibus    calycis  bre- 
vibus demum   evanidis ;    vittis  ad   valleculas  magnis  cum  accessoriis 
ssepius  in  quoque  jugo  minimis;  seminis  sectione  transversa  subquad- 
rata.  —  Low  mountains  of  Colorado,    Hall  and   Harbour;    mentioned 
in  Proceed.  Acad.  Philad.,  March,  1863,  p.  63,  no.  221.     Bear  Creek, 
seventeen   miles   west   of   Denver,  Dr.   George   Vasey. —  Scape    ten 
inches   high,   slender.      Umbel   nearly   as   in    the   preceding,   but  the 
secondary  rays  are  very  short,  as  also  are  the  ovate-subulate  leaflets  of 
the  involucel.     Styles  slender.     Fruit  narrow,  two  lines  long,  abrupt 
both  at  the  base  and  apex ;  the  vittas  filling  the  intervals  between  the 
narrow   and   slightly    salient  jugre.      The    odor    of  the  fruit  in  both 
species  is  rather  strong.     Notwithstanding  the  yellow  flowers  of  this 
species  and  the  slender  styles  in  both,  they  are  confidently  referred 
to  Sesell. 

Miscellaneous  Specific  Characters,  fyc. 

Viola  renifolia,  n.  sp.     Rhizomate   floribusque    V.  Mandce  vel 
paullo  majore  ;  foliis  reniformibus   (adultis  saspius  poll.  2  latis)  utrin- 
que  cum  petiolo  villoso-pubescentibus  ;  scapo  pubescente.  —  This  Vio- 
let was  first  brought  to  my  notice  by  Miss  Shattuck  of  Mount  Holyoke 
Seminary,  who  collected  it  at,  or  received  it  from,  "  East  Elba,  New 
York."     Later  Mr.    Henry    Cillman   sent  it  from   Ontonagon,   Lake 
Superior;  and  now  I  have  fresh  specimens  and  the  living  plant  from 
Mr.  Frank  A.  Sherman,  of  Hanover,  New   Hampshire.     Also  speci- 
mens from  -the  colder  parts  of  Oneida  Co.,  New  York,  from  Professor 
Paine.     It  grows  in  company  with    V.  blunda,  which  it  closely  resem- 
bles as  to  the  flower,  but  the  leaves  are  more  like  those  of  V.  palus- 
tris  ;  yet  they  are  more  strictly  reniform,  and  are  conspicuously  beset 
with  pale,  soft  and  tender,  lax  hairs. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  289 

Abutilon  Palmkrt,  n.  pp.  Fruticosum  ;  foliis  sinu  profundo 
clauso  rotundato-cordatatis  denticulatis  brevi-aeuminatis  (nonnullis 
obsolete  triIobi<)  utrinque  albido-velutinis  ;  petiolis  ramisque  molliter 
puberulis;  pedunculis  infimis  petiolo  longioribus  ;  calyce  pedicello  cap- 
sulaque  8-earpellari  molliter  villosissimo,  carpellis  membranaceis  3-4- 
spermis  breviter  acuminato-rostratis. —  Yaqui  River,  Sonora,  Mexico, 
Dr.  E.  Palmer.  Leaves  in  (be  specimens  not  over  two  incbes  in 
diameter.  Corolla  orange-yellow,  more  than  an  inch  in  diameter. 
Seeds  in  one  row,  nearly  glabrous. 

Kostelktzkya  digitata,  ii.  sp.  Minutissime  stellulato-pubescens 
cum  stellulis  adpressis  majoribus  ;  ram  is  paniculatis  ;  foliis  3  —  5-parti- 
tis,  petiolo  setoso-hispido,  segmentis  cum  foliis  simplicibus  ramulorum 
linearilanceolatis  denticulatis  subtus  setis  triradiatis  conspersis;  pedun- 
culis unifloiis  gracilibus  ;  calyce  tantum  puberulo  ;  capsula  5-carinata 
ad  suturas  setosa  ;  seminibus  glabris.  —  Yaqui  River,  Sonora,  Mexico, 
Dr.  E.  Palmer,  1869.  Corolla  little  over  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  in 
the  dried  specimens  purplish  with  a  yellow  eye. 

Desmodium  Ielixoense,  n.  sp.  D.  canescentem  foliis  floribusqne, 
D.  rigidum  racemo  et  fructu  referens;  caule  erecto  3— 5-pedali  cum 
foliis  pube  brevi  birsutulo  ;  foliolis  ovatis  oblongis  seu  ovato-lanceolatis 
obtusis  (poll.  2-4  longi.-)  subcoriaceis  subtus  cinereis  venis  venulisque 
prominulis  eximie  reticularis,  inferiorlbus  petiolum  subaequantibus  ; 
stipulis  persistentibus  (bracteisque  caducis)  ovato-lanceolatis  sensim 
acuminatis  striatis ;  racemo  simplici;  lomento  brevissime  stipitato  vix 
ultrapollicari  ad  suturam  utramque  (infer,  profundiorem)  sinuato, 
articulis  3-5  ovalibus  lineas  3  baud  excedentibus.  —  Illinois,  in  dry 
ground,  Vasey,  Hall,  Bebb,  Bergen,  Stewart,  &c.  ;  apparently  common, 
but  not  yet  detected  beyond  the  limits  of  that  State.  Smaller  speci- 
mens have  been  confounded  with  J),  rigidum,  and  larger,  without  fruit, 
with  D.  canescens  ;  but  it  is  abundantly  different  from  both. 

Astragalus  arrectus,  n.  sp.  Oroboidei:  sesquipedalis,  cinereo- 
pubescens  ;  caule  stricto  suleato;  foliolis  12-15-jugis  anguste  oblon- 
gis retusis  supra  glabellis  subtus  pubescentibus ;  stipulis  discretis  sca- 
riosis  ;  pedunculis  elongatis  cum  spica  laxiuscula  3  — 4-pollicaribus  ; 
floribus  (seraipollicaribus)  in  pedicello  brevissimo  adscendentibus ;  caly- 
ce campanulato  nigricanti-puberulo,  dentibus  subulatis  tubo  dimidio 
brevioribus ;  corolla  ut  videtur  alba  fere  recta  ;  legumine  arrecto  coria- 
ceo  oblongo  (subpollicari)  recto  cuspidato  basi  subito  in  stipitem  caly- 
cem  subcequantem  contracto,  ventre  leviter  carinato,  dorso  sulco  lato 
vol.  viii.  37 


290  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

profundo,  intus  bilocellato  polyspermo.  A.  leucophyllus  ?  Hook.  Lond. 
Jour.  Bot.  6.  p.  211,  non  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  —  Ivooskooskee  River, 
coll.  Geyer. 

Brickellia  atractyloides,  n.  sp.  Fruticosa,  ramosissima,.  vix 
pedalis;  ramulis  foliosis  puberulis  monocephalis ;  foliis  rigidissimis  sub- 
alternis  subsessilibus  ovato-lanceolatis  spinuloso-acuminatis  pauciden- 
tatisque  3-5-nervibus,  costis  cum  venis  adscendentibus  anastomosantibus 
prominulis,  paginis  conformibus  scabrido-atomiferis ;  pedunculo  1^2- 
bracteolato  capitulum  multiflorum  (semipollicar'e)  bis  terve  excedente ; 
involucii  campanulati  squamis  pauciseriatis,  exterioribus  ovato-  inti- 
mis  lineari-lanceolatis,  omnibus  subito  acuminatis  ;  acheniis  secus  costas 
hirtellis;  pappi  setis  circiter  20  tenuiter  saltern  -inferne  barbellulatis. 
—  Utah,  near  the  Rio  Colorado,  1870,  Dr.  E.  Palmer. —  Leaves  less 
than  an  inch  long,  coriaceous  and  rigid,  tapering  into  a  spinulose  point 
and  beset  with  a  few  rigid  spinulose  teeth.  This  species  would  natu- 
rally be  associated  with  B.  spinulosa,  of  Northern  Mexico,  but  it  has 
forty  or  more  flowers  in  the  head  and  a  minutely  barbellulate  or  above 
merely  scabrous  pappus. 

Linosyris  squamata,  n.  sp.  Fruticosa,  glabrata,  ramosissima ; 
ramulis  scopariis  viridibus  substriatis ;  foliis  squamiformibus  brevis- 
simis  (I'm.  l-2  1ongis)  lato-subulatis  triangularibusque  subadnatis ; 
capitulis  subracemosis  vel  solftariis  ramulos  terminantibus  plurifloris ; 
involucri  squamis  oblongis  obtusissimis  margine  subscariosis  laxis  pauci- 
seriatis et  in  bracteolas  minores  decrescentibus ;  corollas  limbo  fere 
5-partito  tubo  dirnidio  breviore,  lobis  patentissimis  lanceolatis  (nervo 
centrali  percursis  !  )  ;  antheris  basi  subsagittatis  ;  styli  ramis  appendice 
brevissimo  obtuso  superatis ;  achenio  glaberrimo  laevi  subclavato  pappo 
molli  (corolla;  tubum  adrequante)  cTimidio  breviore. 

Var.  Breweri,  gracilior,  parcius  squamata ;  capitulis  paucioribus 
minus  bracteolatis  ;  pappo  ut  videtur  fusco.  —  Low  hills  of  the  Sierra 
Santa  Monica,  Los  Angeles  Co.,  California,  Professor  Brewer.  I  had 
mistaken  this  for  the  male  of  a  Sergiloid  Baccharis. 

Var.  Palmeri,  crebrius  ramosa ;  squamis  loco  foliorum  approxima- 
tis  sub  capitulis  imbricatis  involucrum  longe  bracteolantibus ;  pappo 
albo.  —  Desert  of  the  Colorado,  Arizona,  1870.  Dr.  E.  Palmer. — 
The  achenia,  which  are  perfectly  fertile,  resemble  .those  of  a  Baccharis. 
The  mid-nerve  to  the  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  the  somewhat  sagittate 
base  of  the  anthers  are  as  in  Tetradymia  ;  the  style  is  of  the  Aster- 
oideous  type.     Heads  four  or  five  lines  long.     In  Dr.  Palmer's  fine 


OF   ARTS   AND   SCIENCES:    JUNE    14,  1870.  291 

specimens  the  involucre  is  remarkably  imbricate-bracteolated  clown  for 
the  quarter  or  third  of  an  inch.  Corolla  bright  yellow,  its  lobes  a  line 
and  a  half  lonjr. 

Linosyris  Sonoriensis,  n.  sp.  Glabra,  parum  viscidula,  ramo- 
sissima^  ramulis  gracillimis  ;  foliis  parvis  filiformibus  apice  recurvo 
nunc  fere  hamato ;  capitulis  laxe  paniculatis;  involucro  5-8-floro, 
squamis  pauciusculis  subcarinatis  coiiaceis  margine  scariosis  apice 
obtuso  fere  herbaceis  oblongis,  exterioribus  brevioribus  ovatis;  ramis 
styli  appendice  ovato-lanceolata  obtusiuseula  portionem  stigmaticum 
parum  excedente  superatis  ;  acheniis  elavato-oblongis  villosis.  —  Dis 
trict  of  the  Yaqui  River,  in  the  Mexican  province  of  Sonora,  1869, 
Dr.  E.  Palmer. 

20.  Melampodium  cupulatum,  n.  sp.  Hispidulum  ;  caule  erecto 
ramosissimo ;  foliis  (inferioribus  ignotis)  ramealibus  oblongo-lanceolatis 
integerrimis  basi  attenuatis  vix  petiolatis ;  pedunculis  filiformibus  sub- 
paniculatis  monocephalis;  involucro  gamophyllo  crateriformi  ebracteato 
5-lobo,  lobis  lato-ovatis  brevibus,  squamis  int.  achenia  involventibus 
rugoso-tuberculatis  apice  truncatis  hand  cueullatis  clausis;  ligulis  aureis. 
—  Mexican  province  of  Sonora,  Dr.  E.  Palmer.  —  Heads  about  as 
large  as  those  of  M.  cinereum,  DC,  but  the  bright  yellow  rays  smaller: 
scales  of  the  involucre  united  to  above  the  middle. 

Palafoxia  leucophyela,  n.  sp.  P.  lineari  affinis  ob  corollas 
faucem  angustam  cylindricam  tubo  proprio  lobisque  brevibus  2-3-plo 
longiorem ;  foliis  brevibus  (semi  -  subpollicaribus  lato-linearibus  ob- 
tusissimis  utrinque  canescenti-sericeis  ;  involucro  magis  pubescenle ; 
pappo  corolla  incainata  subdimidio  breviore,  paleis  4  majoribus  lineari- 
oblongis  costa  valida  baud  .excurrente  emarginatis,  4  alternis  breviori- 
bus spathulato-oblongis  costa  medio  evanida.  Achenia  extima  2-4 
pro  pappo  soepius  paleis  paucis  brevissimis  corneis  subconcretis  coro- 
nata.  —  Carmen  Island,  Gulf  of  California.  Involucre  half  an  inch, 
achenia  and  corolla  each  four  or  five  lines  in  length.  The  branching 
stem  is  said  to  be  about  ten  feet  high,  with  an  indurated,  perhaps 
woody  base,  and  to  flower  through  the  season.  —  Cultivated  in  the 
Botanic  Garden  at  Cambridge,  it  is  obviously  disposed  to  become 
shrubby. 

Pentstemon  Palmeri,  Gray,  in  Proceed.  Am.  Acad.  7,  p.  378: 
char,  e  pi.  viva  reformatus :  Glaucescens,  glaber,  bipedalis ;  foliis 
crassiusculis,  inferioribus  spathulatis  et  ovato-lanceolatis  argute  denti- 
culatis  in  petiolum  marginatum  angustatis,  superioribus  perfoliato-con 


292  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

natis  srepe  integerrimis  ;  pnnicula  multiflora  elongata  virgata  nuda  ; 
bracteis  omnibus  minimis  subulatis  ;  pedunculis  1  -3-floris  pedicellisve 
gracilibus;  sepalis  ovatis  glabris;  corolla  albo-rosen  (i.  e.  alba  roseo 
suffusa)  pollicari,  fauce  e  tubo  proprio  brevi  (lin.  3  longo)  subito  max- 
ime  ventricoso-ampliata  limbo  ringente  duplo  longiore,  labys  latis, 
superior!  bilobo,  inferiore  patentissimo  basi  intus  parce  barbato  pro- 
funde  3-lobo,  lobis  nequalibus  conformibus  ;  filamento  sterili  ultra  f'au- 
cem  exserto  a  pice  incurve  in.-igniter  longe  flavo-barbato.  —  Cultivated 
from  seeds  of  uncertain  source,  probably  from  Utah.  Corolla  almost 
an  inch  broad  across  the  spreading  lips  (anteriorly-and  posteriorly)  : 
lower  lip  7-8  lines  broad:  a  light  reddish  line  runs  up  each  lobe  of 
the  lower  lip. 

Lycium  Palmeri,  n.  sp.  Inerme  ?  subpubescens;  ramis  gracili- 
bus; foliis  angusto-spathulatis  (lin.  G-8  1ongis);  floribus  breviuscule 
pedicellatis  tetrameris  ;  calycis  lobis  lanceolatis  obtusiusculis  tubo  suo 
carapanulalo  parum  longioribus,  uno  saltern  paullo  majore ;  corolla 
(lin.  5  longa)  calycem  tertia  parte  superante,  lubis  late  ovalibus  pube- 
ro-ciliolatis,  tubo  paullo  brevioribus  ;  filamentis  ima  basi  intus  lano- 
sissimis;  antheris  oblongis.  —  Yaqui  River,  Sonora,  Mexico,  Dr.  E. 
Palmer.  This  apparently  belongs  to  the  third  section  in  my  revision 
of  the  North  American  Lycia,  in  Proceed.  Am.  Acad.  6,  p.  45.  Corolla 
broad  for  its  length,  the  expanded  limb  being  about  half  an  inch  in 
diameter. 

Salvia  platyciieila,  n.  sp.  Brachyanthearum,  aflf.  S.  laxce  : 
herbacea  (basi  ignota),  minutissime  cinereo-puberula ;  f'oliis  oblongis 
ovatisque  utrinque  obtusis  obsolete  crenato-serratis,  petiolo  tenui, 
floralibus  lanceolatis  deciduis ;  racemo  breviusculo ;  verticillastris 
paucifloris ;  calyce  puberulo  recto  ;  labiis  ovatis  aequalibus  camdeo 
tinctis  mox  ampliatis  tubo  infundibuliformi  nervoso  oequilongis,  supe- 
riore  integerrimo,  inferiore  apice  bifulo  ;  corolla?  eajrnleas  tubo  incluso; 
connectivo  subcrasso  glaberrimo  ;  stylo  superne  bine  barbato.  —  Car- 
men Inland,  in  the  Gulf  of  California,  Dr.  E.  Palmer,  18G9.  Corolla 
half  an  inch  long;  the  upper  lip  hardly,  the  dilated  lower  lip  some- 
what, exceeding  the  calyx. 

Coldenia  (Tiquiliopsis)  Palmeri,  n.  sp. :  pube  brevi  et  brevis- 
sima  densa  molli  incana  ;  foliis  ovatis  crebre  plicato-nervosis  petiolum 
subrequantibus  ;  calyce  tubo  corolla?  dimidio  breviore,  lobis  lanceolatis 
tubo  ipso  breviore.  —  S.  E.  California  or  Arizona,  on  the  lower  Colo- 
rado, Dr.  Edward  Palmer,  18G9.     Well  distinguished  from  C.  Nuttallii 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE   14,  1870.  293 

by  the  fine  hoariness  and  the  absence  of  all  hispid  or  even  hirsute 
haii-s,  and  by  the  calyx.  It  is  apparently  more  erect  and  bushy.  The 
corolla  is  similar  but  larger,  and  has  roundish-oval  lobes.  No  fruit 
was  collected,  by  which  to  learn  whether  it  accords  with  Tiquiliopsis 
in  having  two-parted  cotyledons.  The  leaves  are  more  like  those  of 
C.  fusca,  but  the  rib-like  veins  more  numerous  and  crowded,  from  four 
to  six  pairs,  and  the  surface  in  the  younger  specimens  strongly  and 
beautifully  plicate.  This  has  likewise  been  collected  in  Utah  or 
Nevada  by  S.  Watson,  in  Clarence  King's  expedition. 

Eriogonu.m  Kkllogii,  n.  sp.  Umbellata,  depressum,  caudicibus 
rarnisve  sterilibus  substoloniferis  filiformibus  late  pulvinato-coespitosum  ; 
foliis  rosulatis  spathulatis  parvis  (lin.  3  -4-longis)  basi  angustata  sessili- 
bus  sericeo-incanis  (supra  nunc  glabrescentibus)  ;  scapo  gracili  tripolli- 
cari  medium  versus  verticillo  e  foliis  3-4  parvis  instructo  involucro 
solitario  cyathiformi  G-7-lobato  terminator  perigoniis  luteolis  dtraum 
albidis  roseo  tinctis  extus  glaberrimis,  stipite  gracili,  segmentis  subcon- 
formibus  ovalibus  obovatisque  intus  basi  cum  parte  inferiore  filamento- 
rum  villosis ;  cotyledonibus  late  ovalibus  excenfricis  radicula  parum 
longioribus.  —  In  fir-wOods,  forming  tufted  mats,  Red  Mountain,  Men- 
docino County,  California,  Dr.  A.  Kellogg,  July  1,  1869.  Involucre 
silky-canescent.  Perigonium  two  or  in  fruit  nearly  three  lines  long, 
not  including  the  stipitiform  base  of  fully  half  a  line.  Except  that  the 
perigonium  is  wholly  glabrous  exteriorly,  this  neat  species  would 
stand  next  to  E.  Douglnsii :  but  the  head  and  the  leaves  are  smaller, 
and  the  flowers  fewer:  the  whorl  on  the  scape  usually  consists  of 
only  three  bract-like  leaves.  The  foliage  is  more  like  that  of  a 
condensed  and  alpine  form  of  E.  ccespitosum. 

Lastaijri^ea  Chilensis,  Itemy.  In  Proceed.  Amer.  Acad.  8,  p. 
199,  where  this  is  first  recorded  as  a  Californian  plant,  on  the  authority 
of  a  specimen  collected  by  J.  Blake,  some  doubt  was  expressed  as  to 
whether  it  was  there  indi<j;enou~.  Since  then  I  have  been  able  to  ascer- 
tain,  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Bennett,  that  a  specimen  in  Nuttall's 
herbarium,  now  belonging  to  the  British  Museum,  ticketed  by  Nuttall 
"  Ancislropliylhim  Culij orm'cum,  Sta.  Barbara"  is  Lastarricca  Chilensis, 
but  taller  and  coarser  than  any  of  our  Chilian  specimens.  A  slender 
form  of  the  same  species  was  lately  abundantly  collected  near  the  mouth 
of  the  San  Joachin,  by  Dr.  Kellogg,  who  informs  me  that  it  is  common 
around  San  Francisco,  "chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  where  sheep  and  cattle 
frequent."  So  that  its  introduction  into  California  by  cattle,  which  is 
most  probable,  is  not  likely  to  have  been  recent. 


294  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Poltgonum:  Hartavrightii,  n.  sp.  Persicaria,  Digyna;  strigoso- 
hirsutum  vel  glabellum  ;  caule  subpedali  erecto  striato  ad  apicem  usque 
crebre  as  [ualiter  folioso  ;  foliis  lato-lanceolatis  utrinque  acutis  vel  ob- 
tusiusculis  breviter  petiolatis ;  ocbreis  medio  foliigeris  hypocraterimor- 
phis,  limbo  foliaceo  brevi  reticulato  repando  setoso-ciliato ;  pedunculo 
erecto  eglanduloso  spicam  plerumque  solitariam  densam  cylindraceam 
gerente  ;  bracteis  pedicellos  superantibus  ;  perigonio  eglanduloso  roseo; 
staminibus  5 ;  stylo  profunde  bifido.  —  Sedgy  bogs,  New  York,  from 
Herkimer  to  Yates  County,  and  Michigan.  —  Fruit  unknown.  I  col- 
lected this  almost  forty  years  ago  at  the  head  of  Cayuga  Lake,  along 
with  the  remarkable  P.  amphibium  var.  MuMeribergii  of  Meisner, 
which  is  widely  distributed  in  North  America.  I  saw  it  several  years 
ago,  in  company  with  the  Rev.  Professor  Paine,  in  a  high  bog  near 
the  southern  borders  of  Herkimer  County,  but  not  in  flower.  I  have 
also  a  well-developed  specknen  from  the  State  collection  in  Michigan. 
Not  regarding  the  stipules,  it  had  been  taken  for  one  of  the  various 
puzzling  terrestrial  -varieties  of  P.  amphibium,  or,  when  the  stipules 
were  noticed,  for  an  undeveloped  condition  of  P.  Careyi.  But  my 
attention  having  been  called  to  it  by  Dr.  S.  Hart  Wright,  of  Perm  Yan, 
who  finds  it  in  open  bottom  land,  among  Carices,  at  Dundee,  Yates  Co., 
New  York,  I  am  desirous  that  it  should  bear  his  name,  as  the  real 
discovei'er  of  its  specific  characters. 

Argyrothamnia  (Ditaxis)  adenophora,  n.  sp.  Herbaceum, 
molliter  puberulum  ;  foliis  oblongo-linearibus  basi  trinervatis  subdenti- 
culatis,  superioribus  cum  petiolis  bracteis  calyceque  fcemineo  saltern  ad 
margines  glandulis  claviformibus  luteolis  obsitis  ;  floribus  monoieis  ;  pe- 
talis  oblongo-lanceolatis  integris  ealycem  subsuperantibus,  fl.  masc.  gla- 
bris,  fl.  fcem.  extus  pilosulis;  filamentis  columnge  15  quorum  10  antheri- 
feris  ;  ovario  setoso;  seminibus  obovatis  rugoso-foveolatis.  —  Sonora, 
Mexico,  Dr-E.  Palmer. 

Appendix:  December,  1870. 

CONKADINA,  Nov.  Gen.  Labiatarum. 

Calyx  fere  Calaminthce,  13-nervius,  oblongo-campanulatus,  subteres, 
bilabiatus  ;  labio  superiore  lato  subpatente  tridentato  ;  inferiore  erecto 
bipartite,  dentibus  subulatis  longioribus.  Corolla  exannulata,  ad  sum- 
mum  tubum  angustum  rectum  calyci  subrequilongum  retrofiexa,  pro- 
funde bilabiata,   ringens ;  fauce   brevi   ampliata ;  labio  superiore  sub- 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE    14,  1870.  295 

incurvo  retuso;  inferiore  patentissimo  basi  contracto  trilobo,  lobis 
lateralibus  rotundatis,  medio  latiore  emarginato-subbilobo.  Stamina  4, 
inferioribus  paullo  longioribus  didynama,  sub  labio  superiore  incurvo- 
adscendens,  fere  parallela  :  anthera  muticae,  biloculares ;  loculis  sub- 
parallelis  connectivo  transversim  dilatato  demum  sejunctis  basi  fasci- 
culo  pilorum  instructis.  Stylus  glaber,  cruris  subulatis  sequalibus. 
Nuculaa  loeves,  globosoe".  —  Suffrutex  Rosmarini  facie,  ramosissimus, 
tenuiter  canescens,  foliosissimus ;  foliis  angusto-linearibus  margine  revo- 
lutis,  in  axillis  nunc  fasciculatis ;  cymulis  2  -  7-floris  laxis  in  axillis 
subsessilibus ;  corolla  albo-purpurea  extus  pubescente;  calyce  fructi- 
fero  declinato,  dentibus  (rarius  tubo)  pilis  patentissimis  birsutis. 

Conradina  canescens.  Calami ntha  canescens,  Torr.  &  Gray  ex 
Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.  12,  p.  229,  &  Chapm.  Fl.  p.  318.  — Dry  sands 
along  the  beach  and  in  pine  woods  of  Western  Florida,  from  Appala- 
chicola  to  Pensacola  and  Mobile  :  called  "  Wild  Rosemary."  —  A  well- 
marked  genus  in  habit  and  character,  much  better  distinguished  from 
Calamintha  than  is  Ifelissa,  in  foliage,  inflorescence,  &c,  not  unlike 
Dicerandra.  The  essential  character  is  in  the  corolla,  which  is  widely 
ringent,  and  abruptly  bent  backwards  on  its  tube. 

The  genus  is  dedicated  to  the  memory  of  Solomon  W.  Conrad,  the 
associate  of  Muhlenberg  and  the  other  Pennsylvanian  botanists  of  the 
last  generation,  the  publisher  of  Muhlenberg's  Catalogue  and  his 
Descriptio  Uberior  Giaminum,  &c,  —  himself  a  botanist  of  no  mean 
acquirements.  Long  ago  the  Gerardineous  genus  which  now  bears 
the  name  of  Macranthera,  Torr.,  was  dedicated  to  Mr.  Conrad  by  Nut- 
tall  (in  Jour.  Acad.  Philad.  7,  p.  88)  ;  but  the  earlier-published  Ges- 
neriaeeous  Conradia  of  Martius,  in  memory  of  Conrad  Gesner,  retains 
this  name.  By  means  of  a  moderate  change  in  the  orthography,  we 
may  arrange  to  connect  the  name  of  our  American  Conrad  with  this 
striking  plant  of  our  own  country. 

POLIOMINTFIA,  Nov.  Gen.  Labiatarum. 

Calyx  tubulosus,  13  -  15-nervius,  striatus,  aequalis,  dentibus  5  a?qua- 
libus,  fauce  annulato-villosa.  Corolla  tubo  recto  pi.  m.  exserto,  intus 
piloso-annulato  ;  limbo  breviter  bilabiato ;  labio  superiore  erecto  sub- 
piano  emarginato ;  inferiore  trifido  patente,  lobo  medio  emarginato- 
bilobo.  Stamina  fertilia  2  (iuferiora),  paralltle  adscendentia,  apice 
nunc  incurva,  antheras  loculis  divaricatis  :  filamenta  2  superiora  ste- 
rilia  brevissima.     Styli  cruri  subinaaquales.     Nuculae  lseves.  —  Suffru- 


296  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

t'ces  incani ;  foliis  integerrimis  parvulis  ;  floribus  in  axillis  paucis  fas- 
ciculatis  vel  solitariis  ;  corolla  ut  videtur  rosea. 

The  name,  composed  of  the  Greek  words  for  hoary-white,  or  gray 
and  Mint,  is  suggested  by  the  silvery  canescence.  The  typical  species 
has  been  described  as  a  Hedeoma  by  Dr.  Torrey,  but  with  a  natural 
misgiving,  on  account  of  the  habit,  the  perfectly  regular  and  equally 
toothed  calyx,  and  the  villosity  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla.  This 
forms,  indeed,  a  definite  and  nearly  if  not  wholly  complete  ring,  which 
is  a  character  thought  to  be  of  some  moment  in  Labiatse.  •  I  am  dis- 
posed to  join  with  it  a  species  collected  by  the  late  Dr.  Gregg  in  North- 
ern Mexico,  which  has  a  much  elongated  corolla  in  the  manner  of  Cula- 
mintha  coccinea,  and  which  would  technically  belong  to  Keithia  except 
for  the  obvious  rudiments  of  the  upper  pair  of  stamens,  and  the  pilose 
ring,  which  is  here  close  to  the  ba>e  of  the  tube  of  the  corolla.  Keithia 
marifolia,  Schauer,  in  Linnaea,  20,  p.  705,  from  the  same  region, 
may  probably  be  added  to  this  genus,  at  least  if  no.  1080  of  Coulter's 
Mexican  collection  is  of  that  species:  for  in  Coulter's  plant  the  rudi- 
ments of  the  upper  pair  of  stamens  (of  which  in  Aschenborn's  plant 
there  is  said  to  be  "nidhnn  vestigium"}  are  conspicuous,  and  even 
with  vestiges  of  the  abortive  anther.  But  no  trace  of  the  pilose  ring 
is  found. 

Poliomintiia  ixcana.  Ramis  gracilibus  cum  foliis  linearibus 
(imisve  oblongis)  planis  obtusis  pube  brevissima  creberrima  canescenti- 
bus  ;  verticillastris  paucifloris  ;  pedicellis  brevissimis  ;  calyce  breviter 
tubuloso  15-nervi  villosissimo  ;  tubo  corollas  parum  exserto,  fauce  am- 
pliata  intus  piloso-annulata.  Hedeoma  incana  Torr.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound, 
p.  130.  —  New  Mexico,  near  El  Paso,  &c,  Parry,  "Wright,  Bigelow, 
Palmer.  —  Corolla  only  twice  the  length  of  the  calyx. 

Poliomintiia  loxgiflora,  n.  sp.  Pube  molli  laxiori  ;  foliis 
ovalibus  vel  obovatis  (cum  petiolo  brevi  lin.  4—6  longis)  supra  viridu- 
lis  subtus  cano-tomenlosis  subvenosis  ;  pedunculis  in  axillis  solitariis 
brevibus  unifloris  bibracteolatis ;  calyce  elongato  (subsemipollicari) 
vix  striato  13-nervi  ;  corolla  tubulosa  sursum  sen-nm  paulloque  ampli- 
ata  longe  exserta  extus  piloso-pubescente,  labiis  brevibus,  annulo 
prope  basim  ;  staminibus  styloque  exserlis.  —  Nor.thern  part  of  Mexico 
(station  unknown),  Dr.  Gregg,  1848-1849.  —  Corolla  an  inch  and  a 
half  Ion 2. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    SEPTEMBER  13,   1870.  297 

Six  hundred   and   twenty-third   Sleeting. 

September  13,  1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  from  Messrs.  New- 
comb,  Safford,  H.  J.  Clark,  and  Merivale,  acknowledging  their 
election  by  the  Academy. 

The  President  stated  that  when  abroad  he  procured  a  com- 
plete set  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical 
Society  ;  after  a  delay  of  nearly  a  year,  they  had  not  yet  come 
to  hand,  but  he  still  hoped  to  recover  them.  He  also  Called 
attention  to  a  copy  of  the  Greek  Dictionary  of  Professor  Sopho- 
cles, in  which  the  author  acknowledged  his  indebtedness  to 
the  Academy  in  the  following  note  :  —  "  The  greater  part  of 
the  Author's  Glossary  of  Later  and  Byzantine  Greek,  forming 
Vol.  VII.  (new  series)  of  the  memoirs  of  the  American  Acad- 
emy, has  been  incorporated  in  the  present  book." 

Professor  Benjamin  Peirce  referred  to  the  appropriation 
recently  made  by  Congress  to  observe  the  eclipse  next  Decem- 
ber, and  stated  that  the  full  number  of  observers  had  not  yet 
been  obtained.  As  the  English  government  has  withdrawn 
the  vessel  offered  to  the  Royal  Society,  it  becomes  the  more 
necessary  that  great  efforts  should  be  made  to  render  the 
American  expedition  a  success. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Dall  referred  to  the  expedition  organized  in  1865 
to  explore  the  route  for  the  International  Telegraph  line  be- 
tween the  mouth  of  the  Amoor  River  and  some  point  in  the 
United  States  territory. 

To  this  expedition  a  scientific  corps  was  attached,  under  the  leader- 
ship of  the  late  lamented  Robert  Kennicott.  The  special  problems  to 
be  solved  were  those  of  the  boundary  of  the  water-shed  of  the  extreme 
northwest  portion  of  the  continent,  and  the  distribution  of  animal  life 
in  the  same  region.  The  result  of  these  explorations  showed  that  the 
great  Yukon  River  of  the  Hudson  Bay  territory  was  identical  with  the 
Kivichpdk  of  the  Russians,  and  debouched  into  Bering  Sea,  south  of 
Norton  Sound ;  that  the  Rocky  Mountains,  instead  of  being  prolonged 
in  a  nearly  straight  line  northward  to  the  Arctic  Sea,  were  really  bent 

vol.  viii.  38 


298  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

to  the  northwest  about  latitude  65°,  and,  trending  with  the  coast, 
formed,  with  another  volcanic  series  of  mountains,  the  backbone  of  the 
Alaskan  Peninsula  and  the  Aleutian  Islands.  Instead  of  a  confused 
mixture  of  eastern,  western,  and  Asiatic  forms  in  the  bird-fauna,  it  was 
discovered  that  the  latter  was  mostly  composed  of  Eastern  and  Cana- 
dian forms,  which  passed  westward  north  of  the  mountain  wall  of  the 
Alaskan  Range,  and,  throwing  out  the  water-birds,  contained  very  few 
representatives  of  the  West  American  avi-fauna ;  fewer,  indeed,  in 
number,  than  those  of  the  Eastern  type,  which  encroached  on  the  west- 
ern district  south  of  the  mountains  along  the  coast. 

The  distribution  of  the  marine  animals  presented  some  phenomena 
of  great  interest  not  yet  fully  worked  out  or  explained.  The  "  line  of 
floating  ice  "  in  Bering  Sea  passes  between  St.  Matthew  and  the  Priby- 
loff  group  of  islands,  and  appears  to  form  an  invisible  but  very  distinct 
line  of  demarcation,  north  of  which  the  fur-seal,  cod,  and  marine  in- 
vertebrates, typical  of  the  temperate  west-coast  fauna,  do  not  pass  ; 
while  the  white  bear,  certain  fish,  and  all  the  strictly  arctic  inverte- 
brate marine  forms,  keep  as  constantly  to  the  north  as  the  others  do  to 
the  south  side  of  the  line. 

The  glimpses  thus  obtained  of  a  marine  fauna  of  wonderful  richness, 
and  the  great  interest  attaching  to  the  deep-sea  dredgings,  inaugurated 
by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  and  since  carried  on  by  Carpenter  and  Wal- 
lich,  Jeffreys,  Sars,  MacAndrew,  and  others,  have  impressed  me  with 
a  desire  to  attempt  a  further  exploration  of  the  marine  fauna  of  these 
regions.  They  are  of  special  interest,  from  the  fact  that  the  researches 
of  Carpenter,  Adams,  MacAndrew,  and  Forbes  have  shown  an  identity 
of  species  common  to  our  northwest  coast,  Japan,  the  JEgean  Sea, 
and,  finally,  the  Red  Sea ;  and  the  phenomena  revealed  by  the  dredge 
have  a  very  important  bearing  not  only  on  the  distribution  of  animals, 
but  on  geology  and  the  serial  succession  of  animal  life  in  time. 

I  hardly  feel  justified  at  present  in  saying  more  than  that  I  have 
strong  hopes  that  such  explorations  will  not  long  be  delayed,  and  that 
they  will  probably  be  prosecuted  in  connection  with  a  hydrographic 
survey  of  the  little-known  coasts  and  islands  of  that  portion  of  the  con- 
tinent ;  a  survey  which  will,  if  successful,  bring  forth  results  of  inter- 
est and  value  not  only  to  the  naturalist,  but  to  the  physicist,  geologist, 
and  those  engaged  in  purely  commercial  pursuits. 

Remarks  on  this  communication  were  made  by  the  President 
and  Professor  B.  Peirce. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    OCTOBER  11,   1870.  299 

Six  hundred  and  twenty-fourth   Meeting. 

October  11,  1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  the  Ameri- 
can Oriental  Society,  thanking  the  Academy  for  the  use  of 
their  room. 

Professor  Joseph  Winlock  exhibited  a  contrivance  for  record- 
ing the  position  of  lines  in  the  spectrum,  especially  adapted  to 
solar  eclipses.  A  silver  plate  is  attached  to  the  telescope  of  a 
spectroscope,  and  a  graver  to  its  stand.  By  a  simple  motion 
the  position  of  any  line  may  be  permanently  recorded  and 
afterwards  measured.  The  principal  lines  of  the  solar  spec- 
trum are  first  recorded,  the  plate  is  then  moved  slightly  back- 
wards, and  a  number  of  spectra  may  be  drawn  on  the  same 
plate  and  compared  with  one  another.  Since  the  spider-lines 
may  be  invisible  on  account  of  the  darkness,  a  break  is  made 
in  the  one  which  is  vertical,  and  a  spark  from  a  Ruhmkorff  coil 
passed  through  it,  thus  giving  a  bright  spot  of  light.  He  pro- 
posed to  apply  this  method  of  recording  to  determine  the  decli- 
nation of  a  star  in  meridian  instruments. 

Mr.  George  W.  Hill  presented  a  paper  on  the  determination 
of  the  mass  of  Jupiter  from  its  effect  on  the  asteroids.  Those 
are  selected  whose  time  of  revolution  is  nearly  one  half  that 
of  Jupiter,  and  the  perturbation  thus  produced  is  one  of  the 
largest  in  the  solar  system. 

Professor  N.  S.  Shaler  made  a  communication  on  the  figure 
of  the  continents  of  Mars,  compared  with  those  of  the  earth. 
In  both  there  is  a  tendency  to  point  towards  one  pole,  —  those 
of  Mars  to  the  north,  of  the  Earth  to  the  south. 

Remarks  on  this  subject  were  made  by  Professors  Lovering, 
Whitney,  and  Winlock. 

Dr.  E.  H.  Clark  made  a  communication  on  hydrate  of  chlo- 
ral, supplementary  to  one  made  by  him  three  months  or  more 
ago.  He  stated  that  physiological  experiments  on  man  and  the 
lower  animals  with   this  substance  had  shown  it  to  possess  a 


300  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

peculiar  power  over  the  living  economy,  and  that  chemical  ob- 
servation had  confirmed  the  results  of  physiological  experi- 
ment. The  hydrate  of  chloral  had  already  assumed  a  definite 
position  in  therapeutics.  As  a  hypnotic  it  had  been  shown  to 
be  an  agent  sui  generis.  The  sleep  it  produced  resembled 
natural  sleep  very  closely,  and  was  unlike  the  sleep  produced 
by  opium,  Indian  hemp,  alcohol,  hyoscyamus,  or  any  other 
known  agent  of  the  materia  medica.  Dr.  Clark  concluded  his 
communication  by  some  observations  on  the  absorption  and 
elimination  of  hydrate  of  chloral,  and  on  its  modus  operandi 
while  in  the  system. 

Dr.  Charles  Pickering  referred  to  Professor  Sophocles's 
lexicon  as  a  most  valuable  addition  to  the'  works  of  American 
scientists. 

Dr.  T.  S.  Hunt  made  some  remarks  on  the  Siemen's  process 
of  making  cast  steel,  and  called  attention  to  the  beautiful  ex- 
ample it  presents  of  the  dissociation  of  gases. 


Six  hundred   and  twenty-fifth  Meeting. 

November  9,  1870.  —  Stated  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  stated  that  it  would  be  necessary  for  the  soci- 
ety to  elect  a  secretary  to  serve  during  the  absence  of  Professor 
E.  C.  Pickering. 

It  was  voted  that  Professor  N.  S.  Shaler  act  as  secretary  ad 
interim. 

The  committee  appointed  to  consider  the  disposition  of  the 
income  from  the  Rumford  Fund  presented  the  following  re- 
port, which  was  accepted. 

The  undersigned  respectfully  report  on  the  questions  referred  to 
them :  — 

That  the  Rumford  Fund  was  founded  for  the  purpose  of  enlarging 
and  diffusing  knowledge  concerning  heat  and  light. 

The  decree  of  the  S.  J.  Court  respects  this  purpose  perfectly ;  and 
only  provides  new  methods  for  carrying  it  into  effect. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    NOVEMBER  9,   1870.  301 

The  Academy  may  publish  Rumford's  works,  and  Professor  Lover- 
ing's  paper  on  the  Aurora,  and  such  other  works  or  papers  as  may 
reasonably  be  considered  promotive  of  the  purpose  of  the  fund. 

They  may  give  or  exchange  these  publications  in  any  way  they  think 
subservient  to  the  same  purpose. 

They  may  sell  the  books.  But  in  selling  them  they  treat  them  as 
merchandise ;  and  as  merchandise  they  were  paid  for  by  the  Rumford 
Fund  and  belong  to  that  fund.  And  the  money  received  for  them 
should  be  credited  to  that  fund. 

A  profit  or  advantage  to  the  Academy  seems  not  to  have  been  in  the 
mind  of  Rumford  in  creating  the  trust,  nor  in  the  intention  of  the 
Academy  in  accepting  it ;  nor  in  the  contemplation  of  the  court  in 
making  their  decree.  It  may  be  that  the  Academy  would  be  permitted 
to  charge  the  common  commission  for  the  care  of  property  held  in 
trust ;  but,  beyond  this,  we  think  any  profits  arising  from  any  employ- 
ment or  disposition  of  the  fund,  belong,  not  to  the  Academy,  but  to  the 

fund.  # 

[Signed]  THEOPHILUS  PARSONS. 

NATHANIEL  HOLMES. 
November  3,  1870. 

It  was  voted  that  the  members  of  the  Rumford  Committee, 
together  with  the  President,  the  Vice-President,  and  Secretaries 
of  the  society,  act  as  a  committee  to  determine  the  method  to 
be  adopted  for  the  distribution  of  the  Academy's  edition  of  the 
works  of  Count  Rumford,  with  power  to  act,  and  to  report  at  the 
next  stated  meeting. 

The  Vice-President  stated  that  it  was  very  desirable  that 
there  should  be  a  precise  record  made  of  the  amount  received 
from  the  sale  of  the  works  of  Count  Rumford,  in  view  of  the 
doubt  concerning  the  disposition  of  the  profits  arising  from 
such  sale. 

It  was  voted  that  the  cost  of  publishing  the  memoir  of  Pro- 
fessor Lovering  on  the  Periodicity  of  the  Aurora  be  paid  from 
the  Rumford  Fund,  subject  to  the  action  of  the  Rumford  Com- 
mittee. 

The  committee  appointed  to  consider  the  question  of  the 
amendment  to  the  constitution  concerning  the  annual  assess- 
ment, reported  in  favor  of  the  amendment. 


302  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

It  was  voted  that  the  amendment  be  enacted. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  members  of  the 
Academy :  — 

G.  Kirchhoff,  of  Berlin,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member 
in  Class  I.,  Section  3,  in  place  of  the  late  Thomas  Graham. 

Kaulbach,  of  Munich,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in 
Class  III.,  Section  4,  in  place  of  the  late  Overbeck. 

Henry  Carey  Lea,  of  Philadelphia,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  III.,  Section  3. 

Professor  E.  J.  Cutler,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fel- 
low in  Class  III.,  Section  2. 

Professor  E.  J.  Young,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fel- 
low in  Class  III.,  Section  2. 

Professor  C.  C.  Langdell,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident 
Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 


Six   hundred   and   twenty-sixth.   Meeting. 

December  13, 1870.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

Professor  J.  D.  Whitney  read  the  first  part  of  a  communica- 
tion on  the  fossil  remains  of  man  found  in  California. 

Professor  N.  S.  Shaler  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
circumstances  connected  with  the  occurrence  of  these  remains 
beneath  Table' Mountain  resembled,  in  a  striking  way,  those  of 
similar  remains  found  near  Le  Puy  in  Haute-Loire,  France. 

Professor  J.  D.  Whitney  called  attention  to  the  discovery,  by 
Mr.  Clarence  King,  of  glaciers  in  the  northern  slope  of  Mt. 
Shasta. 

Mr.  E.  N.  Horsford  gave  an  account  of  the  system  of  hy- 
draulic mining  in  California. 


Six   hundred   and    twenty-seventh   Meeting. 

January  9,  1871.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The    President    read  a  letter  from  Professor  Kirchhoff,  of 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:     JANUARY  9.  187-1.  803 

Berlin,  acknowledging  his  election  as  Foreign  Honorary 
Member. 

The  President  announced  the  death  of  Professor  E.  J. 
Cutler,  Resident  Fellow  of  the  Academy. 

Professor  J.  D.  Whitney  continued  the  reading  of  his  papei 
on  the  remains  of  pre-historic  man  in  California,  left  unfin- 
ished at  the  last  meeting. 

The  following  communication  on  the  Tides,  by  Lieutenant 
Roumiantzoff,  was  read. 

In  the  note  "sur  la  theorie  des  marges"  (Comptes  Reyidus,  May  16, 
1870)  I  defined  the  phenomena  of  tidal  vibrations.  The  view  I  take 
on  the  subject  is  simply  a  development  of  the  general  idea  expressed 
by  Laplace  in  his  Mecanique  Celeste.  Laplace  in  fact  established 
that :  — 

a.  The  phenomena  of  tides  consist  in  the  movements  of  fluid ; 

b.  The  infinitely  small  motion  of  particles  of  water  is  possible  only 
on  the  surface  of  their  level ; 

c.  The  fluctuation  of  level  on  the  coast  is  secondary  in  respect  of 
oceanic  motion. 

At  this  time  the  physical  description  of  the  phenomena  was  very  in- 
sufficient, and  the  local  circumstances  on  which  the  tides  depended  were 
unknown ;  consequently  Laplace  could  not  follow  out  the  true  prin- 
ciples of  his  theory,  and  arrived  in  his  final  results  at  an  assumption  of 
a  certain  proportionality  between  the  phenomena  of  tides  and  the  dis- 
turbing forces.  (  Vide  Laplace,  Mecanique  Celeste,  Tome  V.  Chapitre 
XIII.) 

At  the  present  time  many  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  tides  have  been 
s-hown  by  observers,  and  the  principles  which  were  wanting  have  been 
mentioned  in  the  remarkable  works  on  "Tides"  by  the  Astronomer- 
Royal,  Mr.  Airy,  Dr.  Whewell,  and  others.  These  investigations  have 
caused  the  fundamental  idea  in  Laplace's  theory  to  be  lost  sight  of; 
so  that  until  the  present  time  the  phenomena  of  tidal  motion  have  been 
examined  as  the  disturbance  of  the  form  of  waters  in  the  ocean  under 
the  influence  of  attracting  bodies.  At  sea-stations  we  observe  not  the 
form  of  the  free  surface  of  waters  surrounding  the  solid  globe,  but  the 
result  of  the  small  horizontal  vibrations  of  the  particles  of  the  ocean 
waters ;  and  thus  the  investigation  of  the  equations  of  the  surfaces  of 
the  ocean  level  does  not  include  the  theory  of  tides.     Such  an  explana- 


304  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

tion  is  in  visible  contradiction  with  the  remarkable  theory  of  "  waves," 
by  Mr.  Airy,  the  works  of  Whewell,  and  others  ;  but  I  will  immediately 
show  that  it  would  be  highly  important  to  apply  the  solutions  given  in 
these  works  to  the  explanation  given  in  my  former  notice.  There  I 
particularly  endeavored  to  explain  the  origin  of  tidal  currents  of  great 
rate,  and  then  I  said,  in  short,  that  we  should  have  to  investigate  the 
propagation  of  tidal  currents  in  bays.  Mr.  Whewell,  in  his  numerous 
works,  having  acquainted  us  with  the  geography  of  the  phenomena, 
and  shown  many  details,  as  well  as  many  empirical  laws  of  the  tides, 
avails  himself  also  of  the  idea  of  "  cotidal  lines  "  in  explaining  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  tides.  As  is  well  known,  the  cotidal  lines  are  curves 
drawn  through  the  points  of  simultaneous  high  waters ;  their  position 
on  the  map  is  associated  with  the  idea  of  the  propagation  of  tidal  mo- 
tion. The  phenomena  of  tides  in  the  ocean  being  fully  determined  by 
the  theory,  it  is  evidently  impossible  to  draw  the  cotidal  lines  across 
the  ocean,  in  the  same  way  as  the  question  is  impossible,  —  "Whether 
high  or  low  water  will  occur  at  the  transit  of  an  attracting  body." 
It  would  be  highly  important  to  make  use  of  the  theory  of  cotidal  lines 
to  explain  the  propagation  of  tidal  currents,  in  which  case  the  cotidal 
lines  will  be  the  direct  expression  of  the  physical  law.  The  cotidal 
lines  connecting  the  points,  at  which  the  greatest  velocity  of  tidal  cur- 
rents is  being  simultaneously  observed,  are  necessary  for  the  study  of 
tidal  phenomena  in  large  bays  (as  e.  g.  White  Sea  and  German  Ocean). 
Notwithstanding  this,  the  explanation  of  the  phenomena  is  still  very 
difficult  when  they  occur  in  rivers,  and  where  the  tide  rises  gradually ; 
whereas  the  superficial  currents  are  very  irregular  and  slack.  In  these 
cases,  starting  from  the  theory  developed  by  Mr.  Airy  in  his  work 
"  Tides  and  Waves,"  we  arrive  at  the  laws  of  the  phenomena.  If,  in 
fact,  the  pressure  of  the  ocean  in  its  progress  meets  with  great  resist- 
ance in  the  system  of  waters  in  a  quiescent  state,  or  running  in  the 
opposite  direction,  then  the  propagation  of  this  pressure  will  be  observed 
as  taking  place  in  the  form  of  waves  (positive). 

The  general  description  of  the  phenomena  of  tides  was  given  by  me 
in  the  more  simple  case  when  the  bay  is  immediately  connected  with 
the  ocean.  The  observations  of  tidal  currents  made  by  many  eminent 
American,  English,  and  French  observers,  and  also  the  full  investiga- 
tion of  tidal  currents  in  the  White  Sea  by  the  Russian  hydrographer, 
Risnecke,  have  been  taken  by  me  as  authorities.  From  the  foregoing 
remarks  we  can  infer  how  complicated  the  phenomena  will  be  in  many 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    JANUARY  9,   1871.  305 

cases  ;  in  each  instance  of  this  kind  a  separate  physical  description 
will  be  indispensable,  as  the  local  circumstances  are  sometimes  very 
different.  Tbe  most  simple  case  for  the  investigation  of  the  laws  of 
tidal  currents  is  afforded  by  observations  made  on  shoals  at  a  great  dis- 
tance from  the  coast.  Thus  observations  on  the  shoals  of  the  German 
oceans,  of  the  Sooloo  Sea,  and  others,  do  not  show  the  existence  of  any 
noticeable  rise  of  level.  Let  us  suppose  a  shoal  in  the  middle  of  the 
ocean,  the  depth  of  the  ocean  to  be  20,000  feet,  and  20  feet  on  the 
shoal,  then  the  velocity  of  waters  on  the  shoal  could  not  exceed  the 
rate  of  the  ocean  motion  more  than  one  thousand  times.  In  any  case, 
the  velocity  of  the  current  on  this  shoal  will  not  be  great,  as  the  ocean 
motion  is  too  slow ;  besides,  the  velocity  of  tidal  currents  increases 
gradually  from  nothing,  and  if  the  shoal  is  of  small  superficial  dimen- 
sions, then  the  resistance  to  the  progress  of  tidal  motion  will  be  insig- 
nificant, and  observations  will  not  show  any  rise  of  level.  I  will  here 
add  an  explanation  why  tides  are  not  strong  at  the  islands  of  the  open 
ocean,  but  attain  great  dimensions  in  bays  and  narrows  along  the  coast 
of  the  continent.  In  the  former  case,  the  lesser  mass  of  the  ocean 
waters  helps  to  communicate  a  progressive  motion  to  the  particles  of 
water ;  whereas,  in  the  latter  case,  all  the  mass  of  the  ocean  presses  on 
the  coast  of  the  continent,  and  the  running  waters  being  reflected  from 
the  promontories  and  straight  shore  convey  their  vis  viva  to  the  waters 
of  the  bays  and  narrows  which  indent  the  shore  of  the  continent. 

I  subjoin  the  following  remarks  to  the  conclusions  made  by  me  in 
the  first  note  :  — 

1.  The  Astronomer- Royal,  Mr.  Airy,  in  his  works  on  the  tides,  more 
than  once  points  to  the  inadequacy  of  all  the  theories  of  the  tides  (see 
e.  g.  Airy,  "Tides  and  Waves,"  Section  II.,  No.  14)  ;  thus  in  the  first 
conclusion  I  explain  the  results  given  by  Mr.  Airy. 

2.  The  time  and  the  magnitude  of  the  greatest  velocity  of  tidal 
currents  are  opposed  by  me  to  the  generally  admitted  rule  of  investi- 
gating the  laws  of  times  and  heights  of  high  water.  According  to  the 
theory  of  tidal  motion,  the  velocity  of  the  current  may  be  given  by  the 
function  of  the  disturbing  forces,  whereas  the  rise  of  level  will  be  a 
very  complex  function  of  currents,  which  only  can  be  expressed  by  an 
empirical  formula,  because  many  of  the  local  circumstances  cannot  be 
analytically  stated. 

3.  The  law  of  the  revolving  direction  of  tidal  currents  (from  E. 
round  by  N.  in  north  lat.  and  from  E.  round  by  S.  in  south  lat.)    is 

VOL.  VIII.  39 


306  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

confirmed  by  all  observations  made  in  points  open  to  the  ocean.  In 
contracted  estuaries  and  along  the  shore  the  currents  follow  the  shore 
line.  In  some  points  of  a  complicated  and  large  bay  a  change  in  the 
reverse  direction  is  sometimes  observed,  as  these  points  are  reached 
by  the  currents  after  many  reflections  from  the  shore. 

4.  The  relation  of  the  rise  of  the  tide  to  the  velocity  of  the  flow 
solely  depends  upon  local  circumstances.  If  the  shore  extends  perpen- 
dicularly to  the  direction  of  the  flow  at  its  greatest  rate,  then  high  water 
occurs  soon  after  the  time  of  maximum  of  velocity.  In  bays  stretching 
considerably  inland,  when  the  velocity  is  small  and  the  rise  depends 
on  the  mass  of  water  remaining  in,  the  time  of  high  water  occurs  con- 
siderably later  than  the  time  of  greatest  velocity  of  the  current  from 
the  ocean.  This  delay  becomes  an  essential  element  in  the  theory  of 
tides,  for  it  determines  the  time  and  height  of  high  water,  and  upon  it 
depends  the  retard  of  the  spring  and  neap  tides  after  the  days  of 
syzygy  and  quadrature. 

5.  The  first  part  of  the  establishment  is  drawn  from  the  theory ;  the 
second,  with  the  magnitude  of  the  greatest  velocity  of  flow,  determines 
the  influence  of  local  circumstances. 

6.  The  absence  of  full  uniformity  in  the  mean  level  immediately 
proves  that  the  height  of  the  lunisolar  tides  is  not  equal  to  the  alge- 
braical addition  of  the  lunar  and  solar  tides  (one  of  the  evident  infer- 
ences of  theory  of  tidal  motion).  In  fact,  Mr.  Airy  deduced  from  the 
observations  "  that  the  mean  level  is  higher  in  the  large  tides  than  in 

the  small  ones."     ("  Tides  and  Waves,"  p.  374 "  The   mean 

level  at  Sheerness  is  higher  in  spring  tide  than  in  the  neap  tide 
by  seven  inches  nearly."  ....  And  I  inferred  from  this  that  the 
lunisolar  tide  is  greater  than  the  addition  of  solar  and  lunar  tides  at 
Sheerness  by  about  fourteen  inches.)  This  inequality  might  be  con- 
siderable ;  but  the  various  resistances  to  tidal  motion  on  the  coast  re- 
duce the  large  tides  far  more  than  the  small  tides.  Proceeding  from 
the  observations  made  in  Ireland,  Mr.  Airy  alluded  to  the  difference 
of  the  mean  height  of  the  sea  round  the  island.  The  definition  of  the 
normal  level  on  the  coast  is  immediately  deduced  from  my  explanation 
of  the  phenomena  of  tides.  In  some  points  of  a  complicated  large 
bay,  the  level  of  low  water  at  spring  tide  may  be  higher  than  the  ocean 
level  (in  case  of  a  constant  movement  of  the  waters)  ;  but  the  level 
in  the  bay  during  a  quiescent  state  of  waters  (as  observed  at  low  water) 
will  never  fall  lower  than  the  ocean  level.     The  small  motion  of  the 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    JANUARY    25,   1871.  307 

particles  of  the  ocean  waters  from  the  shore  will  be  followed  by  a 
similarly  small  fluctuation  of  the  level  along  the  coast. 

The  observations  of  the  rise  of  the  tide  give  us  the  result  of  the 
effect  of  all  the  causes  without  the  possibility  of  distinguishing  the 
power  of  each  of  them  separately.  In  fact,  the  elevation  of  the  level 
corresponds  to  each  periodical  current  from  the  ocean;  thus,  to  explain 
some  inequalities  of  the  heights  of  tides,  we  must  consider  the  causes 
from  which  the  periodical  currents  may  proceed.  For  instance,  the 
diurnal  inequality  of  heights  is  observed  in  all  morning  and  evening 
tides,  which  undergoes  a  periodical  change  according  to  the  season  of 
the  year.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  difference  between  the  heating 
of  the  waters  by  the  sun  along  the  shore  (where  the  diurnal  amplitudes 
in  the  temperature  are  very  considerable)  and  in  the  ocean  will  cause 
the  periodical  currents.  Certain  other  inequalities  in  the  heights  of 
tides  will  also  proceed  from  the  periodical  and  accidental  variations  in 
the  direction  and  rate  of  the  constant  local  currents.  The  power  of 
the  wind  to  drive  the  waters  into  the  bays  increases  the  height  of  the 
level.  The  anomalies  in  the  phenomena  of  tides  are  explained  by  the 
interferences  of  the  currents,  and  by  the  streams  caused  by  the  differ- 
ence of  the  level  in  the  nearest  points. 


Six   hundred   and   twenty-eighth   Meeting. 

January  25, 1871.  —  Stated  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

There  being  no  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  the 
matters  which  should  have  been  acted  upon  at  this  meeting- 
were  postponed. 

The  President  announced  the  death  of  Professor  William 
Chauvenet,  Associate  Fellow  of  the  Academy. 

Professor  N.  S.  Shaler  made  a  communication  on  the  Geol- 
ogy of  the  region  about  Richmond,  Ya.  He  claimed  that  the 
sienite  ridge  which  occurs  at  that  point  was  of  later  elevation 
than  the  rest  of  the  Appalachian  Ridge,  which  it  clearly  resem- 
bled in  many  important  regards  ;  furthermore,  that  the  salient 
angle  of  Cape  Hatteras  was  caused  by  the  elevation  of  this 
ridge.     Mr.  Shaler  also  claimed  that  the  Cincinnati  axis  of 


308  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

elevation  was  the  first  of  the  Appalachian  system,  having  been 
elevated  during  the  Lower  Silurian  epoch. 

Voted  to  adjourn  this  meeting  to  the  second  Tuesday  in 
February. 


Six  hundred   and   twenty-ninth   Meeting. 

February  14,  1871.  —  Adjourned  Stated  Meeting. 

The  Academy  met  at  the  house  of  Dr.  H.  W.  Williams. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Fellows  of  the  Acad- 
emy :  — 

Charles  Francis  Adams,  Jr.,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident 
Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  3. 

Professor  C.  C.  Everett,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident 
Fellow  in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 

William  Everett,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  2. 

Henry  W.  Paine,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  1. 

John  G.  Whittier,  of  Amesbury,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  4. 

Ferdinand  Bocher,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  III.,  Section  4. 

George  J.  Brush,  of  New  Haven,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  1. 

Stephen  T.  Olney,  of  Providence,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  2. 

Jeremiah  Smith,  of  Dover,  N.  H.,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow 
in  Class  III.,  Section  1. 

In  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the  Rumford 
Committee,  it  was  voted  :  — 

That  the  cost  of  printing  the  memoir  of  Professor  Joseph 
Lovering,  on  the  Periodicity  of  the  Aurora  Borealis,  be  assessed 
on  the  income  of  the  Rumford  Fund. 

Also,  that  one  hundred  copies  of  the  quarto  edition  of  the 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:     FEBRUARY   14,   1871.  309 

Life  of  Rumford  be  presented  to  Dr.  George  E.  Ellis,  together 
with  a  complete  set  of  the  Essays  (as  edited  by  the  Committee), 
with  the  thanks  of  the  Academy. 

It  was  voted  that  the  Finance  Committee  be  requested  to 
prepare  a  statement  of  the  current  expenses  and  receipts  of  the 
Academy. 

It  was  voted  that  the  meeting  adjourn,  at  its  close,  to  the 
second  Tuesday  in  March. 

Professor  Pickering  made  a  communication  on  a  new  form 
of  solar  eyepiece,  by  which  the  light  may  be  reduced  to  any 
desired  extent. 

In  the  common  diagonal  eyepiece  all  the  light  is  reflected  into  the 
eye  by  the  inclined  surface  of  the  prism.  A  second  prism  is  connected 
to  the  first  by  some  substance  whose  index  of  refraction  is  very  nearly 
equal  to  that  of  the  glass.  In  consequence,  an  exceedingly  small  pro- 
portion of  the  light  is  reflected,  the  greater  part  passing  directly  through, 
out  of  the  telescope.  Again,  since  the  angle  of  incidence  equals  45°, 
the  reflected  ray  is  almost  totally  polarized,  and  its  intensity  may  be 
varied  at  will  by  a  Nicol's  prism.  Colored  glasses  are  thus  avoided, 
and  with  them  the  danger  of  heating  and  cracking  the  lenses  of  the 
eyepiece,  as  almost  all  the  heat  and  light  passes  out  of  the  tube.  If 
desired,  it  may  be  received  on  a  second  eyepiece  or  spectroscope,  so 
that  during  an  eclipse  or  transit,  for  instance,  two  observers  may  use 
the  same  telescope.  A  curious  coloration  of  the  images  is  sometimes 
produced,  probably  due  to  the  unequal  dispersion  of  the  glass  and 
cement.  Apart  from  its  practical  application,  this  device  has  a  scien- 
tific interest  as  affording  a  means  of  producing  a  plane  reflecting  sur- 
face whose  index  of  refraction  is  very  nearly  unity. 

Professor  J.  D.  Whitney  read  several  affidavits  of  the  dis- 
covery of  pre-historic  man  in  Colorado. 

Professor  N.  S.  Shaler  made  a  communication  on  the  forma- 
tion of  continents.  He  compared  the  circular  development  in 
the  Moon  with  the  linear  development  in  the  Earth  and  Mars.  • 

Professor  J.  D.  "Whitney  read  letters  from  Baron  Richtofcn 
on  the  geology  of  China  and  Japan.  He  also  exhibited  a  new 
method  of  illustrating  books. 


310  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Remarks  on  this  communication  were  made  by  the  Presi- 
dent, Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve,  and  Professor  N.  S.  Shaler. 
Dr.  H.  W.  Williams  showed  a  new  test  for  astigmatism. 


Six  hundred   and  thirtieth.  Meeting. 

March  24,  1871.  —  Adjourned  Stated  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  presented  the  report  of  the  Committee  on 
Finance. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  from  Messrs. 
Olney,  Whittier,  Brush,  and  Kaulbach,  accepting  membership 
of  the  Academy. 

It  was  voted  to  appropriate  the  additional  sum  of  $  500,  to 
be  expended  by  the  Committee  of  Publication. 

It  was  voted  that  the  annual  assessment  be  raised  from  five 
dollars  to  eight  dollars. 

Professor  B.  Peirce  made  a  communication  on  the  recent 
eclipse,  in  which  he  called  attention  to  the  indebtedness  of  the 
English  observers  to  the  plans  of  the  Americans,  and  their 
omission  of  a  suitable  acknowledgment.  His  own  observations 
were  conducted  in  Sicily,  where  he  divided  his  party  into  five 
sections,  of  which  two  had  clear  weather.  All  the  observations 
tended  to  show  the  solar  nature  of  the  corona. 

Remarks  on  this  communication  were  made  by  Professor  E. 
C.  Pickering. 


Six    hundred   and   thirty-first   Meeting. 

April  11,  1871.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  a  letter  from  Professor 
Ferdinand  Bocher  acknowledging  his  election  into  the  Acad- 
emy. 

Professor  J.  P.  Cooke  presented  a  report  of  the  Rumford 
Committee  on  the  cost  of  publication  of  the  Life  and  Works  of 
Count  Rumford. 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    APHIL    11,   1871.  311 

Remarks  on  this  report  were  made  by  the  President,  Messrs. 
Quincy,  Lovering,  Lyman,  J.  C.  Gray,  J.  I.  Bowditch,  and 
Shaler. 

A  motion  to  suspend  the  publication  of  the  second  volume  of 
Count  Rumford's  Works  was  laid  on  the  table,  and  the  report 
was  referred  back  to  the  Rumford  Committee. 

Professor  Joseph  Winlock  exhibited  some  pictures  of  the 
eclipse  of  1870,  and  pointed  out  the  resemblance  between  the 
photographs  of  1869  and  of  1870.  He  also  stated  that  in  his 
recording  spectroscope  it  is  not  essential  that  the  registering 
point  should  be  attached  to  the  telescope,  but  to  the  part  which 
is  moved  for  pointing  on  the  lines  of  the  spectrum.  In  Pro- 
fessor Young's  spectroscope,  in  which  the  prisms  move,  the 
registering  apparatus  is  attached  to  thena. 

Professor  F.  H.  Storer  presented  the  following  paper  on  the 
amount  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  air,  by  Mr.  A.  H.  Pearson. 

The  following  paper  contains  an  account  of  a  large  number  of  ex- 
aminations of  the  air  of  various  places  for  carbonic  acid,  made  in  the 
chemical  laboratory  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
during  the  spring  of  1870,  for  the  State  Board  of  Health  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 

They  were  made  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  general  idea 
of  the  amounts  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  air  of  school-houses  and  other 
public  buildings ;  but  there  are  also  among  them  quite  a  number  of 
estimations  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  open  air  which  may  be  of  interest 
when  compared  with  similar  examinations  made  in  other  places.* 

In  these  experiments  the  carbonic  acid  was  determined  by  Petten- 
kofer's  method.  This  method  consists  in  exposing  a  certain  quantity 
of  standard  baryta  water  to  the  action  of  a  known  volume  of  air,  and 
thus  removing  the  carbonic  acid  as  carbonate  of  barium. 

When  the  baryta  water  has  been  exposed  to  the  air  for  a  sufficient 
length  of  time,  the  baryta  remaining  in  solution  is  estimated  with  a« 
standard  solution  of  oxalic  acid. 

The  difference  between  the  amounts  of  oxalic  acid  required  to  neu- 

*  See  Dr.  R.  Angus  Smith,  in  the  Scottish  Meteorological  Journal,  January, 
1870  ;  also  the  Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Health, 
January,  1871. 


312  PKOCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

tralize  a  certain  quantity  of  baryta  water,  before  and  after  the  action 
of  the  air,  represents  the  carbonate  of  barium  formed,  and  from  this 
quantity  the  carbonic  acid  present  in  the  air  is  estimated. 

The  baryta  water  used  in  this  process  was  prepared  by  dissolving  7 
grms.  of  hydrate  of  baryta  in  one  litre  of  water.  The  precise  strength 
of  this  solution,  as  determined  in  the  manner  described  below,  was  such 
that  1  c.  c.  of  the  solution  corresponded  to  1,087  mgrm.  of  C02.  This 
solution  was  kept  in  a  glass  bottle,  to  the  rubber  stopper  of  which  was 
fitted  a  tube  containing  soda-lime,  and  another  tube  just  large  enough 
to  allow  the  passage  of  a  pipette  for  drawing  the  baryta  water. 

In  order  to  guard  against  the  action  of  carbonic  acid  on  the  baryta 
water  contained  in  the  pipette  from  the  mouth  of  the  person  using  it,  a 
tube  filled  with  caustic  potash  was  attached  to  its  larger  end.  The 
soda-lime  apparatus,  noticed  above,  acted  in  the  same  capacity  as  the 
potash  tube  toward  the  carbonic  acid  in  the  air  of  the  room. 

The  solution  of  oxalic  acid  was  prepared  as  follows :  —  A  saturated 
solution  of  pure  oxalic  acid  in  water  was  made  and  allowed  to  crystal- 
lize. These  crystals  were  dried  between  folds  of  blotting-paper,  and 
for  one  half-hour  over  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  2.8636  grms. 
were  then  weighed  out,  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  solution  diluted  to 
one  litre.     1  c.  c.  of  this  solution  corresponds  to  1  mgrm.  of  C02. 

The  strength  of  the  baryta  water  was  determined  as  follows :  — 
25  c.  c.  of  the  baryta  solution  were  transferred  to  a  small  flask,  and 
the  oxalic-acid  solution  run  in  from  a  Mohr's  burette,  until  a  drop  of 
the  mixture  failed  to  give  the  alkaline  reaction  (a  brown  ring  on  deli- 
cate turmeric  paper). 

Repeated  trials  showed  that  23  c.  c.  of  the  oxalic-acid  solution  were 
required  to  exactly  neutralize  25  c.  c.  of  the  baryta  water. 

Three  large  glass  bottles,  with  tightly  fitting  glass  stoppers,  were 
used  for  holding  the  air,  in  which  the  carbonic  acid  was  to  be  deter- 
mined. The  capacity  of  each  was  obtained  by  filling  with  water  and 
then  measuring  the  same,  by  means  of  a  flask  holding  1,000  c.  c.  and 
a  cylinder,  graduated  to  single  c.  c.  In  this  manner  the  capacity  of 
bottle  No.  1.  reduced  to  0°  C,  and  760  m.  m.  bar.  press,  was  found  to 
be  5824.10  c.  c,  that  of  No.  2,  6166,11  c.  c,  and  of  No.  3,  6240.57  c.  c, 
an  allowance  of  50  c.  c.  being  made  in  the  calculation  for  the  baryta 
water  used  in  the  process.  Previous  to  each  experiment  the  bottles 
were  thoroughly  cleansed  and  then  dried  by  passing  a  current  of  heated 
air  through  them. 


OP  ARTS   AND    SCIENCES:    APRIL    11,   1871.  olo 

The  details  of  a  complete  analysis  are  as  follows  :  —  Having  filled 
the  perfectly  dry  bottle,  by  means  of  a  pair  of  bellows,  with  the  air  to 
be  analyzed,  50  c.  c.  of  the  baryta  water  are  added,  and  the  interior 
surface  of  the  bottle  kept  moistened  by  turning  the  same  for  about  half 
an  hour. 

At  the  end  of  this  time  the  baryta  water  is  poured  into  a  cylinder, 
the  latter  tightly  corked,  and  the  carbonate  of  barium  allowed  to  de- 
posit, requiring  about  fifteen  minutes.  25  c.  c.  of  the  nearly  clear 
liquid  are  now  transferred  to  a  small  flask,  and  the  oxalic  acid  solution 
run  in  from  a  burette,  until  a  single  drop  of  the  mixture  fails  to  give 
the  alkaline  reaction  on  turmeric  paper.  Taking,  for  example,  the 
first  experiment  made  on  the  outer  air,  it  was  found  that  20.4  c.  c.  of 
the  oxalic  acid  solution  were  required  to  neutralize  25  c.  c.  of  the 
baryta  water  after  the  action  of  the  air. 

The  difference  between  20.4  c.  c.  and  23  c.  c,  the  amount  required 
to  neutralize  25  c.  c.  of  baryta  water  before  the  action  of  the  air,  being 
multiplied  by  2,  —  for  50  c.  c.  of  baryta  water  were  used  in  the  ex- 
periment, —  we  obtain  5.2  c.  c,  each  c.  c.  of  which  is  equivalent  to 
nearly  one  mgrm.  of  carbonic  acid,  in  accordance  with  the  proportion  : 

at.wt.  at.wt.  wt.  of  0  in 

O  CO,      1  c.  c.  of  sol.  wt.  of  C02. 
63  :  22  —  .0028636  :  .0009998 

Multiplying  this  weight  of  carbonic  acid  by  5.2  c.  c.  and  reducing  the 
product  to  volumes  in  terms  of  c.  c.  at  the  normal  temperature  and 
pressure,  we  obtain  2.637  c.  c.  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  volume  of  air 
analyzed.  Bottle  No.  1  having  been  used,  after  reducing  its  volume 
to  the  normal  temp,  and  press.,  we  obtain  the  percentage  of  carbonic 
acid  by  a  simple  proportion,  thus  :  — 

5783.26  :  2.637  =  100  :  .04560%. 

In  order  to  ascertain  if  the  oxalic  acid  used  in  these  experiments 
could  be  depended  on  for  purity,  the  strength  of  the  baryta  water  was 
tested  with  different  solutions  of  the  acid,  prepared  from  crystals  which 
were  obtained  under  various  conditions. 

I.  A  solution  of  oxalic  acid  in  hot  water  was  made  and  allowed  to 
crystallize.  These  crystals  were  dried  between  sheets  of  blotting-paper, 
2.8636  grms.  weighed  out,  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  solution  made 
up  to  a  litre.  25  c.  c.  of  the  baryta  water  required  23  c.  c.  of  this 
solution. 

VOL.   VIII.  40 


314 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


II.  A  saturated  solution  of  oxalic  acid  in  water  was  made  as  above  ; 
the  crystals  obtained  were  dried  between  sheets  of  paper,  and  a  portion 
of  them  allowed  to  remain  for  one  half  an  hour  over  sulphuric  acid, 
and  another  portion  for  one  hour.  Solutions  were  made  of  these  crys- 
tals of  the  same  strength  as  above,  and  25  c.  c.  of  baryta  water  tested 
with  the  same  results  as  before. 

III.  A  saturated  solution  of  oxalic  acid  in  hot  water  was  allowed  to 
stand  until  nearly  cold.  The  crystals  thus  obtained  were  rejected  and 
the  mother-liquor  allowed  to  stand  until  another  crop  of  crystals  had 
deposited.  These  crystals  were  dried  between  sheets  of  paper  and  for 
one  half  an  hour  over  sulphuric  acid,  a  solution  made  of  them,  and  the 
baryta  water  tested  in  the  usual  manner  with  a  like  result. 

IV.  A  saturated  solution  of  oxalic  acid  in  cold  water  was  allowed 
to  remain  over  sulphuric  acid,  under  a  bell-glass,  until  a  quantity  of 
crystals  was  deposited.  These  were  rejected  and  the  mother-liquor 
returned  to  the  bell-glass,  and  a  second  crop  of  crystals  obtained,  which 
were  dried,  pulverized,  and  a  solution  made  of  them.  The  baryta 
water  was  tested  with  this  solution,  the  result  obtained  being  the  same 
as  above. 

The  conclusion  drawn  from  the  above  experiments  was,  that  the  ox- 
alic acid  employed  in  the  regular  analyses  did  not  differ  from  that  used  in 
these  experiments,  where  the  conditions  under  which  the  solutions  were 
obtained  would  not  admit  the  presence  of  impurities  in  the  oxalic  acid. 

The  results  of  these  examinations  of  the  air  for  carbonic  acid  are  as 

follows :  — 

I.  —  Outer  air  in  Boston. 


Locality. 

Per  cent, 
of Carbon- 
ic Acid  by 

Volume. 

Date. 

1870. 

Time. 

Temper- 
ature. 
Centi- 
grade. 

Barom- 
eter. 
Inches. 

Remarks. 

r 

.04560 

Mar.  17 

11.00  a.m. 

"Deg. 
—  3.5 

29.330 

Cloudy,  wind  N.W. 

.03194 

Apr.    1 

8.45    " 

9 

30.372 

Clear,  wind  N.  E. 

.03894 

"     1 

8.45    " 

9 

30.372 

11                       u 

.03988 

"     8 

9.40    " 

13 

30.134 

a             u 

Newbury  Street,  near 
Institute  of  Technol-  • 

.04449 
.04218 
.03798 

"     8 
"     8 
"    13 

9.40    " 

9.40    " 

11.00    " 

13 
13 
14 

30.134 
30.134 
30.000 

ii             ii 
it             u 

Clear,  wind  N. 

°gy> 

.04435 

"    13 

11.00    " 

14 

30.000 

u            ii 

.04230 

"    14 

2.35  p.  m. 

25 

3(i.ol6 

Clear,  wind  S   W. 

.04292 

"    14 

2.35    " 

25 

30.016 

ii            u 

.04999 

"   28 

2.20    " 

28 

29.872 

Cloudy, windS.  W. 

.04903 

"   28 

2.20    " 

28 

29.872 

u            it 

Park  St.  near  Tremont, 

.04493 

May    3 

8.30    " 

14 

29.936 

Clear,  wind  N. 

Newbury  Street,              j 

.03394 

"     12 

2.45    " 

22 

29.852 

(  After  storm  ;  light 
(  clouds,  windS.  W. 

.03561 

"  *12 

2.45    " 

22 

29.852 

f 

.02905 

"     17 

10.45  a.  m. 

14 

30.170 

Cloudy,  wind  N.  E. 

Public  Garden,                 -j 

.03563 
.02969 

"     18" 
"     19 

4.05  p.  m. 

10.50  A.  M. 

22 
25 

30.336 
30.244 

Clear,  wind  S.  W. 

1 

.02586 

"     30 

3.40  p.  m. 

20 

30.264 

Clear,  wind  S.  E. 

Cupola  of  State  House, 

.03139 

"     18 

3.15    " 

20.5 

30.336 

Clear,  wind  S.  W. 

Clarendon    Place,    near  1 
Berkeley  Street,            j 

.03371 

"     19 

1.30  "  " 

28 

30.212 

it            it 

OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    APRIL    11,   1871. 


315 


II.  —  Rooms  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 


Locality. 

Percent, 
of  Carbon- 
ic Acid  by 

Volume. 

Date. 

1870. 

Time. 

Taettu?eer"Barom- 

2S*    Ache's. 

grade. 

Remarks. 

Small"  weighing  room/'  ( 
Laboratory  Inst.  Tech.,  | 

Drawing-room  of 
second  year's  class,      i 
Institute  Technology, 

1  Room  11  after  recitation,  ( 
Institute  Technology,  | 

.13205 
.13041 
.08836 
.08416 
.05693 
.05551 
.09762 
.08929 

Mar.  15 
"   15 
"    16 
"    16 
"   16 
"    16 
"   17 
"   17 

3.00  p.  m. 
3.00    " 
9.40  a. m. 
9.40    " 
5.00  P.  M. 
5.00    " 
1.15    " 
1.15    " 

Deg. 
22       30.190 
22       30.190 
14       29.760 

14  29.760 

15  29.760 
15     > 29.760 
21     i  29.330 
21     !  29.330 

Wind  N.  E. 

it           tt 
tt            a 
tt            it 

III.  —  Air  of  School-Rooms  in  Boston. 


Locality. 


Grammar  Schools. 

Myrtle  Street,       j 

Dartmouth 

Hawkins  " 

Tremont  " 

Waltham  " 

Common  " 
West  Springfield  " 

Blossom  " 

North  Bennet  " 

Richmond  ' ' 

Anderson  " 

Northampton  " 

Tyler  " 

South  " 

Primary  Schools. 
Appleton  Street, 
Hanover  (Station  House), 
110  Merrimack  Street, 
Poplar  " 

North  Bennet       " 
Richmond  " 

Phillips  " 

West  Concord       " 
Tyler 

Newbern  Place, 
Warrenton  Street, 
Suffolk  " 

Cooper 

Thacher  " 

Sheafe  " 

Snelling  Place, 
Genesee  Street, 
Way 
Groton 
Rutland 
Hudson 
Common 
East 
Chardon 
Blossom 


Percent. 

ofCarbon- 

Date. 

ic  Acid  bv 

1870. 

Volume. 

.13431 

Mar.  24 

.13659 

"   24 

.12912 

"   25 

.09748 

"   29 

.14335 

"   29 

.12111 

"   29 

.17686 

"   30 

.10164 

"   31 

.19037 

April  5 

.17887 

"      6 

.17781 

"   11 

.08570 

"   12 

.18622 

"   18 

.12586 

"   18 

.17598 

May  10 

.11092 

Mar.  25 

.14296 

"   28 

.18187 

"   28  I 

.11173 

April  5 

.16824 

"     6 

.08101 

"   11 

.08971 

"   12 

.13999 

"   18 

.11015 

"   18 

.15541 

"   19 

.14575 

"   19 

.10618 

"   19 

.19927 

"   21 

.17292 

"   21 

.18692 

"   21 

.16056 

"   21 

.16082 

"   22 

.12284 

"   22 

.14507 

"   25 

.11663 

"   25 

.13024 

May    9 

.07732 

"     9 

.16988 

"   10 

.09934 

"   11 

.12708 

"   11 

Time. 


10.25  a.  m. 
10.30    " 
10.30    " 
10.20    " 

3.00  p.m. 

3.30    " 

10.05  A.  M. 

10.25  " 

10.30  " 

10.15  " 

10.10  " 

10.10  " 

10.10  " 

3.as  p.  m. 

10.15  A.  M. 


3  15  p.  M. 
10.30  A.  M. 
11.15    " 
11.15    " 
10.25    " 
10.20    " 
10.20    " 
10.25    " 
3.50  p.  M. 
11.35  A.  M. 
11.50    " 
3.35  p.  m. 
9.55  a.  m. 
10.10    " 
3.40  p.  m 
3.55    " 
9.50  a.  m. 
10.15    " 
11.20    " 
11.45    " 
3.40  P.  M 
3.55    " 

10.05  A.  M 

10.15    " 
10.50    " 


Temper- 
ature. 
Centi- 
grade. 


Deg. 
23 
23 
18 
21 
23 
18 
18 
21 
22 
18 
20 
23 
22 
20 
23 


20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

22 

22 

21.5 

19 

23 

22 

22.5 

22 

23 

22.5 

19 

23 

23 

20 

22 

18 

18 

22.5 

22.5 

21 


Barom- 
eter. 
Inches. 


Remarks. 


30.200 
30  200 
30.430 
2!*.linH 
29.950 
29.950 
30.260 
31.1.396 
29.900 
29.920 
30.196 
29.648 
29.982 
29.850 
30.114 


30.460 
29.556 
29.556 
29.900 
29.920 
30.196 
29.648 
29.982 
29.850 
29.796 
29.796 
29.750 
29.888 
29.888 
29.856 
29  856 
30.050 
30.050 
30.092 
30.092 
29.856 
29.856 
30.114 
30.034 
30.034 


316 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 


IV. —  Air  of  Halls,  etc.,  in  Boston. 


Locality. 

Percent, 
of  Carbon- 
ic Acid  by 

Volume. 

Date. 

1870. 

Time. 

Teniper- 
ature. 
Centi- 
grade. 

Barom- 
eter. 
Inches. 

Remarks. 

Deg. 

Music  Hall ,  Tremont  St. , 

.14045 

May    4 

4.05  P.  m. 

25 

29.576 

Low    tenement    house,  \ 

known  as  the  "  Crystal ) 

.09530 

"   17 

2.30  ■" 

23 

30.242 

Palace,"  Lincoln  St.,     ) 

* 

Open  air  in  rear  of  above, 

.03976 

"    17 

2.50    " 

15 

30.242 

Hall  ofY.  M.C.  U.,300 
Washington  Street,    •  ) 

.15239 

Apr.  27 

9.05    " 

26 

30.060 

Municipal  Court  Room,  1 
Court  Street,                j 

.12047 

"    23 

1.30  ." 

23 

29.784 

Office    of    Secretary    oft 
State,  State  House,       J 

.08914 

Mar.  22 

2.45    " 

24 

29.892 

Printing  office,  79  Milk  St. , 

.10183 

Apr.    4 

3.30    " 

20 

29.724 

Globe  Theatre, 

.14438 

"   11 

9.00    " 

23 

29.952 

St.  Paul's  Church, 

.05929 

"   15 

11.00  A.  M. 

21 

30.292 

Public  Library,  waiting-  \ 

.13666 
.13747 

Mar.  19 
"    19 

2.30  p.  m. 
3.45    " 

20 
21.5 

30.150 

:;u.i.-.(i 

room ,                             J 

.19352 

Apr.  20 

7.50    " 

23 

29.784 

Six   hundred   and   thirty-second    Meeting. 

May  9,  1871.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  following  Annual  Report  of  the  Council  was  read  by  the 
Corresponding  Secretary. 

Since  the  last  report  of  the  Council  the  following  gentlemen  have 
been  elected  members  of  the  Academy:  — 

Charles  C.  Perkins,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  4. 

Nathaniel  Holmes,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  1. 

Raphael  Pumpelly,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  1. 

George  Derby,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in   Class  II., 
Section  3. 

E.  J.  Cutler,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow   in  Class  III., 
Section  2. 

E.  J.  Young,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  III., 
Section  2. 

C.  C.  Langdell,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a   Resident   Fellow  in   Class 
III.,  Section  1. 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY  9,   1871.  317 

William  Everett,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident   Fellow  in    Class 
III.,  Section  2. 

Henry  W.   Paine,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  1. 

Charles  Francis  Adams,  Jr.,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  III.,  Section  3. 

Ferdinand  Bocher,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  4. 

J.  G.  Whittier,  of  Amesbury,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  III., 
Section  4. 

C.  C.  Everett,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class  III., 
Section  1. 

Simon  Newcomb,  of  Washington,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class 
I.,  Section  1. 

Truman  H.  Safford,  of  Chicago,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class 
I.,  Section  1. 

Henry  J.  Clark,  of  Lexington,  Ky.,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Henry  Carey  Lea,  of  Philadelphia,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  3. 

George  J.  Brush,  of  New  Haven,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  1. 

Stephen  T.  Olney,  of  Providence,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in 
Class  II.,  Section  2. 

Jeremiah  Smith,  of  Dover,  N.  H.,  to  be  an  Associate  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section   1. 

Alexander  Braum,  of  Berlin,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member 
in   Class  II.,  Section  2. 

Charles  Merivale,  of  Oxford,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member 
in  Class  III.,  Section  3. 

G.  KirchhofF,  of  Berlin,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in  Class 
I.,  Section  3. 

Kaulbach,  of  Munich,  to  be  a  Foreign  Honorary  Member  in  Class 
III.,  Section  4. 

Since  the  last  Annual  Meeting  the  Academy  have  lost,  by  death, 
two  Resident  Fellows  and  two  Associate  Fellows. 

Elbridge  Jefferson  Cutler,  the  son  of  Elihu  and  Rebecca  T. 
Cutler,  was  born  at  Holliston,  Massachusetts,  December  28,  1831.  He 
was  prepared  for  college  at  Westborough,  under  the  tuition   of  Rev. 


318  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

T.  D.  P.  Stone,  and  entered  Harvard  College  in  1849.  In  college  he 
maintained  a  high  standing,  and  at  the  close  of  his  senior  year  was  the 
class-poet.  After  graduating,  he  was  engaged  as  a  teacher  in  various 
places  for  ahout  five  years,  for  two  of  which  he  taught  a  private  school 
in  his  native  town.  In  1858  and  1859,  he  was  one  of  the  editors  of 
"  The  Century,"  a  weekly  literary  journal  published  in  New  York. 
On  quitting  this  employment  he  sailed  for  Europe,  and  spent  a  year  in 
foreign  travel  and  the  study  of  the  continental  languages  and  litera- 
ture. In  1861,  he  aided  in  the  enlistment  of  a  company  for  the  na- 
tional service  in  the  great  rebellion,  engaging  in  the  work  with  intense 
zeal,  and  expending  in  it  almost  all  that  he  possessed ;  but  was  pre- 
vented from  active  duty  by  an  injury  occasioned  by  lifting  a  heavy 
weight  in  aid  of  a  passing  traveller,  whose  wagon  was  overturned  near 
his  mother's  house.  The  spinal  lesion  from  which  he  then  suffered 
acutely  made  him  an  invalid  for  the  rest  of  his  life.  At  the  Com- 
mencement of  1861,  he  read  before  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Society  of  Har- 
vard College  a  patriotic  poem,  which  won  for  him  a  very  high  reputation. 
From  1862  to  1864  he  was  a  teacher  in  Worcester.  He  then  spent 
another  year  in  Europe.  On  his  return,  in  1865,  he  was  chosen  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Modern  Languages  at  Harvard  College,  and  was 
appointed  to  a  full  and  permanent  professorship  in  1870.  Shortly  be- 
fore this  last  appointment  he  was  prostrated  by  a  new  attack  of  spinal 
disease,  in  which  he  lingered  for  many  weeks,  not  without  hopeful 
symptoms  of  convalescence,  till  his  life  was  closed  by  a  sudden  illness 
of  an  erysipelatous  type,  on  the  27th  of  December,  1870,  only  a  few 
weeks  after  his  election  as  Fellow  of  the  Academy. 

Professor  Cutler  was  endowed  with  native  ability  of  a  high  order, 
and  at  the  same  time  was,  through  life,  a  systematically  industrious 
student  and  worker.  While  a  good  classical  scholar,  he  was  especially 
versed  in  the  French  and  German  languages  and  literature,  and  was, 
at  the  same  time,  familiar  with  the  best  writers  in  his  own  tongue.  In- 
deed, few  men  of  his  years  have  united  to  a  greater  degree  than  he 
did  special  and  general  scholarship ;  so  that,  while  a  master  in  his  own 
department,  he  was  no  sciolist  in  any  branch  of  liberal  culture. 

As  a  writer,  he  was  characterized  by  clear  thought,  pure,  chaste,  and 
transparent  diction,  and  singleness  and  earnestness  of  purpose.  The 
little  that  he  wrote  leaves  only  room  for  regret  that  it  should  have  been 
so  little.  His  poetry  manifested  a  fertile  fancy  and  no  mean  creative 
power,  joined  with  great  rhythmical  euphony ;  and   when  he  recited 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    MAY  9,  1871.  319 

his  own  verse,  he  gave  it  an  intense  charm  by  the  sweetness  of  his 
tones  and  the  unaffected  fervor  of  his  utterance. 

His  preferred  work,  and  that  for  which  he  was  best  adapted  by  na- 
ture and  education,  was  that  of  a  teacher.  He  made  learning  attrac- 
tive both  by  his  own  example  of  the  amenities  and  graces  that  belong 
to  liberal  culture,  and  by  that  keen  appreciation  of  truth  and  beauty  in 
thought,  style,  and  expression,  which  won  from  his  pupils  their  admira- 
tion of  the  literature  which  he  opened  to  their  knowledge.  He  under- 
stood, too,  the  modes  of  access  to  minds  of  various  complexions,  and 
was  often  successful  in  awakening  capacities,  tastes,  and  receptivities, 
which  would  have  responded  to  no  less  skilful  touch.  He  was  at  the 
same  time  the  watchful  and  judicious  friend,  counsellor,  and  helper  of 
his  pupils,  seeking  their  highest  moral  well-being,  in  rebuke  faithful, 
but  always  kind,  persevering  and  often  eminently  successful  in  his 
labors  for  the  wayward  and  unpromising.  For  not  a  few  students  of 
the  University,  his  interposition  at  a  time  of  temptation  or  discourage- 
ment marked  the  turning-point  of  their  career,  and  many  will  have  life- 
long reason  to  thank  him  for  their  established  virtue,  industry,  and 
well-being.  His  services  as  a  College  teacher  were  invaluable,  and 
of  his  associates  there  probably  is  not  one  who  did  not  regard  him  as 
occupying  a  place  which  may  not  easily  be  filled  again. 

His  character  in  all  its  aspects  commanded  equal  respect  and  affec- 
tion. No  man  has  had  or  deserved  warmer  friends.  His  purity, 
simplicity,  integrity,  and  kindness  made  him  the  object  of  implicit  con- 
fidence to  all  with  whom  he  was  associated,  and  in  the  nearer  circle  of 
home  and  socialjntimacy  leave  the  most  precious  and  hallowed  mem- 
ories. 

The  time  has  come  when  there  must  be  stricken  from  the  list  of  ou 
living  members  a  name  which   has   stood  there   for  more  than  fifty 
years.* 

Of  those  members  of  the  Academy  who  have  taken  small  part  in  its 
discussions,  and  whose  names  do  not  appear  in  its  memoirs,  no  one  has 
done  more  to  advance  the  objects  for  which  the  Academy  was  instituted 
than  George  Ticknor.  It  is  fitting,  therefore,  that  we  should  pause  a 
moment  to  take  notice  of  his  life,  and  of  the  great  loss  which  Science, 
as  well  as  Letters,  has  suffered  by  his  death. 

*    Mr.  Ticknor  was  chosen  into  the  Academy  on  November  8,  1820. 


320  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Mr.  Ticknor,  son  of  Elisha  Ticknor,  an  intelligent  and  public-spirited 
man,  one  of  those  who  first  opened  the  doors  of  the  public  schools  to 
all  the  children  of  Boston  under  the  age  of  seven,  was  born  in  Boston, 
August  1,  1791.  His  father,  a  classical  scholar,  had  been  a  teacher, 
and  knew  how  safely  to  indulge  the  extraordinary  power  of  application 
and  attainment  of  his  son,  and  to  kindle  within  him  the  fire  which 
always  continued  to  burn,  without  checking  his  uncommon  vivacity 
and  playfulness,  so  that  he  was  graduated  at  Dartmouth  College,  after 
a  full  and  successful  course,  in  1807,  at  the  age  at  which  most  boys  in 
those  days  entered  college. 

Returning  to  Boston,  he  pursued  his  studies  for  three  years  under 
the  care  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Gardiner,  a  worthy  pupil  of  Dr.  Parr,  and 
was  filled  with  that  enthusiastic  love  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  classics 
which  he  always  retained.  "  His  brightness,  industry,  ardor,  and  per- 
severance," says  a  friend  who  knew,  "  combined  with  agreeable,  re- 
spectful, and  gentlemanly  manners,"  made  him  a  favorite  with  Dr. 
Gardiner,  who  procured  for  his  young  friend  admission  to  the  Anthol- 
ogy Club,  of  which  he  was  president,  thus  placing  him  amongst  much 
older  persons,  the  best  scholars  and  most  distinguished  men  of  letters 
of  their  day. 

He  then  devoted  three  years  to  the  study  of  the  law,  in  the  office  of 
William  Sullivan,  a  good  lawyer  and  a  true  gentleman,  and  was  ad- 
mitted to  the  bar  in  1813.  As  it  was  impossible  for  him  to  do  anything 
superficially,  he  gave  promise  of  distinction  in  that  profession.  But, 
while  he  could  not  but  retain  the  fruits  of  the  severe  mental  discipline 
which  faithful  study  gives,  and  gained  from  it,  doubtless,  something 
of  the  skill  and  wisdom  with  which  he  always  managed  his  own  affairs, 
as  well  as  a  safe  guide  in  all  his  investigations,  he  preferred  literature. 

He  went  abroad  in  April,  1815,  with  his  friend  Edward  Everett,  and, 
after  a  few  weeks  in  London,  just  at  the  time  of  the  battle  of  Waterloo, 
hastened  through  Holland,  stopping  chiefly  to  buy  books,  to  Gottingen, 
where  they  lived  in  contiguous  rooms  in  the  house  of  his  favorite 
teacher,  Bouterwek,  whose  highest  work  he  was  destined  to  surpass. 
At  Gottingen  he  labored  faithfully  in  his  philological  studies,  from 
August  in  that  year  to  March,  1817,  during  which  time  he  became 
perfectly  familiar  with  the  German  language. 

In  Paris,  in  the  summer  of  1817,  in  Rome  through  the  following 
winter,  and  in  Madrid  from  May  to  September,  1818,  he  studied  with 
equal  energy.     During  his  residence  on  the  continent,  and  in  Edin- 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES:    MAY    9,   1871.  821 

burgh  and  London,  he  won  the  respect  of  such  congenial  spirits 
as  Goethe  and  Humboldt,  Sir  Walter  Scott,  Francis  Jeffrey,  Words- 
worth, Lord  Byron,  Southey,  Lord  Holland,  and  Sir  James  Mack- 
intosh. 

In  Paris,  he  was  intimate  with  Madame  de  Stael  and  her  family  and 
the  Lafayettes,  and  in  Madrid  with  the  foreign  diplomatists  and  some 
of  the  best  Spanish  scholars. 

In  1820,  he  returned  home  and  entered  upon  the  duties  of  the  pro- 
fessorship of  French  and  Spanish  Literature,  to  which  he  had  been 
appointed  in  1817. 

Mr.  Ticknor's  lectures,  and  those  of  Edward  Everett,  formed  an  era 
in  the  history  of  the  college ;  and  from  his  intimate  acquaintance  with 
many  of  the  ripest  scholars,  and  with  the  highest  scientific  and  literary 
institutions  in  the  most  advanced  of  the  nations  of  Europe,  he  was  able 
to  present  views  which  now  prevail,  and  arouse  a  spirit  which  is  now 
everywhere  felt  among  us. 

In  1821,  he  married  Anne,  daughter  of  Samuel  Eliot,  an  eminent 
merchant  of  Boston. 

In  1823,  Mr.  Ticknor  published  a  syllabus  of  his  course  of  thirty 
four  lectures  upon  Spanish  literature,  in  the  introduction  to  which  he 
expresses  the  hope  so  satisfactorily  fulfilled,  that  he  should,  "  by  the 
labors  of  future  years,  supply  the  deficiencies  on  a  subject  so  new,  so 
important,  and  so  interesting." 

In  1825,  Mr.  Ticknor  published  "  Remarks  on  the  changes  lately 
proposed  or  adopted  in  Harvard  University,"  which,  if  they  could  all 
have  been  speedily  adopted,  would  probably  have  rendered  unnecessary 
several  of  the  institutions  which  have  since  gone  into  operation  in  Bos- 
ton and  its  neighborhood.  In  the  same  year  Mr.  Ticknor,  to  gratify  a 
friend,  caused  to  be  reprinted  in  a  little  volume,  with  additions,  from 
the  pages  of  the  North  American  Review,  "  Outlines  of  the  Principal 
Events  in  the  Life  of  General  Lafayette,"  which  Edward  Everett  calls 
"  Mr.  Ticknor's  beautiful  sketch  of  the  life  of  Lafayette."  A  French 
translation  of  this,  was,  in  the  same  year,  printed  in  Paris. 

In  1827,  he  wrote  a  memoir  to  accompany  ihe  remains  of  R.  A. 
Haven,  of  which  an  excellent  judge  says,  "It  is  such  a  portrait  as  his 
friends  delight  to  recognize,  such  as  all  wish  to  resemble,  and  yet  such 
as  his  worst  enemy  could  not  help  allowing  to  be  just." 

In  1832  he  delivered,  before  the  American  Institute  of  Instruction, 
a  lecture  on  the  "  Best  Methods  of  Teaching  the  Living  Languages," 

VOL.  VIII.  41 


322  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

which  he  draws  from  his  own  observation  and  experience  in  the  best 
schools  in  Europe.  This  is  most  valuable,  as  it  offers  guidance  in 
teaching  ancient  as  well  as  modern  languages  from  one  thoroughly  ac- 
quainted with  all  the  best  methods. 

Mr.  Ticknor  resigned  his  professorship  in  1835,  after  fifteen  years 
of  uninterrupted  service,  during  which  time  and  for  the  remainder  of 
his  life  he  exercised  a  generous  but  modest  hospitality.  Fortunate 
and  happy  in  his  domestic  relations,  he  gave  a  cordial  welcome  not  only 
to  his  old  friends,  whom  he  never  forgot,  such  as  Dr.  Bigelow,  James 
Savage,  William  H.  Prescott,  not  only  to  distinguished  men  of  letters, 
like  Professor  Felton  and  Mr.  Hillard,  and  the  Danas,  but  to  men  of 
science,  like  Bowditch,  Lyell,  Agassiz,  and  the  brothers  Rogers,  and  to 
worthy  citizens  and  men  of  distmction  in  other  walks  of  life,  such  as 
Judge  Story  and  Daniel  Webster,  thus  doing  what  can  best  be  done  to 
awaken  sympathy  and  mutual  respect  between  those  engaged  in  sci- 
ences, letters,  business,  and  the  affairs  of  state. 

After  a  residence  in  Europe  of  three  years,  understood  to  have  been 
principally  occupied  in  collecting  materials  of  every  kind  for  his  "  His- 
tory of  Spanish  Literature,"  he  returned  home,  and,  in  1849,  that  work 
appeared,  which  Humboldt  calls  "  a  masterly  work,"  and  of  which  H. 
T.  Buckle  says,  "  In  it  there  is  more  real  information  than  can  be 
found  in  any  of  the  many  Spanish  histories  I  have  had  occasion  to 
read."  This  noble  work  stands  alone ;  most  agreeable,  instructive,  and 
entertaining,  though  upon  a  subject  which,  treated  with  less  knowl- 
edge, taste,  and  discrimination,  has  usually  been  found  heavy  and 
tedious. 

In  1863,  Mr.  Ticknor  gave  us  the  life  of  his  dearest,  life-long  friend, 
William  Hickling  Prescott,  —  who,  younger  than  himself,  had  once  ex- 
pressed the  hope  that  it  "  might  be  long  before  he  should  do  the  good 
turn  for  his  friend  Ticknor  of  writing  his  obituary."  There  is  not, 
perhaps,  in  any  language,  a  biography  more  delightful,  or  containing 
more  precious,  suggestive  instruction  for  a  young  student,  than  Tick- 
nor's  "  Life  of  Prescott." 

If  untoward  circumstances  had  not  prevented  the  execution  of  his 
own  cherished  purpose,  we  should  now  have,  as  a  pendant  to  the  Life 
of  Prescott,  a  life,  by  the  same  hand,  of  Daniel  Webster.  Of  his 
ability  to  do  it  in  an  incomparably  perfect  manner,  we  have  not  only 
the  evidence  of  the  Life  of  Prescott,  but  we  have  his  "  Remarks  on 
the    Life    and   Writings    of  Daniel    Webster,"    which  came  out  in  a 


OF   ARTS    AND   SCIENCES:    MAY   9,  1871.  323 

pamphlet  in  1831,  taken,  with  additions,  from  the  American  Quarterly 
Review.  This  is  a  rapid  hut  beautiful  sketch  of  the  life  of  the  great 
statesman  by  a  kindred  spirit  who  justly  and  feelingly  appreciates  all 
that  is  great  and  admirable  in  his  character. 

Besides  these  larger  works,  Mr.  Ticknor  furnished  valuable  commu- 
nications in  every  part  of  his  life  to  the  Anthology,  the  North  American 
Review,  the  Christian  Examiner,  and  other  Reviews,  upon  subjects  of 
interest  to  scholars  and  men  of  science. 

He  could  never  be  idle  ;  and  very  much  of  his  time,  in  the  last  years 
of  his  life,  was  given  to  the  Boston  City  Library.  No  one  could  be 
better  qualified  for  this  labor  than  Mr.  Ticknor  was,  by  acquaintance 
with  the  best  books  on  all  subjects,  and  by  the  experience  he  had  had 
in  forming  his  own  unsurpassed  library,  of  which  the  portion  relating 
to  Spanish  literature  was  the  most  complete  collection  known.  This, 
with  thousands  of  other  volumes,  he  gave  or  he  bequeathed  to  the  City 
Library. 

These  precious  gifts  will  be  gratefully  enjoyed  by  many  generations 
of  American  scholars,  who  can  only  know  Mr.  Ticknor  by  his  writings, 
and  can  look  upon  him  only  in  the  exquisite  bust  by  Milmore,  which 
adorns  the  Upper  Hall  of  the  Library. 

Mr.  Ticknor  died,  in  the  eightieth  year  of  his  age,  on  the  morning 
of  the  26th  of  January,  1871.  The  one  best  fitted  to  know  and  to 
judge  of  his  virtues  as  well  as  his  accomplishments  has  given  him  the 
simple  but  all-sufficient  title  of  the  Christian  Scholar. 

The  Hon.  John  Pendleton  Kennedy  was  born  in  Baltimore  on 
the  25th  of  October,  1795,  and  was  graduated  at  Baltimore  College 
in  the  seventeenth  year  of  his  age.  After  a  brief  service  in  the  field, 
as  a  volunteer,  during  our  last  war  with  England,  he  entered  on  the 
practice  of  the  Law,  and  gave  the  best  promise  of  becoming  a  con- 
spicuous member  of  the  Maryland  bar.  But  literature  and  politics 
soon  diverted  him  from  professional  pursuits,  and  he  will  be  remem- 
bered mainly  as  an  author  and  a  statesman.  His  principal  produc- 
tions in  literature  were  "  Swallow  Barn,  or  a  Sojourn  in  the  Old  Do- 
minion,'-' published  in  1832 ;  «'  Horse  Shoe  Robinson,  a  Tale  of  the 
Tory  Ascendancy,"  published  in  1835;  and  "The  Life  of  William 
Wirt,"  in  two  volumes,  published  in  1849.  In  political  life,  he  served 
successively  as  a  member  for  many  years  of  the  House  of  Delegates 
i "  Maryland,  of  which  he  was  more  than  once  the  Speaker ;   as  a 


324  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

Representative  in  Congress  ;  and,  finally,  as  Secretary  of  the  Navy  of 
the  United  States,  in  the  Cabinet  of  President  Fillmore.  In  the  later 
years  of  his  life  he  was  Provost  of  "the  University  of  Maryland,  and 
President  of  the  Peabody  Institute,  founded  by  his  friend,  the  late 
illustrious  George  Peabody,  in  the  city  of  Baltimore.  To  every  sta- 
tion which  he  occupied  Mr.  Kennedy  brought  brilliant  accomplish- 
ments, an  active  and  earnest  mind,  a  quick  wit,  a  ready  pen,  an 
eloquent  voice,  and  great  devotedness  of  purpose.  No  man  of  our 
day  has  left  a  more  enviable  memory  for  the  fidelity  of  his  public 
labors,  or  the  purity  of  his  private  life.  He  died  at  Newport, 
Rhode  Island,  on  the  18th  of  August,  1870,  universally  respected  and 
lamented. 

William  Chauvenet  was  born  in  1820, at  Milford,  Pennsylvania; 
but  his  early  life  was  chiefly  passed  in  Philadelphia,  whither  his  pa- 
rents removed  while  he  was  still  very  young.  His  father  was  a  grocer, 
and  wished  his  son  to  succeed  him  in  his  business ;  but  he  gave  so 
decided  evidence  of  mathematical  talent,  while  at  school,  that  he  was 
sent  to  Yale  College,  where  he  was  graduated  with  distinction  in  1840. 
After  a  short  service  under  Professor  Bache,  in  meteorological  obser- 
vations at  Girard  College  Observatory,  he  became,  in  1841,  instructor 
in  Mathematics  at  the  United  States  Naval  Asylum  in  Philadelphia ; 
and,  on  the  foundation  of  the  United  States  Naval  Academy  at  An- 
napolis in  1845,  he  was  appointed  one  of  its  Directors,  and  was  also 
made  Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Mathematics,  and  Director  of  the 
Observatory.  His  connection  with  this  Academy  continued  fourteen 
years,  during  which  his  growing  eminence  as  a  mathematician,  and  his 
ability  and  zeal  as  a  teacher,  contributed  very  strongly  to  give  a  high 
character  to  the  institution.  In  1859,  he  was  offered  the  professorship 
of  Astronomy  and  Mathematics  at  Washington  University,  St.  Louis, 
and  also  that  of  Natural  Philosophy  and  Astronomy  at  Yale  College, 
which  had  previously  sought  him  for  her  chair  of  Mathematics. 
Though  strongly  attached  to  his  alma  mater,  he  chose  St.  Louis,  in  the 
belief  that  it  presented  a  wider  opportunity  of  usefulness,  and  entered 
on  his  new  duties  in  the  autumn  of  the  same  year.  In  1862rhe  was 
appointed  Chancellor  of  the  University,  —  an  indication  of  the  com- 
manding impression  he  had  already  made  there  in  other  ways  than  in 
the  line  of  his  special  studies.  But,  unfortunately  for  the  University, 
and  deeply  to  the  disappointment  of  all  friends  of  higher  education  and 


OF  ARTS   AND   SCIENCES:    MAY   9,  1871.  325 

students  of  mathematical  science  in  America,  Dr.  Chauvenet's  health 
became  seriously  impaired  shortly  after  his  appointment  to  his  new 
office,  and  it  was  never  afterward  re- established.  After  several  periods 
of  partial  recovery,  he  resigned  the  chancellorship  in  1869,  and  he  died 
on  the  13th  December,  1870. 

Dr.  Chauvenet  was  the  author  of  <k  Binomial  Theorem  and  Loga- 
rithms "  (1843,  92  pp.  8vo),  of  "  A  Treatise  on  Plane  and  Spherical 
Trigonometry"  (1850,  256  pp.  8vo),  "A  Manual  of  Spherical  and 
Practical  Astronomy"  (1863,  2  vols.,  708  and  632  pp.  8vo),  and  "A 
Treatise  on  Elementary  Geometry  "  (1870,  368  pp.  8vo).  His  special 
investigations,  published  in  various  journals  and  volumes  of  proceed- 
ings, are  mostly  embodied  in  the  treatises  above  named. 

Dr.  Chauvenet  is  most  widely  known  through  his  Trigonometry,  a 
truly  admirable  text-book  of  the  first  class  in  respect  of  method  and  of 
arrangement,  and  so  full  that  while  it  is  entirely  adapted  to  the  instruc- 
tion of  beginners,  it  is  invaluable  as  a  book  of  reference  to  the  professed 
mathematician.  It  is  constructed  on  the  excellent  plan  of  embracing 
in  one  volume  the  whole  general  theory  of  the  trigonometric  functions 
in  its  higher  developments,  as  well  as  in  its  elementary  principles  ;  and 
this  plan  is  carried  out  with  so  much  learning  and  industry,  that,  in 
spite  of  some  deficiencies  with  respect  to  topics  which  have  recently 
acquired  importance,  the  book  is  still,  after  the  twenty-one  years  that 
have  elapsed  since  its  publication,  the  most  complete  existing  work  on 
the  subject  of  which  it  treats.  Tt  must  long  remain  a  classical  treatise. 
The  Astronomy  exhibits  the  same  qualities  of  full  and  exact  learning 
and  of  elegance  in  form.  It  embraces  the  thorough  discussion,  accord- 
ing to  the  best  methods,  and  well  illustrated  by  actual  examples,  of  all 
the  problems  which  arise  in  the  ordinary  work  of  a  practical  observa- 
tory ;  and  it  is  in  use  among  working  astronomers  all  over  the  world. 
The  Geometry  is  an  essay  in  a  field  of  mathematical  science  to  which 
Dr.  Chauvenet's  genius  was.  less  strikingly  adapted  than  to  that  of  an- 
alysis. It  is,  however,  an  important  contribution  to  the  discussion 
concerning  the  treatment  of  pure  geometry,  which  is  just  now  exciting 
a  renewed  interest  among  mathematicians.  But  whereas  the  Trigo- 
nometry and  Astronomy  may  be  said  to  have  left  nothing  to  be  desired 
in  their  respective  subjects,  this,  from  the  nature  of  the  case,  could  not 
be  true  of  any  treatise  on  so  many-sided  and  profound  a  subject  as  that 
of  geometry.  The  introduction  of  some  of  the  modern  ideas  (while 
others  are,  perhaps  arbitrarily,  excluded),  and  the  appendixes,  contain- 


326  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

ing  a  large  and  excellent  series  of  examples  and  a  good  introduction  to 
the  Chaslesian  Superior  Geometry,  give  a  special  character  and  a  high 
value  to  the"  book,  which  is  marked  throughout  by  those  excellences 
which  belong  to  all  the  works  of  its  author. 

As  a  mathematician,  Dr.  Chauvenet  is  distinguished  by  extensive 
learning,  inexhaustible  patience  and  thoroughness  of  research,  exact- 
ness of  method,  good  choice  of  points  of  view,  and  a  very  high  degree 
of  elegance  and  skill  as  an  analyst.  His  works,  judged  as  books  of 
elementary  instruction,  are  direct  and  clear  in  mathematical  style,  and 
quite  free  from  that  painful  amplification  of  first  principles  which  too 
often  characterizes  text-books  pretending  to  scientific  accuracy ;  while, 
considered  as  embodying  the  complete  development  of  their  respective 
subjects,  according  to  the  best  and  latest  researches,  in  a  hjghly  prac- 
tical and  well-digested  form  for  working  mathematicians,  they  are  books 
of  the  first  order.  The  labors  of  few  American  mathematicians  have 
reflected  so  much  credit  on  science  in  this  country ;  and  it  is  to  be 
lamented  that  the  early  decline  of  his  health  cut  short  a  career  which 
had  already  been  so  honorable,  and  which,  it  was  hoped,  would  yet 
present  an  exemplification  of  still  higher  forms  of  mathematical  power. 
His  private  character  was  most  estimable,  attractive,  and  delightful. 
His  whole  course  in  life  was  governed  by  the  highest  principles,  both 
in  the  purity  and  devotion  with  which  he  fulfilled  his  active  relations, 
and  in  the  thoroughness  of  his  scientific  work.  His  disposition  was  en- 
tirely amiable,  and  his  companionship  was  full  of  the  charm  which  pro- 
ceeds from  a  sprightly,  cultivated,  and  high-minded  intelligence. 

Dr.  Jarvis  presented  a  paper  on  the  longevity  of  the  Euro- 
pean races  in  the  United  States. 

Remarks  on  this  communication  were  made  by  Messrs.  E.  H. 
Clark,  N.  G.  Shaler,  Nathaniel  Holmes,  and  Edmund  Quincy. 


Six  hundred   and   thirty-third   Meeting. 

May  30,  1871.  —  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  read  the  following  letter  from  Professor  Daniel 
Tread  well  :  — 


OF    ARTS    AND- SCIENCES  :    MAY    30,   1871.  327 

Dear  Sir,  —  I  inclose  herein  a  check  for  two  hundred  dollars, 
which  I  request  you  to  present  to  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  to  be  expended  in  procuring  an  accurate  and  copious  index 
to  the  works  of  Count  Rumford,  which  the  Academy  is  now  collecting 
and  publishing. 

I  am  very  sincerely, 

Your  friend  and  servant, 

Daniel  Treadwell. 

Voted,  That  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  be  presented  to  Mr. 
Treadwell  for  his  generous  and  thoughtful  gift. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Members  of  the 
Academy :  — 

Francis  L.  Pourtales,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  3. 

Robert  Amory,  of  Brookline,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II.,  Section  3. 

Samuel  W.  Johnson,  of  New  Haven,  to  be  an  Associate  Fel- 
low in  Class  I.,  Section  3. 

Charles  A.  Young,  of  Hanover,  N.  H.,  to  be  an  Associate 
Fellow  in  Class  I.,  Section  2. 

Leo  Lesquereux,  of  Columbus,  Ohio,  to  be  an  Associate  Fel- 
low in  Class  II.,  Section  2.  * 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  the  report  of  the  Commit- 
tee of  Publication,  which  was  accepted  and  ordered  to  be  placed 
on  record. 

The  President  read  a  Report  of  the  Librarian  ;  also  a  note 
from  him  declining  re-election  as  Librarian  or  Member  of  the 
Rumford  Committee. 

The  President  read   a  Report  of  the  Treasurer,  and  stated 
that  the  latter  also  declined  re-election. 
'  The   Report   was   accepted    and    ordered    to  be  placed  on 
record. 

"It  was  voted  that  this  meeting  adjourn,  at  its  close,  to  the 
evening  of  Tuesday,  June  6,  when  the  subject  of  the  funds 
of  the  Academy  would  be  discussed. 

It  was  voted  that  the  cordial  thanks  of  the  Academy  be  pre- 


328  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

sented  to  Professor  F.  H.  Storer,  Mr.  C.  J.  Sprague,  and  Pro- 
fessor Joseph  Winlock,  for  their  valuable  services  as  officers  of 
the  Academy. 

The  annual  election  resulted  in  the  choice  of  the  following 
officers : — 

Asa  Gray,  President. 

George  T.  Bigelow,  Vice-President. 

Joseph  Lovering,  Corresponding  Secretary. 

Edward  C.  Pickering,  Recording  Secretary. 

Edmund  Quincy,  Treasurer. 

Edmund  Quincy,  Librarian. 

Council. 

Thomas  Hill,  "} 

Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Jr.,    V  of  Class  I. 

John  B.  Henck,  J 

Alex.  E.  R.  Agassiz,  ^ 

Jeffries  Wyman,        v  of  Class  II. 

Charles  Pickering,   J 

Robert  C.  Winthrop, 

George  E.  Ellis,  [I. 

Andrew  P.  Peabody, 

Rumford  Committee. 
Morrill  Wyman,  James  B.  Francis, 

WOLCOTT    GlBBS,  JOHN    M.    ORDWAY, 

Josiah  P.  Cooke,  Jr.,  Stephen  P.  Ruggles, 

Edward  C.  Pickering. 

Committee  on  Finance. 

■* 

'  (  ex  officio,  by  statute. 

Edmund  Quincy,  ) 

Thomas  T.  Bouve,  by  election  at  adj'd  annual  meeting. 

The  other  Committees  were  appointed,  on  the  nomination 
of  the  President,  as  follows  :  — 


OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES  :    JUNE  6,  1871.  329 

Committee  of  Publication. 

Joseph  Lovering,  Jeffries  Wyman, 

William  W.  Goodwin. 

Committee  on  the  Library. 

Charles  Deane,  Frank  H.  Storer, 

Edward   C.  Cabot. 

Auditing  Committee. 
Charles  J.  Sprague,  Theodore  Lyman. 


Six  hundred  and  thirty-fourth  Meeting. 

June  6,  1871.  —  Adjourned  Annual  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

In  accordance  with  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Finance, 
it  was  voted  to  appropriate  from  the  General  Fund  :  — 

For  General  Expenses       ....      $  2,100 

For  Publications  ......       850 

For  Library      ......  350 

The  Chairman  of  the  Rumford  Committee  read  anew  the 
report  presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  and  the  one  read 
April  11. 

It  was  voted  that  the  Rumford  Premium  be  awarded  to  Mr. 
Joseph  Harrison,  Jr.,  of  Philadelphia,  for  his  method  of  con- 
structing steam-boilers,  by  which  great  safety  has  been  secured. 

Dr.  Ellis  suggested  that  a  new  die  should  be  procured  before 
giving  the  Rumford  Medal,  as  the  present  one  does  not  agree 
with  the  other  likenesses  of  the  Count.  Referred  to  the  Rum- 
ford Committee. 

It  was  voted  that  the  Rumford  Committee  be  empowered  to 
make  such  arrangement  or  contract  regarding  the  publication 
of  a  cheap  edition  of  the  Life  of  Count  Rumford  as  may  seem 
to  them  advisable. 

vol.  viii.  42 


330  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

It  was  voted  that'  the  Treasurer  be  authorized,  with  the  ad- 
vice of  the  Finance  Committee,  to  borrow  a  sum  not  exceeding 
three  thousand  dollars,  in  anticipation  of  the  income  of  the 
present  year. 

It  was  voted  to  proceed  to  the  election  of  the  third  member 
of  the  Committee  of  Finance,  who  was  not  chosen  at  the  last 
election. 

The  ballot  resulted  in  the  election  of  Mr.  T.  T.  Bouve. 

It  was  voted  to  omit  the  Stated  Meeting  in  August,  and  to 
hold  it  on  the  second  Tuesday  in  September. 

Professor  Winlock  made  a  communication  on  a  method  of 
viewing,  with  the  spectroscope,  the  whole  sun  at  once,  with  the 
protuberances.  He  used  a  telescope  of  six  inches  focal  length, 
giving  an  image  of  the  sun  about  gV  °f  an  mcn  m  diameter. 
The  centre  of  this  image  was  eclipsed  by  a  small  brass  pin  in 
a  plate  of  glass,  which  replaced  the  slit.  A  thin  annulus  was 
thus  received  into  the  collimator  of  the  spectroscope.  He  next 
tried  a  simple  spot  of  silver  on  the  glass,  also  silvering  the 
latter,  and  cutting  a  circle  in  it.  The  image  thus  formed 
should  be  magnified  with  a  telescope  of  considerable  power 
after  dispersion  by  the  prisms.  By  using  silvered  specula  and 
a  heliostat,  it  would  be  found  practicable  to  employ  a  spectro- 
scope of  very  high  dispersive  power. 


Six  hundred   and  thirty-fifth   Meeting. 

September  13,  1871.  —  Adjourned  Stated  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  announced  the  death  of  Professor  Immanuel 
Boekker,  Dean  Mansel,  Sir  J.  F.  W.  Herschel,  and  Mr.  George 
Grote,  of  the  Foreign  Honorary  Members  ;  Dr.  Holbrook,  of 
the  Associate  Fellows  ;  and  Mr.  Charles  Jackson,  of  the  Resi- 
dent Fellows. 

Professor  Whitney  made  a  communication  on  some  experi- 
ments he  has  been  conducting  on  the  use  of  the  barometer  in 


OF    ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :    SEPTEMBER    13,   1871. 


331 


the  determination  of  elevations.  He  showed  that,  after  apply- 
ing all  the  known  corrections,  a  residual  error  remained,  owing 
to  which  observations  made  in  winter  sometimes  gave  results 
a  hundred  feet  lower  than  those  made  in  summer. 

Remarks  on  this  communication  were  made  by  the  President, 
and  Messrs.  L.  Agassiz,  B.  Peirce,  and  T.  M.  Brewer. 

Professor  E.  C.  Pickering  showed  a  new  application  of  Fres- 
n el's  formula  of  Reflection. 

If  i  and  r  are  the  angles  of  incidence  and  refraction,  and  A  and 
B  the  magnitudes  of  the  two  reflected  beams  polarized  at  right  angles, 


we  have  A 


sin2  (i  —  r) 


andB  = 


_  tan2  (i  —  r) 


If  in  these  we  make  the 


'  sin2  (i  -f-  r)  "  tan2  (i  -\-r  ) 

index  of  refraction  =  1  -f-dn  or  very  nearly  unity,  we  obtain  by  dififer- 

dii1  2  cM  2 

entiating  and  reducing  A =— (1-|- tang2/)   and  B  =  —  (1-j-tang2/)  . 


Substituting  in  these  formu- 
las different  values  of  i  we  com- 
pute the  accompanying  table. 
The  first  column  gives  i,  the 
second  A  or  more  strictly 
1 


(1  +  tang2/)  = 


The 


i 

A 

B 

4(A  +  B) 

0 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

10 

1.06 

.94 

1.00 

20 

1.28 

.75 

1.02 

30 

1.78 

.44 

1.11 

40 

2.90 

.09 

1.50 

45 

4.00 

.00 

2.00 

50 

5.86 

.18 

3.02 

60 

16.00 

4.00 

10.00 

70 

73.08 

42.88 

57.98 

80 

1099.85 

971.21 

1035.53 

85 

17330.64 

16808.08 

17069.36 

90 

00 

00 

00 

I! 


A  +  B 
00.0 
6.2 
26.0 
60.0 
94.5 
100.0 
94.1 
60  0 
26.0 
6.2 
1.2 


A  — B 


100,  or 


third  column  gives  B  or  the 
amount  of  light  polarized  in 
the    plane   of  incidence  ;    the 

fourth  h  (A  -J-  B)  the  total  light  reflected,  and  the  fifth 

the  degree  of  polarization  in  percentages.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
at  45°  the  polarization  is  complete.  Now  the  light  of  the  sky  may 
be  accounted  for,  if  we  suppose  the  sunlight  specularly  reflected  by 
very  minute  surfaces  of  air  or  aqueous  vapor,  the  index  of  refraction 
in  this  case  being  very  near  unity.  Our  table  then  shows  that  the 
light  should  increase  from  the  antisolar  point  towards  the  sun,  becoming 
very  great  near  the  latter.  At  a  distance  of  10°  the  angle  of  inci- 
180    -10° 


dence  would  be 


85°,  and  the  light  over  17,000  times  as 


great  as  opposite  the  sun.  Again,  the  polarization  would  attain  its 
maximum  90°  from  the  sun.  These  phenomena  are  quite  in  accord- 
ance with  the  observed  facts. 


332  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    AMERICAN    ACADEMY 

Six  hundred  and  thirty-sixth  Meeting. 

October  10, 1871.  —  Monthly  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  President  announced  the  death  of  Professor  Mahan,  of 
West  Point,  one  of  the  Associate  Fellows.  He  also  read  a 
letter  from  Mr.  Kenwood,  announcing  the  donation  to  the 
Academy  of  two  books  written  by  him. 

Mr.  Chauncey  Wright  read  a  paper  on  Phyllotaxis,  or  the 
arrangements  of  leaves  in  plants.  This  paper  will  be  published 
in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Academy. 


Six  hundred  and  thirty-seventh  Meeting. 

November  8,1871.  —  Stated  Meeting. 

The  President  in  the  chair. 

The  Corresponding  Secretary  read  letters  from  Messrs. 
Johnson,  Lesquereux,  Pourtales,  and  Young,  acknowledging 
their  election  into  the  Academy. 

The  President  announced  the  decease  of  Sir  Charles  Bab- 
bage,  Sir  Roderick  Murchison,  and  Fourneyron,  all  Foreign 
Honorary  Members. 

It  was  voted  to  grant  the  request  of  the  American  Society  of 
Numismatics  to  borrow  the  steel  plate  of  the  Rumford  Medal, 
in  order  to  have  three  hundred  copies  struck  off  by  Forbes  & 
Co.  for  the  use  of  that  society. 

It  was  voted  to  authorize  the  Rumford  Committee  to  sell  the 
remainder  of  the  edition  of  the  Life  of  Count  Rumford,  and 
to  contract  with  an  agent  for  the  sale  of  the  new  edition  of  the 
Works  of  Rumford. 

It  was  voted  to  authorize  the  completion  of  the  second  vol- 
ume of  the  Works  of  Count  Rumford,  at  an  expense  not  ex- 
ceeding $1000. 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected  Fellows  of  the 
Academy  :  — 

H.  G.  Denny,  of  Boston,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
III.,  Section  2. 


OF   ARTS    AND    SCIENCES  :     NOVEMBER  8,  1871.  333 

John  Trowbridge,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  I.,  Section  3. 

J.  A.  Allen,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in  Class 
II. ,  Section  3. 

William  H.  Pettee,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow 
in  Class  II.,  Section  I. 

John  K.  Paine,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  III.,  Section  4. 

Edwin  P.  Seaver,  of  Cambridge,  to  be  a  Resident  Fellow  in 
Class  I.,  Section  I. 

Professor  Benjamin  Peirce  made  a  communication  on  the 
effect  of  the  consistency  of  the  interior  of  the  earth  on  the 
Precession  of  the  Equinoxes.  Mr.  Hopkins  claimed  that  the 
effect  of  the  fluidity  of  the  interior  would  be  to  render  the  pre- 
cession much  greater.  This  view  was  controverted  by  Mon- 
sieur Delaunay,  but  sustained  by  Mr.  Pratt.  Professor  Peirce 
maintained  that,  owing  to  friction,  a  certain  velocity  would  be 
imparted  to  the  interior,  even  if  liquid,  so  that  it  would  pro- 
duce the  same  effect  as  if  solid. 

Dr.  Charles  Pickering  stated  that,  having  seen  the  earth's 
crust  forming,  he  would  make  a  few  remarks  on  the  subject : 

At  the  time  of  his  visit  to  Hawaii  there  were  two  lakes  of  liquid 
lava  at  the  bottom  of  the  Great  Crater ;  the  larger  lake  remained 
always  liquid,  but  the  smaller  one,  "  two  hundred  feet "  in  diameter, 
occasionally  congealed  over.  Here  is  one  point  gained :  for  it  has  been 
argued,  that  the  material  of  the  Earth,  if  once  entirely  fluid,  in  cooling 
would  contract,  become  heavier,  and  sink ;  therefore  forming  a  crust  is 
impossible.  It  is  forgotten  that  a  perfectly  dry  cambric  needle  can  be 
placed  on  water  so  as  to  float,  and  for  the  reason,  that  it  displaces  more 
of  the  water  than  its  own  bulk.  So  in  the  irregularities  of  the  earth's 
surface  commonly  attributed  to  the  cooling  material  contracting,  we  can 
distinguish  a  general  tendency  to  concavity,  proportionably  diminishing 
and  counterbalancing  increase  in  weight. 

To  return  to  the  smaller  lava-lake,  when  the  congealed  crust  broke 
up,  there  was  a  different  state  of  things.  In  thickness,  this  crust  seemed 
six  or  eight  inches ;  and  back  from  its  edge,  usually  several  feet,  a 
crack  would  make  its  appearance,  showing  a  red  glow  from   beneath  ; 


334  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    AMERICAN   ACADEMY 

presently  a  little  liquid  lava  would  ooze  forth,  and  the  flow  would 
detach  itself,  sinking  at  its  outer  margin,  or  seeming  to  be  hurried 
obliquely  downwards  under  the  molten  mass.  In  this  manner  floe  after 
floe  was  hurried  out  of  sight,  until  the  molten  portion  had  all  aroun